vvEPA
United States                             December 2007
|ng™mental Protection	EPA/600/R-07/145A
            Integrated Science Assessment
            for Oxides of Nitrogen and
            Sulfur- Environmental Criteria
            (First External Review Draft)

-------
                                            EPA/600/R-07/145A
                                              December 2007
  Integrated Science Assessment
for Oxides of Nitrogen and Sulfur -
        Environmental Criteria
  National Center for Environmental Assessment-RTF Division
          Office of Research and Development
         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
            Research Triangle Park, NC

-------
                                     DISCLAIMER
       This document is a first external review draft being released for review purposes only and
does not constitute U.S. Environmental Protection Agency policy. Mention of trade names or
commercial products does not constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

                                        PREFACE
Legislative Requirements
       Two sections of the Clean Air Act (CAA) govern the establishment and revision of the
national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS).  Section 108 (U.S. Code, 2003a) directs the
Administrator to identify and list "air pollutants" that "in his judgment, may reasonably be
anticipated to endanger public health and welfare" and whose "presence in the ambient air results
from numerous or diverse mobile or stationary sources" and to issue air quality criteria for those
that are listed. Air quality criteria are intended to "accurately reflect the latest scientific
knowledge useful in indicating the kind and extent of identifiable effects on public health or
welfare which may be expected from the presence of [a] pollutant in ambient air."
       Section 109 (U.S. Code, 2003b) directs the Administrator to propose and promulgate
"primary" and "secondary" NAAQS for pollutants listed under Section 108.  Section 109(b)(l)
defines a primary standard as one "the attainment and maintenance of which in the judgment of
the Administrator, based on such criteria and allowing an adequate margin of safety, are requisite
to protect the public health."1  A  secondary standard, as defined in Section 109(b)(2), must
"specify a level of air quality the  attainment and maintenance of which, in the judgment of the
Administrator, based on such criteria, is required to protect the public welfare from any known
or anticipated adverse effects associated with the presence of [the] pollutant in the ambient air."2
       The requirement that primary standards include an adequate margin of safety was
intended to address uncertainties  associated with inconclusive scientific and technical
1 The legislative history of Section 109 indicates that a primary standard is to be set at "the maximum permissible
 ambient air level ...  which will protect the health of any [sensitive] group of the population" and that, for this
 purpose, "reference  should be made to a representative sample of persons comprising the sensitive group rather
 than to a single person in such a group" [U.S. Senate (1970)].
2 Welfare effects as defined in Section 302(h) [U.S. Code, 2005)] include, but are not limited to, "effects on soils,
 water, crops, vegetation, man-made materials, animals, wildlife, weather, visibility and climate, damage to and
 deterioration of property, and hazards to transportation, as well as effects on economic values and on personal
 comfort and well-being."
                                             11

-------
information available at the time of standard setting.  It was also intended to provide a reasonable
degree of protection against hazards that research has not yet identified.  See Lead Industries
Association v. EPA, 647 F.2d 1130, 1154 (D.C. Cir 1980), cert, denied, 449 U.S. 1042 (1980);
American Petroleum Institute v. Costle, 665 F.2d 1176, 1186 (D.C. Cir. 1981), cert, denied, 455
U.S. 1034 (1982). Both kinds of uncertainties are components of the risk associated with
pollution at levels below those at which human health effects can be said to occur with
reasonable scientific certainty.  Thus, in selecting primary standards that include an adequate
margin of safety, the Administrator is seeking not only to prevent pollution levels that have been
demonstrated to be harmful but also to prevent lower pollutant levels that may pose an
unacceptable risk of harm, even if the risk is not precisely identified as to nature or degree.
       In selecting a margin of safety, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
considers such factors as the nature and severity of the health effects involved, the size of
sensitive population(s) at risk, and the kind and degree of the uncertainties  that must be
addressed.  The selection of any particular approach to providing an adequate margin of safety is
a policy choice left specifically to the Administrator's judgment.  See Lead Industries
Association v. EPA, supra, 647 F.2d at 1161-62.
       In setting standards that are "requisite" to  protect public health and  welfare,  as provided
in Section 109(b), EPA's task is to establish standards that are neither more nor less stringent
than necessary for these purposes.  In so doing, EPA may not consider the costs of implementing
the  standards.  See generally Whitman v. American Trucking Associations, 531 U.S. 457, 465-
472 and 475-76 (2001).
       Section 109(d)(l) requires that "not later than December 31, 1980, and at 5-year intervals
thereafter, the Administrator shall complete a thorough review of the criteria published under
Section 108 and the national ambient air quality standards and  shall make such revisions in such
criteria and standards and promulgate such new standards as may be appropriate ...."  Section
109(d)(2) requires that an independent scientific review committee  "shall complete a review of
the  criteria ... and the  national primary and secondary ambient air quality standards ... and shall
recommend to the Administrator any new standards and revisions of existing criteria and
standards as may be appropriate ...."  Since the early 1980s, this independent review function
has been performed by the Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CAS AC) of EPA's
Science Advisory Board.
                                           in

-------
  Integrated Science Assessment for Oxides of Nitrogen and Sulfur
                      Environmental Criteria

                   (First External Review Draft)
1.    INTRODUCTION	1-1

2.    ATMOSPHERIC CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS OF NITROGEN AND
     SULFUR OXIDES	2-1

3.    ECOLOGICAL EXPOSURES TO OXIDES OF NITROGEN AND SULFUR,
     AND TO AMMONIA AND AMMONIUM	3-1

4.    EFFECTS OF ACIDIFICATION AND NITROGEN ENRICHMENT ON
     ECOSYSTEMS AND OTHER WELFARE EFFECTS	4-1

5.    FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS	5-1

6.    REFERENCES	6-1
                                IV

-------
                                Table of Contents
List of Tables	ix
List of Figures	xi
Authors, Contributors, and Reviewers	xvi
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Project Team	xxi
Abbreviations and Acronyms	xxiii
Glossary	xxx
1.     INTRODUCTION	1-1
      1.1    BRIEF LEGISLATIVE BACKGROUND FOR NOX AND SOX: THE
            RATIONALE FOR A COMBINED REVIEW	1-2
            1.1.2   Brief Legislative Background of NOX	1-2
            1.1.3   Brief Legislative Background of SOx	1-3
            1.1.4   History of the Current Review	1-5
      1.2    DOCUMENT DEVELOPMENT	1-5
      1.3    ORGANIZATION OF THE DOCUMENT	1-6

2.     THE ATMOSPHERIC CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS OF NITROGEN
      AND SULFUR OXIDES	2-1
      2.1    INTRODUCTION	2-1
      2.2    NITROGEN OXIDES IN THE TROPOSPHERE	2-2
            2.2.1   Gas-phase Chemistry	2-2
            2.2.2   Heterogeneous-Phase Chemistry	2-7
      2.3    SULFUR OXIDES IN THE TROPOSPHERE	2-9
            2.3.1   General Sulfur Chemistry	2-9
            2.3.2   Heterogeneous-Phase Production and Loss Processes	2-11
      2.4    AQUEOUS-PHASE FORMATION OF SULFATES AND
            NITRATES	2-13
            2.4.1   Heterogeneous Processes andNH?	2-14
      2.5    ATMOSPHERIC TRANSPORT OF NOX AND SOX	2-16
      2.6    SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS FOR NOX AND SOX	2-17
            2.6.1   NOx Measurement Methods and Associated Issues	2-17
            2.6.2   Total and Speciated NOY	2-18
            2.6.3   SOx Measurement Methods and Associated Issues	2-22
            2.6.4   Sampling and Analysis for SO42 , MV, and NH4+	2-24
      2.7    SUMMARY	2-27
            2.7.1   Significant Chemical Species	2-27
            2.7.2   Field Sampling and Analysis	2-28
December 2007                          v        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                               Table of Contents
                                    (cont'd)
                                                                          Page

3.     ECOLOGICAL EXPOSURES TO OXIDES OF NITROGEN AND SULFUR,
      AND TO AMMONIA AND AMMONIUM	3-1
      3.1    NOX EMISSIONS	3-1
            3.1.1   Anthropogenic Sources of NO andNO2	3-1
            3.1.2   Biogenic Sources ofNO andNO2	3-2
            3.1.3   Anthropogenic and Biogenic Sources of N2O	3-4
      3.2    SOX EMISSIONS	3-6
      3.3    NH3 EMISSIONS	3-9
      3.4    EVALUATING EMISSIONS INVENTORIES	3-10
      3.5    ECOLOGICAL SINKS	3-11
            3.5.1   HNO3	3-11
            3.5.2   NO2	3-11
            3.5.3   PAN	3-13
            3.5.4   Other RONO2	3-13
            3.5.5   HNO2	3-14
      3.6    MONITORING NETWORKS	3-14
            3.6.1   Routine Regulatory Air Monitoring Networks in North America	3-14
            3.6.3   Intensive Field Campaigns	3-20
            3.6.4   Satellite-Based Air Quality Observing Systems	3-21
            3.6.5   Monitoring Networks in Europe	3-22
      3.7    AMBIENT CONCENTRATIONS	3-23
            3.7.1   NOxandNOY	3-23
            3.7.2   SOX	3-24
      3.8    NITROGEN AND SULFUR DEPOSITION ACROSS THE
            LANDSCAPE	3-28
            3.8.1   Nitrogen	3-28
            3.8.2   Sulfur	3-33
      3.9    EXAMPLE NO2 AND HNO3 FLUX DATA FROM HARVARD
            FOREST	3-34
      3.10   METHODS TO COMPUTE NOX AND SOX CONCENTRATIONS
            AND CHEMISTRY	3-41
            3.10.1  CTMs	3-42
            3.10.2  Computed Deposition with CTMs	3-44
            3.10.3  CTM Evaluation	3-46
      3.11   COMPUTING ATMOSPHERIC DEPOSITION TO SPECIFIC
            LOCATIONS	3-48
      3.12   PRB CONCENTRATIONS OF NOX AND SOX	3-51
      3.13   SUMMARY	3-58
            3.13.1  Emissions and Atmospheric Concentrations of NOx and SOx	3-58
            3.13.2  Deposition of Nitrogen and Sulfur	3-59
December 2007                         vi        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                 Table of Contents
                                      (cont'd)
                                                                              Page

4.     EFFECTS OF ACIDIFICATION AND NITROGEN ENRICHMENT ON
      ECOSYSTEMS AND OTHER WELFARE EFFECTS	4-1
      4.1    INTRODUCTION TO ECOLOGICAL CONCEPTS	4-1
             4.1.1   Ecosystem Scale, Function, and Structure	4-1
             4.1.2   Ecosystem Services	4-2
             4.1.3   Quantifying Adverse Effects of Anthropogenic Pollution	4-2
      4.2    ECOLOGIC EFFECTS OF ACIDIFICATION	4-7
             4.2.1   Effects on Major Biogeochemical Processes	4-7
             4.2.2   Terrestrial Ecosystems	4-23
             4.2.3   Aquatic Ecosystems	4-37
             4.2.4   Characterization of Most Sensitive and Most Affected
                    Ecosystems and Regions	4-62
      4.3    NITROGEN NUTRIENT ADDITION	4-104
             4.3.1   Reactive Nitrogen and the Nitrogen Cascade	4-105
             4.3.2   Biogeochemical Processes and Chemical Effects Indicators	4-106
             4.3.3   Biological Effects	4-121
             4.3.4   Characterization of Most Sensitive and Most Affected
                    Ecosystems and Regions	4-147
      4.4    OTHER WELFARE EFFECTS	4-161
             4.4.1   Nonacidification Effects of Sulfur	4-161
             4.4.2   Direct Phytotoxic Effects of Gaseous Nitrogen and Sulfur on
                    Vegetation	4-171
             4.4.3   N2O as a GHG and Interactions between Nitrogen Deposition
                    and BiogenicN2O Emissions	4-176
             4.4.4   Atmospheric Sources of NOs  in Drinking Water	4-179

5.     FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS	5-1
      5.1    INTRODUCTION	5-1
      5.2    ATMOSPHERIC CHEMISTRY	5-1
             5.2.1   Significant Chemical Species	5-1
             5.2.2   Field Sampling and Analysis	5-2
      5.3    EMISSIONS AND EXPOSURES	5-3
             5.3.1   Emissions and Atmospheric Concentrations of NOx and SOx	5-3
             5.3.2   Deposition of Nitrogen and Sulfur	5-4
      5.4    ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF ACIDIFICATION	5-6
             5.4.1   Terrestrial	5-6
             5.4.2   Aquatic	5-9
             5.4.3   Case Studies	5-16
December 2007                           vii        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                Table of Contents
                                     (cont'd)
                                                                            Page

      5.5   ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF NITROGEN NUTRIENT
            ENRICHMENT	5-18
            5.5.1    Terrestrial	5-18
            5.5.2    Transitional	5-25
            5.5.3    Freshwater Aquatic	5-28
            5.5.4    Estuarine Aquatic	5-30
            5.5.5    Case Studies	5-32
      5.6   OTHER WELFARE EFFECTS	5-33
            5.6.1    Deposition of Sulfur Oxides Affect Mercury Methylation	5-33
            5.6.2    Direct Phytotoxic Effects of Gaseous Sulfur and Nitrogen on
                    Vegetation	5-34
            5.6.3    N2O	5-35
      5.7   CONCLUSIONS	5-36

6.     REFERENCES	6-1
December 2007                          viii        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                     List of Tables

Number

2.6-1.    Satellite Instruments Used to Retrieve Tropospheric NC>2 Columns	2-29
3.11-1.   Atmospheric Nitrogen Loads Relative to Total Nitrogen Loads in
         Selected Great Waters*	3-62
3.11-2.   Natural and Anthropogenic Sources of Atmospheric Nitrogen Compounds
         (the Major Chemical Forms of Atmospheric Nitrogen Compounds are the
         Reduced, Oxidized, and Organic Forms)	3-63
3.11-3.   Characteristics of Oxidized-Nitrogen Airsheds	3-64
3.11-4.   Characteristics of Principal Airsheds for Reduced-Nitrogen Deposition	3-65
4.2-1.    Examples of Chemical Indicators of Effects from Acidic Deposition on
         Terrestrial Ecosystems	4-180
4.2-2.    Example Biological Effects Indicators in Terrestrial Ecosystems	4-180
4.2-3.    Examples of Chemical Indicators of Effects from Acidic Deposition on
         Aquatic Ecosystems	4-180
4.2-4.    Estimates  of Change in Number and Proportion of Acidic Surface Waters
         in Acid-Sensitive Regions of the North and East, Based on Applying Current
         Rates of Change in Gran ANC to Past Estimates of Population Characteristics
         from Probability Surveys	4-181
4.2-5.    Regional Trend Results for Long-Term Monitoring  Lakes and Streams for
         the Period 1990 through 2000  (values are median slopes for the group of
         sites in each region)	4-182
4.2-6.    Reference Levels for the Acidic Stress Index (Asi) Based on Logistic
         Regression of Fish Presence as a Function of the Sensitive Intermediate  and
         Tolerant Asi Values for Fish Species	4-183
4.2-7.    Observed Relationships between Zooplankton Species Richness and
         Lakewater ANC in the Adirondack Mountains	4-183
4.2-8.    Studies that Either Did (Yes) or Did Not (No) Yield Evidence that Acidic
         Deposition Affected Certain Species of Birds	4-184
4.2-9.    General Summary of Biological Changes Anticipated with Surface Water
         Acidification, Expressed as a Decrease in Surface Water pH	4-185
4.3-1.    Ecological Effects of Nitrogen Deposition in Terrestrial Ecosystems
         Described for Study Sites in the Western United States	4-187
4.3-2.    Overview of Most Sensitive and Most Affected Ecosystems to
         N Deposition	4-189
4.3-3.    Changes in Aquatic Ecosystems Associated with Elevated Nitrogen
         Loadings in the Western United States	4-190


December 2007                            ix         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                    List of Tables
                                       (cont'd)
Number                                                                          Page

4.4-1.    Parameters Included in the PnET-N-DNDC Model as Modeled for European
         Forest by Kesik (2006)	4-191
5.4-1.    Chemical Indicators of Acidification to Terrestrial Ecosystems	5-38
5.4-2.    Studies on Chemical Indicators of Acidification in Surface Water	5-39
5.5-1.    Nitrogen Fluxes from Wetlands Classified According to the Importance of
         Atmospheric Deposition to the Total Nitrogen Budgets	5-41
5.5-2.    Chesapeake Bay Valuation Study	5-41
5.7-1.     Summary of Nitrogen Deposition Levels and the Corresponding Effects
         of Acidification and Nutrient Enrichment on Ecosystems	5-42
December 2007                            x         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                     List of Figures

Number

2.2-1.    Schematic diagram of the cycle of reactive, oxidized nitrogen species in
         the atmosphere	2-3
2.3-1.    Transformations of sulfur compounds in the atmosphere	2-12
2.4-1.    Comparison of aqueous-phase oxidation paths	2-15
2.6-1.    Tropospheric total column [NO2] (molecules NO2 cm"2) retrieved from the
         SCIAMACHY satellite instrument for 2004-2005	2-22
3.2-1.    State-level SO2 emissions, 1990-2005	3-7
3.2-2.    Annual SO2 emissions in 2006 for acid rain program cooperating facilities	3-8
3.6-1.    2006 air quality summaries for 63,  annual average PM2.5, and daily PM2.5	3-15
3.6-2.    Aggregate map of the majority routine U.S. monitoring stations	3-16
3.6-3.    Regional chemical composition of PM2.5 aerosols based on urban speciation
         sites and averaged over the entire 2006 sampling period	3-17
3.6-4.    Planned 3-tiered NCore design (left) and proposed site locations for Level 2
         multiple pollutant sites	3-18
3.6-5.    Maps illustrating breadth of PM2.5 FRM and FEM and 63 networks (left);
         and PM2.5 continuous samplers (right)	3-18
3.6-6.    Locations of chemical speciation sites delineated by program type	3-19
3.6-7.    Routinely operating North American precipitation and surface water
         networks: Upper left, Canadian  Air and Precipitation Monitoring Network
         (CAPMoN); upper right, Integrated Atmospheric Monitoring Deposition
         Network (IADN); bottom, National Atmospheric Deposition Monitoring
         Program (NADP) with TIME/LTM surface chemistry sites	3-21
3.7-1.    Ambient concentrations of NO2 measured at all monitoring sites located
         within Metropolitan Statistical Areas in the United States from 2003
         through 2005	3-24
3.7-2.    Annual mean ambient SO2 concentration, (a) 1989 through 1991, and
         (b) 2003 through 2005	3-25
3.7-3.    Annual mean ambient SC>42 Concentration, (a) 1989 through 1991, and
         (b) 2003 through 2005	3-26
3.7-4.    Boxplot of hourly SO2 concentrations across all cities in focus	3-27
3.8-1.    Total average yearly wet and dry sulfur deposition for 2004-2006  (top) and
         1989-1991 (bottom)	3-29
3.8-2.    Total average yearly sulfur deposition by species for 2004-2006 (top) and
         1989-1991 (bottom)	3-30

December 2007                             xi          DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                    List of Figures
                                        (cont'd)

Number                                                                           Page

3.8-3.    Total average yearly wet and dry inorganic nitrogen deposition for
         2004-2006 (top) and 1989-1991 (bottom)	3-31
3.8-4.    Total average yearly inorganic nitrogen deposition by species for
         2004-2006 (top) and 1989-1991 (bottom)	3-32
3.9-1.    Diel cycles of median concentrations (upper panels) and fluxes (lower
         panels) for the Northwest clean sector, left panels) and Southwest (polluted
         sector, right panels) wind sectors at Harvard Forest,  April-November, 2000,
         forNO,NO2, andO3/10	3-35
3.9-2.    Simple NOx photochemical canopy model outputs	3-37
3.9-3.    Hourly (dots) and median nightly (pluses) NO2 flux  vs. concentration,
         with results of least-squares fit on the hourly data (curve)	3-38
3.9-4.    Averaged profiles at Harvard Forest give some evidence of some NO2 input
         near the canopy top from light-mediated ambient reactions, or emission
         from open stomates	3-39
3.9-5.    Summer (June-August) 2000 median concentrations (upper panels),
         fractions of NOy (middle panels), and fluxes (lower panels) of NOy
         and component species separated by wind direction (Northwest on the
         left and Southwest  on the right)	3-40
3.10-1.   Scatter plot of total nitrate (HNO3 plus aerosol nitrate) wet deposition
         (mg(N)m~2yr~1) of the mean model versus measurements for the North
         American Deposition Program (NADP) network	3-45
3.10-2.   Same as Figure 3.10-1  but for sulfate wet deposition (mg(S)m"2yr"1)	3-46
3.11-1.   Principal airsheds and watersheds for oxides of nitrogen for these estuaries:
         Hudson/Raritan Bay; Chesapeake Bay; Pamlico Sound; and Altamaha
         Sound (listed from  North to South)	3-49
3.12-1.   Annual mean concentrations of NO2 (ppbv) in surface air over the United
         States in the present-day (upper panel) and policy relevant background
         (middle panel) MOZART-2 simulations	3-52
3.12-2.   Same as Figure 3.12-1  but for SO2 concentrations	3-53
3.12-3.   Same as for Figure 3.12-1 but for wet and dry deposition of HNO3,
         NH4NO3,NOX,HO2NO2, and organic nitrates (mgNnrV1)	3-55
3.12-4.   Same as Figure 3.12-1  but for SOX deposition (SO2 + pSO4) (mg S nT2y~ *)	3-56
December 2007                            xii         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                     List of Figures
                                        (cont'd)

Number                                                                            Page

3.12-5.   July mean soil NO emissions (upper panels; 1 x 109 molecules cm"2 s'1)
         and surface PRB NOx concentrations (lower panels; pptv) over the United
         States from MOZART-2 (left) and GEOS-Chem (right) model simulations
         in which anthropogenic Oj precursor emissions were set to zero in
         North America	3-57
4.1-1.    An example of the matrix of information that must be considered in the
         definition and calculation of critical loads (see discussion in text)	4-4
4.2-1.    Diagram illustrates "ideal" soil horizons to which many soils conform	4-9
4.2-2.    Results of an in situ bioassay during a period of episodic acidification in
         Buck Creek, Adirondack Mountains, in spring 1990: (a) discharge, (b) acid
         neutralizing capacity, (c) pH, (d) concentration of inorganic monomeric
         aluminum, and (e) cumulative percentage of mortality of brook
         trout overtime	4-18
4.2-3.    Relationship between mean summer ANC and the mean of minimum spring
         ANC values at long-term monitoring lake and stream sites in New England,
         the Adirondacks, and the Northern Appalachian Plateau	4-20
4.2-4.    Diagram based on Fenn et al. (2006) shows indicators of forest physiological
         function, growth and structure that are lined to biogeochemical cycles through
         processes that control rates of Ca supply	4-27
4.2-5.    Distribution of red spruce (rose) and sugar maple (green) in the eastern
         United States	4-30
4.2-6.    Mean (± standard error) of current-year red spruce winter injury in reference
         and calcium-addition watersheds and among crown classes, expressed as foliar
         injury (A) and bud mortality (B)	4-32
4.2-7.    Conceptual diagram outlining the current understanding of sugar
         maple decline	4-34
4.2-8.    Summary of regional trends in surface water chemistry from 1990 to 2000
         in regions covered by the  Stoddard et al. (2003) report	4-42
4.2-9.    Concentration of inorganic Al in Adirondack streams as a function of the
         calculated base cation  surplus	4-45
4.2-10.   Number offish species as a function of mean stream ANC among 13 streams
         in Shenandoah National Park, Virginia	4-59
4.2-11.   Number offish species per lake versus acidity status, expressed as ANC, for
         Adirondack lakes	4-61
December 2007                            xiii         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                     List of Figures
                                        (cont'd)

Number                                                                            Page

4.2-12.   Regions of the eastern United States that contain appreciable numbers of lakes
         and streams that are sensitive to acidification from acidic deposition	4-67
4.2-13.   Spatial patterns in predicted wet sulfate and nitrate deposition in the
         Adirondack Park during the period 1988 to 1999	4-83
4.2-14.   Measured wet deposition of sulfur and inorganic nitrogen at the
         Huntington Forest NADP/NTN monitoring station	4-84
4.2-15.   Estimated time  series of S deposition at one example watershed in the
         southwestern Adirondack Mountains used by Sullivan et al. (2006b) as input
         to the MAGIC model for projecting past and future changes in lakewater
         chemistry attributable to acidic deposition	4-85
4.2-16.   F-factors (ASBC/A[SO4 + NO3], where SBC is the sum of the base cation
         concentrations,  with all units in |ieq/L) calculated from model results for
         the period 1850 to 1980 as a function of simulated ANC in  1980 for 44
         statistically selected EMAP lakes in the Adirondack region of New York	4-88
4.2-17.   Time series data for sulfate, nitrate, base cations [Ca plus Mg], Gran ANC,
         pH, and dissolved organic carbon in one example Long-Term Monitoring
         Lake in the Adirondack Park	4-91
4.2-18.   Mean rates of change in solute concentration in 16 lakes of the Adirondack
         Long-Term Monitoring (ALTM) program from 1982 to 2000	4-92
4.2-19.   Simulated cumulative frequency distributions of lakewater ANC at three points
         in time for the population of Adirondack lakes, based on MAGIC model
         simulations reported by Sullivan et al., 2006	4-93
4.2-20.   Wet sulfur deposition for the period of record at the Big Meadows
         NADP/NTN monitoring station in Shenandoah National Park	4-96
4.2-21.   Length-adjusted condition factor (K), a measure of body size in blacknose
         dace (Rhinichthys atratulus) compared with mean stream pH among
         11 populations (n = 442) in Shenandoah National Park	4-100
4.3-1.    Illustration of the nitrogen cascade showing the movement of the
         human-produced reactive nitrogen (Nr) as it cycles through the various
         environmental reservoirs in the atmosphere, terrestrial ecosystems, and
         aquatic ecosystems	4-107
4.3-2.    Schematic illustration of the response of temperate forest ecosystems to
         long-term, chronic N additions	4-108
4.3-3.    Mean annual  nitrate (NO3 ) concentrations in 230 lakes and streams
         across the northeastern United States	4-115
December 2007                            xiv        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                     List of Figures
                                        (cont'd)

Number                                                                            Page

4.3-4.    Nitrate concentrations in high-elevation lakes in western North America	4-117
4.3-5.    A conceptualization of the relationship between overall eutrophic
         conditions, associated eutrophic symptoms, and influencing factors
         (N loads and susceptibility)	4-118
4.3-6.    Estimated anthropogenic nitrogen inputs to the estuaries of the northeastern
         United States, in kg ha"1 yr"1	4-120
4.3-7.    Mean 5-y radial increment from 31,606 core samples from Picea abies
         during the period 1945 to 1996 for three atmospheric N deposition zones
         (high, medium, and low wet N-deposition in 1990), respectively	4-124
4.3-8.    Diatom assemblage sediment patterns in Emerald Lake, WY	4-139
4.3-9.    Description of the eutrophic symptoms included in the national estuary
         condition assessment	4-141
4.3-10.   A high chlorophyll a rating was observed in a large number of the
         nation's estuaries	4-142
4.3-11.   Frequency of hypoxia in Long Island Sound,  1994 to 2002	4-144
4.3-12.   Microscopic counts of phytoplankton species composition in the Neuse River
         Estuary, NC following 36-h in situ bioassays to manipulate available forms
         of nitrogen (N)	4-146
4.3-13.   Map of the western United States showing the primary geographic areas
         where N deposition effects have been reported	4-149
4.3-14.   Overall eutrophication condition on a national scale	4-153
4.3-15.   Changes in plant species composition associated with nitrogen addition
         treatments in an alpine dry meadow of the Colorado Front Range	4-158
4.4-1.    The microarchitecture of a dicot leaf.	4-173
December 2007                             xv         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                      Authors, Contributors, and Reviewers
Authors

Dr. Tara Greaver (NOx and SOx Team Leader)—National Center for Environmental Assessment
(B243-01), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Jeff Arnold—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Jill S. Baron—U.S. Geological Survey, Natural Resource Ecology Laboratory, Colorado
State University, Fort Collins CO 80523-1499

Dr. Bernard J. Cosby, Jr.—Department of Environmental Sciences, University of Virginia,
Charlottesville, VA 22904

Ms. Rebecca Daniels—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC  27711

Dr. Christine L.  Goodale—Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Cornell
University, Ithaca, NY  14853

Dr. Alan T. Herlihy—Department of Fisheries & Wildlife, Oregon State University, Corvallis,
OR 97331

Dr. Jeffrey Herrick—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC  27711

Dr. Alan J. Krupnick—Resources for the Future, 1616 P St NW, Washington, DC 20036-1400

Dr. Kathleen Fallen Lambert—Ecologic: Analysis and Communications, 39 Central Street,
Suite 204, Woodstock, VT  05091

Dr. Gregory B. Lawrence—U.S. Geological Survey Troy, NY

Dr. Lingli Liu—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Todd C. McDonnell—E&S Environmental Chemistry, Inc., P.O. Box 609, Corvallis, OR
97339

Dr. Kristopher Novak—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
December 2007                           xvi        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                      Authors, Contributors, and Reviewers
                                       (cont'd)
Authors
(cont'd)

Dr. Joseph Pinto—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Rich Scheffe—Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (C304-02), U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Juha Siikamaki—Resources for the Future, 1616 P St NW, Washington, DC 20036-1400

Dr. Timothy J. Sullivan—E&S Environmental Chemistry, Inc., P.O. Box 609, Corvallis, OR
97339

Dr. Helga Van Miegroet—Department of Wildland Resources, Department of Watershed
Sciences, Utah State University, Logan, UT 84322-5230

Dr. Paul F. Wagner—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
Contributors

Dr. Russell Dickerson—Dept. of Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences, University of Maryland,
College Park, MD

Dr. Tina Fan—EOHSI/UMDNJ, Piscataway, NJ

Dr. Arlene Fiore—Geophysical Fluid Dynamics Laboratory/NO AA, Princeton, NJ

Dr. Larry Horowitz—Geophysical Fluid Dynamics Lab oratory/NO A A, Princeton, NJ

Dr. William Keene—Dept. of Environmental Sciences, University of Virginia,
Charlottesville, VA

Dr. Randall Martin—Dept. of Physics, Dalhousie University, Halifax, Nova Scotia

Dr. William Munger—Center for Earth and Planetary Physics, Harvard University,
Cambridge, MA

Dr. Sandy Sillman—Dept. of Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences, University of Michigan,
Ann Arbor, MI
December 2007                           xvii        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                      Authors, Contributors, and Reviewers
                                       (cont'd)
Reviewers
Mr. Greg Miller—Office of Policy, Economics, and Innovation (1809T), 1200 Pennsylvania
Avenue, N. W., Washington, DC 20460

Dr. Brooke Hemming—National Center for Environmental Assessment (C604-01), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Brian Heninger—Office of Policy, Economics, and Innovation (1809T), 1200 Pennsylvania
Avenue, N. W., Washington, DC 20460

Dr. Jason Lynch—Office of Air and Radiation, Office of Atmospheric Programs (6204J), Ariel
Rios Building, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, N. W., Washington, DC 20460

Dr. Rick Scheffe—Office of Air and Radiation, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
(C304-02), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Dale Evarts—Office of Air and Radiation, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
(C504-04), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Bryan Hubbell—Office of Air and Radiation, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
(C504-02), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Anne Rea—Office of Air and Radiation, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
(C539-02), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Ms. Vicki Sandiford—Office of Air and Radiation, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
(C504-06), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Randy Waite—Office of Air and Radiation, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
(C504-04), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Robin Dennis—National Effects Research Laboratory (E243-01), U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. John Walker—National Risk Management Research Laboratory (E305-02), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Jana Compton—National Health and Environmental Effects Research Laboratory, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 200 S.W. 35th Street, Corvallis, OR 97333-4902
December 2007                           xviii        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                     Authors, Contributors, and Reviewers
                                       (cont'd)
Reviewers
(cont'd)

Dr. William Hogsett—National Health and Environmental Effects Research Laboratory, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 200 S.W. 35th Street, Corvallis, OR 97333-4902

Dr. Paul Ringold—National Health and Environmental Effects Research Laboratory, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 200 S.W. 35th Street, Corvallis, OR 97333-4902

Dr. Dave A. Evans—Office of Policy, Economics, and Innovation (1809T), 1200 Pennsylvania
Avenue, N. W., Washington, DC 20460

Ms. Lydia Wegman—Office of Air and Radiation, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
(C504-02,) U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. William Wilson—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Science Advisory Board (SAB) Staff Office Clean
Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC) CASAC NOx and SOx Secondary NAAQS
Review Panel

Dr. Donna Kenski, Director, Lake Michigan Air Directors Consortium, Rosemont, IL

Dr. Praveen Amar, Director, Science and Policy, NESCAUM, Boston, MA

Dr. Andrzej Bytnerowicz, Senior Scientist, Pacific Southwest Research Station, USDA Forest
Service, Riverside, CA

Ms. Lauraine Chestnut, Managing Economist, Stratus Consulting Inc., Boulder, CO

Dr. Douglas Crawford-Brown, Professor and Director, Department of Environmental Sciences
and Engineering, Carolina Environmental Program, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill,
Chapel Hill, NC

Dr. Ellis B. Cowling, Emeritus Professor, Colleges of Natural Resources and Agriculture and
Life Sciences, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC

Dr. Charles T. Driscoll, Jr., Professor, Environmental  Systems Engineering, College of
Engineering and Computer Science, Syracuse University, Syracuse, NY
December 2007                           xix        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                     Authors, Contributors, and Reviewers
                                       (cont'd)
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Science Advisory Board (SAB) Staff Office Clean
Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC) CASAC NOx and SOx Secondary NAAQS
Review Panel
(cont'd)

Dr. Paul J. Hanson, Distinguished R&D Staff Member, Environmental Sciences Division, Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN

Dr. Rudolf Husar, Professor and Director, Mechanical Engineering, Engineering and Applied
Science, Center for Air Pollution Impact & Trend Analysis (CAPITA), Washington University,
St. Louis, MO

Dr. Dale Johnson, Professor, Department of Environmental and Resource Sciences, College of
Agriculture, University of Nevada, Reno, NV

Dr. Naresh Kumar, Senior Program Manager, Environment Division, Electric Power Research
Institute, Palo Alto, CA

Dr. Myron Mitchell, Distinguished Professor and Director, College of Environmental  and
Forestry, Council on Hydrologic Systems Science, State University of New York, Syracuse, NY

Mr. Richard L. Poirot, Environmental Analyst, Air Pollution Control Division, Department of
Environmental Conservation, Vermont Agency of Natural Resources, Waterbury, VT

Dr. Armistead (Ted) Russell, Georgia Power Distinguished Professor of Environmental
Engineering, Environmental Engineering Group, School of Civil and Environmental
Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA

Mr. David J. Shaw, Director, Division of Air Resources, New York State Department of
Environmental Conservation, Albany, NY

Dr. Kathleen Weathers, Senior Scientist, Institute of Ecosystem Studies, Millbrook, NY
December 2007                           xx         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Project Team
              for Development of Integrated Scientific Assessment
                        for Oxides of Nitrogen and Sulfur
Executive Direction

Dr. Ila Cote (Acting Director)—National Center for Environmental Assessment-RTF Division,
(B243-01), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Mary Ross—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01),
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
Scientific Staff

Dr. Tara Greaver (NOx and SOx Team Leader)—National Center for Environmental Assessment
(B243-01), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Jeffrey Herrick—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Paul F. Wagner—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Jeff Arnold—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Lingli Liu—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Dr. Kristopher Novak—National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
December 2007                           xxi        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
               U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Project Team
               for Development of Integrated Scientific Assessment
                          for Oxides of Nitrogen and Sulfur
                                         (cont'd)
Technical Support Staff

Ms. Emily R. Lee—Management Analyst, National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01),
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Ms. Christine Searles—Management Analyst, National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01),
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Ms. Debra Walsh—Program Analyst, National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

Mr. Richard Wilson—Clerk, National Center for Environmental Assessment (B243-01),
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
Document Production Staff

Ms. Barbra H. Schwartz—Task Order Manager, Computer Sciences Corporation, 2803 Slater Road, Suite
220, Morrisville, NC 27560

Mr. John A. Bennett—Technical Information Specialist, Library Associates of Maryland,
11820 Parklawn Drive, Suite 400, Rockville, MD 20852

Mr. David Casson—Publication/Graphics Specialist, TekSystems, 1201 Edwards Mill Road, Suite 201,
Raleigh, NC 27607

Mrs. Melissa Cesar—Publication/Graphics Specialist, Computer Sciences Corporation, 2803 Slater Road,
Suite 220, Morrisville, NC 27560

Mr. Eric Ellis—Records Management Technician, InfoPro, Inc., 8200 Greensboro Drive, Suite 1450,
McLean, VA 22102

Ms. Stephanie Harper—Publication/Graphics Specialist, TekSystems, 1201 Edwards Mill Road,
Suite 201, Raleigh, NC 27607

Ms. Sandra L. Hughey—Technical Information Specialist, Library Associates of Maryland, 11820
Parklawn Drive, Suite  400, Rockville, MD 20852

Dr. Barbara Liljequist—Technical Editor, Computer Sciences Corporation, 2803 Slater Road, Suite 220,
Morrisville, NC 27560

Ms. Molly Windsor—Graphic Artist, Computer Sciences Corporation, 2803 Slater Road, Suite 220,
Morrisville, NC 27560
December 2007                            xxii        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                    ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
 AIRMoN
 Al
 ANC
 AOD
 APIMS
 AQCD
 ARP
 As
 AST
 asl
 ATLAS
 ATP
 ATTILA
 BC
 BMPs
 Br
 Br
 Br2
 BrCl
 BrO
 C
 Ca
 CAA
 CAAA
 CalTech
 CAPMoN
 CASAC
 CASTNet
 Cd
 CFCs
 CH4
 CH3CH(O)OONO2
 CH3CN
 CH3C(O)O
 CH2I2
Atmospheric Integrated Research Monitoring Network
aluminum
acid neutralizing capacity
aerosol optical depth
atmospheric pressure ionization mass spectrometer
Air Quality Criteria Document
Acid Rain Program
arsenic
Acid Stress Index
at sea level
Aggregated Timberland Assessment System
adenosine triphosphate
type of Lagrangian model
black carbon
best management practices
bromine
bromine ion
molecular bromine
bromine chloride
bromine oxide
carbon
calcium
Clean Air Act
Amendments to the Clean Air Act
1986 California Institute of Technology (study)
Canadian Air and Precipitation Monitoring Network
Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee
Clean Air Status and Trends Network
cadmium
chlorinated fluorocarbons
methane
peroxyacetyl nitrate
acetonitrile
peroxyacetyl radical
diiodomethane
December 2007
                                       xxin
                            DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 CH3-S-CH3
 CH3-S-H
 CH3SO3H
 CH3-S-S-CH3
 Cl
 cr
 C12
 CLaMS
 CIMS
 C1NO2
 CMAQ
 CMSA
 CO
 C02
 CONUS
 CPUE
 CS2
 CTM
 Cu
 DIG
 DMS
 DMSO
 DNDC
 DOC
 EC
 EGUs
 ELD
 EMEP

 EPA
 ERP
 ESA
 EXT-RADM
 Fe
 FDA
 FEM
 FIA
 FISH
dimethylsulfide, DMS
methyl mercaptan
methanesulfonic acid
dimethyl disulfide
chorine
chorine ion
molecular chlorine
type of Lagrangian model
chemical ionization mass spectroscopy
nitryl chloride
Community Multiscale Air Quality modeling system
consolidated metropolitan statistical area
carbon monoxide
carbon dioxide
continental United States
catch per unit effort
carbon disulfide
chemical transport model
copper
dissolved inorganic carbon
dimethyl sulfide, CH3-S-CH3
dimethylsulfoxide
Denitrification-Decomposition (model)
dissolved organic carbon
elemental carbon
electrical generating units
Experimental Lake District
Co-operative Programme for Monitoring and Evaluation of the Long-
range Transmission of Air Pollutants in Europe
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Episodic Response Project
European Space Agency
Extended Regional Acid Deposition Model
iron
U.S. Food and Drug Adminstration
Federal Equivalent Method
Forest Inventory and Analysis (program)
Fish in Sensitive Habitats (project)
December 2007
                                        XXIV
                             DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 FLEXPART
 FPD
 FRM
 FTIR
 GAW
 GC-ECD
 GFG
 GWP
 ha
 HAPs
 HCHO
 HC1
 HCN
 HCs
 HEADS
 HNO2
 HNO3
 HNO4
 H2O2
 HOC1
 HOX
 H2S
 H2SO4
 hv
 I
 IADN
 1C
 IMPROVE
 INO3
 IO
 IPCC
 IQR
 ISA
 JPL
 K
 Ka
 KH
 Kw
type of Lagrangian model
flame photometric detection
Federal Reference Method
Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy
Global Atmospheric Watch (program)
gas chromatography-electron capture detection
greenhouse gas
global warming potential
hectare
hazardous air pollutants
formaldehyde
hydrochloric acid
hydrogen cyanide
hydrocarbons
Harvard-EPA Annular Denuder System
nitrous acid
nitric  acid
pernitric acid
hydrogen peroxide
hypochlorous acid
hypohalous acid
hydrogen sulfide
sulfuric acid
solar ultraviolet radiation
iodine
Integrated Atmospheric Monitoring Deposition Network
ion chromatography
Interagency Monitoring of Protected Visual Environments
iodine nitrate
iodine oxide
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
interquartile range
Integrated Science Assessment
Jet Propulsion Laboratory
potassium
acid dissociation constant in M
Henry's Law constant in M atm"
ion product of water
-i
December 2007
                                         XXV
                             DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 LDH
 LIF
 LOD
 LRTAP
 LTM
 LWC
 M
 MAGIC
 MAX-DOAS
 MBL
 MDN
 meq
 Mg
 MOBILE6
 MoOx
 MPAN
 MSA
 15N
 N
 N, n
 N2
 Na
 NA, N/A, N.A.
 NAAQS
 NADP
 NAMS
 NAPAP
 NAPCA
 NARSTO

 NAS
 NASA
 NATTS
 NCore
 NEG/ECP
 NEI
 NH3
 NH4+
lactic acid dehydrogenase
laser-induced fluorescence
limit of detection
Long Range Transport of Air Pollution
Long-Term Monitoring (project)
aerosol liquid water content
air molecule
Model of Acidification of Groundwater in Catchments (model)
multiple axis differential optical absorption spectroscopy
marine boundary layer
Mercury Deposition Network
milliequivalent
magnesium
Highway Vehicle Emission Factor Model
molybdenum oxide
peroxymethacryloyl nitrate; peroxy-methacrylic nitric anhydride
metropolitan statistical area
nitrogen-15 radionuclide
nitrogen
number of observations
molecular nitrogen
sodium
not available
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
National Atmospheric Deposition Program
National Air Monitoring Stations
National Acid Precipitation Assessment Program
National Air Pollution Control Association
program formerly known as North American Regional Strategy for
Atmospheric Ozone
National Academy of Sciences
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
National Air Toxics Trends (network)
National Core Monitoring Network
New England Governors and Eastern Canadian Premiers
National Emissions Inventory
ammonia
ammonium ion
December 2007
                                        XXVI
                             DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 NH4NO3
 (NH4)2SO4
 NHX
 NILU
 nitro-PAH
 NMOCs
 NO
 NO2
 NO2
 N03
 NO3
 N20
 N205
 NOAA
 NOX
 NOY
 NOZ

 Nr
 nss
 NSWS
 02
 03
 oc
 ocs
 OH
 P,P
 PAHs
 PAMS
 PAN
 PANs
 Pb
 PEL
 PCBs
 PIRLA
 PM
ammonium nitrate
ammonium bisulfate
ammonium sulfate
category label for NH3 and NH4+
Norwegian Institute for Air Research
nitro-polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon
nonmethane organic compounds
nitric oxide
nitrogen dioxide
nitrite
nitrate
nitrate
nitrous oxide
dinitrogen pentoxide
U.S. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NO and NO2
NOX and NOZ; odd nitrogen species
all inorganic and organic reaction products of NOX (i.e., HONO,
HNO3, HNO4, organic nitrates, particulate nitrate, nitro-PAHs, etc.)
reactive nitrogen
non-sea-salt
National Surface Water Survey
molecular oxygen
ozone
organic carbon
carbonyl sulfide
hydroxyl radical
probability value
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
Photochemical Assessment Monitoring Stations
peroxyacetyl nitrate
peroxyacyl nitrates
lead
planetary boundary layer
polychlorinated biphenyl compounds
Paleocological Investigation of Recent Lake Acidification (projects)
particulate matter
particulate matter with aerodynamic diameter < 10  jim
December 2007
                                         XXVll
                              DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 PMiQ-2.5
 PM2.5
 PnET-BGC
 pNH4
 pN03
 P(03)
 POPs
 ppb
 ppm
 PPN
 ppt
 PRB
 pSO4
 R
 r2
 RADM
 RANS
 RNO2
 RO2
 RONO2
 RO2NO2
 S
 SAV
 SCAQS
 SCIAMACHY

 Se
 SLAMS
 Si
 SO
 S02
 SO3
 SO4
 SO42
 S20
 SOx
 SPARROW
 STE
particulate matter with aerodynamic diameter between 10 and 2.5 jim
particulate matter with aerodynamic diameter of <2.5 jim
Photosynthesis and EvapoTranspiration-BioGeoChemical (model)
particulate ammonium
particulate nitrate
production of O3
persistent organic pollutants
parts per billion
parts per million
peroxypropionyl nitrate
parts per trillion
policy relevant background
particulate sulfate
generic organic group attached to a molecule
correlation coefficient
Regional Acid Deposition Model
Reynolds Averaged Numerical Simulation
nitro compounds
organic peroxyl
organic nitrate
peroxy nitrate
sulfur
submerged aquatic vegetation
Southern California Air Quality Study
Scanning Imaging Absorption Spectrometer for Atmospheric
Chartography
selenium
State and Local Air Monitoring Stations
silicon
sulfur monoxide
sulfur dioxide
sulfur trioxide
sulfate
sulfate ion
disulfur monoxide
sulfur oxides
SPAtially Referenced Regressions on Watershed Attributes (model)
stratospheric-tropospheric exchange
December 2007
                                        XXVlll
                             DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 STN
 SUM06
 T
 T
 TAP
 TAMM
 TC
 Tg
 TIME
 UNECE
 USDA
 USGS
 UV
 Vd
 voc
 WATERS-N

 WFPS
 WMO
 WSA
Speciation Trends Network
seasonal sum of all hourly average concentrations > 0.06 ppm
tau; atmospheric lifetime
time; duration of exposure
Tracking and Analysis Framework (model)
Timber Assessment Market Model
total carbon
teragram
Temporally Integrated Monitoring of Ecosystems
United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
U.S. Department of Agriculture
U.S. Geological Survey
ultraviolet radiation
deposition rate
volatile organic compound
Watershed Assessment Tool for Evaluating Reduction Scenarios for
Nitrogen
water-filled pore space
World Meteorological Organization
Wadeable  Stream Assessment (survey)
December 2007
                                        XXIX
                             DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                     GLOSSARY

Acidification
The process of increasing the acidity of a system (e.g. lake, stream, and forest soil).
Atmospheric deposition of acidic or acidifying compounds can acidify lakes, streams, and forest
soils.

Algae
Photosynthetic, often microscopic and planktonic, organisms occurring in marine and freshwater
ecosystems.

Algal bloom
A reproductive explosion of algae in a lake, river, or ocean.

Alpine
The biogeographic zone made up of slopes above the tree line characterized by the presence of
rosette-forming herbaceous plants and low, shrubby, slow-growing woody plants.

ANC (Acid Neutralizing Capacity)
A key indicator of the ability of water to neutralize the acid or acidifying inputs it receives. This
ability depends largely on associated biogeophysical characteristics.

Anthropogenic
Resulting from or produced by human beings.

Arid region
A land region of low rainfall, where 'low' is widely accepted to be <250 mm precipitation per
year.

Atmosphere
The gaseous envelope surrounding the Earth.  The dry  atmosphere consists almost entirely of
nitrogen and oxygen, together with trace gases including carbon dioxide and ozone.

Base cation saturation
The degree to which soil cation exchange sites are occupied with base cations (e.g. Ca2+, Mg2+,
K+) as opposed to A13+ and H+. Base cation saturation  is a measure of soil acidification, with
lower values being more acid. There is a threshold, whereby soils with base saturations under
20% (especially between 10-20%) are extremely sensitive to change.

Bioaccumulation
The phenomenon wherein toxic elements are progressively amassed in greater qualities as
individuals farther up the food chain ingest matter containing those elements.

Biodiversity
The total diversity of all organisms and ecosystems at various spatial scales (from genes to entire
biomes).
December 2007                            xxx         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
Buffering capacity
The ability of a body of water and its watershed to neutralize introduced acid.

Carbon sequestration
The process of increasing the carbon content of a reservoir/pool other than the atmosphere.

Catchment
An area that collects and drains rainwater.

Climate
Climate in a narrow sense is usually defined as the 'average weather', or more rigorously, as the
statistical description in terms of the mean and variability of relevant quantities over a period of
time ranging from months to thousands or millions of years. These quantities are most often
surface variables such as temperature, precipitation, and wind. Climate in a wider sense is the
state, including a statistical  description, of the climate system.  The classical period of time is 30
years, as defined by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO).

Critical load
A quantitative estimate of an exposure to one or more pollutants below which significant harmful
effects on specified sensitive elements of the environment do not occur according to present
knowledge.

Denitrification
The anaerobic reduction of oxidized nitrogen (e.g., nitrate or nitrite) to gaseous nitrogen (e.g.,
N2O or N2) by denitrifying bacteria.

Dry deposition
The removal of gases and particles from the atmosphere to surfaces in the absence of
precipitation (e.g., rain or snow) or occult deposition.

Ecological community
A community of plants and animals characterized by a typical assemblage of species and their
abundances.

Ecosystem services
Ecological processes or functions having monetary or non-monetary value to individuals or
society at large. There are (i) supporting services such as productivity or biodiversity
maintenance; (ii) provisioning  services such as food, fibre, or fish; (iii) regulating services such
as climate regulation or carbon sequestration; and (iv) cultural services such as tourism or
spiritual and aesthetic appreciation.

Ecosystem
The interactive system formed from all living  organisms and their abiotic (physical and
chemical) environment within  a given area.  Ecosystems cover a hierarchy of spatial scales and
can comprise the entire globe,  biomes at the continental scale, or small, well-circumscribed
systems such as a small pond.
December 2007                            xxxi         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
Eutrophication
The process whereby a body of water becomes over-enriched in nutrients, resulting in increased
productivity (of algae or aquatic plants) and sometimes also decreased dissolved oxygen levels.

Eutrophy
Eutrophy generally refers to a state of nutrient enrichment, but it is commonly used to refer to
condition of increased algal biomass and productivity, presence of nuisance algal populations,
and a decrease in dissolved oxygen concentrations.

Evapotranspiration
The combined process of water evaporation from the Earth's surface and transpiration from
vegetation.

Fen
The fen is a phase in the development of the natural succession from open lake, through reedbed,
fen and carr, to woodland as the peat develops and its surface rises. Carr is the northern
European equivalent of the swamp of the southeastern United States.  It is fen overgrown with
generally small trees of species.

Freshet
A great rise or overflowing of a stream caused by heavy rains or melted snow.

Greenhouse gas
Those gaseous constituents of the atmosphere, both natural and anthropogenic, that absorb and
emit radiation at specific wavelengths within the spectrum of infrared radiation emitted by the
Earth's surface, the atmosphere, and clouds.  This property causes the greenhouse effect. Water
vapour (H2O), carbon dioxide (€62), nitrous oxide (N2O), methane (CH4), and ozone (63)  are
the primary greenhouse gases in the Earth's atmosphere.  As well as CC>2, N2O, and CH4, the
Kyoto Protocol deals with the greenhouse gases sulphur hexafluoride (SFe), hydrofluorocarbons
(HFCs), and perfluorocarbons (PFCs).

Gross primary production
The total carbon fixed by plant through photosynthesis.

Heathland
A wide-open landscape dominated by low-growing woody vegetations such as heathers and
heathland grasses. Heathlands generally occur on acidic, nutrient-poor, and often sandy and
well-draining soils.

Hypoxic events
Events that lead to a deficiency of oxygen.

Integrated science assessment
December 2007                           xxxii       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
An interdisciplinary process of combining, interpreting, and communicating knowledge from
diverse scientific disciplines so that all relevant aspects of a complex societal issue can be
evaluated and considered for the benefit of decision-making.
Invasive species and invasive alien species
A species aggressively expanding its range and population density into a region in which it is not
native, often through outcompeting or otherwise dominating native species.

Leaching
The removal of soil elements or applied chemicals by water movement through the soil.

Lowland
In physical geography, lowland is any relatively flat area in the lower levels of regional
elevation. The term can be applied to the landward portion of the upward slope from oceanic
depths to continental highlands, to a region of depression in the interior of a mountainous region,
to a plain of denudation, or to  any region in contrast to a highland.

Net ecosystem production (NEP)
The difference between net primary production (NPP) and heterotrophic respiration (mostly
decomposition of dead organic matter) of that ecosystem over the same area.

Net primary production (NPP)
The gross primary production minus autotrophic respiration, i.e., the sum of metabolic processes
for plant growth and maintenance, over the same area.

Nitrification
A biological process by which ammonia is oxidized to nitrite and then to nitrate.  This process is
primarily accomplished by autotrophic nitrifying bacteria that obtain energy by reducing
ammonium and/or nitrite to nitrate.

Nitrogen mineralization
Nitrogen mineralization is the process by which organic nitrogen is converted into plant-
available inorganic forms (e.g. NH3 or NH4+) by microorganisms.

Nitrogen-retention capacity
The length of time that an ecosystem can retain nitrogen by organisms (e.g., plant or microbe)
and soil-organic matter.  The nitrogen-retention capacity is highly affected by soil, vegetative,
topographic, and land-use factors.

Nitrogen saturation
The condition when nitrogen inputs from atmospheric deposition and other sources exceed the
biological requirements of the ecosystem.

Occult deposition
The removal of gases and particles from the atmosphere to surfaces by  fog or mist.

Ombrotrophic bog
December 2007                           xxxiii        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
An acidic peat-accumulating wetland that is rainwater (instead of groundwater) fed and thus
particularly poor in nutrients.

pH
A measure of the relative concentration of hydrogen ions in a solution.  The formula for
calculating pH is: pH = -logio[H+], where [H+] represents the hydrogen ion concentration in
moles per liter.  The pH scale ranges from 0 to 14.  A pH of 7 is neutral. A pH less than 7 is
acidic and a pH greater than 7 is basic.

Phytoplankton
The plant forms of plankton. Phytoplankton are the dominant plants in the sea and are the basis
of the entire marine food web. These single-celled organisms are the principal agents of
photosynthetic carbon fixation in the ocean.

Primary Production
All forms of production accomplished by plants, also called primary producers.  See GPP, NPP,
andNEP.

Semi-arid regions
Regions of moderately low rainfall, which are not highly productive and are usually classified as
rangelands.  'Moderately low' is widely accepted as between 100- and 250-mm precipitation per
year.

Sensitivity
The degree to which a system is affected, either adversely or beneficially, by an  effect of NOX
and/or SOX pollution (e.g. acidification, n-nutrient enrichment, etc.). The effect may be direct
(e.g., a change in growth in response to a change in the mean, range, or variability of N
deposition) or indirect (e.g., changes in growth due to the direct effect of N consequently altering
competitive dynamics between species and decreased biodiversity)

Streamflow
Water flow within a river channel, for example, expressed in m3/s.  A synonym for river
discharge.

Surface runoff
The water that travels over the land surface to the nearest surface stream; runoff of a drainage
basin that has not passed beneath the surface since precipitation.

Throughfall
The precipitation falling through the canopy of a forest and reaching the forest floor.

Trophic level
The position that an organism occupies in a food chain.

Tundra
December 2007                           xxxiv        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
A treeless, level, or gently undulating plain characteristic of the Arctic and sub-Arctic regions
characterized by low temperatures and short growing seasons
Upland terrestrial ecosystem
Generally considered to be the ecosystems located at higher elevations directly above riparian
zones and wetlands. Vegetation in an upland ecosystem is not in contact with groundwater or
other permanent water sources.

Valuation
The economic or non-economic process of determining either the value of maintaining a given
ecosystem type, state, or condition or the value of a change in an ecosystem, its components, or
the services it provides.

Vulnerability
The degree to which a system is susceptible to, and unable to cope with, adverse effects of NOX
and/or SOX air pollution.  Vulnerability is a function the exposed and its sensitivity.

Welfare effects
Effects on soils, water, crops, vegetation, man-made materials, animals, wildlife, weather,
visibility and climate, damage to and deterioration of property, and hazards to transportation, as
well as effects on economic values and on personal comfort and well-being, whether caused by
transformation, conversion, or combination with other air pollutants  (CAA 302(h)).

Wet deposition
The removal of gases and particles from the atmosphere to surfaces by rain or other precipitation.

Wetland
A transitional, regularly waterlogged area of poorly drained soils, often between an aquatic and a
terrestrial ecosystem, fed from rain, surface water, or groundwater. Wetlands are characterized
by a prevalence of vegetation adapted for life in saturated soil conditions.

Zooplankton
The animal forms of plankton. They consume phytoplankton or other zooplankton.
December 2007                            xxxv        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 i                                1.  INTRODUCTION
 2
 O
 4          This draft Integrated Science Assessment (ISA) presents a concise synthesis and
 5    evaluation of the most policy-relevant science. It forms the scientific foundation for the review
 6    of the secondary (welfare-based) National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for Oxides
 7    of Nitrogen (NOx) and Sulfur Oxides (SOx).  All language in the Clean Air Act (CAA) referring
 8    to effects on welfare includes, but is not limited to, effects on soils, water, wildlife, vegetation,
 9    visibility, weather, and climate, as well as effects on man-made materials, economic values, and
10    personal comfort/well-being.  The scope of the joint NOx and SOx ISA is limited to welfare
11    topics that do not duplicate those addressed by the forthcoming paniculate matter (PM) science
12    assessment. The welfare effects of visibility impairment and climate interactions associated with
13    particulate NOX and SOX will be addressed within the secondary PM NAAQS review,  as these
14    processes occur via NOx and SOx residing in the parti culate or aerosol phase and interact with
15    other chemical components of PM.  The effects of acidification and nitrogen-nutrient deposition
16    on ecosystems are the main focus of this assessment; however, other welfare effects are
17    discussed including SOx interactions with mercury methylation, gas-phase effects on foliage, and
18    N2O as a greenhouse gas (GHG).
19          This draft ISA is intended to "accurately reflect the latest scientific knowledge expected
20    from the presence of [a] pollutant in ambient air" (Clean Air Act, Section 108 (42U.S.C.7408)).
21    Scientific research is incorporated from atmospheric sciences, exposure and deposition,
22    biogeochemistry, hydrology, soil science,  marine science, plant physiology, animal physiology,
23    and  ecology research on multiple scales (e.g., population, community, ecosystem, landscape
24    levels). This document contains the key information and judgments formerly found in the Air
25    Quality Criteria Documents (AQCDs) for  NOx and SOx.  Also, a series of supplemental
26    Annexes to the draft ISA provide a more detailed discussion of the most pertinent scientific
27    literature.  The draft ISA and the Annexes thus serve to update and revise the last NOx and SOx
28    AQCDs which were published in 1993 and 1982, respectively.
29          As discussed in the Draft Integrated Plan for the Review of the Secondary NAAQS for
30    Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) and Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)  (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
31    2007a), a series of policy-relevant questions frames this review of the scientific evidence to
32    provide a scientific basis for a decision on whether the current secondary NAAQS for NO2

      December 2007                            1-1         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    (0.053 parts per million [ppm], annual average) and the current secondary NAAQS for SCh

 2    (0.5 ppm, 3-h average) should be retained or revised. The scope of this draft ISA is to evaluate

 3    newly available scientific evidence to best inform consideration of these framing questions,

 4    including the following:

 5       •     What are the known or anticipated welfare effects influenced by ambient NOx and
 6             SOx, and for which effects is there sufficient information available to be useful as a
 7             basis for considering distinct secondary standard(s)?
 8       •     What is the nature and magnitude of ecosystem responses to NOx and SOx that are
 9             understood to have known or anticipated adverse effects and what is the variability
10             associated with those responses (including ecosystem type, climatic conditions,
11             environmental effects, and interactions with other environmental factors and
12             pollutants)?
13       •     To what extent do the current standards provide the requisite protection for the public
14             welfare effects associated with NOx and SOx?
15       •     Which biotic species are most vulnerable to the adverse effects of NOX and SOX air
16             pollution? How is adversity defined?
17       •     What ecosystems are most sensitive to NOx and SOx pollution?
18       •     How does NOx and SOx pollution impact ecosystem services?
19       •     What are the most appropriate spatial and temporal scales to evaluate impacts on
20             ecosystems?
21       •     What is the relationship between ecological vulnerability to NOx and SOx pollution
22             and variations in current meteorology or gradients in climate?
23
24
25    1.1     BRIEF LEGISLATIVE BACKGROUND FOR NOX AND SOX:  THE
26            RATIONALE FOR A COMBINED REVIEW
27
28    1.1.2    Brief Legislative Background of NOx
29          In 1971, the first AQCD for NOX was issued by the National Air Pollution Control
30    Association (NAPCA), one of the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) predecessor

31    agencies (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1971). After reviewing the relevant science

32    on the public health and welfare effects associated with oxides of nitrogen, EPA promulgated
33    identical primary and secondary NAAQS for NO2 on April 30, 1971. Under section 109 of the

34    CAA, these  standards were set at 0.053 ppm as an annual average (36 FR 8186).

35          In 1982, EPA published the NOX AQCD (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,

36    1982a), which updated the scientific criteria upon which the initial standards were based.  On
37    February 23, 1984, EPA proposed to retain these standards (49 FR 6866). After taking into
     December 2007                            1 -2        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   account public comments, EPA published the final decision to retain these standards on June 19,
 2   1985 (50 FR 25532).
 3          In November 1991, EPA released an updated draft AQCD for Clean Air Scientific
 4   Advisory Committee (CASAC) and public review and comment (56 FR 59285). CASAC
 5   reviewed the document at a meeting held on July 1, 1993 and concluded in a closure letter to the
 6   Administrator that the document "provides a scientifically balanced and defensible summary of
 7   current knowledge of the effects of this pollutant and provides an adequate basis for EPA to
 8   make a decision as to the appropriate NAAQS for NO2" (Wolff, 1993).  The EPA also prepared a
 9   draft Staff Paper that summarized and integrated the key studies and scientific evidence
10   contained in the revised AQCD and identified the critical elements to be considered in the review
11   of the NO2 NAAQS. In September 1995, EPA finalized the Staff Paper, "Review of the National
12   Ambient Air Quality Standards for Nitrogen Dioxide: Assessment of Scientific and Technical
13   Information," (U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency, 1995a). The Administrator made a final
14   determination that revisions to neither the primary nor the secondary NAAQS for NO2 were
15   appropriate at that time (61 FR 52852, October 8, 1996). The level for both the existing primary
16   and secondary NAAQS for NO2 remains 0.053 ppm (equivalent to 100 micrograms per cubic
17   meter of air [jig/m3]) in annual arithmetic average, calculated as the arithmetic mean of the 1-h
18   NO2 concentrations.
19
20   1.1.3     Brief Legislative Background of SOX
21          Based on the 1970 SOX AQCD (DHEW, 1970), EPA promulgated primary and
22   secondary NAAQS for SO2, under section 109 of the CAA on April 30, 1971 (36 FR 8186).  The
23   secondary standards included a standard at 0.02 ppm in an annual arithmetic mean and a 3-h
24   average of 0.5 ppm, not to be exceeded more than once per year.  These secondary standards
25   were established solely on the basis of vegetation effects evidence.  In 1973, revisions made to
26   Chapter 5 "Effects of Sulfur Oxide in the Atmosphere on Vegetation" of the SOX AQCD (U. S.
27   Environmental Protection Agency,  1973), indicated that it could not properly be concluded that
28   the reported vegetation injury resulted from the average SO2 exposure over the growing season,
29   rather than from short-term peak concentrations.  EPA, therefore, proposed (38 FR 11355) and
30   then finalized a revocation of the annual mean secondary standard (38 FR 25678).
     December 2007                            1 -3        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          In 1979, EPA announced that it was revising the SOx AQCD concurrently with that for
 2   PM and would produce a combined PM-SOx AQCD. Following its review of a draft revised
 3   criteria document in August 1980, CAS AC concluded that acidic deposition was a topic of
 4   extreme scientific complexity because of the difficulty in establishing firm quantitative
 5   relationships among (1) emissions of relevant pollutants (e.g., SC>2 and NOx); (2) formation of
 6   acidic wet and dry deposition products; and (3) effects on terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.
 7   CASAC also noted that acidic deposition involves, at a minimum, several different criteria
 8   pollutants (i.e., SOx, NOx, and the  fine paniculate fraction of suspended particles). The
 9   Committee felt that any document on this subject should address both wet and dry deposition, as
10   dry deposition was believed to account for at least one half of the total acid deposition problem.
11          For these reasons, CASAC recommended that a separate, comprehensive document on
12   acidic deposition be prepared prior to any consideration of using the NAAQS as a regulatory
13   mechanism for the control of acidic deposition. CASAC also suggested that a discussion of
14   acidic deposition be included in the AQCDs for both NOx and PM-SOx. Following CASAC
15   closure on the criteria document for SO2 in December 1981, EPA's Office of Air Quality
16   Planning and Standards (OAQPS) published a Staff Paper in November 1982 (U.S.
17   Environmental Protection Agency,  1982b). The issue of acidic deposition was not, however,
18   assessed directly in this Staff Paper; EPA followed CASAC  guidance and subsequently prepared
19   the following documents:  The Acidic Deposition Phenomenon and Its Effects: Critical
20   Assessment Review Papers,  Volumes I andII (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1984a,b),
21   and The Acidic Deposition Phenomenon and Its Effects: Critical Assessment Document (U.S.
22   Environmental Protection Agency,  1985). These documents, though they were not considered
23   criteria documents and did not undergo CASAC review, represented the most comprehensive
24   summary  of relevant scientific information completed by the EPA at that point.
25          On April 26, 1988 (53 FR 14926), EPA proposed not to revise the existing primary and
26   secondary standards. This proposal regarding the secondary SO2 NAAQS was due to the
27   Administrators conclusions that (1) based upon the then-current scientific understanding of the
28   acidic deposition problem, it would be premature and unwise to prescribe any regulatory control
29   program at that time, and (2) when the fundamental scientific uncertainties had been reduced
30   through ongoing research efforts, EPA would draft and support an appropriate set of control
31   measures.

     December 2007                            1 -4        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    1.1.4    History of the Current Review
 2          EPA's National Center for Environmental Assessment in Research Triangle Park, NC
 3    (NCEA-RTP) announced the official initiation of the current periodic review of air quality
 4    criteria for NOx on December 9, 2005, and for SOx on May 15, 2006. For each of these reviews,
 5    the Agency began by announcing in the Federal Register (70 FR 73236 and 71 FR 28023) the
 6    formal commencement of the review and a call for information. With these reviews underway, a
 7    workshop addressing the separate, joint review of just the secondary standards for these two
 8    pollutants was announced in the Federal Register on June 20, 2007 (72 FR 11960).  The review
 9    of the NAAQS  for NC>2 and 862 is under a court-ordered schedule, and that schedule includes a
10    deadline for completion of the final ISA for the review of the secondary NAAQS for NC>2 and
11    SO2 by December 12, 2008.
12          In this draft ISA, EPA reviews the recent scientific evidence on the welfare effects
13    resulting from the deposition of NOx and SOx and their transformation products to inform the
14    review of the secondary NAAQS for these criteria pollutants.  NOx and SOx are being
15    considered jointly in this review due to the joint role they play in acidification and their similar
16    effects on ecosystems.
17
18
19    1.2     DOCUMENT DEVELOPMENT
20          Papers are identified for inclusion in the publication base of the ISA in several ways.
21    First, EPA staff reviews prepublication tables of contents for journals in which relevant papers
22    may be published.  Second,  expert chapter authors are charged with independently identifying
23    relevant literature.  Finally, additional publications that may be pertinent are identified by both
24    the public and CAS AC during the external review process. The focus of this ISA is on literature
25    published since the 1993 NOX AQCD and the 1982 SOX AQCD. Key findings and conclusions
26    from the 1993 and 1982 reviews are discussed in conjunction with recent findings. Generally,
27    only information that has undergone scientific peer review and been published (or accepted for
28    publication) in the open literature is considered.  The following sections briefly summarize
29    criteria for selection of studies for this draft ISA.
30          Emphasis has been placed on studies that evaluate effects at realistic ambient levels and
31    studies that consider NOx and SOx as components of a complex mixture of air pollutants.
32    Studies conducted in any country that contribute significantly to the knowledge base have been

      December 2007                           1 -5         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    considered for inclusion the assessment, but emphasis has been placed on findings from studies
 2    conducted in the United States and Canada where differences in emissions and the air pollutant
 3    mixture are important.  In assessing the relative scientific quality of studies reviewed here and to
 4    assist in interpreting their findings, the following considerations were taken into account:  (1) To
 5    what extent are the aerometric data/exposure metrics of adequate quality and sufficiently
 6    representative to serve as  credible exposure indicators.  (2) Were the study populations well
 7    defined and adequately selected so as to allow for meaningful comparisons between study
 8    groups. (3) Were the ecological assessment endpoints reliable and policy relevant. (4) Were the
 9    statistical analyses used appropriate and properly performed and interpreted. (5) Were likely
10    important covariates (e.g., potential confounders or effect modifiers) adequately controlled or
11    taken into account in the study design and statistical analyses.  (6) Were the reported findings
12    consistent, biologically plausible, and coherent in terms of consistency with other known facts.
13           These guidelines provide benchmarks for evaluating various studies and for focusing on
14    the highest quality studies in assessing the body of environmental effects evidence. Detailed
15    critical analysis of all NOx and SOx environmental effects studies, especially in relation to the
16    above considerations, is beyond the scope of the ISA  and its Annexes. Of most relevance for
17    evaluation of studies is whether they provide useful qualitative or quantitative information on
18    exposure effect or exposure response relationships for the environmental effects associated with
19    current ambient air concentrations of NOx and SOx or deposition levels likely to be encountered
20    in the United States.
21
22
23    1.3     ORGANIZATION OF THE DOCUMENT
24           This draft ISA includes five chapters.  This introductory chapter (Chapter 1) presents
25    background information on the purpose of the document and characterizes how policy-relevant
26    scientific studies are identified and selected for inclusion in the ISA. Chapter 2 highlights key
27    concepts or issues relevant to understanding the atmospheric chemistry.  Chapter 3 evaluates
28    emissions, atmospheric monitoring, deposition,  and ecosystem exposure.  Chapter 4 evaluates
29    and integrates the information relevant to the review of the welfare effects of NOx and SOx.  In
30    this chapter, findings are organized into three categories: ecological impacts of acidification,
31    ecological impacts of nitrogen nutrient pollution, and other effects.  The third category addresses
32    several minor effects of NOx and SOx on welfare, including gas phase foliar toxicity, materials

      December 2007                             1 -6         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   and structures damage, and GHG emissions of N2O. Finally, Chapter 5 articulates findings and
 2   conclusions.
 3          In addition, a series of 10 supplemental Annexes provide additional details of the
 4   information discussed in the ISA. Annex 1 presents evidence related to the physical and
 5   chemical processes in the atmosphere, including both oxidized and reduced chemical species. In
 6   Annex 2, we present evidence related to emissions, air monitoring, and deposition processes of
 7   atmospherically derived NOx and SOx.  Annex 3 presents the major ecosystem monitoring
 8   networks and models available for analysis of NOx and SOx effects on ecosystems.  Annex 4
 9   examines the effects of acidification on terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, a process driven by
10   the combined deposition of NOx and SOx. Annex 5 examines the non-acidification effects of
11   NOX on terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems and includes a broader discussion of the NOX acting
12   in combination with total reactive nitrogen. Annex 6  evaluates the non-acidification effects of S
13   deposition, including interactions between SOx deposition and mercury methylation in
14   ecosystems. In Annex 7, a preliminary discussion of the interactions between climate variables
15   and NOx effects on the environment is presented. The concept and application of critical loads
16   are presented in Annex 8.  In Annex 9, we present the effects of NOx and SOx deposition on
17   acid-driven erosion of man-made materials and structures. Finally, Annex 10 presents evidence
18   on the valuation of environmental effects of NOx and SOx on ecosystems as one of a number of
19   means of assessing whether an effect can be considered adverse.
     December 2007                             1 -7         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 i    2.  THE ATMOSPHERIC CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS OF
 2                    NITROGEN AND SULFUR OXIDES
 o
 4
 5          This chapter presents fundamental and applied atmospheric sciences information relevant
 6    for assessing the ecological exposures (in Chapter 3) and effects (in Chapter 4) associated with
 7    nitrogen (N) and sulfur (S) oxides.  The topics and organization here largely follow
 8    recommendations given in the National Research Council paradigm for integrating air pollutant
 9    research (National Research Council, 1998).
10
11
12    2.1     INTRODUCTION
13          As noted in Chapter 1, the definition of "nitrogen oxides" (NOx) appearing in the
14    National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) enabling legislation differs from the one used
15    by atmospheric scientists and air quality control experts. The atmospheric sciences community
16    defines NOx as the sum of nitric oxide (NO) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2). However, in the
17    Federal Register Notice for the most recently published Air Quality Criteria Document (AQCD)
18    for Oxides of Nitrogen (Federal Register, 1996), the term "nitrogen oxides" was used to
19    "describe the sum of NO, NO2, and other oxides of nitrogen."  This Integrated Science
20    Assessment (ISA) and its associated Annexes have used the legal rather than the specific
21    scientific definition; hence the terms "oxides of nitrogen"  and "nitrogen oxides" here refer to all
22    forms of oxidized N compounds,  including NO, NO2, and all other oxidized N-containing
23    compounds  transformed from NO and NO2. l
24          Oxides of sulfur (SOx) is defined here to include sulfur monoxide (SO), sulfur dioxide
25    (802) - the largest component of SOx and the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
26    Criteria Air  Pollutant - sulfur trioxide (SOs),  and disulfur monoxide (82©).  Of these, only SO2 is
27    present in the lower troposphere at concentrations relevant for ecological considerations.
28          NO and NO2, along with volatile organic compounds ((VOCs), the anthropogenic and
29    biogenic hydrocarbons, aldehydes, etc.) and carbon monoxide (CO), are precursors in the
      1 This follows usage in the Clean Air Act Section 108(c): "Such criteria [for oxides of nitrogen] shall include a
       discussion of nitric and nitrous acids, nitrites, nitrates, nitrosamines, and other carcinogenic and potentially
       carcinogenic derivatives of oxides of nitrogen." The category label used by the air pollution research and control
       community for the sum of all oxidized N compounds including those listed in Section 108(c) is NOY.
      December 2007                            2-1         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    formation of ozone (63), particulate matter (PM), and other elements of photochemical smog.
 2    Moreover, NC>2 is an oxidant, reacting to form other photochemical oxidants including organic
 3    nitrates (RONO2) like the peroxyacyl nitrates (PANs), and can react with toxic compounds like
 4    the poly cyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) to form nitro-PAHs, some of which demonstrate
 5    greater toxicity than either reactant alone. NO2 and SO2 can be also be further oxidized to the
 6    strong mineral acids nitric acid (HNOs) and sulfuric acid (H^SO/t), respectively, thereby
 7    contributing to the acidity of cloud, fog, and rain water and ambient particles.
 8          Ammonia (NH3) is included in this ISA both because its oxidation can be a minor source
 9    of NOx and because it is the precursor for ammonium ion (NH4+), which plays a key role in
10    neutralizing acidity in ambient particles and in cloud, fog, and rain water. Excess NH3 is also an
11    actor in nitrification of aqueous and terrestrial ecosystems, participating alone and together with
12    NOx in the N cascade (Galloway et al., 2003). (NHa and NH4+  are conventionally grouped
13    together under the category label NHx.) Additionally, NHa is involved in the ternary nucleation
14    of new particles and reacts with gas-phase HNOs to form ammonium nitrate (NFLjNOs), a major
15    constituent of ambient PM pollution  in many  areas of the continental United States (CONUS).
16
17
18    2.2    NITROGEN OXIDES IN THE TROPOSPHERE
19
20    2.2.1    Gas-Phase Chemistry
21          The generalized chemistry of reactive N compounds in the atmosphere is summarized in
22    Figure 2.2-1 and described in greater detail below. NOX is emitted by combustion sources
23    mainly as NO though with ~5 to 10% NO2. The major combustion sources of NOx, shown
24    schematically in Figure 2.2-1, are motor vehicles and electrical  utilities, although stationary
25    engines, off-road vehicles, and industrial facilities also emit NOx.  In addition to these emissions
26    from fossil fuel combustion, biomass burning produces NOx. And apart from these
27    anthropogenic sources, there are also smaller  natural sources, which include microbial activity in
28    soils, lightning, and wildfires.
29          NO and NO2 are often grouped together with the category label NOx because they are
30    emitted together and will rapidly interconvert as shown  in the inner box in Figure 2.2-1. NO2
31    reacts with various free radicals in the gas phase and on surfaces in multiphase processes to form
32    the oxidation products shown in Figure 2.2-1. These products include inorganic species (shown

      December 2007                            2-2         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                                         Long range transport to remote
                                                         regions at low temperatures
      NH
                                                                                         I
                                                                      nitrosamines,
                                                                      nitre-phenols, etc.    j
                                                                                         I
                       deposition
                            deposition
                                                    emissions
     Figure 2.2-1.  Schematic diagram of the cycle of reactive, oxidized nitrogen species in the
                   atmosphere. IN refers to inorganic particulate species (e.g., Na+,Ca++), MPP
                   to multiphase processes, hv to a solar photon, and R to an organic radical.
                   Particulate phase organic nitrates are also formed from the species on the
                   right side of the figure.
 1   on the left side of the outer box in Figure 2.2-1) and organic species (shown on the right side of
 2   the outer box in Figure 2.2-1). The oxidized N species in the outer box are often collectively
 3   termed NOz: thus, NOx + NOz = NOy, or the total of all oxidized nitrogen. The time scale for
 4   reactions of NOx to form products shown in the outer box of Figure 2.2-1 typically ranges from a
 5   few hours during summer days of high photon flux to roughly 24 h during winter hours with less
 6   heat and sunlight.
 7          As shown in Figure 2.2-1, different sources emit NOx at different altitudes with mobile
 8   sources nearer the Earth's surface and fixed point sources like power plants emitting from stacks
 9   10s or 100s of meters above the surface.  Because prevailing winds aloft are generally stronger
10   than those at the surface, emissions from elevated point sources can be distributed over a wider
11   area than those emitted at the surface; and because of the time required to mix emissions down to
     December 2007
2-3
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    the surface, NOx emissions from elevated sources will tend to be transformed to the more
 2    oxidized NOz products before they reach the surface at some distance from the source.
 3          The concentrations ([ ]) and atmospheric lifetimes (T) of inorganic and organic products
 4    from reactions of NOx vary widely in space and time.  Inorganic reaction products include
 5    nitrous acid (HNO2), HNOs, pernitric acid (HNO4), and particulate nitrate (pNOs). While a
 6    broad range of organic N compounds are emitted by combustion sources (e.g. nitrosamines and
 7    nitro-PAHs), they are also formed in the atmosphere from reactions of NO and NO2.  These
 8    include PAN and isoprene nitrates, other nitro-PAHs, and the more-recently identified nitrated
 9    quinones. By far the largest mass fractions of NOz products shown in the outer box of Figure
10    2.2-1 are in the form of PAN and HNOs, although other RONO2, e.g., isoprene nitrates and
11    specific biogenic PANs can be important at locations nearer to biogenic sources (Horowitz et al.,
12    2007; Singh et al., 2007).
13          The role of NOx in Os formation was exhaustively reviewed in Chapter 2, Section 2.2 of
14    the most recently published AQCD for Os (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2006) and
15    has been presented in numerous texts (e.g.,  Seinfeld and Pandis, 1998; Jacob, 1999; Jacobson,
16    2002). The mechanisms for transporting the NOx Os precursors, the factors controlling the
17    efficiency of Os production (P(Os)) from NOx, methods for calculating Os from its precursors,
18    and the methods for measuring NOy were all reviewed in Section 2.6 of the 2006 Os AQCD.
19    Here we present only the salient points from that 2006 Os AQCD, updated where appropriate to
20    reflect new data relevant for NOX and its ecological effects.
21          Because Os changes are strongly nonlinear in the concentrations of its precursors VOC
22    and NOx, Oi is unlike other secondarily formed atmospheric species whose rates of formation
23    vary directly  with their precursor emissions. At the low [NOx] usually found in environments
24    ranging from remote continental areas to rural and suburban areas downwind of urban centers,
25    the net P(Os) increases with increasing [NOx]. At the high [NOx] found in downtown
26    metropolitan  areas and especially near busy streets and roadways and in power plant plumes,
27    excess NO titrates Os, and excess hydroxyl radicals (OH) combine with NO2 removing them
28    from the P(O3)  chain. In this high [NOX] regime, NO2 scavenges OH radicals that would
29    otherwise oxidize VOCs to produce peroxy radicals (RO2), which would in turn oxidize NO to
30    NO2. In the low [NOx] regime,  oxidation of VOCs generates excess free radicals; hence, P(Os)
31    varies more nearly monotonically with changes in [NOx] there. Between these two regimes lies

      December 2007                            2-4       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    a transition zone in which P(Os) and 63 accumulation show only weak dependence on [NOx].
 2    Further explanation of these relationships appears in Annex 1.
 3          The tropospheric chemical removal processes for NOx include reaction of NC>2 with the
 4    OH radical as described above and hydrolysis of dinitrogen pentoxide (IS^Os) in aqueous aerosol
 5    solutions, both producing HNOs

 6                                   OH + NO, -^^ HNO3                          ,22_
 7                                    N205    -  '"  >HN03                           (22_2)
 8    The gas-phase reaction of OH with NO2 in Reaction 2.2-1 is a major removal process for NOx in
 9    the troposphere. The timescale for conversion of NOx to HNOs in the planetary boundary layer
10    (PEL) at 40° N latitude ranges from ~4 h in July to -16 h in January; at 25 ° N latitude, the
11    timescale is 4 to 5 h; and at 50° N latitude, from 4 to 20 h (Martin et al., 2003). Reaction 2.2-2
12    limits NOx T to a range of hours to days.
13          Gas-phase HNOs formed by Reaction 2.2-2 undergoes wet and dry deposition to the
14    surface, and uptake by ambient aerosol particles. In addition, HNOs photolyzes and reacts with
15    OH radicals

16                                   HNO} + hv -» OH + NO2                          /2 2_3^
17                                  HNO3 + OH -> NO3 + H2O                         /2 2_4^
18    The HNOs T with respect to these two reactions is long enough for HNOs to act as a minor
19    reservoir species for NOx during long-range  pollutant transport, contributing in this way to
20    [NO2] after photolysis returns NO2 as in Reaction 2.2-3, and hence to P(Os) in areas remote from
21    the source of the NOX that formed the original HNO3.
22          N2O is another gas-phase oxide of nitrogen and has a T of ~114 years. This long lifetime
23    results from N2O having effectively no chemistry in the lower troposphere on urban and regional
24    scales. The chief N2O loss pathway (with a quantum yield of ~1) is the  photodissociation
25    process

26                                      N20-+N2 + 0('D)                            (22_5)
     December 2007                            2-5        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    driven by short wavelength UV present in the stratosphere. Although there are no tropospheric
 2    reactions to consider, N2O is a greenhouse gas (GHG) with a global warming potential (GWP)
 3    on the conventional 100-year time horizon of -296 - i.e., N2O is nearly 300 times more effective
 4    for trapping heat in the atmosphere than carbon dioxide (CO2) over a 100-year period (IPCC,
 5    2001a); its sources and role in the total budget of U.S. GHG are described with the emissions
 6    sources of other nitrogen oxides in Chapter 3  and in Annexes 1 and 2.
 7          Because N2O has extremely low reactivity and hence a long T in the troposphere, its
 8    radiative forcing climate effects in the stratosphere can be both direct and indirect. By
 9    comparison, the primary climate effects of NO and NC>2 are indirect and result from their role in
10    promoting P(Os) in the troposphere and, to a lesser degree, lower stratosphere, where NOx has
1 1    positive  radiative forcing effects. Additionally, NOX emissions from high-altitude aircraft are
12    also likely to decrease methane (CH4) concentrations, thereby having a negative radiative forcing
13    (IPCC, 1996). EPA does not compute GWPs for NOX, SOX, PM, or CO because  there is no
14    agreed method to estimate the contributions from these gases that are short-lived in the
15    atmosphere, have strong spatial variability, or have only indirect effects on radiative forcing
16    (IPCC, 1996).
17          A broad range of organic N compounds can be directly emitted by combustion sources or
18    formed in the atmosphere from NOx emissions.  Oxidation of VOCs produces RO2 as discussed
19    in the Os AQCD (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2006a).  Reaction of RO2 radicals with
20    NO and NO2 produces RONO2 and peroxynitrates (RO2NO2)
2 1                                       2 + NO ^^ RONO2
22                                      i      ?          22                         (2 2-7)
23    Thus, formation of PANs is favored at conditions of the high ratios of NO2 to NO most typically
24    found under low total [NOx] conditions.  The PANs are thermally labile and will photolyze back
25    to their reactants on timescales of a few hours during warm sunlit conditions, having a T with
26    respect to thermal decomposition ranging from ~1 h at 298 K to -2.5 days at 273 K, to several
27    weeks at 250 K. Thus, they can provide an effective sink for NOx at cold temperatures and high
28    solar zenith angles, allowing release of NO2 as air masses warm, in particular by subsidence.
29    The PANs are also removed by uptake to vegetation (Sparks et al., 2003; Teklemariam and
30    Sparks, 2004).  To a lesser extent, HNOs will act in a similar way, but its high solubility and fast

      December 2007                            2-6        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    deposition velocity (Vd) mean that it is removed from the atmosphere by uptake onto aqueous
 2    aerosols and into cloud droplets or to the surface faster than is PAN.
 3          Other RONO2 may react further, depending on the functionality of the R group, but will
 4    typically not return NO2 and so are viewed as a permanent sink for NOx.  The magnitude of this
 5    sink is usually small compared to that of HNOs formation, but the formation of C5H8 nitrates
 6    may be a significant sink for NOx in the United States in summer (Liang et al.,  1998).
 7          The RO2NO2 produced by Reaction 2.2-7 are unstable, with T on the order of a few
 8    minutes, owing to thermal decomposition back to the original reactants.  Thus, they, too, are
 9    ineffective NOx transport vehicles or sinks.
10
11    2.2.2     Heterogeneous-Phase Chemistry
12          In the polluted marine boundary layer (MBL) at night, the heterogeneous reaction

13                                 MO, + cr -> CINO, +NO-                        (2 2_8)

14    can also be important (Finlayson-Pitts et al., 1989; Behnke et al., 1997; Erickson et al.,  1999).
15    Diatomic bromine (Br2), bromium chloride (BrCl), diatomic chloride (Cb), and nitryl chloride
16    (C1NO2) volatilize and photolyze in sunlight to produce atomic Br and Cl. The acidification of
17    sea salt aerosol via incorporation of HNOs and other acids leads to the volatilization of
18    hydrochloric acid (HC1) (Erickson et al., 1999)
19
                                  HN03 + C! - -» HC1
20    and the corresponding shift in phase partitioning can accelerate the deposition flux to the surface
21    of total NO3 (Russell et al., 2003; Fischer et al., 2006).  However, Pryor and Sorensen (2000)
22    have shown that the dominant phase form of NOs deposition is a complex function of wind
23    speed.
24          In polluted coastal regions where HC1 from Reaction 2.2-9 often exceeds 1 part per
25    billion (ppb), significant additional atomic Cl~ is produced via
26                                                                                  (22.10)

27    (Singh and Kasting, 1988; Keene et al., 2007). The Br and Cl atoms so produced then
28    catalytically destroy Os via

      December 2007                            2-7        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 -.                                      ji  • *^ j  r ji\s  < \s 2                           f 9 9 1 1 ^

 2                                   XO + H02^,HOX+02

 3                                    HOX+hv^OH + X                          (22.13)

 4    where (X = Br or Cl). Nitrated forms of Br and Cl can then be formed by XO attack
 5                                                                                    (22.14)
 6    and the subsequent reaction of XNOs with sea salt and sulfate aerosols via
                               XNO3 + H2O -                                       (2215)
 9    (where Y = Cl, Br, or I).  This reaction cascade accelerates conversion of NOx to pNOs and
10    thereby contributes directly to increased [pNO3] (Sander et al., 1999; Vogt et al., 1999; Pszenny
11    etal.,2004).
12          The majority of XNOs reacts via Reaction 2.2-16 on sea salt while Reaction 2.2-15 is
13    more significant for parti culate SC>42  (pSO4).  Product NOs from both reactions partitions with
14    the gas-phase HNOs following Henry's Law. Because most aerosol size fractions in the MBL
15    are near equilibrium with respect to HNOs (Erickson et al., 1999; Keene et al., 2004), both SC>42
16    and sea salt aerosol can sustain the catalytic removal of NOx and re-activation of Cl and Br with
17    no detectable change in composition. The photolytic reduction of NOs  in sea salt aerosol
18    solutions then also recycles NOx back to the gas phase (Pszenny et al., 2004).
19          An autocatalyic cycle involving multiphase iodine (I) chemistry  also operates in the MBL
20    (Alicke et al., 1999; Vogt et al., 1999; McFiggans et al., 2000; Ashworth et al., 2002).  In this
21    case, the primary source of I is believed to be either photolysis of diiodomethane (CH2I2), other
22    I-containing gases (Carpenter et al., 1999; Carpenter, 2003), and/or perhaps diatonic iodine (I2)
23    (McFiggans et al., 2004; Saiz-Lopez and Plane, 2004; McFiggans, 2005) emitted by micro- and
24    macro-flora.  Sea salt and pSO4 provide substrates for multiphase reactions that sustain the
25    catalytic I-IO cycle.  The iodine oxide (IO) radical has been measured by long-path and/or multi-
26    axis differential optical absorption spectroscopy (MAX-DOAS) at Mace Head, Ireland; Tenerife,

      December 2007                            2-8        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Canary Islands; Cape Grim, Tasmania; and coastal New England, USA.  Average daytime
 2    mixing ratios are on the order of 1 part per trillion (ppt) with maxima up to 7 ppt (e.g., Allan
 3    et al., 2000; Pikelnaya et al., 2005). The reaction of IO with NO2 followed by uptake of nitric
 4    iodine (INOs) into aerosols in a reaction cascade analogous to that shown in Reactions 2.2-11
 5    through 2.2-16 accelerates the conversion of NOx to pNOs. The reaction IO + NO —»• I + NO2
 6    also influences NOx cycling.
 7           The studies described above considered halogen-radical chemistry and related influences
 8    on NOx cycling in coastal  and urban air. However, available evidence suggests that similar
 9    chemical transformations can proceed in other halogen-rich tropospheric air masses (see,  e.g.,
10    Hebestreit et al., 1999;  Stutz et al., 1999, 2002; Zingler and Platt, 2005; Wagner et al., 2001;
11    Hollwedel et al., 2004). The primary source of reactive halogens in these regions is thought to
12    be due to activation along the lines of Reactions 2.2-8 through 2.2-10. High concentrations of
13    bromium oxide (BrO) have also been measured in volcanic plumes (Bobrowski et al., 2003;
14    Gerlach, 2004).  Although very little is known about it, the substantial emissions of inorganic
15    halogens during biomass burning (Lobert et al.,  1999; Keene et al., 2006) and in association with
16    crustal dust (Keene et al., 1999;  Sander et al.,  2003) may also support active halogen-radical
17    chemistry and related transformations involving NOx downwind of sources. Recent aircraft and
18    satellite observations confirm that BrO is present in the free troposphere at levels sufficient to
19    influence photochemistry significantly (see, e.g., von Glasow et al., 2004).
20
21
22    2.3     SULFUR OXIDES IN THE TROPOSPHERE
23
24    2.3.1     General Sulfur Chemistry
25           The four known monomeric sulfur oxides are SO, SO2, SOs, and S2O. SO is formed by
26    photolysis of SO2 at wavelengths <220 nm and so is found only in the middle and upper
27    stratosphere (Pinto et al., 1989). SOs can be emitted from the stacks of power plants and
28    industrial  facilities; however, it reacts rapidly  with H2O to form H2SO4 in the stack or
29    immediately after release to the atmosphere. Of the four species, only SO2 is present at
30    concentrations significant for atmospheric chemistry and ecological exposures.
31           SO2 can be oxidized either in the gas phase through OH attack, or, owing to its high
32    solubility, in the aqueous phase in cloud droplets; this aqueous-phase oxidation dominates

      December 2007                            2-9        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   P(SO42 ) at a ratio of -80% (Warneck, 1999). Gas-phase oxidation of SO2 proceeds through the
 2   reaction

 3                                 SO2 + OH+ M -> HSO3 + M                       (23-1)
 4   followed by

 5                                   HS03 + 02 -^ S03 + H02                         (23_2)

 6                                    SO3 + H2O -> H2SO4

 1          But because H2SO4 is highly soluble,  it will be removed rapidly by transfer to the
 8   aqueous phase of aerosol particles and cloud  droplets; see the discussion in Section 2.4 below.
 9   Other pathways for SO2 oxidation, such as reaction with HO2 or NO3  have very low rate
10   constants (JPL, 2003) and so are insignificant on urban and regional scales.
11          SO2 is chiefly an emitted or "primary" pollutant,  though it is also produced by
12   photochemical oxidation of reduced S compounds like dimethyl sulfide (DMS; CH3-S-CH3),
13   hydrogen sulfide (H2S), carbon disulfide (CS2), carbonyl sulfide (OCS), methyl mercaptan
14   (CH3-S-H), and dimethyl disulfide (DMDS; CH3-S-S-CH3).  All of these compounds are largely
15   biogenic in origin, and the sources are discussed in Chapter 3. Excepting OCS, which is lost
16   mainly by photolysis with a T of ~6 months, these species are lost mainly through attack by OH
17   andMV.
18          Because tropospheric OCS is relatively long-lived, it  can be transported up into the
19   stratosphere.  Crutzen (1976) proposed that its oxidation serves as the major source of SO42  in
20   the stratospheric aerosol layer, sometimes called the "Junge layer" (Junge et al., 1961), during
21   periods when volcanic plumes do not reach the stratosphere.  By contrast, Myhre et al. (2004)
22   proposed that SO2 transported upwards from  the troposphere is the most likely source since the
23   up-flux of OCS is too small to sustain the observed SO42 loadings in the Junge layer. Moreover,
24   in situ measurements of the isotopic composition of S do not match those of OCS (Leung et al.,
25   2002). Reaction with NOa at night is the most likely major loss process for DMS and CH3-S-H.
26          Mechanisms of the oxidation of DMS are still incompletely understood. Excess SO42 in
27   marine aerosol is related mainly to production of SO2 from oxidation of DMS. Initial attack by
28   NO3  and OH involves H+ abstraction, with a smaller branch leading to OH addition to the S

     December 2007                            2-10        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    atom; the yield from this latter branch varies inversely with temperature and is the major
 2    pathway at temperatures <285 K (Ravish Ankara et al., 1997). The adduct formed may then
 3    either decompose to form methane sulfuric acid (MSA), or undergo further reactions in the main
 4    pathway to yield DMS (Barnes et al., 1994). Following H+ atom abstraction from DMS, the
 5    main reaction products include MSA and SO2. The ratio of MSA to SO2 is strongly temperature-
 6    dependent, varying from ~0.1 in tropical waters to -0.4 in Antarctic waters (Seinfeld and Pandis,
 7    1998). Transformations among atmospheric S compounds are summarized in Figure 2.3-1,
 8    where S(IV) represents  SO2-H2O, HSCV, and SOs2 , and S(VI) represents gas-phase 863 and
 9    H2SO4 or aqueous-phase HSO4 and SO42 .
10
11    2.3.2     Heterogeneous-Phase Production and Loss Processes
12          Chemical transformations involving inorganic halogenated compounds effect changes in
13    the multiphase cycling of sulfur oxides in ways analogous to their effects on NOx.  Oxidation of
14    DMS by BrO produces  dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO; (CH3)2SO) (Barnes et al., 1991; Toumi,
15    1994), and oxidation by atomic Cl leads to formation of SO2 (Keene et al., 1996).  DMSO and
16    SO2 are precursors for methanesulfonic acid (CHaSOsH) and H2SO4.  In the MBL, virtually all
17    H2SO4 and CHaSOsH vapor condenses onto existing aerosols or cloud droplets that subsequently
18    evaporate, contributing  to aerosol growth and acidification. Unlike CHsSOsH, H2SO4 also has
19    the potential to produce new particles (Korhonen et al., 1999; Kumala et al., 2000); in marine air
20    masses, these are thought to be present mainly in the free troposphere. Saiz-Lopez et al. (2004)
21    estimated that observed levels of BrO at Mace Head would oxidize (CH3)2S ~6 times faster than
22    OH and thereby substantially increase production rates of H2SO4 and other condensable S
23    species in the MBL.
24          SO2 is also scavenged by deliquesced aerosols and oxidized to H2SO4 in the aqueous
25    phase by several strongly pH-dependent pathways (Chameides and Stelson, 1992; Vogt et al.,
26    1996; Keene et al., 1998). Model calculations indicate that oxidation of S(IV) by Os dominates
27    in fresh, alkaline sea salt aerosols, whereas oxidation by hypohalous acids (primarily HOC1)
28    dominates in moderately acidic solutions.  Additional non-sea salt (nss) pSO4 is generated by
29    SO2 oxidation in cloud droplets (Clegg and Toumi, 1998). Ion-balance calculations indicate that
30    most nss pSO4 in short-lived sea salt size fractions (on the order of 2 to 48 h) accumulates in
     December 2007                           2-11        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
    Figure 2.3-1. Transformations of sulfur compounds in the atmosphere.

    Source: Adapted from Berresheim (1995).

1   acidic aerosol solutions and/or in acidic aerosols processed through clouds (see, e.g., Keene
2   et al., 2004).
3          The production, cycling, and associated radiative effects of S-containing aerosols in
4   marine and coastal air are regulated in part by chemical transformations involving inorganic
5   halogens as described above; see Glasow et al., 2002b. These transformations include:
6   dry-deposition fluxes of nss pSC>4 in marine air dominated by sea salt size fractions (Huebert
7   et al., 1996; Turekian, 2001); HC1 phase partitioning that regulates sea salt pH and associated
8   pH-dependent pathways for S(IV) oxidation (Keene et al.,  2002; Pszenny et al., 2004); and
9   potentially important oxidative reactions with reactive halogens for DMS and S(IV). However,
    December 2007
2-12
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   the absolute magnitudes and relative importance of these S cycling processes in the MBL are
 2   poorly known.
 3          Iodine chemistry has been linked to ultrafine particle bursts at Mace Head (O'Dowd
 4   et al., 1999, 2002).  Observed bursts coincide with the elevated concentrations of IO and
 5   are characterized by particle concentrations increasing from background levels to up to
 6   300,000 cm"3 on a time scale of seconds to minutes. This newly identified source of marine
 7   aerosol would provide additional aerosol surface area for condensation of SOx and thereby
 8   presumably diminish the potential for nucleation pathways involving H2SO4. However, a
 9   subsequent investigation in polluted air along the New England, USA, coast found no correlation
10   between periods of nanoparticle growth and corresponding concentrations of I oxides (Russell
11   et al., 2006). Thus, the potential importance of I chemistry in aerosol nucleation and its
12   associated influence on S cycling remain highly uncertain.
13
14
15   2.4    AQUEOUS-PHASE FORMATION OF SULFATES AND NITRATES
16          The chief species capable of oxidizing S(IV) to S(VI) in cloud water are 63, hydrogen
17   peroxide (H2O2) and organic peroxides, OH radicals, and ions of the transition metals such as
18   iron (Fe) and copper (Cu) that can catalyze oxidation by molecular oxygen (O2).
19          The basic mechanism of aqueous-phase SO2  oxidation has long been known and is found
20   in numerous texts (see, e.g., Seinfeld and Pandis, 1998; Jacob, 2000; and Jacobson, 2002):
21   dissolution of SO2
22                                        2^)  ^ S°2(aq)                           (2.4-1)
23   followed by formation and dissociation of ^

24                 S02(ag} + H20(ag) ^ H2S03 <^H+ + HS03  <=> 2H+ + SO/           4_

25   In the usual pH range of rainwater (2 to 6), the most important reaction converting S(IV) to
26   S(VI) is
2?                        HS03  + H202 + H+0 SO/-  + H20 + 2H
28   because SOs2 is much less abundant than
     December 2007                          2-13        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          These major pathways for aqueous-phase oxidation of S(IV) to S(VI) as a function of pH
 2    are shown in Figure 2.4-1. For pH up to -5.3, H2O2 is the dominant oxidant; above 5.3, 63 and
 3    Fe(III) dominate. Marine aerosols are expected to have higher pH; however, in marine aerosols
 4    the Cl-catalyzed oxidation of S(IV) may be the more significant process (Zhang and Millero,
 5    1991; Hoppel and Caffrey, 2005).
 6          Because NH4+ is so effective in controlling acidity, where it is present it affects the rate
 7    of oxidation of S(IV) to S(VI) and the rate of dissolution of SC>2 into particles and cloud droplets.
 8          NO2 can also be taken up in cloud droplets and oxidized there to N(V; although because
 9    NO2 is much less soluble than 862, this pathway is of minor importance. Instead, the uptake of
10    the highly soluble N-containing acids like HNOs initiates the aqueous-phase chemistry of NOs
11    formation.
12
13    2.4.1     Heterogeneous Processes and NH3
14          The phase partitioning of NFL? with deliquesced aerosol solutions is controlled  primarily
15    by the thermodynamic properties of the system expressed as
                                   K            K
16                          NH3(g)£ [NH3(aq}} 4 [N/f/] + KW/[H+]                 (2 4_4)

17    where KH and Kb are the temperature-dependent Henry's Law and dissociation constants
18    for NH3, 62 M atnT1 and 1.8 x 10~5 M, respectively; and^w is the ion product of water,
19    1.0 x 10~14 M (Chameides, 1984). Reaction 2.4-4 shows that for any [NHX] in the system,
20    increasing aqueous concentrations of particulate H+ will shift the partitioning of NH3 towards the
21    condensed phase. Consequently, under the more-polluted conditions characterized by  higher
22    concentrations of acidic pSC>4, the ratios of gas-phase NFL? to pNFLi decrease (Smith et al., 2007).
23    Thus, in marine air, where aerosol acidity varies substantially as a function of particle  size, NFL?
24    partitions preferentially to the more acidic sub-|im size fractions (e.g., Keene et al., 2004; Smith
25    et al., 2007).
26          Because the Vd of gas-phase NH3 to the surface is substantially greater than that for the
27    sub-|im size fraction of pSC>4 with which most pNH4 is associated, dry-deposition fluxes of total
28    NH3 are dominated by the gas-phase fraction (Russell et al., 2003; Smith et al., 2007).
29    Consequently, this partitioning with highly acidic pSO4 effectively increases the T of total NH3
      December 2007                           2-14        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                             io-f
                         (A
                             10
                              ,-10
                         t3
                         \
                         :=:  io-12
                             10
                              ,-14
                             10
                              -16
                             10
                              ,-18
                                        I       I
                                                            I      I
                                                    H2°2

                                0      1
234
      PH
    Figure 2.4-1.  Comparison of aqueous-phase oxidation paths. The rate of conversion of
                  S(IV) to S(VI) is shown as a function of pH.  Conditions assumed are:
                  [S02(g)] = 5 ppb; [N02(g)] = 1 ppb; [H2O2(g)] = 1 ppb; [O3(g)] = 50 ppb;
                  [Fe(III)(aq)] = 0.3 uM; [Mn(II)(aq)] = 0.3 uM.

    Source: Seinfeld and Pandis (1998).

1   against dry deposition loss. This shift has important consequences for NH3 cycling and potential
2   ecological effects as described below.
3          In coastal New England during summer, for example, air transported from rural eastern
4   Canada contains relatively low concentrations of nss pSO4 and total NH3 (Smith et al., 2007).
5   Under these conditions, the roughly equal partitioning of total NH3 between gas and aerosol
6   phases sustains dry-deposition fluxes of total NH3 to coastal ocean waters with a median value of
7   10.7 (imol nT2 day  l.  By contrast, heavily polluted air transported from the industrialized
    December 2007
 2-15
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    midwestern United States contains nss [SO42~] and total [NH3] that are approximately a factor of
 2    3 greater than those in clean air, based on median values. Under polluted conditions, >85% of
 3    total NH3 partitions to the highly acidic pSO4; consequently, the median dry-deposition flux of
 4    total NHs is 30% lower than that under the cleaner flow regime. The relatively larger T of total
 5    NHa against dry deposition under more polluted conditions implies that, on average, total NHa
 6    would accumulate to higher atmospheric concentrations under these conditions and hence be
 7    subject to atmospheric transport over longer distances. Consequently, the importance of NHX
 8    removal via wet deposition would also increase. Given the inherently sporadic character of
 9    precipitation, greater heterogeneity in NH3 deposition fields and in any potential responses by
10    sensitive ecosystems downwind of major S emission regions could be expected.
11
12
13    2.5    ATMOSPHERIC TRANSPORT  OF NOX AND SOX
14          Major episodes of photochemical air pollution in the eastern United States and Europe
15    are associated with slow-moving high-pressure systems.  During the warm seasons, such weather
16    systems result in subsidence and in warm, generally cloudless conditions with light winds. This
17    produces stable conditions near the earth's surface that inhibit or reduce the extent of the vertical
18    mixing of the NOX, VOCs, and CO emitted at or near the surface.  It is becoming increasingly
19    apparent that transport of air pollutants from distant sources can provide significant contributions
20    to local pollution and deposition events even in areas where there is already substantial
21    photochemical production  of secondary products.  There are a number of transport phenomena
22    occurring either in the upper PEL or the free troposphere that can contribute to this transport and
23    to increased pollution and deposition at the surface. These phenomena include stratospheric-
24    tropospheric exchange (STE), deep and shallow convection, low-level jets, and the so-called
25    "conveyor belts" that serve to characterize flows around frontal systems.
26          Because NO and NO2 are only slightly  soluble, they can be transported over longer
27    distances in the gas phase than can more soluble species like SO2 which are depleted by
28    deposition to moist surfaces or taken up more readily on aqueous surfaces of particles.  During
29    transport, NO and NO2 can be transformed into the longer-lived reservoir species HNOs and the
30    PANs as described above.  These species can then contribute to local NOx concentrations and
31    deposition in remote  areas as it is now well established that PAN decomposition provides a
32    major source of NO2 in the remote troposphere (Staudt et al., 2003). The decomposition of PAN

      December 2007                           2-16        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   in subsiding air masses from Asia over the eastern Pacific may also make an important
 2   contribution to enhanced 63 and NOx concentrations in the United States (Kotchenruther et al.,
 3   2001; Hudman et al., 2004). Further details about mechanisms for transporting NOX and SOX
 4   are described Annex 1.
 5
 6
 1   2.6    SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS FOR NOX AND SOX
 8
 9   2.6.1    NOX Measurement Methods and Associated Issues
10          Separate sections in Annexes 1 and 2 on field-deployed measurement techniques focus on
11   current methods and promising new technologies so no attempt is made here to cover the
12   extensive development of these methods or of methods no longer in widespread use. Rather, the
13   descriptions in this chapter concern chiefly the Federal Reference Methods and Federal
14   Equivalent Methods (FRM and FEM, respectively). More detailed discussions of the FRM,
15   FEM, and other, newer methods including issues about their field use is found in U.S.
16   Environmental Protection Agency (1993a, 1996), McClenny (2000), Parrish and Fehsenfeld
17   (2000), and Clemitshaw (2004).
18
19   2.6.1.1     NOandNO2
20          NO  is routinely measured using the principle of gas-phase chemiluminescence induced
21   by the reaction of NO with Os at low pressure.  However, Cardelino and Chameides (2000)
22   reported that measured [NO] during the afternoon was frequently at or below the operational
23   limit of detection (LOD), ~1 ppb, of the regulatory NOx instruments even in large metropolitan
24   regions such as Washington, DC, Houston, TX, and New York, NY, where [NOx] from mobile
25   sources would be high.  The FRM for NO2 also makes use of this NO detection technique using a
26   prerequisite step to reduce NO2 to NO on the surface of a molybdenum oxide (MoOx) substrate
27   heated to -340 °C. Because the FRM monitor cannot detect NO2 directly, the [NO2] is
28   determined as the difference between the  sample passed over the heated MoOx substrate (the
29   nitrogen oxides total) and the sample not  so reduced (the NO alone). However, reduction of NO2
30   to NO on the MoOx substrate is not specific for NO2; hence, chemiluminescence monitors are all
31   subject to unknown and varying interferants in the sample from other oxidized N compounds,
32   i.e., species of NOZ; see the outer box elements in Figure 2.2-1 above.
     December 2007                          2-17        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Interference by NOz compounds has long been known (Fehsenfeld et al., 1987; Rodgers
 2    and Davis, 1989; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1993a, 2006; Crosley, 1996;
 3    Nunnermacker et al., 1998; Parrish and Fehsenfeld, 2000; McClenny et al., 2002; Dunlea et al.,
 4    2007). The sensitivity of the MoOx instrument to interference from multiple NOz compounds is
 5    highly variable and dependent in part on instrument inlet design, on the temperature of the
 6    reducing substrate, and on the interactions of species with MoOx. Because of losses on inlet
 7    surfaces and differences in the efficiency of reduction of NOz compounds on the heated MoOx
 8    substrate, NOx as reported from these instruments cannot be considered as a universal surrogate
 9    for NOy.  However, in settings close to relatively high-concentration fresh emissions like those
10    in urban areas during rush hour, most of the NOy is present as NOx.  Additional details on this
11    interference and descriptions of methods other than chemilumenescence are given in Annex 1.
12
13    2.6.2     Total and Speciated NOY
14          Gold-catalyzed CO or H2 reduction or conversion on heated MoOx have been used to
15    reduce total NOY to NO before detection by chemiluminescence (Fehsenfeld et al., 1987;
16    Crosley,  1996). Both techniques offer generally reliable measurements, with response times on
17    the order of 60 s and a linear dynamic range demonstrated in field intercomparisons from -10
18    ppt to 10s of ppb. Under some conditions, hydrogen cyanide (HCN), NHa, alkyl nitrates
19    (RNO2), and acetonitrile (CH3CN) can be converted to NO; but  at normal concentrations and
20    humidity, these are minor interferants.  Thermal decomposition followed by laser-induced
21    fluorescence (LIF) has also been used for NOy detection, and this is described in more detail in
22    Annex 1.  In field comparisons, instruments based on these two  principles generally showed
23    good agreement (Day et al., 2002) with experimental uncertainty estimated to be on the order  of
24    15 to 30%.
25
26    2.6.2.1     HNO3
27          Accurate measurement of HNOs has presented a long-standing analytical challenge. In
28    this regard, it is useful to consider the major factors that control  HNOs partitioning between the
29    gas and deliquesced-particulate phases in ambient air

30                           HN03(g}
     December 2007                            2-18        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    where KH is the Henry' s Law constant in M atnTl and Ka is the acid dissociation constant in M.
 2    Thus, the primary controls on HNOs phase partitioning are its thermodynamic properties (KH, Ka,
 3    and associated temperature corrections), aerosol liquid water content (LWC), solution pH, and
 4    kinetics. Aerosol LWC and pH are controlled by the relative mix of acids and bases in the
 5    system, the hygroscopic properties of condensed compounds, and meteorological conditions,
 6    chiefly RH, temperature, and pressure.
 7          In the presence of chemically distinct aerosols of varying acidities (e.g., super-Jim,
 8    predominantly sea salt;  and sub-jam, predominantly pSO4), HNOs should partition preferentially
 9    to the less-acidic particles, and observations are consistent with this (e.g., Huebert et al., 1996;
10    Keene and Savoie, 1998; Keene et al., 2002).  The kinetics of this phase partitioning are
11    controlled by atmospheric concentrations of HNO3 vapor and pNO3, and the size distribution and
12    T of the particles against deposition. Sub-jam diameter aerosols typically equilibrate with the gas
13    phase in seconds to minutes while super-jam aerosols require hours to a day or more see, e.g.,
14    Meng and Seinfeld (1996) and Erickson et al. (1999). Consequently, smaller aerosol size
15    fractions are typically close to thermodynamic equilibrium with respect to HNOs, whereas larger
16    size fractions, for which T against deposition range from  hours to a few days, are often
17    undersaturated (e.g., Erickson et al., 1999; Keene and Savioe, 1998).
18          Methods used widely for measuring HNOs include standard filterpacks configured with
19    nylon or alkaline-impregnated filters (see, e.g., Goldan et al., 1983; Bardwell et al., 1990),
20    annular denuders like EPA method IP-9, and standard mist chambers (see Talbot et al., 1990).
21    Samples from these instruments are typically analyzed by ion chromatography.
22    Intercomparisons of these measurement techniques by Hering et al. (1988),  Tanner et al. (1989),
23    and Talbot et al. (1990) reported differences on the order of a factor of 2 or  more.  In part, this
24    variance is due to nonsystematic sampling error.  When chemically distinct  aerosols with
25    different pHs, for example, sea salt and pSO/t, mix together on a bulk filter,  the acidity of the
26    bulk mixture will be greater than that of the less-acidic aerosols with which most of the NOs  is
27    associated.  This change in pH may cause the bulk mix to be supersaturated with respect to
28    HNOs leading to volatilization and, thus, to a positive measurement bias in HNOs  sampled
29    downstream. Alternatively, when undersaturated super-jam size fractions like sea  salt
30    accumulate on a bulk filter and chemically interact over time with HNOs in the sample air
31    stream, scavenging may lead to a  negative bias in the HNOs sampled downstream. Because the

      December 2007                            2-19        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    magnitude of both effects will vary as functions of the overall composition and thermodynamic
 2    state of the multiphase systems, the combined influence can cause net positive or net negative
 3    measurement bias in data with unknown frequencies. Pressure drops across particle filters can
 4    also lead to artifact volatilization and associated positive bias in [HNOs] measured downstream.
 5          Recently, sensitive HNOs measurements based on the principle of chemical ionization
 6    mass spectroscopy (CIMS) have been reported; see, e.g., Huey et al. (1998), Mauldin et al.
 7    (1998), Furutani and Akimoto (2002), and Neuman et al. (2002). The CIMS relies on selective
 8    formation of ions such as SiF5  -HMOs or HSC>4 -HNOs followed by detection via mass
 9    spectroscopy.  Two CIMS techniques and a filter pack technique were intercompared in Boulder,
10    CO (Fehsenfeld et al., 1998). Results indicated agreement to within 15% between  the two CIMS
11    instruments and between the CIMS and filterpack methods under relatively clean conditions with
12    HNOs mixing ratios between 50 and 400 ppt. In more polluted air, the filterpack technique
13    generally yielded higher values than the CIMS, suggesting that interactions between chemically
14    distinct particles on bulk filters is a more important source of bias in polluted continental air.
15    Differences were also greater at lower temperature when pNOs corresponded to relatively greater
16    fractions of total NOs.
17          A recent large  field intercomparison of different techniques for HNOs measurement was
18    conducted in Tampa, FL in 2003 (Arnold et al., 2007) using the annular denuder + filter pack
19    time-integrated method and three semi-continuous techniques: two different implementations of
20    the NOy - NOy* denuder difference technique (Joseph and Spicer, 1978); the parallel plate wet
21    diffusion scrubber + online ion chromatography method (Boring et al., 2002); and the CIMS
22    (Huey et al., 1998).  Results for 10 min aggregates computed from the various higher sampling
23    frequencies of each semi-continuous instrument showed good agreement (R2 > 0.7) for afternoon
24    periods of highest production and accumulation of HNOs. Further, agreement was within ±30%
25    even at [HNOs] < 0.30 ppb, although the 12-h and 24-h time-integrated denuder + filterpack
26    measurements were substantially in error.  This study also confirmed the importance of sample
27    inlet height for HNOs  monitoring through comparison to previous field work at this and other
28    sites where inlet height ranged  from 1.5 to 10m, producing systematic discrepancies in measured
29    [HNOs] of more than a factor of 2 correlated with height. The correlation of this concentration
30    discrepancy with inlet height is governed by HNCVs very fast Vd, which is essentially at the
31    limit of aerodynamic resistance.

      December 2007                           2-20        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    2.6.2.2     Other Nitrates
 2          Methods for sampling and analysis of RONO2 in the atmosphere have been reviewed
 3    by Parrish and Fehsenfeld (2000).  PAN, PPN, and MPAN are typically measured using a gas
 4    chromatograph followed by electron capture detectors (GC-ECD) (see, e.g., Gaffney et al.,
 5    1998), although other techniques such as Fourrier Transform InfraRed (FTIR) analysis can
 6    also be used. Field measurements made using GC-ECD have reported a total uncertainty of
 7    ±5 ppt + 15% (Roberts et al., 1998).
 8          In the two most extensive networks in the United States, the Interagency Monitoring of
 9    Protected Visual Environments (IMPROVE) and the Speciation Trends Network (STN) - see
10    additional description of these networks in Chapter 3 and Annex 2 - pNOs in the <2.5 jim
11    (PM2.s) size fraction is typically collected on nylon filters downstream of annular denuders
12    coated with a basic solution to remove acidic gases such as HNOs, HNO2, and H^SO/t.  Filter
13    extracts are then analyzed by ion chromatography (1C) for MV, SO42 , and Cl~. NO2 ions are
14    also measured by this technique but their concentrations are almost always below operation
15    LODs.  However, both networks measure NOs only in the PM2.5 fraction. Because of
16    interactions with more highly acidic components on filter surfaces, there can be volatilization of
17    NOs  in PMio samples. These effects are minimized if separate aerosol  size fractions are
18    collected; i.e., by separating the more acidic PM2.5 and the more alkaline PMio-2.5 as is done in a
19    dichotomous sampler or multistage impactor.
20
21    2.6.2.3     Remote Sensing of Tropospheric NOi Columns
22          The paucity of in situ NO2 measurements motivates development of new techniques to
23    infer surface [NO2] from satellite measurements of tropospheric total column [NO2]. These total
24    column [NO2] have been shown to have a strong correlation with in situ [NO2] when evaluated in
25    northern Italy (Ordonez et al., 2006). Table 2.6-1 contains an overview  of the three satellite
26    instruments used to retrieve total column [NO2] from measurements of solar backscatter.
27          Figure 2.6-1  shows total column [NO2] retrieved from the Scanning Imagining
28    Absorption Spectrometer for Atmospheric Chartography (SCIAMACHY) instrument on the
29    European ENVISAT satellite. Pronounced [NO2] enhancements are evident in Figure 2.6-1 over
30    major urban and industrial  emission centers. The high degree of spatial  heterogeneity over the
31    southwestern United States provides empirical evidence that most of the total column [NO2] is
     December 2007                            2-21        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
              0
1
            8
10
                                                                   -2\
     Figure 2.6-1. Tropospheric total column [NOi] (molecules NOi cm  ) retrieved from the
                  SCIAMACHY satellite instrument for 2004-2005.
     Source: Martin et al. (2006).

 1   concentrated in the lower troposphere.  These total column [NO2] are more sensitive to NOx in
 2   the lower troposphere than in the upper troposphere (Martin et al., 2002) because the NO2/NO
 3   ratio is lower by a factor of 25 aloft relative to the surface, a difference driven by the temperature
 4   dependence of the NO + 63 reaction. Martin et al. (2004a) integrated in situ airborne
 5   measurements of NC>2 and found that during summer the lower mixed layer contains 75% of the
 6   total column [NO2] over Houston and Nashville.  However, it should be noted that while
 7   certainly useful, the satellite measurements are very sensitive to surface albedo and aerosol
 8   loading and have considerable restrictions on timing and location.
 9
10   2.6.3    SOX Measurement Methods and Associated Issues
11          Currently, ambient SC>2 is measured using instruments based on pulsed UV fluorescence.
12   The UV fluorescence monitoring method for atmospheric SC>2 was developed to improve upon
     December 2007
                         2-22
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   the flame photometric detection (FPD) method, which in turn had displaced the pararosaniline
 2   wet chemical method. Although the pararosaniline method remains the EPA FRM for
 3   atmospheric SO2, it is rarely used because of its complexity and slow response, even in its
 4   automated forms. Both the UV fluorescence and FPD methods are designated as FEMs by EPA,
 5   but UV fluorescence has largely supplanted the FPD approach because of the UV method's
 6   inherent linearity and sensitivity, and the need for consumable hydrogen gas for the FPD method.
 7          The LOD for a non-trace-level SC>2 analyzer is 10 ppb (CFR, 2006). However, most
 8   commercial analyzers report operational detection limits of ~3 ppb. This concentration is very
 9   near the current ambient annual average [862] of ~4 ppb; see the fuller description of
10   concentrations and variations in Chapter 3.  The EPA-sponsored National Core Monitoring
11   Network (NCore) is intended to operate newer, trace-level SO2 instruments to increase the
12   accuracy and precision of measurements at the much lower ambient levels currently encountered
13   in most of the United States.
14
15   2.6.3.1     Sources of Interference
16          The most common interferants for the UV fluorescence method for  SC>2 are other gases
17   that fluoresce like SC>2. Luke (1997) reported the positive artifacts  of a modified pulsed
18   fluorescence  detector generated by the coexistence of NO, CS2, and a number of highly
19   fluorescent aromatic  hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, o-xylene, m-xylene, />-xylene,
20   m-ethyltoluene, ethylbenzene, and 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene.  Consequently, any such
21   hydrocarbons in the sample in the optical chamber can act as a positive interferant. To remove
22   this source of interference, high-sensitivity SO2 analyzers like those to be used in the NCore
23   network have hydrocarbon scrubbers to remove these compounds from the  sample stream before
24   the sample air enters the optical chamber.
25          Nonradiative deactivation (quenching) of excited SC>2 molecules can occur from
26   collisions with common molecules in air, including N2, 62, and H2O. During collisional
27   quenching, the excited 862 molecule transfers energy, kinetically allowing  the 862 molecule to
28   return to the original  lower energy state without emitting a photon.  Collisional quenching results
29   in a decrease in the 862 fluorescence and, hence, an underestimation of [862]. Of particular
30   concern is the variable water vapor content of air.  Luke (1997) reported that the response of the
31   detector could be reduced by ~7 and 15% at water vapor mixing ratios of 1  and 1.5 mole percent,
32   respectively.

     December 2007                            2-23        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Other techniques for 862 and other issues in their field deployment are described in
 2   Annex 1.
 3
 4   2.6.4     Sampling and Analysis for SO42", NO3  , and NH4+
 5          SO42 , N(V, and NH4+ are commonly present in PM2.s.  The common techniques for
 6   sampling for these compounds uses air drawn through the sample filter at a controlled flow rate
 7   by a pump located downstream of the sample filter. The systems generally have two critical
 8   flow-rate components for the capture of fine particulate: (1) the flow of air through the sampler
 9   must be at a flow rate that ensures the 2.5 jim size cut; and (2) the flow rate must be optimized to
10   capture the desired amount of particulate loading with respect to the analytical method LODs.
11          When using the technique described above to collect pSO4, pNOs, and pNH4, sampling
12   artifacts can occur principally for two reasons similar to those described for HNOs above:
13   (1) positive sampling artifacts for all three species due to chemical reactions on the filter face;
14   and (2) negative sampling artifacts for NO.3  and NH4+ due to decomposition and evaporation
15   after capture on the filter.
16
17   2.6.4.1     Denuder + Filter-Based Techniques
18          The STN and IMPROVE networks implement this general technique with somewhat
19   different instruments and protocols. Current STN samplers include three filters: (1) Teflon for
20   equilibrated mass and elemental analysis including elemental S; (2) a HNOs-denuded nylon filter
21   for ion analysis including MV and SO42 ; and (3) a quartz-fiber filter for elemental and organic
22   carbon (EC and OC, respectively), analyzed using the thermal-optical reflectance (TOR) method.
23   The IMPROVE sampler, which collects two 24-h samples each week, simultaneously collects
24   one sample of particulate matter < 10 jam (PMio) on a Teflon filter, and three samples of PM2.5 on
25   Teflon, nylon, and quartz filters as STN does. In each network, total mass concentrations of
26   PM2.5 are determined gravimetrically from the PM2.5 Teflon filter samples, which are also used
27   to determine concentrations of selected individual elements. The STN and IMPROVE networks
28   represent a major advance in the measurement of pNOs, because the combination of a denuder
29   coated with either sodium carbonate (Na2COs) or magnesium oxide (MgO) to remove HNOs
30   vapor and a nylon filter to adsorb HNOs vapor volatilizing from the collected NH4NO3 particles
31   overcomes the loss of NOs from Teflon filters.
     December 2007                           2-24       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          In a side-by-side comparison of two of the chief aerosol monitoring techniques, PM2.5
 2    mass and major contributing species were well correlated among the different methods with
 3    r > 0.8 (Hains et al., 2007).  Agreement was good for total mass, SO42 , OC, total carbon (TC),
 4    and NH4+, while NO3 and black carbon (BC) showed less-good fits.  Based on reported
 5    uncertainties, however, even daily concentrations of PM2.5 mass and major contributing species
 6    were often significantly different at the 95% confidence level.  The STN methods reported
 7    generally higher values of PM2 5 total mass and of individual species than did the EVIPROVE-like
 8    ones. Since these differences can only be partially accounted for by known random errors, the
 9    authors concluded that the current uncertainty estimates used in the STN network may
10    underestimate the actual uncertainty.
11
12    2.6.4.1.1    Sampling Artifacts
13          The reaction of SO2 and other acid gases with basic sites on glass fiber filters or with
14    basic coarse particles on the filter leads to the formation of nonvolatile pSO4, pNO3, and Cl salts.
15    These positive artifacts lead to the overestimates  of the concentrations of PM total mass and
16    SO42 and likely NO3 as well.  These problems were largely overcome by changing to quartz
17    fiber or Teflon filters and by the separate collection of the PM2 5 fraction.  However, the possible
18    reaction of acidic gases with basic coarse particles remains a possibility, especially with PMio
19    and PMi0-2.5 measurements. These positive artifacts could be effectively eliminated by
20    removing acidic gases in the sampling line with denuders coated with NaCl or Na2CO3.
21          Positive sampling artifacts also occur during measurement of pNH4.  The reaction of NH3
22    with acidic particles, as for  example
23
24
                                 2NH3 + H2SO4 -> (NH4)2SO4
25    either during sampling or during transportation, storage, and equilibration could lead to an
26    overestimation of pNH4 concentrations. Techniques have been developed to overcome this
27    problem, including using a denuder coated with hyrofluoric, citric, or phosphoric acid to remove
28    NH3 during sampling and to protect the collected PM from NH3 (Suh et al.,  1992, 1994; Brauer
29    et al., 1991; Koutrakis et al., 1988a,b; Keck and Wittmaack, 2006; Possanzini et al., 1999;
30    Winberry et al., 1999). Positive artifacts for pNH4 can also develop during sample handling due
31    to contamination. NH3 emitted directly from human sweat, breath, and tobacco smoking will

      December 2007                            2-25        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    react with acidic aerosols on the filter to form (NH4)2SO4, NH/tHSO/t, and NH4NO3 if the filter is
 2    improperly handled (Sutton et al., 2000).
 3          Although pSC>4 is relatively stable on a Teflon filter, it is now well known that
 4    volatilization losses of pNOs occur during sampling. For pNOs, the effect on the accuracy of
 5    atmospheric measurements from these volatilization losses is more significant for PM2.5 than for
 6    PMio.  The FRM for PM2.5 will likely suffer a loss of pNOs similar to that experienced with other
 7    simple filter collection systems described above.  Sampling artifacts resulting from the loss of
 8    pNOs species represents a significant problem in areas such as southern California that
 9    experience high total NOs loadings. Hering and Cass  (1999) discussed errors in PM2.5 mass
10    measurements owing to the volatilization of pNOs using data from two field measurement
11    campaigns conducted in southern California: (1) the Southern California Air Quality Study
12    (SCAQS) (Lawson, 1990); and (2) the 1986 California Institute of Technology (CalTech) study
13    (Solomon et al.,  1992). In both studies,  side-by-side sampling of PM2.5 was conducted with one
14    sampler collecting particles directly onto a Teflon filter,  and a second using an MgO-coated
15    denuder (Appel et al.,  1981) to remove gaseous HNOs, followed by a nylon filter to absorb the
16    evaporating HNOs. In both studies, the PM2.5 mass lost from NH4NO3 volatilization represented
17    a significant fraction of the total PM2.5 mass, and these losses were greater during summer than
18    fall: 17% (summer) versus 9% (fall) during SCAQS, and 21% (summer) versus 13% (fall)
19    during CalTech.  With regard to percentage loss of pNOs, as contrasted to percentage loss of
20    mass discussed above, Hering and Cass (1999) found that the amount of pNO3 remaining on the
21    Teflon filter samples was, on average, 28% less than that on the HNOs-denuded nylon filters.
22          Diffusion denuder samplers, developed primarily to measure particle strong acidity
23    (Koutrakis et al., 1988b, 1992), also can be used to study N(V volatilization. Measurements
24    were made with two versions of the Harvard-EPA Annular Denuder System (HEADS) for which
25    HNOs vapor was removed by a Na2CO3-coated denuder and the remaining pNOs was reported
26    either as the sum of nonvolatile NOs collected on a Teflon filter and volatized NOs collected on
27    a Na2CO3-coated filter downstream  of the Teflon filter (full HEADS), or on a Nylon filter
28    downstream of the Teflon filter (Nylon HEADS).  The full HEADS consistently underestimated
29    the total pNOs by approximately 20% compared to the Nylon HEADS.
30          This comparison technique was then used to measure loss of pNOs from Teflon filters in
31    seven U.S. cities (Babich et al., 2000). Babich et al. (2000) found significant N(V losses in

      December 2007                           2-26       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Riverside, CA, Philadelphia, PA, and Boston, MA, but not in Bakersfield, CA, Chicago, IL,
 2    Dallas, TX, or Phoenix, AZ, where measurements were made only during winter.
 3          Negative sampling artifacts due to decomposition and volatilization are also significant
 4    for pNH/t. Ammonium particles are very sensitive to environmental factors such as temperature,
 5    relative humidity, acidity of aerosols, as well as to filter type (Spurny, 1999; Keck and
 6    Wittmaack, 2005). Any change in these parameters during the sampling period influences the
 7    position of the equilibrium between the particle and gas phases.  Keck and Wittmaack (2005)
 8    observed that at temperatures below 0 °C, acetate-nitrate, quartz fiber, and Teflon filters could
 9    properly collect pNH4, NH3, and Cl; but at temperatures > 0 °C, the salts were lost from quartz
10    fiber and Teflon filters, more so at higher temperatures and with no significant difference
11    between quartz fiber and Teflon filters. The salts were lost completely from denuded quartz
12    fiber filters at temperatures above -20 °C, and from non-undenuded quartz fiber and Teflon
13    filters  at temperatures above-25 °C.  It is anticipated that current sampling techniques
14    underestimate [pNH4] due to volatilization, but fine particle mass contains many acidic
15    compounds, and, as consequence, a fraction of volatilized NH4+ in the form of NH3 can be
16    retained on the Teflon filter by reactions with them. Therefore, it is reasonable to assume that
17    the magnitude of pNH4 loss, while uncertain because of these positive and negative effects, will
18    be somewhat less than that for total pNO3 loss.  Techniques have been applied to pNH4  sampling
19    to correct its concentrations due to evaporation using a backup filter coated with hydrofluoric
20    acids,  citric acid, or phosphorous acids to absorb the evaporated NH4 as NH3; total [NH4] then is
21    the sum of the pNH4 collected on the  Teflon filter and [NH3] collected on the backup  filter.
22
23
24    2.7    SUMMARY
25
26    2.7.1     Significant Chemical Species
27          NOx is the category label for oxides of nitrogen that includes a range of chemical species,
28    chief among which are NO, NC>2, HNO3, and PAN in the gas phase, and particulate nitrate pNO3
29    in the  particulate phase.  Some of these species are directly emitted; others are formed as
30    secondary products from the emitted species.
      December 2007                           2-27        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          SOx is the category label for oxides of sulfur including SO, 862, 863, and 820, though
 2    only 862 is present in concentrations relevant for atmospheric chemistry and ecological
 3    exposures.
 4          Aqueous oxidation dominates production of SC>42  from SC>2; gas-phase oxidation is
 5    responsible for only -20% of the SC>42 total. By contrast, there is little aqueous-phase oxidation
 6    of NC>2 to MV owing to its low solubility.
 7          NH3 and NH4+ (the category label is NHx) play significant roles in controlling 862
 8    oxidation by neutralizing acidity on particles and in cloud, fog, and rain water, and in
 9    determining the range and extent of N deposition both in themselves as reduced N and through
10    combining to form NFLjNOs.
11          Oxidation of NH3 is a minor source of total NOX.
12          Excess NHs is an actor alone and with NOx in the N cascade leading to nitrification in
13    aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems.
14          N2O is a constituent oxide of nitrogen having effectively no chemical or ecological
15    effects in the troposphere, thus giving it an atmospheric lifetime of ~114 yr. N2O is also a GHG
16    with a GWP on the standard  100-year basis of -296 times that of CO2.
17          Sea salt and other natural  and anthropogenic particles provide surfaces for conversion of
18    gas-phase N species to the particle phase, which can substantially alter the areal extent and
19    magnitude of N deposition to the environment.
20
21    2.7.2    Field Sampling and  Analysis
22          Techniques for routine regulatory monitoring of gas-phase NOx and SO2 are adequate but
23    have important limitations. Routine NO2 measurements by chemiluminescence (the FRM) are
24    contaminated by unknown and varying concentrations of NOz.  SO2 measurements by the FRM
25    in the standard regulatory network are now mostly at or below the instrument's operating LOD
26    (-4 ppb), producing irresolvable uncertainty in these  data.
27          Routine field sampling techniques for NH3 are at present limited to integrated values  over
28    periods from several days to one week because higher frequency semi-continuous methods are
29    not yet sufficiently robust to deploy widely.
      December 2007                           2-28        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
1           Routine sampling and analysis for particulate-phase N(V, SO42 , and NH4+ are also
2    subject to positive and negative errors, chiefly from the loss or production of constituent species
3    on the surface of the filter used for the measurement.
4           Despite the aforementioned limitations, for the purposes of identifying and quantifying
5    the atmospheric concentrations and deposition totals causing ecological effects, these
6    measurement techniques and sampling frequencies are fully adequate.  Nevertheless, the
7    coverage of the networks is very thin over large expanses of the interior United States.
                TABLE 2.6-1.  SATELLITE INSTRUMENTS USED TO RETRIEVE
                                TROPOSPHERIC NO2 COLUMNS


Instrument
GOME

SCIAMACHY

OMI



Coverage
1995-2002

2002-

2004-

Typical U.S.
Measurement
Time
10:30-1 1:30 AM

10:00-1 1:00 AM

12:45-1:45 PM

Typical
Resolution
(km)
320 x 40

30x60

13x24


Return Time
(days) 1
3

6

1


Instrument
Overview
Burrows et al.
(1999)
Bovensmann et al.
(1999)
Levelt et al.
(2006)
       Return time is reported here for cloud-free conditions. Note that due to precession of the satellite's orbit, return measurements are close to
       but not made over the same location. In practice, clouds decrease observation frequency by a factor of 2.
     December 2007                            2-29        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 i            3.    ECOLOGICAL EXPOSURES TO OXIDES OF
 2             NITROGEN AND  SULFUR, AND TO AMMONIA
 3                                  AND AMMONIUM
 4
 5
 6         Estimated annual emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulfur oxides (SOx), and
 7   ammonia (NHa) for 2002 (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2006a) are given in Annex
 8   Table AX2-1; methods for estimating these emissions, quality assurance procedures, and
 9   examples of calculated emissions are given in U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
10   (1999a). Recent discussions of uncertainties in current emissions inventories and strategies for
11   improving them are found in NARSTO (2005).  This section provides brief summaries of
12   information on  sources and sinks of some relevant NOx and SOx species and NH3 and
13   ammonium (NH4+). (The category label for NH3 and NH4+ is NHX.)  Chemical and physical
14   processes that transport, transform, and deposit these species to ecological receptors are
15   described here both as observed and as represented in numerical chemical-transport models
16   (CTMs).  Last,  model estimates of the Policy-relevant Background (PRB) NOx and SOx
17   concentrations ([NOx] and [SOx], respectively) are presented.
18
19
20   3.1     NOX  EMISSIONS
21
22   3.1.1    Anthropogenic Sources of NO and NOi
23         Combustion chemistry at stationary sources like electrical utilities and various industries
24   accounts for roughly one-half of the total anthropogenic emissions of NOX; mobile source
25   emissions account for the rest, with on-road highway vehicles representing the major mobile
26   source component. Approximately one-half of the mobile source emissions are contributed by
27   diesel engines and one-half from gasoline-fueled vehicles and other sources.
28         Emissions of NOx from combustion are derived from both fuel and atmospheric N.
29   Combustion zone temperatures greater than about 1300 K are required to fix atmospheric N2
30                                    "^  ^    "'"                           (3.1-1)
31   Below this temperature NO can be formed from fuel N by


     December 2007                           3-1        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                            CaHcNd + O2 -> xCO2 + yH2O + zNO                 (3
 2    Sawyer et al. (2000) have reviewed the factors associated with NOx emissions by mobile
 3    sources. Both Reactions 3.1-1 and 3.1-2 have temperature dependencies and vary with
 4    concentrations of hydroxyl radical (OH), hydroperoxy radical (HO2), and molecular oxygen (©2).
 5
 6    3.1.2    Biogenic Sources of NO and NO2
 7
 8    3.1.2.1    Soils
 9          The pathways for nitrification and denitrification include two gas-phase intermediates,
10    nitric oxide (NO) and nitrous oxide (N2O) that can evolve from soil microbes before reaching the
11    reaction endpoint, N2. NO from soil metabolism is the dominant, but not exclusive, source of
12    atmospheric NOx from the biosphere. As noted below, present understanding of NO2 exchange
13    with vegetation suggests that there should be emission of NO2 from foliage when ambient
14    concentrations are less than the compensation point of ~1 part per billion (ppb). However,
15    Lerdau et al.  (2000) have pointed out that the global distribution of NOx is not consistent with
16    the large source that would be expected in remote forests if NO2 emission were important when
17    atmospheric concentrations were below that compensation point.
18          Temperature, soil moisture, and  [©2] control the rates of reaction and, more importantly,
19    the partitioning between NO and N2O. In flooded soils where oxygen levels are low, N2O is
20    typically the  dominant soil N gas;  as soils dry, allowing more O2 to diffuse, NO emissions
21    increase. N metabolism in soil is strongly dependent on the substrate concentrations.  Where N
22    is limiting, it is efficiently retained and little gaseous N is released. Where N is in  excess of
23    demand, gaseous N emissions increase by microbial transformation.  As a consequence, soil NO
24    emissions are highest in fertilized agriculture and tropical soils (Davidson and Kingerlee, 1997;
25    Williams et al., 1992).  When soil  microbes transform N, the gas-phase N is vented from the
26    ecosystem; for some systems this alleviates ecological problems associated with N excess (see
27    Chapter 4.3).
28          The three gas-phase products, NO, N2O, N2, have different chemical reactivities in
29    different regions of the atmosphere.  NO is  a key precursor for formation of ozone (Os) in the
30    troposphere.  Although N2 is not reactive in the troposphere, N2O is a greenhouse gas  (GHG)
31    with a significant global warming  potential (GWP) from its direct radiative forcing and from its

      December 2007                             3-2        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    role in production and destruction of 63 in the stratosphere.  Additional details on these
 2    reactivities are given in Chapter 2 and in Annex 1.
 3          Emission rates of NO from cultivated soils depend chiefly on fertilization levels and soil
 4    temperature. Production of NO from agriculture results from both the oxidation of NHa emitted
 5    by livestock and from soils after fertilization with ammonium nitrate (NFLjNOs) and other
 6    exogenous sources of N.  Estimates of these biogenic N emissions are less certain than those for
 7    anthropogenic sources. On a global scale, the contribution of soil emissions to the NOx budget
 8    is on the order of 10% (van Aardenne et al., 2001; Finlayson-Pitts and Pitts, 2000;  Seinfeld and
 9    Pandis, 1998). On finer, more regional scales, however, NOx emissions from fertilized fields
10    can demonstrate wide variation around this value.
11          Local contributions to soil [NO] can be much greater than the global average, particularly
12    in summer and especially where corn is grown extensively.  Approximately 60% of total NOx
13    emitted by soils in the United States occurs in the central corn-growing region. The total mass
14    and the chemical form of N (whether reduced or oxidized) applied to soils, the vegetative cover,
15    temperature, soil moisture, and the agricultural practices such as tillage all influence the amount
16    of fertilizer N released as NO. Williams et al. (1992) estimated that contributions to NO budgets
17    from soils in Illinois are -26% of the total NO emissions from industrial and commercial
18    processes in that state.
19
20    3.1.2.2     Biomass Burning
21          During biomass burning, N is derived mainly from fuel N and not from atmospheric N2
22    since temperatures required to fix atmospheric N2 are likely to be found only in the flaming
23    crowns of the most intense boreal forest fires. N in plants is present mostly as amino (NH2)
24    groups in amino acids. During combustion, N is released in many unidentified forms,
25    presumably as N2, with very little remaining in the fuel ash.  Emissions of NOx are -0.2 to 0.3%
26    relative to total biomass burned (e.g., Andreae, 1991; Radke et al., 1991). Apart from N2, the
27    most abundant species in biomass burning plumes is NO, emissions of which account for -10 to
28    20% of the fuel N loadings (Lobert et al., 1991); other N-containing species such as NO2,
29    nitriles, and NH3 together account for a similar amount. Westerling et al. (2006) have noted that
30    the substantially increased frequency and intensity of wildfires in the western U.S. since 1970
31    will make emissions from this section increasingly important.
      December 2007                            3-3         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    3.1.2.3    Lightning
 2          Annual global production of NO by lightning is the most uncertain source of reactive N.
 3    In the last decade, literature values of the global average production rate range from 2 to 20 Tg N
 4    per year. However, most recent estimates are in the range of 3 to 8 Tg N per year.  Estimates of
 5    the [NO] produced per flash have been made from theoretical considerations (e.g., Price et al.,
 6    1997); laboratory (e.g., Wang et al., 1998) and field experiments (e.g., Stith et al., 1999;
 7    Huntrieser et al., 2002); and through a combination of cloud-resolving model simulations,
 8    observed lightning flash rates, and measurements of [NO] in cloud anvils (e.g., DeCaria et al.,
 9    2000, 2005; Ott et al., 2007).  The last method was used by Pickering et al. (1998), to show that
10    only ~5 to 20% of the total [NO] produced by lightning in a given storm exists in the planetary
11    boundary layer (PEL) at the end of a thunderstorm, thereby reducing its importance as an
12    emissions source on regional or smaller scales.
13
14    3.1.3    Anthropogenic and Biogenic Sources of NiO
15          N2O, a gas-phase oxide of nitrogen with an atmospheric lifetime (T) of ~114 years, is a
16    small contributor to the total U.S. GHG budget, accounting for 6.5% of total GHG (on a Tg
17    carbon dioxide (CO2) equivalents basis) in 2005 (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
18    2007b). CO2, for comparison, accounted for 83.9% in the same year and methane (CH4) for
19    7.4% (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2007b). Together with N2O,  these are the three
20    largest GHG emissions components in the United States. Although the atmospheric [N2O] has
21    increased globally by -18% to its current value of-315 ppb  owing to Western industrialization
22    since 1750 (IPCC, 200la; Hofmann, 2004), there is considerable interannual variation in N2O
23    emissions and this remains largely unexplained (IPCC, 200Ib). N2O emissions in the United
24    States, for example, decreased by 2.8% or 13.4 Tg CO2 equivalents over the years 1990-2005
25    (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2007b).
26          N2O is produced by biological processes occurring in the soil and water as described
27    above and by a variety of anthropogenic activities in the agricultural, energy, industrial, and
28    waste management sectors.  The chief anthropogenic activities producing N2O in the United
29    States are agricultural soil management, fuel combustion in motor vehicles, manure
30    management, production of adipic acid (nylon) and nitric acid (HNO3), wastewater treatment,
     December 2007                           3-4        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    and stationary fuel combustion. N2O emissions from these anthropogenic activities in the United
 2    States were 468.7 Tg CO2 equivalent in 2005 (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2007b).
 3          In 2005, N2O emissions from mobile sources were 38.0 Tg CC>2 equivalents, or -8% of
 4    the U.S. N2O emissions total (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2007). From 1990 to
 5    2005, N2O emissions from mobile sources decreased by 13%; however, emissions increased by
 6    10% in the period 1990-1998 due to control technologies that reduced on-road vehicle NOx
 7    emissions at the expense of increasing N2O emissions.  Since 1998, newer controls have led to a
 8    steady decline in N2O from mobile sources.
 9          Biogenic production of N2O stimulated through soil management accounted for >75% of
10    total U.S. N2O emissions in 2005 (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2007b). N2O
11    emissions from this source have shown no significant long-term trend because the biogenic
12    emitters are highly sensitive to the [N] applied to soils, which has been largely constant over this
13    time period (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2007b).
14          Biogenic N2O emissions are predominately the result of incomplete bacterial
15    denitrification and nitrification processes that occur in soils, sediments, and water.
16    Denitrification is a reduction process performed by particular groups of heterotrophic bacteria
17    having the ability to use nitrate (N(V) as an electron acceptor during anaerobic respiration,
18    thereby converting NOs in soils and water to gas-phase N forms (Firestone and Davidson,
19    1989). At low [02], these microbial communities may use NOs , nitrite (NC>2  ), or N2O as
20    alternative electron acceptors to C>2, with molecular N2 as the final product in this reaction
21    sequence (Davidson and Schimel, 1995).
                                A/Q -^ AT/1,- __» /VO —» N-,O —» N-,
22                              ^^ ^nU2 -^1MU^1M2U^1M2                    (3J_3)
23          There remains uncertainty about the conditions favoring the various products of the
24    transformations. Groups of aerobic bacteria use most NFLt+ in soils as an energy source in which
25    it is oxidized to nitrogen dioxide (NO2) and then to N(V  Oxidized N products of nitrification
26    may undergo denitrification and thus feed the production of N2O.  Some bacteria are shown to be
27    nitrifiers and denitrifiers depending on environmental conditions.
28          Emissions of NO and N2O can be increased by agricultural practices and activities,
29    including use of synthetic and organic fertilizers, production of N-fixing crops, cultivation of
30    soils with high organic content, and the application of livestock manure to croplands and pasture.

      December 2007                            3-5        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    All of these practices directly add N to soils, of which a portion may then be converted to N2O
 2    on the pathway to full conversion to N2 as in Reaction 3.1-3. Indirect additions of N to soils can
 3    also result in N2O emissions from agricultural and non-agricultural systems. Indirect additions
 4    include processes by which atmospheric NOx is deposited directly to a region, or N from applied
 5    fertilizer or manure volatilizes into NHs and NOx, and then is ultimately re-deposited onto the
 6    soil in the form of NH4NO3, HNOs, and NOx (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2006a).
 7          Aquatic sources of N2O may also be stimulated by environmental conditions. In  some
 8    ocean areas, large areas of surface water can become depleted in O2, allowing active
 9    denitrification in open water. Oceanic N2O can also arise from denitrification in marine
10    sediments, particularly in nutrient-rich areas like estuaries.
11
12
13    3.2     SOX EMISSIONS
14          Emissions of sulfur dioxide ((SO2), the chief component of SOx; see the full description
15    in Chapter 2) are due mainly to the combustion of fossil fuels by electrical utilities and other
16    industries; transportation-related sources make only a very minor contribution (see Annex Table
17    AX2-1).  As a result, most SO2 emissions originate from elevated point sources.  Since S is a
18    volatile component of fuels,  it is released almost quantitatively during combustion; thus,
19    emissions can be calculated  on the basis of the S content of fuels to greater accuracy than they
20    can be for other pollutants such as NOx or primary particulate matter (PM), for example.
21          SO2 data collected from the State and Local Air Monitoring Stations (SLAMS) and
22    National Air Monitoring Stations (NAMS) networks  show that the decline in SO2 emissions
23    following controls placed on electric generating utilities in the previous 15 years has improved
24    air quality.  There has not been a single monitored exceedance of the SO2 annual ambient air
25    quality standard in the United States since 2000, according to the EPA Acid Rain Program
26    (ARP) 2005 Progress Report (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2006b). EPA's trends
27    data (www.epa.gov/airtrends) reveal that the national composite average SO2 annual mean
28    ambient concentration decreased by -48% from 1990 to 2005, with the largest single-year
29    reduction coming in 1994-1995, the ARP's first operating year (U.S. Environmental Protection
30    Agency, 2006b).  Figure 3.2-1 depicts data for SO2 emissions in the continental United States
31    (CONUS) in these years that reflect this reduction using individual state-level totals.
      December 2007                            3-6        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
          • SO? Emissions in 1990
          B SO2 Emissions in 1995
          I  I S02 Emissions in 2000
          [  I SO3 Emissions in 2005
          Scale: Largest bar equals
          2.2 million tons of SO;,
          emissions in Ohio, 1990
     Figure 3.2-1.  State-level SO2 emissions, 1990-2005.
     Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Clean Air Markets Division (www.epa.gov/airmarkets/index.html).
1           These trends in emissions data are consistent with the trends in the observed ambient
2    concentrations from the Clean Air Status and Trends Network (CASTNET). Following
3    implementation of the Phase I controls on ARP sources between 1995 and 2000, significant
4    reductions in [802] and ambient sulfate concentrations ([SC>42 ]) were observed at CASTNET
5    sites throughout the eastern United States.
6           Figure 3.2-2 depicts for the CONUS the magnitude and spatial distribution of SC>2
7    emissions in 2006 from sources in the ARP. This depiction shows clearly the continuing over-
8    representation of SC>2 sources in the United States east of the Mississippi River as compared to
9    west of it, an over-representation that is strongest in the central Ohio River Valley.
     December 2007
3-7
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
        •   Under 5,000 tons
        •   5,000 to 25,000 tons
        •   25.000 to 50.000 tons
        •  50.000 to 100,000 tons
        •  100,000 to 207,000 tons
     Figure 3.2-2. Annual SOi emissions in 2006 for acid rain program cooperating facilities.

     Source: Environmental Protection Agency, Clean Air Markets Division (www.epa.gov/airmarkets/index.html).

 1           The major natural sources of SC>2 are volcanoes, biomass burning, and dimethylsulfide
 2   (DMS) oxidation over the oceans.  SC>2  constitutes a relatively minor fraction (0.005% by
 3   volume) of volcanic emissions (Holland, 1978), but the ratio of hydrogen sulfide (H2S) to 862 is
 4   highly variable in volcanic gases. Volcanic sources of 862 in the United States are limited to the
 5   Pacific Northwest, Alaska, and Hawaii.
 6          Emissions of SC>2 from burning vegetation are generally in the range of 1 to 2% of the
 7   biomass burned (e.g., Levine et al.,  1999). S is bound in amino acids in vegetation and this
 8   organically bound S is released during combustion. However, unlike N, approximately one-half
 9   of the [S] initially present in vegetation is found in the ash (Delmas, 1982). Gas-phase emissions
10   are mainly in the form of SC>2  with much smaller amounts of H2S and carbonyl sulfide (OCS).
11   The ratio of gas-phase N to S emissions is -14, very close to the ratio in plant tissue (Andreae,
     December 2007
3-8
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    1991). The ratio of reduced N and S species such as NH3 and H2S to their more oxidized forms,
 2    such as NO and 862, increases as fire conditions go from the flaming to the smoldering phases of
 3    combustion because emissions of reduced species are favored by lower temperatures and reduced
 4    02 availability.
 5          Emissions of reduced S species are associated typically with marine organisms living
 6    either in pelagic or coastal zones and with anaerobic bacteria in marshes and estuaries.
 7    Emissions of DMS from marine plankton represent the largest single source of reduced S species
 8    to the atmosphere (e.g., Berresheim et al., 1995). Other sources such as wetlands and terrestrial
 9    plants and soils probably account for less than 5% of the DMS global flux,  with most of this
10    coming from wetlands. The coastal and wetland sources of DMS have a dormant period in fall
11    and winter from senescence of plant growth. Marshes die back in fall and winter, so DMS
12    emissions from them are lower, and reduced light levels in winter at mid-to-high latitudes reduce
13    phytoplankton growth also tending to reduce DMS emissions.  Transport of SO2 from regions of
14    biomass burning seems to be limited by heterogeneous losses that accompany convective
15    processes that ventilate the surface layer and the lower boundary layer (Thornton et al., 1996).
16          However, it should be noted that reduced S species are also produced anthropogenically.
17    For example, DMS is used in petroleum refining and in petrochemical production processes to
18    control the formation of coke and carbon monoxide (CO), and in steel mills to control dusting,
19    and is used in a range of organic syntheses and as a flavoring component of foods.
20
21
22    3.3     NH3 EMISSIONS
23          Anthropogenic emissions of NH3 show a strikingly different pattern from those of NOx
24    or SO2. Three-way catalysts used in motor vehicles emit small amounts of NH3 as  a byproduct
25    during the reduction of NOx.  Stationary combustion sources make only a small contribution to
26    emissions of NH3 because their efficient combustion favors NOx formation, and NH3 from
27    combustion is produced largely by inefficient, low-temperature fuel combustion. For these
28    reasons, most emissions of NH3 arise from fertilized soils and from livestock.
29          The initial step in the oxidation of atmospheric NH3 to NO is reaction with OH radicals.
30    However, the T of NH3 from this pathway is sufficiently long (1 to 2 months at typical OH values
31    of 1  to 2 x 106 cm"3) so that it is a small sink compared to the uptake of NH3 by cloud droplets
32    and aerosols and loss to dry deposition.  Thus, gas-phase oxidation of NH3  makes a very small

      December 2007                            3-9        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   contribution as a source of NO.  Holland et al. (2005) estimated wet and dry deposition of NHX,
 2   based on measurements over the CONUS, and found that emissions of NH3 in the 1999 National
 3   Emissions Inventory (NET) were underestimated by approximately a factor of 2 or 3. Possible
 4   reasons for this error include under-representation of deposition monitoring sites in populated
 5   areas and the neglect of offshore transport in the NEI estimate. The use of fixed deposition
 6   velocities (Vd) that do not reflect local conditions at the time of measurement introduces
 7   additional uncertainty into estimates of dry deposition to which NH3 is particularly sensitive.
 8
 9
10   3.4      EVALUATING EMISSIONS INVENTORIES
11          Comparisons of emissions model predictions with observations have been performed in a
12   number of environments.  Studies using ratios of [CO] to [NOx] and nonmethane organic
13   compounds ([NMOC]) to [NOx] carried out in the early 1990s in tunnels and ambient air
14   (summarized in Air Quality Criteria for Carbon  Monoxide (U.S. Environmental Protection
15   Agency, 2000)) indicated that emissions of CO and NMOC were systematically underestimated
16   in emissions inventories.
17          Results from some more recent emissions evaluation studies have been mixed, with some
18   studies showing agreement to within ±50% (Trainer et al., 2000; Parrish et al., 1998; Parrish and
19   Fehsenfeld, 2000; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2000). However, Pokharel et al.
20   (2002) employed remotely sensed emissions from on-road vehicles and fuel use data to estimate
21   emissions in Denver, and their calculations indicate a continual decrease in CO, hydrocarbon
22   (HC), and NO emissions from mobile sources over the 6-year study period, 1996 through 2001.
23   Inventories based on the ambient data were 30 to 70% lower for CO, 40%  higher for HC, and 40
24   to 80% lower for NO than those predicted by the MOBILE6 on-road mobile source emissions
25   model.
26          Measurements at two urban areas in the United States confirmed the decrease in CO
27   emissions (Parrish et al., 2002).  That study also indicated that the ratio of  CO to NOx emissions
28   decreased by almost a factor of 3 over 12 years.  EPA NEI emissions estimates indicated a much
29   smaller decrease in this ratio, suggesting that NOx emissions from mobile  sources may be either
30   underestimated and/or increasing.
     December 2007                           3-10       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    3.5     ECOLOGICAL SINKS
 2          Several reactive N species are deposited to vegetation, among them, HNOs, NC>2,
 3    peroxyacyl nitrates (PAN and its higher analogs), and other organic nitrates (RONO2).
 4
 5    3.5.1    HNO3
 6          Field observations based on concentration gradients of HNOs and using eddy covariance
 7    techniques demonstrate rapid deposition that approaches the aerodynamic limit (as constrained
 8    by atmospheric turbulence) in the Wesely (1989) formulation based on analogy to resistance.
 9    Surface resistance to HNOs uptake by vegetation is negligible.  Deposition rates are independent
10    of leaf area or stomatal conductance, implying that deposition occurs to branches, soil, and the
11    leaf cuticle as well as leaf surfaces.  The HNOs Vd typically exceeds 1 cm s"1 and exhibits a diel
12    pattern controlled by turbulence characteristics of midday maxima and lower values at night in
13    the more-stable boundary layer.
14
15    3.5.2    NO2
16          NO2 interaction with vegetation is more complex than that for HNOs in part because very
17    fast measurements of NO2 flux are confounded by the rapid interconversion of NO, NC>2, and 63
18    (Gao et al., 1991). Application of 15N-labeled NC>2 demonstrates that NC>2 is absorbed and
19    metabolized by foliage (Siegwolf et al., 2001; Mocker et al., 1998; Segschneider et al., 1995;
20    Weber et al., 1995).  Exposure to NC>2 induces activation of nitrate reductase (Weber et al., 1995,
21    1998), a necessary enzyme for assimilating oxidized N. Understanding of NC>2 interactions with
22    foliage is largely based on leaf cuvette and growth chamber studies which expose foliage or
23    whole plants to controlled [NO2] and measure the fraction of NC>2 removed from the chamber air.
24    A key finding is that the fit of NC>2 flux to [NO2], has a non-0 intercept, implying a compensation
25    point or internal concentration. In studies at very low [NO2], emission from foliage is observed
26    (Teklemariam and Sparks, 2006). Evidence for a compensation point is not solely based on the
27    fitted intercept. The NO2 uptake rate to foliage is clearly related to stomatal conductance.
28    Internal resistance is variable, and may be associated with concentrations of reactive species such
29    as ascorbate in the plant tissue that react with NC>2 (Teklemariam and Sparks, 2006). Foliar NC>2
30    emissions show some dependence on N content (Teklemariam and Sparks, 2006). Internal NC>2
31    appears to derive  from  plant N metabolism.
      December 2007                           3-11        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1           Two approaches to modeling NO2 uptake by vegetation are the resistance-in-series
 2    analogy which considers flux (F) as the product of concentration (C) and Vd,  related to the sum
 3    of aerodynamic, boundary layer, and internal resistances (Ra, Rb, and Rc, respectively); positive
 4    fluxes are from atmosphere to foliage
                                                                                        (3.5-1)

 6                                     Vd ~ (Ra + Rh + Rc)                             (3.5-2)
 7    The terms Ra and Rb are controlled by turbulence in the mixed layer; Rc is dependent on
 8    characteristics of the foliage and soil and may be viewed as a combination of resistance internal
 9    to the foliage and external on the cuticle, soils, and bark. This approach is very similar to the
10    method most often used to predict deposition with regional air quality models (Wesely, 1989).
11    Typically, the NO2 Vd is less than that for Os due to the surface's generally higher resistance to
12    NO2 uptake, consistent with NCVs lower reactivity.
13          Alternatively, NO2 exchange with foliage can be modeled from a physiological
14    standpoint where the flux  from the leaf (J) is related to the stomatal conductance (gs) and a
15    concentration gradient between the ambient air and interstitial air in the leaf (Ca -C,).  This
16    approach best describes results for exchange with individual foliage elements, and is expressed
17    per unit leaf or needle area.  While this approach provides linkage to leaf physiology, it is not
18    straightforward to scale up from the leaf to the ecosystem
19                                             *s^a  "                               (3.5-3)
20           This model implicitly associates the compensation point with a finite internal
21    concentration.  Typically observed compensation points are ~1 ppb; values of internal [NCh] are
22    consistent with metabolic pathways that include NOX.  In this formulation, the uptake will be
23    linear with [NCh], which is typically measured in foliar chamber studies.
24           Several studies have shown the UV dependence of NO2 emissions, which implies some
25    photo-induced surface reactions to release NO2. Rather than model this as a UV-dependent
26    internal concentration, it would be more realistic to add an additional term to account for
27    emission that is dependent on light levels and other surface characteristics
      December 2007                            3-12        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                                                                      (35_4)

 2
 3    3.5.3    PAN
 4          PAN is phytotoxic and absorbed at the leaf. Observations based on inference from
 5    concentration gradients and rates of loss at night (Shepson et al., 1992;  Schrmipf et al., 1996) and
 6    from leaf chamber studies (Teklemariam and Sparks, 2004) have indicated that uptake of PAN is
 7    slower than that of O3; however, recent work in coniferous canopies with direct eddy covariance
 8    PAN flux measurements indicated a Vd more similar to that of O3. Uptake of PAN is under
 9    stomatal control, has non-0 deposition at night, and is influenced by leaf wetness (Turnipseed
10    et al., 2006). On the other hand, flux measurements determined by gradient methods over a grass
11    surface showed a Vd closer to 0.1 cm s~l, with uncertainty on the order  of a factor of 10 (Doskey
12    et al., 2004). Whether the discrepancies are methodological or indicate intrinsic differences
13    between different vegetation is unknown. Uptake of PAN is smaller than its thermal
14    decomposition in all cases.
15
16    3.5.4    Other  RONO2
17          The biosphere also interacts with NOx through HC emissions and their subsequent
18    reactions to form multi-functional RONO2. Formation of the hydroxyalkyl nitrates occurs after
19    OH attack on VOCs. In one sense, this mechanism is simply an alternate pathway for OH to
20    react with NOx to  form a rapidly depositing species.  If VOC were not present, OH would be
21    available to react with NO2 when it is present to form HNOs.
22          Isoprene nitrates are an important class of RONO2. Isoprene reacts with OH to form  a
23    radical that adds NO2 to form the hydroxyalkyl nitrate. The combination of hydroxyl and nitrate
24    functional group makes these compounds especially soluble with low vapor pressures, so they
25    likely deposit rapidly (Shepson et al.,  1996; Treves et al., 2000). Many other unsaturated HCs
26    react by analogous routes. Observations at Harvard Forest show a substantial fraction of the total
27    of all gas-phase forms of oxidized N (category label is NOy) not accounted for by NO, NO2 and
28    PAN, which is attributed to the RONO2 (Horii et al., 2006; Munger et al., 1998). Furthermore,
29    the total NOY flux exceeds the sum of HNO3, NOX, and PAN, which implies that the RONO2 are
30    a substantial fraction of the total N deposition. Other observations showing evidence of
31    hydoxyalkyl nitrates include those of Grossenbacher et al. (2001) and Day  et al. (2003).

      December 2007                            3-13       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    3.5.5    HNO2
 2          HNO2 formation on vegetative surfaces at night has long been observed based on
 3    measurements of positive gradients (Harrison and Kitto, 1994).  Surface reactions of NC>2
 4    enhanced by moisture were proposed to explain these results.  Production was evident at sites
 5    with high ambient NO2; at low concentration, uptake of HNO2 exceeded the source.
 6    Daytime observations of HNC>2 when rapid photolysis is expected to deplete ambient
 7    concentrations to very low levels implies a substantial source of photo-induced HNC>2 formation
 8    at a variety of forested sites where measurements have been made. Estimated source  strengths
 9    are 200 to 1800 parts per trillion (ppt) IT1 in the surface layer (Zhou et al., 2002a, 2003), which
10    is -20 times faster than all nighttime sources.
11
12
13    3.6     MONITORING NETWORKS
14          This section provides an inventory of current environmental observation systems focused
15    mostly on routine ambient air quality networks with emphasis on N and S  species; this
16    description also includes PM because of its significant role in N and S deposition; see Chapter 2
17    for more detail s.
18          Observational systems supporting air quality and related assessments include routine
19    regulatory networks, routine deposition monitoring  networks,  intensive field studies, remote
20    sensing systems, sondes, aircraft campaigns,  satellites, and focused, fixed-site special purpose
21    networks. Major networks currently operating are emphasized here; discussion of other
22    networks discontinued or intended for a specific operating period is provided in Annex 2.  The
23    focus here is on operating North American air quality networks with limited coverage of
24    European and international efforts except as relevant to North American assessments.
25
26    3.6.1    Routine Regulatory Air Monitoring Networks in North America
27
28    3.6.1.1     Gas- and Particle-Phase Networks and Sites
29          Routine ambient air and deposition monitoring networks in North America provide more
30    than 3000 fixed platforms measuring numerous gaseous species and aerosol properties; see
31    Annex Table AX2.5-1 for a listing. Many of these long-standing network systems were
32    initialized after the 1970 Clean Air Act (CAA), subsequent CAA amendments, National Ambient


      December 2007                            3-14        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) reviews and National Academy of Sciences (NAS)
 2   recommendations resulting in periodic step enhancements to these routine networks. Examples
 3   include CASTNET and the National Atmospheric Deposition Program (NADP) addressing
 4   acidification; the Photochemical Assessment Monitoring Stations (PAMS) in response to
 5   persistent Os pollution and to monitor Os precursors including NOx; and the particulate matter
 6   <2.5 |im (PM2.5) network to monitor aerosol- and solid-phase pollutants that can act in concert
 7   with NOx and SOx.  Annex Table AX2.5-1 lists the networks, sponsoring agencies, site
 8   densities, dates of operation, locations, and measurement parameters.
 9          The relatively wide geographic distribution and persistence of exceedances of the 63 and
10   PM NAAQS (see Figure 3.6-1) have led to these pollutants dominating the national monitoring
11   networks. These sites remain relevant for characterizing ambient concentrations and deposition
12   of NOx and  SOx because those species are often measured at the same locations and because of
13   the role of NOx in the formation and destruction of Os, and because of PM's role in NOx and
14   SOx deposition.  Additional details about the homogeneous- and heterogeneous-phase
15   atmospheric chemistry of NOx and SOx  are given in Chapter 2 and in Annex 1.
     Figure 3.6-1.  2006 air quality summaries for Os, annual average PMi.s, and daily
                   Yellow and red sites indicate values exceeding NAAQS levels.
     Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2006b).

16          Networks with more direct relevance to ecological effects include the Interagency
17   Monitoring of Protected Visual Environments (IMPROVE) network with more than 100 sites in
18   U.S. National Parks and other remote locations; see Figure 3.6-2. The IMPROVE network is
19   intended primarily to assess visibility impairment but has provided a reliable long-term record
     December 2007
3-15
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                        Ambient Air Monitoring Stations in the United States
     Figure 3.6-2.  Aggregate map of the majority routine U.S. monitoring stations.
 1   of PM mass and major speciation components; in addition, data from IMPROVE has been useful
 2   for testing data from the EPA Speciation Trends Network (STN) (see Figure 3.6-2), which has
 3   provided an urban complement to characterize aerosol composition; see Figure 3.6-3 and the
 4   additional details in Annex 2.
 5          The CASTNET also shown in Figure 3.6-2 was established in the early 1990s to track
 6   changes in the dry deposition of major inorganic ions and gas-phase precursors associated with
 7   the CAA Title 4 reductions in S and N, which were designed to address surface water
 8   acidification in eastern North America.
 9          Additional, minor networks identified in Figure 3.6-2 include those of the state and local
10   air agencies deployed since the mid-1980s measuring a variety of aerosol-phase, solid-phase,
11   metallic, and gas-phase hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) at -200 locations; and a modest
12   National Air Toxics Trends (NATTS) network of 23 sites.
     December 2007
3-16
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                 Upper Midwest
                         Industrial Midwest
       E 16-
      Il2-
               Northwest
            I
             02 03 04 05 06
              Southern CA
       E 16-
       cn  8-
       ro  4,
          0
                                                  Northeast
                                                02 03 04 05 06
                                                  Southeast
             02 03 04 05 06
                  Sulfate
I Nitrate
I Elemental
I Organic carbon
                                                02 03 04 05 06
iCrustal
     Figure 3.6-3.  Regional chemical composition of PM2.s aerosols based on urban speciation
                   sites and averaged over the entire 2006 sampling period.
     Source: http://www.epa.gov/air/airtrends/index.html.

 1          A new multipollutant monitoring network, the National Core Monitoring Network
 2   (NCore), was incorporated in the 2006 revisions to the PM standards (http://www.epa.gov/air/
 3   airtrends/index.html). When fully implemented in 2009, NCore will provide a minimum of 75
 4   "Level 2" sites (see Figure 3.6-4) in most major urban areas and in the important transportation
 5   corridors and at background locations.
 6          Nearly 1500 sites were established in the years from 1997 to 2001 to determine PM2.5
 7   mass gravimetrically. The network has evolved to add more than 500 continuous PM2 5
 8   monitors, with a reduction of the 24-h gravimetric samplers to fewer than 1000 sites; see
 9   Figures.6-5. While this expansion of continuous PM2.5 sites adds spatial coverage of data with a
10   high temporal resolution, the mix of instrument types and protocols can compromise data
     December 2007
                3-17
              DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
NCore Measurements
Level 2: ~ 75Multi-
pollutant (MP)
Sites, "Core Species"
Plus Leveraging From
PAMS,
Speciation Program,
Air Toxics
Min,r
A
Level 1. 3-10 Master
Sites Comprehensive
Measurements,
Advance Methods
Serving Science and
Technology Transfer
Needs
Y^\
/ Level 3 V~
num "Core" Level 2 Measurements


Level 3: Minimum
Single Pollutant
Sites (e.g.> 500
sites each for O,
and PM,S and
related spatial
Mapping Support
     Continuous NO,NOy.SOI,CO.PM; 5.
     PM]0/PMc, O3 Meteorology |T,RH,WS,WD);
     Integrated PM; , FRM. HNO3, NH3,
     Figure 3.6-4.  Planned 3-tiered NCore design (left) and proposed site locations for Level 2
                   multiple pollutant sites.
                                                                                            C3?-
                                                                         An*mr.n (JAM
                                                                         Cotrelolotf RkdMM H
                                                                         I.'H line BAM
                                                                         FDMS
                                                                         TEOU
     Figure 3.6-5.  Maps illustrating breadth of PM2.5 FRM and FEM and O3 networks (left);
                   and PMi.s continuous samplers (right).
1    comparison across sites and geographic areas with different operational characteristics. In

2    recognition of potential geographic differences, EPA has developed monitoring policy (U.S.

3    Environmental Protection Agency, 2006b) for regionally approved methods to lead to
     December 2007
3-18
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   equivalency status (Federal Equivalent Method, (FEM)) from the Federal Reference Method
 2   (FRM) for the continuous PM2.5 samplers and compliance applications.
 3          The IMPROVE network has provided a nearly 20-year record of the chief components
 4   (SC>42 , NOs , organic and elemental carbon fractions (OC and EC, respectively) and trace
 5   metals) of PM2.5 aerosols mostly in pristine areas of the United States in and around National
 6   Parks.  More than 300 additional speciation sites were added between 2000 and 2002 in urban
 7   areas of the United States to assist assessment efforts related to the PM2 5 NAAQS. This total
 8   cross-network coverage (see Figure 3.6-6) is now a widely used resource across disciplines from
 9   exposure and epidemiology and atmospheric sciences over spatial scales of interest ranging from
10   long-range hemispheric transport to near-source analysis.
                                                 Speciation SLAMS
                                                 IMPROVE
                                                 Speciation Trends Sites
                                                 Continuous Speciation Sites with Multiple Measurements
     Figure 3.6-6.  Locations of chemical speciation sites delineated by program type.


11          The speciation networks typically collect a 24-h sample once every 3 or 6 days.
12   CASTNET provides weekly averaged measurements of major ions (SO42  , N(V, calcium (Ca2+),
     December 2007
3-19
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    sodium (Na+), potassium (K+), NH4+, and magnesium (Mg2+)) integrated over all aerosol sizes by
 2    means of open-face filter packs. Daily, 24-h speciated samples often requested by health effects
 3    researchers is limited to fewer than five sites in the United States and Canada.  Similarly, a small
 4    and variable number of sites, fewer than 10 most years, provide near-continuous speciation data,
 5    usually limited to some combination of particulate SC>4 (pSO4), particulate NOs (pNOs), and EC
 6    and OC. In addition, the 22 NATTS sites include aetholometers measuring semi-continuous
 7    light absorption, often used as a surrogate for EC.
 8          The EPA PM Supersites Program (Wittig and Solomon, 2006) provided highly time-
 9    resolved aerosol measurements at 8 cities in the United States for a mix of time periods between
10    1999 and 2004.  Depending on location and time period, a number of different instrument
11    configurations were deployed ranging from additional spatial coverage of standard speciation
12    sites to systems capturing near-continuous size-distributed chemical composition profiles.
13
14    3.6.1.2    Precipitation-based Networks and Sites
15          Precipitation chemistry is the primary link between atmospheric and terrestrial and
16    aquatic systems. The NADP (http://nadp.sws.uiuc.edu/) oversees a network of more than 250
17    sites (see Figure 3.6-7) where most of the major ions key to aquatic chemistry addressing
18    acidification and eutrophication effects are measured. The NADP includes the Mercury
19    Deposition Network (MDN) of-90 sites and 7 Atmospheric Integrated Research Monitoring
20    Network (AIRMoN) sites providing greater temporal resolution.
21          The j oint Canadian and United States Integrated Atmospheric Deposition Network
22    ((IADN); http://www.msc-smc.ec.gc.ca/iadn/index_e.html) includes a mix of master and satellite
23    stations across the Great Lakes where both precipitation and ambient air are sampled for a range
24    of toxics compounds.  The IADN emphasizes many of the more persistent organic compounds
25    including polychlorinated biphenyl compounds (PCBs), pesticides, dioxins, and toxic metals
26    such as lead (Pb), cadmium (Cd), arsenic (As), and selenium (Se).
27
28    3.6.3     Intensive Field Campaigns
29          Intensive field campaigns of relatively short duration supplement these routine longer-
30    term monitoring networks by enhancing spatial, temporal, and compositional distribution of
31    atmospheric species to better elucidate physical and chemical processes relevant to the fate,
32    transport, and removal of secondarily formed gases and aerosols. Typically, these campaigns

      December 2007                            3-20        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                       *c.**
                                       trie Canadian Mr
                                       and Precipitation
                                d^ M_«,
                                    S,  Res
               jSn,   C>arr,  1\;P|CM.L
                   Bratt's L •!••€! H> E.L.A. °F
                               a
                              Bor
             PitclplMllon o pr£clpltatian   M
                  Air O Air
           Pdrttoulate Matter Q Matties Particulaires
               Nltiogen • Azoti
                                                                        Integrated Mmospheric Deposition
                                                                          Metwcxfc MonAxing S^tions
                                                                                 M«l«Suiiwn LI
                                             eau caoadien
                                          d'echanflllionnsge des

                                           Goose Bay B
                                               •':       *
                                                   * •          •
                    •
                                                         1H   *;
                                                *    -    '.

                                          5-
                                                                    Long-Tvm Monitoring
                                                                    O NADP/NTN (wd depositien)
                                                                    • NADP/MDN (mercury depcsHion)
                                                                    o TIME/LTM (surfocewoteroodiW
                                                                    • CASTNET (dry deposition.
                                                                    Ecological Resourees
                                                                    t$Acidic Surface Waters
                                                                    4, N-Saturated Forest
                                                                    « Clcss I Areas
                                                                    CGHighly Eutropriic Estuane
     Figure 3.6-7. Routinely operating North American precipitation and surface water
                   networks: Upper left, Canadian Air and Precipitation Monitoring Network
                   (CAPMoN); upper right, Integrated Atmospheric Monitoring Deposition
                   Network (IADN); bottom, National Atmospheric Deposition Monitoring
                   Program (NADP) with TIME/LTM surface chemistry sites.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
use some combination of aircraft studies, high time-resolved instrumentation, and advanced in-
situ and laboratory analytical methods, all complementing routine ground-based measurements.
More description of recent campaigns and their measurements is included in Annex 2.

3.6.4     Satellite-Based Air Quality Observing Systems
       An extensive array of satellite-based systems (see Annex Tables AX2.5-2 and AX2.5-3)
with the  capability of measuring species in the total atmospheric column has been established by
the United States and European satellite programs lead by the National Aeronautic and Space
     December 2007
                                            3-21
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Administration (NASA) and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) in
 2   the United States and the European Space Agency (ESA). A suite of satellites including Aqua,
 3   Aura, CALIPSO, OCO, Glory, as well as NOAA-17, NOAA-18, and NPOESS, have either been
 4   launched since roughly 2000 or have near-term proposed launch dates.  Collectively, the remote
 5   sensing techniques for measuring total atmospheric columns and/or profiles exist for aerosol
 6   optical depth (AOD), Os, carbon monoxide (CO), formaldehyde (HCHO), carbon dioxide (CO2),
 7   CH4, SO2, NO2, and chlorinated fluorocarbons (CFCs) among other pollutants, and for such
 8   atmospheric parameters as temperature and total H2O content. Satellites with a near-polar orbit
 9   can make two  passes each day over a given location.  When taken together, a group of six
10   satellites (Aqua, Aura, CALIPSO, OCO, as well as CloudSat and PARASOL; category label is
11   "A-Train") is being configured to fly in a formation that crosses the equator a few minutes apart
12   at around 1330 local time to give a comprehensive picture of Earth's weather, climate, and
13   atmospheric conditions.
14          Satellite imagery offers the potential to cover broad spatial areas; however, an
15   understanding of the spatial, temporal and measurement limitations of satellite data is necessary
16   to determine how these systems complement ground-based networks and can support air quality
17   assessments.  Extensive details on individual satellite data streams and coverage is included in
18   Annex 2.
19
20   3.6.5     Monitoring Networks in Europe
21          Extensive air monitoring networks have also been implemented in Europe, many served
22   by centralized organization structures linked to international efforts like the Convention on Long
23   Range Transport of Air Pollution ((LRTAP); http://www.unece.org/env/lrtap/) and the
24   underlying technical assessment body, the Co-operative Programme for Monitoring and
25   Evaluation of the Long-range Transmission  of Air Pollutants in Europe (EMEP). The Global
26   Atmospheric Watch program ((GAW); http://www.wmo.int) under the World Meteorological
27   Organization (WMO) provides quality assurance guidelines and data to an important body of air
28   quality measurements relevant to assessing intercontinental pollution transport and climate
29   forcing phenomena. The Norwegian Institute for Air Research ((NILU), http://www.nilu.no),
30   maintains a database for many of the European based networks. Annex Table AX2.5-5 includes
31   combined contributions from several European countries ranging from a few sites to tens of sites
     December 2007                           3-22        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   in a country, some with data records extending more than 30 years.  Measurements for a variety
 2   of air pollutants are addressed including 63, metals, persistent organic pollutants (POPs), PM,
 3   VOCs, and acidifying and eutrophying N and S compounds.
 4
 5
 6   3.7    AMBIENT CONCENTRATIONS
 7
 8   3.7.1     NOX and NOY
 9          Figure 3.7-1 shows ambient [NO2] measured at all monitoring sites located within
10   Metropolitan Statistical Areas (MSAs) in the United States from 2003 through 2005. Mean
11   [NO2] are -15 ppb for averaging periods ranging from a day to a year, with an interquartile range
12   (IQR) of 10 to 15  ppb. However, the average daily maximum 1-h [NCh] are -30 ppb, roughly a
13   factor of 2 greater than the 24-h averages. The single highest maximum 1-h concentration of
14   -200 ppb  in this period (measured at one monitor in southern California) was more than a factor
15   of 10 greater than the mean 1-h or 24-h concentrations.
16          Data for concentrations of other oxidized N species in urban areas in the United States
17   are sparse. The most comprehensive set of data was obtained for HNOs, for example, as part of
18   the Children's Health Study for which gas-phase HNOs was measured at 12 sites in Southern
19   California from 1994 through 2001 (Alcorn and Lurmann, 2004). Levels ranged from <1 ppb to
20   >10 ppb.  In general,  the highest [HNO3] and the highest ratio of [HNO3]-to-[NO2] were found
21   downwind of central  Los Angeles in the San Bernardino Valley during summer, as one would
22   expect for this more-oxidized N product.
23          Measurements of HNO2 in urban areas are still very limited; however, data from Stutz
24   et al. (2004) indicate  that [HNO2] are <1 ppb even under heavily polluted conditions, with the
25   highest levels at night and just after dawn and lowest values in the afternoon because of rapid
26   photolysis; see the fuller descriptions in Chapter 2.  Several field studies such as Hayden et al.
27   (2003) in rural Quebec, Williams et al. (1987) near Boulder, CO, and Singh et al. (2007) in
28   aircraft flights over eastern North America have also found much higher levels of HNOs and of
29   other, further oxidized N compounds in relatively unpolluted rural air.
     December 2007                           3-23        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
100

90
80

2T 70
Q.
Q.
^ 60
O
'"S 50
Concentr
_i K3 CO *i
O O O O O
A A A
* 	 1201 * 	 1201 * 	 M29
-
_
*
o
-
__
o
o
—i — O • ftfl A V
o -ft MAX
T o 99
4K 1 Q^
1 — — ! ^^
I • * * • 50 *Mean
-I .25
1 1 -
i 1 ' 	 1 	 ' '••- — "— D
                    1 - h max
1-h
24-h
2 week
1-year
     Figure 3.7-1. Ambient concentrations of NOi measured at all monitoring sites located
                  within Metropolitan Statistical Areas in the United States from 2003
                  through 2005.
 1          Calculations with EPA's Community Multiscale Air Quality (CMAQ) modeling system
 2   for the Mid-Atlantic region in a domain from Virginia to southern New Jersey showed that the
 3   highest [HNOs] and [RONC^] occur during mid-afternoon, consistent with their formation by
 4   photochemical processes also producing Os. Model simulations of an Os episode in July 2002
 5   made for the Maryland State Os Implementation Plan (SIP) showed episode averages of the ratio
 6   of the further-oxidized N species like HNOs to NC>2 ranging from 0.26 to 3.6 in rural Virginia,
 7   with the highest ratios in rural areas and lowest ratios in urban centers nearer the sources of fresh
 8   NOx emissions.
 9
10   3.7.2     SOX
11          The mean annual [802] and [SC>42  ] from CASTNET's long-term monitoring sites can be
12   compared using two 3-year periods (1989  through 1991, and 2003 through 2005) shown in
13   Figure 3.7-2 for SO2,  and Figure  3.7-3 for SO42~.
     December 2007
           3-24
          DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
     Figure 3.7-2.  Annual mean ambient SOi concentration, (a) 1989 through 1991, and (b)
                   2003 through 2005.
     * Dots on all maps represent monitoring sites.  Lack of shading for southern Florida indicates lack of monitoring
       coverage.
     Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, CASTNET (www.epa.gov/castnet/).
 1          From 1989 through 1991, that is, in the years prior to implementation of the ARP Phase I
 2   controls on S emissions, the highest ambient mean [862] and [SC>42 ] were observed in western
 3   Pennsylvania and along the Ohio River Valley:  >20 jig nT3 (~8 ppb) SC>2 and >15 jig nT3
 4   SC>42 . As with SC>2, in the years since the ARP controls were enacted, both the magnitude of
 5   [SC>42 ] and their areal extent have been significantly reduced, with the largest decreases again
 6   coming along the Ohio River Valley.
 7          SO2 concentrations have been falling throughout all regions of the United States as
 8   demonstrated by the CASTNET data depicted in Figure 3.7-2.  In and around most individual
 9   CMSAs, the trends are also toward lower [802]. Many annual and even 1-h mean concentrations
10   for the years 2003 through 2005 were consistently at or below the operating LOD of ~3 ppb for
11   the standard SO2 monitor deployed in the networks, while the aggregate mean value over all
     December 2007
3-25
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
      (a)
    (b)
     Figure 3.7-3.  Annual mean ambient SC>42  Concentration, (a) 1989 through 1991, and (b)
                   2003 through 2005.
     * Dots on all maps represent monitoring sites. Lack of shading for Southern Florida indicates lack of monitoring
       coverage.
     Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, CASTNET (www.epa.gov/castnet/).
 1   3 years and all sites in and around the CMSAs was just above the LOD at ~4 ppb, and identical
 2   to the 1-h and 24-h means; see Annex 2 for fuller descriptions.
 3          Figure 3.7-4 shows the composite diel variation in hourly [802] from all monitors
 4   reporting data to the Air Quality System (AQS) database. (The AQS contains measurements of
 5   air pollutant concentrations in the 50 states, plus the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and the
 6   Virgin Islands for the six criteria air pollutants (SO2, NO2, PM, CO, Pb, O3) and some hazardous
 7   air pollutants.)  As can be seen from Figure 3.7-4, concentrations beneath the 95th percentile
 8   level are indistinguishable from each other, but are typically in the range of a few ppb. However,
 9   the peaks in the distribution at any hour of the day can be a factor of 10 or more higher than
10   values in the bulk of the distribution.  Overall, there is some indication that the highest values are
11   reached either at midday or during the middle of the night. Daytime peaks could result from
     December 2007
3-26
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
           800'
           700-
           600-
        Q.
       3: 400H
        oi
       o
       CO  300H
           200-
           100-
             0-
                     X
0
I  I I  I I  I
 1  2  3
                          I  I ]   I
                                   I   I
                                         l\r II          I  I I
4  5  6  7  8  9  10  11  12  13  14 15 16
                  Sample Hour
                                                                 I  I I
                                                                  17 18
  i  i i
19 20
                                21
                       i  i i  i
                        22 23 24
     Figure 3.7-4. Boxplot of hourly SOi concentrations across all cities in focus.
 1   down-mixing of air aloft due to convective activity since SO2 is emitted mainly by elevated
 2   sources. Nighttime peaks are more likely due to trapping of local emissions beneath a shallow
 3   stable nocturnal boundary layer.
 4          To be sure, the maximum 1-h concentration observed at some sites in and around some
 5   CMS As did still exceed the mean by a large margin, with maximum 1-h values of >600 ppb.
 6   However, the 50th percentile maximum value outside CMSAs, 5 ppb, was only slightly greater
 7   than the 1-h, 24-h, and annual mean values of 4 ppb.  The 50th percentile maximum value inside
 8   CMSAs, 7 ppb, was 75% greater than these longer-term averages, reflecting heterogeneity in
 9   source strength and monitor location.  In addition, even with 1-h maximum values of >600 ppb,
10   the maximum annualized mean value for all CMSAs was still <16 ppb, and, hence, below the
11   current annual  primary SC>2 NAAQS.
     December 2007
3-27
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   3.8    NITROGEN AND SULFUR DEPOSITION ACROSS THE
 2           LANDSCAPE
 3          Emissions of SOx and NOx have decreased substantially in the last 35 years (see Annex
 4   Table AX2-1). From 1970 until 2005, NOx emissions were down from 26.9 million tons
 5   per year (Mt yr~*) to 19 Mt yr~l and SC>2 emissions were down from 31.2 to 15 Mt yr~l. These
 6   decreases in emissions have led to correlative decreases in N and S atmospheric deposition
 7   across the landscape.
 8          Deposition maps were developed by CASTNET to show the  composition of total
 9   deposition for N and S (See Figures 3.8-1 through 3.8-4). The maps are labeled with estimated
10   total deposition at each site and a pie chart showing the relative proportion of wet and dry
11   deposition or the chemical components of the deposition at the site.  Wet deposition is estimated
12   from the interpolated concentration as measured by NADP multiplied by the measured rainfall at
13   the site. Dry deposition is estimated from the measured ambient air concentrations of the
14   chemical multiplied by the Vd obtained from an inferential model of linked resistances;  see the
15   CASTNET quality control plans for more information on methods. It is important to recognize
16   that NH3 is not included in these total N estimates because it is not at present measured  in these
17   networks, even though it is a major component of total N in some areas.
18          Data in this section are presented to show deposition across the landscape; finer-scale
19   data and maps of sensitive and vulnerable regions and ecosystems are presented in other sections
20   and with discussion of effects in Chapter 4. Data presented in the maps and charts represent
21   3-year averages.  For example, "89-91" is the average total deposition of 1989, 1990, and 1991
22   for a given site. Only sites having valid total deposition for at least two of the three years are
23   shown,  and in some instances, sites only met this criterion for one of the two reporting periods.
24   Because of differences like these, direct site-by-site comparisons are not possible everywhere.
25   However, the maps here do provide useful information on trends in deposition and the spatial
26   extent of N and S  deposition.
27
28   3.8.1    Nitrogen
29          For the 3-year period 2004 to 2006, mean N deposition was greatest in the Ohio River
30   basin, specifically in the states of Indiana and Ohio, with values as high as 9.2 and 9.6 kg
31   ha  l yr"1, respectively.  N deposition is lower in other parts of the East, including the Southeast
32   and in northern New England.  In the central United States, Kansas and Oklahoma reported the

     December 2007                           3-28        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                                                ,0.0
                         ..2
                                             ir
                                                       '
              8.o 0,
-------
   Sourae U5HPA/CA5TNSTNADP/NTN
                                                                       LZSE?A/CAMD 08/3W07
                            N
                                                              n
                                                                          Total S
                                                                          (kg/ha)
                                                                          _20
                                                                         1=510

                                                                          D Drv SOs
                                                                          • Dry S04S-
                                                                          D Wet SO42'
                                                                      USEPA/CAMD ,--.. n d
Figure 3.8-2.  Total average yearly sulfur deposition by species for 2004-2006 (top) and
              1989-1991 (bottom).
December 2007
3-30
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                                       "8S 5.9^7.0"
                                                 t1 *1  7.6 «  «
      Source USEPA/CASTNETNADPINTN
                                                                  L'SEPA/CAMD 08/3!W07
                                                                 USB A.", -v  .. : ;-.
Figure 3.8-3.  Total average yearly wet and dry inorganic nitrogen deposition for 2004-
              2006 (top) and 1989-1991 (bottom).
December 2007
3-31
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
     Souffle USEPA/CASTNBTNADPWTN
                                                                    USEPAA^VMD OSOO/07

                                                                  USEPA/CAMD 10/WM
Figure 3.8-4.  Total average yearly inorganic nitrogen deposition by species for 2004-2006
              (top) and 1989-1991 (bottom).
December 2007
3-32
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    highest deposition, 7.0 and 6.5 kg ha"1 yr"1, respectively. Like S, N deposition is generally much
 2    lower in the western United States, where it is highest in urban areas in Southern California and
 3    in Denver, CO:  4.8 and 3.3 kg ha l yr"1, respectively. It should be noted, however, that large
 4    portions of the United States west of the Mississippi River are poorly covered by the current
 5    deposition monitoring networks as  these maps make clear. Hence, the actual degree of
 6    heterogeneity in the West is largely unknown.
 7          Because NOx emissions decreased by -25% between 1990 and 2005, recent N deposition
 8    is lower compared with average deposition for the years 1989 to 1991. For 1989 to 1991, several
 9    recording stations in the Ohio River basin reported average annual deposition rates in excess of
10    10 kg ha l yr"1.  Data are lacking, however, for much of the central and western United States
11    and little can be said for changes between the two reporting periods in these areas for the reasons
12    given above.  The greatest mass of N deposition primarily occurred as wet NOs  and NFLt+,
13    followed in importance by dry HNOs, dry NH4+, and dry MV.  Although most deposition for
14    both reporting periods occurred as wet deposition, there were some exceptions, including parts of
15    California where N deposition was primarily dry.
16
17    3.8.2    Sulfur
18          For the most recent 3-year reporting period available  (2004 to 2006), mean  S deposition
19    was greatest in the eastern United States east of the Mississippi River, with the highest
20    deposition of 21.3 kg ha  l yfl in the Ohio River basin. Most recording stations throughout the
21    Ohio River basin report 3-year total S deposition averages >10 kg ha l yfl and many other
22    stations in the East report deposition >5 kg ha l yr"1. Data are sparse for the central and west
23    United States, but, where available, indicate lower values than in most of the East, ranging from
24    4.1 to 5.3 kg ha"1 yr"1.  Total S deposition in the United States west of the 100th meridian is
25    lower, with all recording stations reporting <2 kg ha l yfl and many reporting <1.0 kg ha l yfl.
26          Station-by-station comparisons between averaging periods are difficult because some
27    stations do not have sufficient data to report a mean for the sampling period. There are,
28    however, clear regional decreases in S deposition across the country.  S deposition  for the years
29    1989 through 1991 (the earliest 3-year reporting period available) is almost uniformly greater
30    than for the years 2004 through 2006. Deposition since the period 1989 through 1991 has
31    declined throughout the Ohio River basin from a pervious high of 25.4 kg ha l yr"1; and in New
      December 2007                           3-33        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   England and the Mid-Atlantic states, deposition is consistent with the -48% decrease in 862
 2   emissions nationwide between 1990 and 2005. Very little coverage for the western and central
 3   United States was available for the 1989 through 2001 reporting period, but sites with data show
 4   a similar decrease. For both the  1989 through 1991 and 2004 through 2006 reporting periods, S
 5   was primarily deposited as wet SC>42 , followed by a smaller proportion of dry SC>2, and a much
 6   smaller proportion of deposition as dry SC>42 .
 7
 8
 9   3.9     EXAMPLE NO2 AND HNO3 FLUX DATA FROM HARVARD
10            FOREST
11          Harvard Forest is a rural  site in central Massachusetts, where ambient NOx, NOy, and
12   other pollutant concentrations and fluxes of total NOy have been measured since 1990 (Munger
13   etal., 1996).
14          An intensive study in 2000 used a Tunable Diode Laser Absorption Spectrometer
15   (TDLAS) to measure [NO2] and [FINOs]. The TDLAS has an inherently fast response, and for
16   species such as NC>2 and FINOs with well-characterized  spectra it provides an absolute and
17   specific measurement. Absolute concentrations of FINOs were measured, and the flux inferred
18   based on the dry deposition inferential method that uses momentum flux measurements to
19   compute a Vd and derive an inferred flux along the suggestions of Wesely and Hicks (1977) and
20   Hicks et al. (1987); see the descriptions around Equations 3.5-1 and 3.5-2 above. Direct eddy
21   covariance calculations for HNOs were not possible because the atmospheric variations were
22   attenuated by interaction with the inlet walls despite very short residence time and use of
23   fluorinated silane coatings to make the inlet walls more hydrophobic. NO response was
24   adequate to allow both concentration and eddy covariance flux determination.  Simultaneously,
25   NO and NOy eddy covariance fluxes were determined with two separate Os chemiluminescence
26   detectors, one equipped with a H2-Au catalyst at the inlet to convert all reactive N compounds to
27   NO.  (A full description of this technique appears in Chapter 2.)  Additionally, the measurements
28   included concentration gradients for NO, NO2, and Os over several annual cycles to examine
29   their vertical profiles in the forest canopy.
30          Overall, the results show typical [NCh] of 1 ppb under clean-air conditions and mean
31   concentrations up to 3 ppb at night and 1 ppb during daytime for polluted conditions. Net
32   positive fluxes (emission) of NO2 were evident in the daytime and negative fluxes (deposition)

     December 2007                            3-34        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
1   were observed at night as Figure 3.9-1 shows.  NO fluxes were negative during the daytime and

2   near 0 at night.
      o

     "o
      E

      u
      c
      o
     o
      o
      I
      X
                            NW
                                                     SW
          8--
4- -


2--


0'

4

2

0

-2

-4
[NO]
[NO,]
                        ' »_"_,4,-*-
              FNO
                     -I-
                                                   *
                                                                 i i i i i  i
H*"^;
                     6       12       18

                          Hours
                                               6       12       18

                                                   Hours
    Figure 3.9-1. Diel cycles of median concentrations (upper panels) and fluxes (lower panels)
                 for the Northwest clean sector, left panels) and Southwest (polluted sector,
                 right panels) wind sectors at Harvard Forest, April-November, 2000, for NO,
                 NO2, and O3/10. NO and O3 were sampled at a height of 29 m, and NO2 at
                 22 m. Vertical bars indicate 25th and 27th quartiles for NO and NO2
                 measurements.  NO2 concentration and nighttime deposition are enhanced
                 under southwesterly conditions, as are O3 and the morning NO maximum.
    Source: Horii et al. (2004).


3          In part, the opposite NO and NO2 fluxes are simply consequences of variable NO and

4   NO2 distributions responding to vertical gradients in light intensity and [Os], which resulted in

5   no net NOx flux (Gao et al., 1993).  In the Harvard Forest situation, the NO and NO2
    December 2007
                               3-35
                                              DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    measurements were not at the same height above the canopy, and the resulting differences come
 2    at least in part from the gradient in flux magnitude between the two inlets; see Figure 3.9-2. At
 3    night, when [NO] are near 0 owing to titration by ambient O3, there is no flux of NO to offset
 4    NO2 fluxes. Nighttime data consistently show NO2 deposition as seen in Figure 3.8-3, and these
 5    increase with increasing [NO2].  Concentrations > 10 ppb were rare at this site, but the few high
 6    [NO2] suggest a nonlinear dependence on concentration. The data fit a model with Vd of -0.08
 7    plus an enhancement term that is second order in [NO2]. The second-order term implies that
 8    NO2 deposition rates to vegetation in polluted urban sites would be considerably larger than what
 9    was observed at this rural site.
10          After accounting for the time of the NO-NO2 null cycle during the measurement
11    sampling period, the net NOX flux can be derived. Overall, there was a net deposition of NOX
12    during the night and essentially 0 flux in the day with large variability in the magnitude and sign
13    of individual flux observations.  For the periods with [NO2] > 2 ppb, deposition was always
14    observed. These canopy-scale field observations are consistent with a finite compensation point
15    for NO2 in the canopy that offsets foliar uptake or even reverses it when concentrations are
16    especially low. At concentrations above the compensation point, NOx is absorbed by the
17    canopy. Examination of concentration profiles corroborates the flux measurements as shown in
18    Figure 3.9-4. During daytime low [NOx] conditions, there is a local maximum in the
19    concentration profile near the top of the canopy where O3 has a local  minimum, consistent with
20    foliar emission or light-dependent production of NOx in the upper canopy. Depletion is evident
21    for both NOx and O3 near the forest floor.  Air reaching the ground has passed through the
22    canopy where uptake is efficient and the vertical exchange rates near the ground are slow.  At
23    night, the profiles generally decrease with decreasing height above  the ground, leaving only the
24    uptake process. At higher concentrations, daytime [NOx] are nearly constant through the
25    canopy; no emission is evident from the sunlit leaves.
26          Figure 3.9-5 compares observed fluxes of all the sampled species described here. The
27    measured NOx and estimated PAN fluxes are small relative to the observed total NOy flux. In
28    clean air, HNO3 accounts for nearly all the NOY flux and the  sum of all measured species is
29    roughly equal to [NOy]. However, under polluted conditions, unmeasured species can be up to
30    25% of total [NOy], and HNO3 fluxes cannot account for all of the  observed NOy flux. Likely
      December 2007                           3-36        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                  Simple Model
    100
     80
     60
•4->
.C
 Ol
"i

     40
     20
       0
NO,
NO,
                                        NO
        0.0    0.2    0.4   0.6    0.8   1.0-2      -1      0      \      2

            Concentration (nmol mol"1)          Flux (nmol mol'1 cm s"1)

Figure 3.9-2. Simple NOx photochemical canopy model outputs.  Left panel,
            concentrations of NO (dashed) and NO2 (solid); right, fluxes of NO (dashed)
            and NO2 (solid). Symbols indicate measurement heights for NO (29m) and
            NO2 (22m) at Harvard Forest. The model solves the continuity equation for
            NO concentration at 200 levels, d/dz(-Kc(dNO/dz)) = PNO - LNO, where
            PNO = [NO]/tl, LNO = [NO]/t2, and zero net deposition or emission of NOX
            is allowed. NOx is normalized to Ippb. tl = 70s in this example. Due to the
            measurement height difference, observed upward NO2 flux due to
            photochemical cycling alone should be substantially larger than observed
            downward NO flux attributable to the same process.


Source: Horn (2002).
December 2007
                          3-37
          DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                      FNO2 (night) = F0+V0 [NO2] -i- a [NO2]2
       5-
  3  -10
  CM
 o
     -15-
     -20-
                                         Hourly Data (fitted)
                                         Nightly Medians
             F0=0
V0= -0.08 ±0.03 (cms"1)
a = -0,013 ± 0.001 (nmol"1 mol cm s"1)

R2=0.63
            0
10        15

    [N02] {nmol moh1)
                                         i
                                        20
               25
30
Figure 3.9-3. Hourly (dots) and median nightly (pluses) NOi flux vs. concentration, with
            results of least-squares fit on the hourly data (curve). The flux is expressed
            in units of concentration times velocity (nmol moF1 cm s"1) in order to
            simplify the interpretation of the coefficients in the least-squares fit.
            Pressure and temperature corrections have been taken into account in the
            conversion from density to mixing ratio.
Source: Horn et al. (2004).
December 2007
                         3-38
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                       NOX PROFILES
Canopy
 Top '"'-^
          30-
          25
          20--
          15--
        O)
       ._
          10--
                           xo
                        xo
                       XO
                 N02 /NOX
                               Night Low NOX    o
                             - f>^
                                               30--
                                               20
                                               15--
                                               10
                                                 _X>
                                                   -*
                     Night High NOX    <>
                                                                 - >'
            0.70  0.75  0.80  0.85   15   20   25    30      34   38   4.2   4,614 16  18 20 22  24
Canopy
  Top "
          30"
          25--
          20
       0»
          10--
           5 ""
X O
x o
X 0
\N02 \ NOX
X O
X O
" X 0
#' 8
Day Low NOX o
o
\
0
'
o
0
o-o
                                               30--
25 +
    X
                                               20"
                                               15
                                               10--
                                                                    Day High NO,
            0.60 0.65  0.70  0.75 O.flO 28  30  32  34  36    4.2  4.4  4.6  4.8  5.0 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

              Concentration (nmol mol'1)        Concentration (nmol mol"1)


Figure 3.9-4.  Averaged profiles at Harvard Forest give some evidence of some NOi input
              near the canopy top from light-mediated ambient reactions, or emission from
              open stomates.
Source: Horn et al. (2004).
December 2007
                                          3-39        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                   Summer 2000
                        NW
                                                     SW
 —.   12
 ^O   10
 I   8
 O
 I   6
 o   4
 O   2
NOX+HNO3+PAN	
NO*+HNO,    	
     0-
 > 1.2--
 *S  0.8 4-
 o
 o  0.4
 LL
    0.0-:
 £
 CM
 'E
 X
FPAN (est.)   X
FNO (param.) T
FNO2 (param.) A
FHNIO3(DDIM) o
FNO¥  (e.c,)  n
    -25
                      10
                     15
20      0
    Hour
         10
15
20
Figure 3.9-5.  Summer (June-August) 2000 median concentrations (upper panels), fractions
             of NOy (middle panels), and fluxes (lower panels) of NOy and component
             species separated by wind direction (Northwest on the left and Southwest on
             the right). Vertical lines in the flux panels show 25th and 75th quartiles of
             F(NOy) and F(HNC>3); negative fluxes represent deposition; F(NOx) is
             derived from eddy covariance F(NO) and F(NOi) measurements (corrected
             for photochemical cycling), F(HNO3) is inferred, and F(NOY) was measured
             by eddy covariance. The sum of NOx, HNOs, and PAN accounts for all of the
             NOy concentration and flux for Northwesterly (unpolluted background)
             flows, whereas up to 50% of NOy and F(NOy) under Southwesterly flows are
             in the form of reactive nitrogen species whose fluxes are not measured or
             estimated here.
Source: Horn et al. (2006).
December 2007
                                3-40
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   these unmeasured NOy species are hydroxyalkyl nitrates and similar compounds and are rapidly
 2   deposited.
 3          Although NO2 uptake may be important to the plant, because it is an input directly to the
 4   interior of foliage that can be used immediately in plant metabolism, it is evidently not a
 5   significant part of overall N deposition to rural sites.
 6          The deposition of HNOs and multifunctional RONO2 are the largest elements of the N
 7   dry deposition budget.  Two key areas of remaining uncertainty are the production of HNC>2 over
 8   vegetation and the role of the very reactive biogenic VOCs.  HNO2 is important both because its
 9   photolysis is a source of OH radicals and because its formation may represent an unrecognized
10   mechanism to regenerate photochemically active NOx from NOx that had been considered
11   terminally removed from the atmosphere.
12
13
14   3.10    METHODS TO COMPUTE NOX AND SOX CONCENTRATIONS
15            AND CHEMISTRY
16          Atmospheric chemical transport models (CTMs) are the major tools used to calculate the
17   relations among Os, other oxidants and their precursors, the transport and transformation of air
18   toxics, the production of secondary  organic aerosols, the evolution of the particle size
19   distribution, and the production and deposition of pollutants affecting ecosystems.  CTMs are
20   driven by emissions inventories for primary species such as the precursors for Os and PM and by
21   meteorological fields produced by other numerical prediction models.  Meteorological quantities
22   such as winds and temperatures are taken from operational analyses, reanalyses, or circulation
23   models.  In most cases, these are off-line analyses, i.e., they are not modified  by radiatively
24   active species such as Os and particles generated by the model.
25          Emissions of precursor compounds can be  divided into anthropogenic and natural source
26   categories, and natural sources can be further divided into biotic (vegetation, microbes,  animals)
27   and  abiotic (biomass burning, lightning) categories as presented above.  However, the distinction
28   between natural sources and anthropogenic sources is often difficult to make, as human activities
29   affect directly or indirectly emissions from what would have been considered natural sources
30   during the preindustrial era. Thus, emissions from plants and animals used in agriculture have
31   been referred to as anthropogenic or natural in different applications.  Wildfire emissions may be
     December 2007                           3-41        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    considered to be natural, except that forest management practices may have led to the buildup of
 2    fuels on the forest floor, thereby altering the frequency and severity of forest fires.
 3
 4    3.10.1   CTMs
 5           Atmospheric CTMs have been developed for application over a wide range of spatial
 6    scales ranging from neighborhood to global.  Regional-scale CTMs are used to:  (1) obtain better
 7    understanding of the processes controlling the formation, transport, and destruction of gas- and
 8    particle-phase criteria and hazardous air pollutants; and (2) understand the relations between
 9    concentrations of secondary pollutant products and concentrations of their precursors such as
10    NOx and VOCs and the factors leading to acid deposition and possible damage to ecosystems;
11    and (3) understand relations among the concentration patterns of various pollutants that may
12    exert adverse effects.
13           Global-scale CTMs are used to address issues associated with climate change and
14    stratospheric 63 depletion, and to provide boundary conditions for the regional-scale models.
15    The CTMs include simplified mathematical descriptions of atmospheric transport, the transfer of
16    solar radiation through the atmosphere, chemical reactions, and removal to the surface by
17    turbulent motions and precipitation for pollutants emitted into the model domain. The upper
18    boundaries of the CTMs extend anywhere from the top of the mixed layer to the mesopause at
19    -80 km in order to obtain  more realistic boundary  conditions for problems involving
20    stratospheric dynamics.
21           There are two major formulations of CTMs in current use. In the first approach,
22    grid-based, or Eulerian, air quality models, the domain to be modeled is subdivided into a
23    three-dimensional array of grid cells. Spatial derivatives in the species continuity equations are
24    cast in finite-difference or, less often, in finite-element form, and a system of equations for the
25    concentrations of all the chemical species in the model are solved numerically in each grid.
26    Time-dependent continuity or mass conservation equations are solved for each species including
27    terms for transport,  chemical production and destruction, and emissions and deposition (if
28    relevant) in each cell. Chemical processes are simulated with ordinary differential equations,
29    and transport processes are simulated with partial differential equations.  More details are
30    available in Annex 2.
      December 2007                            3-42        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          A second approach, less common than the Eulerian grid, is the hybrid Lagrangian-
 2   Eulerian model, in which certain aspects of atmospheric chemistry and transport are treated with
 3   a Lagrangian approach and others with the Eulerian methods described above; see e.g., Stein
 4   et al., 2000. The Eulerian approach is more general in that it includes processes that mix air
 5   parcels and allows integrations to be carried out for long periods during which individual air
 6   parcels lose their identity.  There are, however, techniques for including the effects of mixing in
 7   Lagrangian models such as FLEXPART (e.g., Zanis et al., 2003), ATTILA (Reithmeier and
 8   Sausen, 2002), and CLaMS (McKenna et al., 2002).
 9
10   3.10.1.1    Regional-Scale CTMs
11          Most major modeling efforts within EPA use CMAQ (Byun and Ching, 1999; Byun and
12   Schere, 2006).  A number of other modeling platforms using Lagrangian and Eulerian
13   frameworks were reviewed in the 1996 Air Quality Criteria Document (AQCD) for Oj (U.S.
14   Environmental Protection Agency, 1997), and in Russell and Dennis (2000).  The capabilities of
15   a number of CTMs designed to study local- and regional-scale air pollution problems were also
16   summarized by Russell and Dennis (2000). Recent evaluations of CMAQ performance are given
17   in Arnold et al.  (2003), Eder and Yu (2005), Appel et al. (2005), and Fuentes and Raftery (2005).
18   More details are available in Annex 2.
19
20   3.10.1.2    Global-Scale CTMs
21          The importance of the global transport of pollutant precursors and secondary products
22   and their contribution to regional pollutant levels in the United States is now apparent. There are
23   at present -25 3-dimensional global models developed to address problems in tropospheric
24   physics and chemistry. These models resolve synoptic meteorology, O3-NOX-CO-HC
25   photochemistry, have parameterizations for wet and dry deposition, and parameterize sub-grid
26   scale vertical mixing processes like convection. Global models have proved useful for testing
27   and advancing scientific understanding beyond what is possible with observations alone. For
28   example, they can calculate quantities of interest that cannot be measured directly, such as  the
29   export of pollution from one continent to the global atmosphere or the response of the
30   atmosphere to future perturbations to anthropogenic emissions.  Additional details are available
31   in Annex 2.
     December 2007                           3-43        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    3.10.2   Computed Deposition with CTMs
 2          Both wet deposition and dry deposition are important removal processes for pollutants on
 3    urban and regional scales and so are included in CTMs. The general approach used in most
 4    models is the resistance-in-series method described above and represented in Equations 3.5-1
 5    and 3.5-2.  This approach works for a range of substances, although it is inappropriate for species
 6    with substantial re-emissions from the surface or for species where deposition to the surface
 7    depends on concentrations at the surface itself. The approach is also modified somewhat for
 8    aerosols in that the terms Rb and Rc are replaced with a surface Vd to account for gravitational
 9    settling.
10          Wesley and Hicks (2000) listed several shortcomings of the then-current knowledge of
11    dry deposition. Among those shortcomings were difficulties in representing dry deposition over
12    varying terrain where horizontal advection plays a significant role in determining the magnitude
13    of Ra and difficulties in adequately determining Vd for extremely stable conditions such as those
14    occurring at night; see the discussion by Mahrt, 1998, for example.  Under optimal conditions,
15    when a model is exercised over a relatively small area where dry deposition measurements  have
16    been made, models still generally showed uncertainties on the order of ±30% (see e.g., Massman
17    et al., 1994; Brook et al., 1996; Padro, 1996). Wesely and Hicks concluded (2000) that an
18    important result of those comparisons was that the level of sophistication of most dry  deposition
19    models was relatively low, and that deposition estimates, therefore, must rely heavily  on
20    empirical data. Still  larger uncertainties exist when the surface features in the built environment
21    are not well known or when the surface comprises a patchwork of different surface types, as is
22    common in the eastern  United States.
23          Both wet and dry deposition are highly parameterized in global CTMs. While all current
24    models implement resistance schemes for dry deposition, the Vd generated from different models
25    can vary highly across terrains (Stevenson et al.,  2006).  The accuracy of wet deposition in
26    global CTMs is tied to  spatial and temporal distribution of model precipitation and the treatment
27    of chemical scavenging. Dentener et al. (2006b) compared wet deposition across 23 models with
28    available measurements around the globe. Figures 3.10-1 and 3.10-2 extract results of a
29    comparison of the 23-model mean versus observations over the eastern United States for pNOs
30    and pSC>4 deposition, respectively. The mean model results are strongly correlated with the
31    observations (r > 0.8), and usually capture the magnitude of wet deposition to within a factor

      December 2007                           3-44        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                   600
                   400
               o
               T3
               O
                   200
                      0
j^Vy*'1/>
j§  m m     m ^
                                                Ave- model: 22? Ave. Mea. 195 r 0-82 n = 226
                                                2 param. fit: y = 51.1 + 0.90x
                                                1 param fit: y = 1.08x
                                                Percentage within ± 50%: 74.8
                                        200              400
                                             Measurement
                                                  600
    Figure 3.10-1.  Scatter plot of total nitrate (HNOs plus aerosol nitrate) wet deposition
                   (mg(N)m~2yr"1) of the mean model versus measurements for the North
                   American Deposition Program (NADP) network. Dashed lines indicate
                   factor of 2.  The gray line is the result of a linear regression fitting
                   through 0.
    Source: Dentener et al. (2006b).


1   of 2 over the eastern United States. Dentener et al. (2006b) conclude that 60 to 70% of the

2   participating models capture the measurements to within 50% in regions with quality controlled

3   observations. This study then identified world regions receiving >1000 mg N m"2 yr"1, which

4   they defined as the critical load, and found that 20% of non-crop, natural vegetation in the United

5   States is exposed to N deposition in excess of that amount (Dentener et al., 2006b).
    December 2007
                   3-45
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                 1000
              TJ
              o
                  800
                  600
                  400
                  200
              .•-••**
     /    "  i " •"  plj   *."
 •/  •   •". .'  **
 /    •  -    £* •     '
c  w; • i   :   -    .
                                 i    t    •
                                  . •»  •
                                 .   «   •
                                                 Ave, model; 383 A¥O. Meas: 322 r: 0,87 n = 226
                                                 2 pararn fit: y = 114.0 + 0.77x
                                                 1 param fit: y ~ 1.00x
                                                 percentage within ± 50%; 66,0
                               200
       400       600
         Measurement
        800
1000
                                                                           2
    Figure 3.10-2. Same as Figure 3.10-1 but for sulfate wet deposition (mg(S)m  yr
    Source: Dentener et al. (2006b).

1   3.10.3  CTM Evaluation
2          The comparison of model predictions with ambient measurements is a crucial task for
3   establishing the accuracy of photochemical models and evaluating their ability to serve as the
4   basis for making meaningful scientific inferences and effective policy decisions.  The evaluation
5   of a model's performance, or its adequacy to perform the tasks for which it was designed can
6   only be conducted within the context of measurement errors and artifacts.  Not only are there
7   analytical problems, but there are also problems in assessing the representativeness of monitors
8   at ground level for comparison with model values which represent typically an average over the
9   volume of the Eulerian grid box.
    December 2007
          3-46
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Discrepancies between model predictions and observations can be used to delineate gaps
 2    in the current understanding of atmospheric chemistry and to spur improvements in
 3    parameterizations of atmospheric chemical and physical processes. Model evaluation does not
 4    merely involve a straightforward comparison between model predictions and the concentration
 5    field of the pollutant of interest.  Such comparisons may not be meaningful because it is difficult
 6    to determine if agreement between model predictions and observations truly represents an
 7    accurate treatment of physical and chemical processes in the CTM or the effects of compensating
 8    errors in complex model routines.  Ideally, each of the model components (e.g., emissions
 9    inventories, chemical mechanism, meteorological driver) should be evaluated individually,
10    although this is rarely done in practice. More details are  available in Annex 2.
11          The evaluation of urban- and regional-scale models is also limited by the availability of
12    data. Measured [NO] and  some speciated [VOC] are available through the EPA AQS, but
13    questions have been raised about the accuracy of some of those measurements; see the fuller
14    descriptions of measurement techniques relevant for NOx and SOx in Chapter 2.  Evaluation of
15    urban- and regional-scale models against measurements has generally relied on results from a
16    limited number of field studies in the United States.  Short-term, research-grade measurements
17    for species relevant to 63 formation, including VOCs, NOx, PANs, HNOs, and hydrogen
18    peroxide (H2O2) are also sometimes available during focused campaigns at selected rural  and
19    remote sites. See the descriptions in Daum et al. (1990 and 1996); Martin et al. (1997); Young
20    et al. (1997); Thompson et al. (2000); Hoell et al. (1997 and 1999); Fehsenfeld et al. (1996a);
21    Emmons et al. (2000); Hess (2001); and Carroll et al. (2001) for examples. The equivalent
22    measurements are available for some polluted rural sites in the eastern United States, but only for
23    a few urban locations as described in Meagher et al. (1998); Hiibler et al. (1998); Kleinman et al.
24    (2000 and 2001); and Fast et al. (2002). Extensive measurements have also been made in
25    Vancouver (Steyn et al., 1997) and in several European cities (Staffelbach et al., 1997; Prevot
26    et al., 1997, Dommen et al., 1999; Geyer et al., 2001; Thielman et al., 2001; Martilli et al., 2002;
27    Vautard et al., 2002).
      December 2007                           3-47        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    3.11    COMPUTING ATMOSPHERIC DEPOSITION TO SPECIFIC
 2            LOCATIONS
 3          Inputs of "new" N, i.e., non-recycled, exogenous N mostly anthropogenic in origin, are
 4    often key factors controlling primary productivity in N-sensitive estaurine and coastal waters
 5    (Paerl et al., 2000). Increasing trends in urbanization, agricultural intensity, and industrial
 6    expansion have led to increases in N deposited from the atmosphere on the order of a factor of
 7    10 in the previous 100 years (Swackhamer et al., 2004). Direct fluxes of atmospheric N to ocean
 8    and gulf waters along the northeast and southeast United States are now roughly equal to or
 9    exceed the load of new N from riverine inputs at 11, 5.6, and 5.6 kg N ha l for the northeast
10    Atlantic coast of the United States, the southeast Atlantic coast of the United States, and the
11    U.S. eastern Gulf of Mexico, respectively (Paerl et al., 2002).
12          This N deposition takes different forms physically and chemically.  Physically,
13    deposition can be direct, with the loads resulting from air pollutants depositing directly to the
14    surface of a body of water, usually a large body of water like an estuary or lake.  In addition,
15    there is an indirect deposition component derived from deposition of N or S air pollutants to the
16    rest of the watershed,  both land and water, of which some fraction is transported through runoff,
17    rivers, streams, and groundwater to the waterbody of concern.
18          Direct and indirect deposition to watersheds depend on air pollutant concentrations in the
19    airshed above the watershed.  The shape and extent of the airshed is quite different from that of
20    the watershed. In a watershed, everything that falls in its area, by definition, flows into a single
21    body of water. An airshed, by contrast, is a theoretical concept that defines the source area
22    containing the emissions contributing a given level, often 75%, to the deposition in a particular
23    watershed or to a given waterbody.  Hence, airsheds are modeled domains containing the sources
24    estimated to contribute a given level of deposition from each pollutant of concern. The principal
25    NOX airsheds and corresponding watersheds for several regions in the eastern United States are
26    shown in Figure 3.11-1.
27          N inputs have  been studied in several east and Gulf Coast estuaries  owing to concerns
28    about eutrophication there.  N from atmospheric deposition in these locations is estimated to be
29    10 to 40% of the total input of N to many of these estuaries, and could be higher for some.
30    Estimates of total N loadings to estuaries or to other large-scale elements in the landscape are
31    then computed using measurements of wet and dry N  deposition where these are available

      December 2007                            3-48       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
Figure 3.11-1. Principal airsheds and watersheds for oxides of nitrogen for these estuaries:
             Hudson/Raritan Bay; Chesapeake Bay; Pamlico Sound; and Altamaha
             Sound (listed from North to South).  Airshed extents developed by R.
             Dennis, NOAA-ARL.
December 2007
3-49
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    and interpolated with or without a set of air quality model predictions such as the Extended
 2    Regional Acid Deposition Model (Ext-RADM) (Mathur and Dennis, 2000; Dennis, 1997; Dennis
 3    etal., 1990).
 4          Table 3.11-1  lists several waterbodies for which atmospheric N inputs have been
 5    computed and ratioed to total N loads. The contribution from the atmosphere ranges from a low
 6    of 2-8% for the Guadalupe Estuary in South Texas to highs of-38% in the New York Bight and
 7    the Albemarle-Pamlico Sound in North Carolina.
 8          Chemically, N deposited from the atmosphere directly or indirectly can be present as an
 9    oxide or in reduced form as NH3 and NH4+ or as dissolved or particulate organic N; see the
10    listing in Table 3.11 -2 for a division of these and an approximate ranking of source strengths.
11    NO and NO2, chiefly from fossil fuel combustion, dominate total N pollution in the United States
12    at -50 to 75% of the  total; see the  descriptions of this chemistry in Chapter 2 and of sources just
13    above here.
14          Confined animal feeding operations and other intensified agricultural production methods
15    have resulted in greatly increased volumes of animal wastes, of which 30 to 70% may be emitted
16    as NH3 (Whitall and  Paerl, 2001).  The increase in reduced N  deposition in the United States
17    measured as increased NH4+ deposition correlates well with the local and regional increases in
18    this agricultural intensity (Whitall and Paerl, 2001). Moreover, the increases in NH4+ deposition
19    in the United States track the effects in Europe where animal operations have dominated
20    agricultural production for much of the previous 100 years and where NH4+ is the dominant form
21    of N deposited from  the atmosphere (Holland et al., 1999).  Tables 3.11-3  and 3.11-4 list several
22    important watersheds and their respective oxidized (Table 3.11-3) and reduced (Table 3.11-4)
23    airsheds.  Airsheds for oxidized N tend to be larger than those for reduced N owing to
24    differences in the transport and deposition of NOx and NHX described briefly above and in more
25    detail in Chapter 2 and in Annexes 1 and 2.
26          Considerable uncertainty attaches to estimates of the third form of atmospherically
27    derived N, organic N, in part because convenient methods for measurement and analysis are not
28    widely available; see Table 3.11-2. Intensive studies at individual  sites have shown, however,
29    that for the North Carolina coast, for example, 30% of rain water N and deposition consisted of
30    organic N, 20-30% of which was then available to primary producers on time scales of hours to
31    days (Peierls and Paerl, 1997).

      December 2007                           3-50        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    3.12   PRB CONCENTRATIONS OF NOX AND SOX
 2          Background concentrations of NOx and SOx used for purposes of informing decisions
 3    about NAAQS are referred to as PRB concentrations.  PRB concentrations are those
 4    concentrations that would occur in the United States in the absence of anthropogenic emissions
 5    in continental North America (defined here as the United States, Canada, and Mexico). PRB
 6    concentrations include contributions from natural sources everywhere in the world and from
 7    anthropogenic sources outside these three countries. Biogenic emissions from agricultural
 8    activities are not considered in the formation of PRB concentrations.
 9          Background levels so defined facilitate separation of pollution levels that can be
10    controlled by U.S. regulations (or through international agreements with neighboring countries)
11    from levels that are generally uncontrollable by the United States.  EPA assesses risks to human
12    health and environmental effects from NC>2 and SC>2 levels in excess of these PRB
13    concentrations.
14          The MOZART-2 global model of tropospheric chemistry (Horowitz et al., 2003) is used
15    to diagnose the PRB contribution to [NOx] and [SOx] and to total (wet plus dry) deposition. The
16    model setup for the present-day simulation has been published in a series of papers  from a recent
17    model intercomparison (Dentener et al., 2006a,b; Shindell et al., 2006; Stevenson et al., 2006;
18    van Noijeetal., 2006).
19          First, the role of PRB in contributing to [NO2]  and [802] in surface air is considered.
20    Figure 3.12-1 shows the annual mean [NO2] in surface air in the base case simulation (top panel)
21    and from the PRB simulation (middle panel), along with the percentage contribution of the
22    background to the total base case [NO2] (bottom panel).  Maximum concentrations  in the base
23    case simulation occur along the Ohio River Valley and in the Los Angeles basin just as they do
24    in reported measurements; see the section on emissions and concentrations above. While
25    present-day concentrations are often >5 ppb, PRB is <300 ppt over most of the CONUS and
26    <100 ppt in the eastern United States. The distribution of PRB (middle panel of Figure 3.12-1)
27    largely reflects the distribution of soil NO emissions, with some local  enhancements due to
28    biomass burning such as is seen  in western Montana. In the northeastern United States, where
29    present-day [NO2] are highest, PRB contributes <1% to the total concentrations.
30          The spatial pattern of present-day [802] over the CONUS is similar to that of NO2, with
31    highest concentrations of >5 ppb along the Ohio River valley; see the upper panel Figure 3.12-2.

      December 2007                            3-51         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                         Total
                         iao°W
                      so°w
                     <  0.50
2.80
5.10
7.40
9.70
12.00
                                      Background
                         120°W
       ioo°w
              SQ°W
                     <  0.01
O.OB
0.11
0.15
0.20
                              Percent Background Contribution
                                 10
         20
         30
         40
ppb
0.25
ppb
         50
Figure 3.12-1. Annual mean concentrations of NOi (ppbv) in surface air over the United
              States in the present-day (upper panel) and policy relevant background
              (middle panel) MOZART-2 simulations. The bottom panel shows the
              percentage contribution of the background to the present-day
              concentrations. Please see text for details.
December 2007
        3-52
            DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                         Total
                        120°W
       1QQ°W
                    <   D.01
1.21     2.41
3.BO     4.80
6.00
ppb
                                       Background
                        120°W
       100°W
      ao°w
                    <  0.001     0.006    0.011     0.015    0.020    0.025
                                          ppb
                              Percent Background Contribution
                        120°W
       100°W
      80°W
                                         10
                 15
         20
 25
Figure 3.12-2. Same as Figure 3.12-1 but for SOi concentrations.
December 2007
        3-53
    DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Background [862] are orders of magnitude smaller, <10 ppt over much of the CONUS as shown
 2   in the middle panel of Figure 3.12-2.  Maximum PRB [802] are 30 ppt. In the Northwest where
 3   there are geothermal sources of SO2, the contribution of PRB to total SO2 is 70 to 80%.
 4   However, excepting this, PRB contributes <1% to present-day [802] in surface air as shown in
 5   the bottom panel Figure 3.12-2.
 6          The spatial pattern of NOY (defined in the model as HNO3 + NH4NO3 + NOX + HO2NO2
 7   + RONO2) in wet and dry deposition is shown in Figure 3.12-3. Figure 3.12-3 (upper panel)
 8   shows that highest values are found in the eastern United States in and downwind of the Ohio
 9   River Valley. The pattern of N deposition in the PRB simulation shown in the Figure 3.12-3
10   middle panel, however, shows maximum deposition centered over Texas and in the Gulf Coast
11   region, reflecting a combination of N emissions from lightning in the Gulf region, biomass
12   burning in the Southeast, and from microbial activity in soils with maxima in central Texas and
13   Oklahoma. The bottom panel of Figure 3.12-3 shows that the PRB contribution to N deposition
14   is <20% over the eastern United States, and typically <50% in the western United States where
15   NOy deposition is already lower at 25 to 50 mg N nT2 yr"1.
16          Present-day deposition of SO2 and pSO4 is largest in the Ohio River Valley, due to coal-
17   burning power plants in that region, while background deposition is typically at least an order of
18   magnitude smaller; see Figure 3.12-4.  Over the eastern United States,  the background
19   contribution to SOx deposition is <10%, and it is even smaller, <1%, where present-day SOx
20   deposition is highest.  The contribution of PRB to  S deposition is highest in the western United
21   States at >20% because of the geothermal sources of SO2 and oxidation of DMS in the surface of
22   the eastern Pacific.
23          Figure 3.12-5  shows results from MOZART-2 discussed above as compared with those
24   from another tropospheric chemistry model, GEOS-Chem (Bey et al., 2001), which was
25   previously used to diagnose PRB [O3] (Fiore et al., 2003; U.S. Environmental Protection
26   Agency, 2006a). In both models, the surface PRB [NOx] tend to mirror the distribution of soil
27   NO emissions, which are highest in the Midwest.  The NO emissions in GEOS-Chem are greater
28   than those in MOZART-2 by nearly a factor of 2 reflecting different assumptions regarding the
29   contribution to soil NO emissions largely through fertilizer, since GEOS-Chem total soil NO
30   emissions are actually higher than MOZART-2 at 0.07 versus 0.11 Tg N over the United States
     December 2007                           3-54        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                        Total
                        iao°W
                                      10Q°W
                        50
                                290
530
770
1010    1250
                                      Background
                                      100°W
                                                     ao°w
                        25
                                45
 B5
85
 105
125
                             Percent Background Contribution
                        120°W
                                      100°W
              80°W
                                14
                                        23
         32
        41
         50
Figure 3.12-3.  Same as for Figure 3.12-1 but for wet and dry deposition of HNO
                                                        2  -K
                                                                         s,
              NOX, HO2NO2, and organic nitrates (mg N m  y ).
December 2007
                                        3-55
           DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                        Total
                       iao°W
      100°W
                   <   100     SDO     1500     2200    2900
                               3600
                                     Background
                       120°W
      100°W
             SQ°W
                        10
16
22
28
34
40
                            Percent Background Contribution
                       120°W
      100°W
             80°W
                                10
        20
        30
        40
        50
                                                                           -2 -K
Figure 3.12-4.  Same as Figure 3.12-1 but for SOX deposition (SO2 + pSO4) (mg S my  )
December 2007
       3-56
           DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                                            GEOS-Oflerti SOIL HO
                     VOZARf-2 SOIL NO
                                                           GEOS-Cn&m
                  MOZART-2 Sufaca MO^ JUL
                  <  50  150 250 3X!  450 53O
                                                                            53O
    Figure 3.12-5.  July mean soil NO emissions (upper panels; 1 x 109 molecules cm 2 s *) and
                   surface PRB NOx concentrations (lower panels; pptv) over the United
                   States from MOZART-2 (left) and GEOS-Chem (right) model simulations
                   in which anthropogenic Os precursor emissions were set to zero in North
                   America.
1   in July. Even with the larger PRB soil NO emissions, however, surface [NOx] in GEOS-Chem
2   are typically <500 ppt.
3          It is also instructive to consider measurements of SO2 at relatively remote monitoring
4   sites, i.e., ones located in sparsely populated areas not subject to obvious local sources of
5   pollution.  Berresheim et al. (1993) used a type of atmospheric pressure ionization mass
6   spectrometer (APIMS) at Cheeka Peak, WA (48.30N, 124.62W, 480 m asl), in April 1991 during
1   a field study for DMS oxidation products: [802] there ranged from 20 to 40 ppt. Thornton et al.
8   (2002) have also used an APEVIS with an isotopically labeled internal standard to determine
9   background [802] and found 25 to 40 ppt in northwestern Nebraska in October 1999 at 150 m
    December 2007
3-57
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   above ground using the NCAR C-130. These values are comparable to remote central south
 2   Pacific convective boundary layer [862] (Thornton et al., 1999).
 3          Volcanic sources of SO2 in the United States are limited to the Pacific Northwest, Alaska,
 4   and Hawaii. Since 1980 the Mt. St. Helens volcano in Washington Cascade Range (46.20 N,
 5   122.18 W, summit 2549 m asl) has been a variable source of SC>2. Its major effects came in the
 6   explosive eruptions of 1980, which primarily affected the northern part of the mountainous west
 7   of the United States. The Augustine volcano near the mouth of the Cook Inlet in southwestern
 8   Alaska (59.363 N, 153.43 W, summit 1252 m asl) has had SC>2 emissions of varying extents
 9   since its last major eruptions in 1986. Volcanoes in the Kamchatka peninsula of the eastern
10   region of Siberian Russia do not especially affect surface concentrations in northwestern North
11   America. The most serious effects in the United States from volcanic SO2 occurs on the island
12   of Hawaii.  Nearly continuous venting of SC>2 from Mauna Loa and Kilauea produce SC>2 in such
13   large amounts that >100 km downwind of the island, [802] can be >30 ppb  (Thornton and
14   Bandy, 1993). Depending on wind direction, the Kona region of the Hawaiian west coast has
15   had significant effects from SC>2 and pSC>4 for the past decade.  Indeed, [802] in Volcanoes
16   National Park, HI were in excess of the 3-h and the 24-h NAAQS in the 2004 to 2005 reporting
17   period.
18          In summary, the PRB contribution to NOx and SOx over the CONUS is very small,
19   except for 862 in areas with volcanic activity.
20
21
22   3.13    SUMMARY
23
24   3.13.1   Emissions and Atmospheric Concentrations of NOX and SOX
25          Combustion chemistry at stationary sources, such as electrical utilities and industrial
26   sites, contributes roughly one-half of the total anthropogenic NOx emissions; mobile source
27   emissions make up most of the rest.
28          Ambient annual [NOX] have decreased -35% in the period 1990-2005.
29          Biogenic NOx sources are substantially smaller than anthropogenic ones and include
30   biomass burning, lightning, and soils.
     December 2007                           3-58       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          NO and N2O can be emitted from soils as intermediate products from denitrification,
 2    either naturally; or as stimulated by addition of N containing fertilizers to crops and other soil
 3    management practices.
 4          N2O is a minor contributor to total U.S. GHG emissions:  -6.5% on a Tg CO2-equivalent
 5    basis in 2005, and its U.S. emissions decreased -3% in the period 1990-2005, though there
 6    remains considerable interannual variation in this number.
 7          PRB [NO2] are <300 ppt over most of the CONUS and <100 ppt in the eastern United
 8    States on an annual average basis.  The 24-h ambient [NO2] in CMSAs where most monitors are
 9    located were, on average, <20 ppb with a 99%ile value <50 ppb for the years 2003-2005.
10    Annual-average [NO2] over the CONUS are calculated to be <5 ppb for nearly all urban and
11    rural and remote sites.
12          Energy production at electrical generating units (EGUs) accounts for nearly all SOx
13    emissions in the United States; very little SOx is emitted by transportation-related and other
14    sources.
15          Ambient annual [SOX] has decreased -50% in the period 1990-2005.
16          Annual-average policy-relevant background [SO2] are <10 ppt over most of the  CONUS,
17    or <1% of observed [SO2] everywhere except areas in the Pacific Northwest where geogenic SO2
18    sources are particularly strong.
19          NHa emissions are chiefly from livestock and from soils as stimulated by addition of N-
20    containing fertilizers to crops and other soil management practices.
21
22    3.13.2   Deposition of Nitrogen and Sulfur
23          Increasing trends in urbanization, agricultural intensity, and industrial expansion during
24    the previous 100 years have produced a nearly 10-fold increase in N deposited from the
25    atmosphere. NOx, chiefly from fossil fuel combustion, often dominates total N pollution in the
26    United States and comprises -50 to 75% of the total N atmospheric deposition.
27          Confined animal feeding operations and other intensified agricultural production methods
28    over a period of many decades have resulted in greatly increased volumes of animal wastes that
29    are high in N, of which 30% to 70% may be emitted as NHa. This increase in NET? emissions,
30    and consequent increase in NH4+ deposition, correlates well with the local and regional  increases
31    in agricultural intensity.


      December 2007                           3-59       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          For the period 2004-2006, the routine monitoring networks report the mean N deposition
 2    in the United States was greatest in the Ohio River valley, specifically in the states of Indiana
 3    and Ohio, with values as high as 9.2 and 9.6 kg ha l yr"1, respectively.  N deposition was lower
 4    in other parts of the East, including the Southeast and in northern New England. In the central
 5    United States, Kansas and Oklahoma reported the highest deposition, 7.0 and 6.5 kg ha  l yr"1,
 6    respectively. Deposition primarily occurred as wet NOs  and NH/t, followed by dry HNOs, dry
 7    NH4, and dry NOs. Although deposition in most areas of the United States occurred in wet form,
 8    there were some exceptions, including parts of California where N deposition was primarily dry.
 9    Data are very sparse for the central United States between the 100th meridian and the Mississippi
10    River; but, where available, N deposition values there are lower than most of the eastern United
11    States, ranging from 4.1 to 5.3 kg ha l yr"1.
12          For the period 2004-2006, mean S deposition in the United States was  greatest east of
13    the Mississippi River with the highest deposition amount, 21.3 kg ha l yr"1,  in the Ohio River
14    valley where most recording stations reported three-year averages >10 kg ha"1 yr"1. Numerous
15    other stations in the East reported S deposition >5 kg ha"1 yr"1.  Total S deposition in the United
16    States west of the 100th meridian is relatively low, with all recording stations reporting less than
17    2 kg ha l yr"1  and many reporting less than 1.0 kg ha l yr"1. S was primarily deposited as wet
18    SO4 followed by a smaller proportion of dry SO2 and a much smaller proportion of deposition as
19    dry SO4. However, these S data in the western United States, like those for N deposition, are
20    very thinly spread over the landscape there.
21          N from atmospheric deposition is estimated to comprise 10 to 40% of the total input of N
22    to many coastal estuaries, and could be higher for some.  Estimates of total N loadings to
23    estuaries, or to other large-scale elements in the landscape, are then computed using
24    measurements of wet and dry N deposition where these are available, and then interpolated with
25    or without a set of air quality model predictions.
26          Atmospheric inputs of reactive N directly to the surface of coastal waters are essentially
27    equal to or greater than those contained in riverine flow in the absence of deposition and may
28    contribute  from 20 to >50% of external N loadings to these systems:  11, 5.6, and 5.6 kg N
29    ha"1 yr"1 for the northeast Atlantic coast of the United States, the southeast Atlantic coast of the
30    United States, and the eastern Gulf of Mexico, respectively.
      December 2007                            3-60        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
1          Atmospheric N loads to great waters and estuaries in the United States are estimated to
2   range from 2 to 8% for Guadalupe Bay, TX on the lowest end to -72% for the Catherines-Sapelo
3   estuary (Castro et al., 2003) at the highest end.
4          At Chesapeake Bay, where N and S deposition and ecological effects have been
5   extensively studied, total atmospheric deposition of atmospheric NOs is estimated to contribute
6   from 20 to 30% of total N and 14% of the NH4 loadings to the Bay.
    December 2007                           3-61        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
Decemb
^
to
o
o
^




TABLE 3.11-1. ATMOSPHERIC NITROGEN LOADS RELATIVE TO TOTAL NITROGEN LOADS IN
SELECTED GREAT WATERS*

Waterbody
Albemarle-Pamlico Sounds
Chesapeake Bay
Delaware Bay
Long Island Sound
Narragansett Bay
New York Bight
Total Nitrogen Load
(million kg/yr)
23
170
54
60
5
164
Atmospheric Nitrogen Load
(million kg/yr)
9
36
8
12
0.6
62
Percent Load from the
Atmosphere
38
21
15
20
12
38
Based on ADN loads from the watershed only (excluding direct nitrogen deposition to the bay surface):

Waquoit Bay, MA
0.022
0.0065
29
Based on ADN directly to the waterbody (excluding ADN loads from the watershed):



OJ
i
to



o
H
6
o
0
H
O
o
H
W
O
O
HH
H
W
Delaware Inland Bays
Flanders Bay, NY
Guadalupe Estuary, TX
Massachusetts Bays
Narragansett Bay
Newport River Coastal Waters, NC
Potomac River, MD
Sarasota Bay, FL
Tampa Bay, FL
ADN = atmospheric deposition of nitrogen
Source: Table from Deposition of Air Pollutants to the






1.3
0.36
4.2-15.9
22-30
9
0.27-0.85
35.5
0.6
3.8

Great Waters-3rd Report to Congress (U.






0.28
0.027
0.31
1.6-6
0.4
0.095-0.68
1.9
0.16
1.1

,S. Environmental Protection Agency.






21
7
2-8
5-27
4
>35
5
26
28

, 2000b).







-------
          TABLE 3.11-2. NATURAL AND ANTHROPOGENIC SOURCES OF
   ATMOSPHERIC NITROGEN COMPOUNDS (THE MAJOR CHEMICAL FORMS
  OF ATMOSPHERIC NITROGEN COMPOUNDS ARE THE REDUCED, OXIDIZED,
 	AND ORGANIC FORMS)	
            Chemical Form
                   Sources
     (in approximate order of importance)
 Reduced Nitrogen
 Ammonia/Ammonium (NH3, NH4+)
 Oxidized Nitrogen
 Nitrogen Oxides (NO, NO2, NO3)
 Organic Nitrogen
 (Dissolved and Particulate)
Agricultural
 Livestock waste (volatilized NH3)
 Chemical fertilizers (volatilized NH3)
 Biomass burning
 Dust from deforestation and land clearing
Urban and Rural (non-agricultural)
 Wastewater treatment (volatilized NH3)
 Fossil fuel combustion (from automobile
 catalytic converters)
Natural
 Biomass burning (forest and grass fire)
 Decomposition of organic matter
 Dust and aerosols
 Volcanism
Urban and Rural (non-agricultural)
 Fossil fuel combustion
    Mobile & stationary engines
    Powerplants and industrial
Natural
 Biomass burning
 Lightning
 Photolysis of N2O (air, land, water)
 Dust and aerosols generated by storms
 Microbially mediated volatilization
Agricultural
 Dust and volatilization of wastes ??
Urban and Rural (non-agricultural)
 Dust or aerosols ??
Natural
 Atmospheric photochemical and lighting
 Biological production in oceans ??
   = possible, but little known about sources
Source:  Swackhamer et al. (2004).
December 2007
 3-63
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
o
o
3
a-
^
to
o
o











OJ
ON
"^


O
^

1
o
o
0
H
o
o
H
W
O
o
HH
H



Watershed
Casco Bay
Great Bay
Narragansett Bay
Long Island Sound
Hudson/Raritan Bay
Barnegat Bay
Delaware Bay
Delaware Inland Bays
Chesapeake Bay
Pamlico Sound
Winyah Bay
Charleston Harbor
St. Helena Sound

Altamaha
Tampa Bay
Apalachee Bay
Apalachicola Bay
Mobile Bay
Lake Pontchartrain
Barataria-Terrebonne


Source: http://www.epa.









TABLE 3.11-3.


Size (km2)
624,000
547,000
595,200
905,600
912,000
505,600
729,600
326,400
1,081,600
665,600
886,400
806,400
588,800

678,400
256,000
441,600
812,800
992,000
659,200
409,600


CHARACTERISTICS

Size Factor Over
Watershed Area
244
214
138
22
22
361
22
584
6.5
25
19
20
48

18
45
31
16
8.7
17
55


gov/AMD/Multimedia/characteristicsTable.html; table


















OF OXIDIZED-NITROGEN AIRSHEDS

% Ox-N Deposition
Explained
47
60
73
70
62
67
75
52
76
63
69
56
59

68
76
50
69
68
63
63


Airshed NOX Emissions
as % of E. North
America
10
13
18
23
25
16
26
12
34
18
24
18
11

13
5
9
17
17
11
8



Efficiency of Deposition
% dep. per % emiss.
4.7
4.6
4.1
3.0
2.5
4.2
2.9
4.3
2.2
3.5
2.9
3.1
5.4

5.2
15.2
5.6
4.1
4.0
5.7
7.9


generated by Robin Dennis, NOAA/USEPA.




























-------
        TABLE 3.11-4. CHARACTERISTICS OF PRINCIPAL AIRSHEDS FOR
                       REDUCED-NITROGEN DEPOSITION
Watershed
Chesapeake Bay
Pamlico Sound
Apalachee Bay
Principal Red-
N Airshed
Area (km2)
668,000
406,000
310,000
Red-N Area as
% of OX-N
Area
64%
61%
70%
% Red-N Deposition
Explained by Airshed
Emissions
55%
60%
45-50% est.
Airshed NH3 Emission as
% of E. North American
Emissions
11%
6.8%
4.3%
Source: http://www.epa.gov/AMD/Multimedia/reducedTable.html; table generated by Robin Dennis, NOAA-ARL/
      USEPA-NERL.
December 2007
3-65
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 i       4. EFFECTS OF ACIDIFICATION AND NITROGEN
 2          ENRICHMENT ON ECOSYSTEMS AND OTHER
 3                             WELFARE EFFECTS
 4
 5
 6          This chapter is organized into four sections. The introduction (Section 4.1) frames
 7   several important concepts in this assessment including basic principles of ecology, a definition
 8   of ecosystem service categories and challenges with defining adversity. Section 4.2 presents a
 9   discussion of acidification. Section 4.3 addresses nitrogen (N) enrichment. Lastly, in Section
10   4.4, other welfare effects are presented, including interactions between sulfur (S) deposition and
11   mercury (Hg) methylation, gas phase injury to vegetation, nitrous oxide (N2O) as a greenhouse
12   gas (GHG) and drinking water quality.
13
14
15   4.1     INTRODUCTION TO ECOLOGICAL CONCEPTS
16
17   4.1.1    Ecosystem Scale, Function, and Structure
18          To address the effects of oxides of nitrogen and sulfur (NOx and SOx, respectively) on
19   ecosystems, this Integrated Science Assessment (ISA) presents information collected at multiple
20   scales of inquiry, ranging from individual physiology of a given species to population,
21   community, and ecosystem-level investigations. For the purpose of this assessment, ecosystem is
22   defined as a functional entity consisting of interaction groups of living organisms and their
23   abiotic (chemical and physical) environment. Ecosystems cover a hierarchy of spatial scales and
24   can comprise the entire globe, biomes at the continental scale, or small, well-circumscribed
25   systems such as a small pond.
26          Ecosystems have both structure and function. Structure refers to the species richness,
27   abundance, and community composition that ultimately relate to ecosystem biodiversity.
28   Competition among species and their tolerance to environmental stresses are key elements of
29   survivorship. When environmental conditions shift, e.g., by the presence of anthropogenic air
30   pollution, these competitive relationships may change and tolerance to stress may be exceeded.
31   Function refers to the suite of processes and interactions among the ecosystem components and
32   their environment that involve nutrient and energy flow. The plant processes of photosynthesis,
     December 2007                          4-1        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    nutrient uptake, respiration, translocation carbon (C) allocation, and biosynthesis are directly
 2    related to functions of energy flow and nutrient recycling. The energy accumulated and stored
 3    by vegetation (via photosynthetic C capture) is available to other organisms.  Energy moves from
 4    one organism to another through the food chain in one direction, until it is ultimately released as
 5    heat. Nutrients and water can be recycled. Air pollution alters the function of ecosystems when
 6    nutrient cycle or the energy flow is altered.
 7
 8    4.1.2    Ecosystem Services
 9          Ecosystem structure and function may be translated into ecosystem services.  Ecosystem
10    services identify the varied and numerous ways that ecosystems are important to human welfare.
11    Ecosystems provide many goods and services that are of vital importance for the functioning of
12    the biosphere, and provide the basis for the delivery of tangible benefits to human society.
13    Hassan et al. (2005) define these to include supporting, provisioning, regulating, and cultural
14    services.
15              i. Supporting services are necessary for the production of all other ecosystem
16              services.  Some examples include biomass production, production of atmospheric
17              oxygen, soil formation and retention, nutrient cycling, water cycling, and
18              provisioning of habitat. Biodiversity is a supporting service that is increasingly
19              recognized to sustain many of the goods and services that humans enjoy from
20              ecosystems. These provide a basis for three higher-level categories of services.
21
22              ii. Provisioning services, such as products (cf. Gitay et al., 2001), i.e., food (including
23              game, roots, seeds, nuts and other fruit, spices, fodder), fiber (including wood,
24              textiles), and medicinal and cosmetic products (including aromatic plants, pigments).
25
26              iii. Regulating services, which are of paramount importance for human society such
27              as (a) C sequestration, (b) climate and water regulation, (c) protection from natural
28              hazards such as floods, avalanches, or rock-fall, (d) water and air purification, and (e)
29              disease and pest regulation.
30
31              iv. Cultural services, which satisfy human spiritual and aesthetic appreciation of
32              ecosystems and their components.
33
34    4.1.3    Quantifying Adverse Effects of Anthropogenic Pollution
35          Quantifying adverse effects of pollution to  ecosystems has been a challenge to the
36    secondary National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) process from the onset (Tingey

      December 2007                            4-2         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    et al., 1990). The following section discusses critical loads as a conceptual approach for
 2    quantifying adversity.  A second approach for quantifying adversity is valuation, this method is
 3    discussed in more detail in Annex 10.
 4
 5    4.1.3.1      Critical Loads
 6          Critical loads are used to express the amount of deposition of an atmospheric pollutant
 7    (a "load") that can be tolerated by natural or man-made systems without significant harm or
 8    change occurring in those systems.  The generally accepted definition  of a critical load of
 9    atmospheric pollutant deposition emerged from a pair of international  workshops held in the late
10    1980s (Nilsson, 1986; Nilsson and Grennfelt,  1988). The workshop participants defined a
11    critical load as:
12                 "A quantitative estimate of an exposure to one or more pollutants below which
13                 significant harmful effects on specified sensitive elements of the environment do
14                 not occur according to present knowledge."
15          In North America, critical loads studies have been undertaken in Canada, partly to
16    support efforts to design emission reduction programs (RMCC, 1990;  Jeffries and Lam, 1993).
17    Critical loads modeling was included in the 1997 Canadian Acid Rain Assessment (Jeffries,
18    1997) for several regions in eastern  Canada. More recently, critical loads have been determined
19    and mapped for waters and forest soils for a number of regions in eastern  Canada and acid-
20    sensitive lakes on the Canadian pre-Cambrian shield.
21          The Conference of New England Governors and Eastern Canadian Premiers (NEG/ECP)
22    has undertaken a program to "estimate sustainable acidic deposition rates  and exceedences for
23    upland forests representative of the New England States and the Eastern Canadian Provinces..."
24    (NEG/ECP Forest Mapping Group,  2001). The Forest Mapping Working Group within the
25    NEG/ECP conducts regional assessments of the sensitivity of northeastern North American
26    forests to current and projected  S and N emissions levels.  The NEG/ECP have also provided
27    estimates of critical loads for surface waters in northeastern North America (cf. Dupont et al.,
28    2005).
29          Aside from the NEG/ECP studies and the national mapping effort  of McNulty et al.
30    (2007), most critical loads studies on N and S  in the United States have focused on smaller sub-
31    regional areas or individual sites. Critical loads studies for forests in the United States have been
32    centered in the Northeast and have usually used a catchment-based approach (cf. Pardo and

      December 2007                            4-3         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE  OR CITE

-------
 1   Driscoll, 1996; Aber et al., 2003; Driscoll et al., 2003a).  Critical load studies for surface waters
 2   have been more extensive throughout the Eastern region. Critical loads have been estimated for
 3   lakes in the Northeast (cf. Driscoll et al., 2001b; Pembrook, 2004) and for streams in the Mid-
 4   Atlantic States and central Appalachians (Sverdrup et al., 1992; Sullivan et al., 2004a).  In the
 5   western United States, there have been a few studies of critical loads for acidification of surface
 6   waters (cf. Sullivan et al., 2005).  The  primary concern in the West, however, has been for the
 7   critical load of N deposition affecting both terrestrial and aquatic resources through
 8   eutrophication and/or N enrichment affecting community structure (cf. Baron et al., 1994, 2000;
 9   Williams and Tonnessen, 2000; Fenn et al., 2003a; Burns, 2004; Nydick et al., 2004a).
10          The development of a quantitative critical load estimate requires a number of steps
11   (Figure 4.1-1). Eight general steps must be taken to define the basic critical load question in any
12   analysis.
1 ) Disturbance
2) Receptor
3) Biological
indicator
4) Critical
biological
response
5) Chemical
indicator
6) Critical
chemical
limit
7) Atmospheric
pollutant
8) Critical
pollutant load
Acidification
Forest
Sugar
Maple
Failure to
reproduce
Soil % Base
Saturation
10%
SO4, NO3,
NH4
???
Norway
Spruce
Seedling
death
Soil Ca/AI
ratio
1.0
SO4, NO3,
NH4
???
Lake
Brook trout
Presence
absence
Lakewater
ANC
0 ueq/L
SO4, NO3,
NH4
???
Fish species
richness
Species
loss
Lakewater
ANC
50 ueq/L
SO4, NO3,
NH4
???
Eutrophication
Grassland
Species
diversity
Species
loss
Soil C/N
ratio
20
NO3, NH4
???
Lake
Primary
productivity
Excess
productivity
Lakewater
N03
10 ueq/L
NO3, NH4
???
     Figure 4.1-1. An example of the matrix of information that must be considered in the
                   definition and calculation of critical loads (see discussion in text). Note that
                   multiple alternative biological indicators, critical biological responses,
                   chemical indicators, and critical chemical limits could be used.
     December 2007
4-4
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1           1.  Identify the ecosystem disturbance that is occurring (e.g., acidification,
 2           eutrophication).  Not all disturbances will occur in all regions or at all sites, and the
 3           degree of disturbance may vary across landscape areas within a given region or site.
 4           2.  Identify the landscape receptors subjected to the disturbance (e.g., forests, surface
 5           waters, crops).  Receptor sensitivity may vary locally and/or regionally, and the hierarchy
 6           of which receptors are most sensitive to what kind of disturbance may vary as well.
 7           3.  Identify the biological indicators within each receptor that are affected by
 8           atmospheric deposition (i.e., individual organism, species, population, or community
 9           characteristics).  Indicators will vary geographically and perhaps locally within a given
10           receptor type.
11           4.  Establish the critical biological responses that define "significant harm" to the
12           biological indicators (e.g., presence/absence, loss of condition, reduced  productivity,
13           species shifts).  Significant harm may be defined differently for biological indicators that
14           are already at risk from other stressors, or for indicators that are perceived as "more
15           valued."
16           5.  Identify the chemical indicators or variables that produce or are otherwise associated
17           with the harmful responses of the biological indicators (e.g., streamwater pH, lake
18           aluminum (Al) concentration, soil base saturation). In some cases, the use of relatively
19           easily measured chemical indicators (e.g., surface water pH or acid neutralizing capacity
20           [ANC]) may be used as  a surrogate for chemical indicators that are more difficult to
21           measure (e.g., Al concentration).
22           6.  Determine the critical chemical limits for the chemical indicators at which the
23           harmful responses to the biological indicators occur (e.g., pH < 5, base saturation <5%,
24           inorganic Al concentration greater than 2 |iM).  Critical limits may be thresholds for
25           indicator responses such as presence/absence, or may take on a continuous range of
26           values for continuous indicator responses such as productivity or species richness.
27           Critical limits may vary  regionally or locally depending on factors such as temperature,
28           existence of refugia,  or compensatory factors (e.g.,  high calcium (Ca) concentration
29           mitigates the toxicity of Al to fish and plant roots).
30           7.  Identify the atmospheric pollutants that control (affect) the pertinent chemical
31           indicators (e.g., deposition of sulfate [SC>4+], nitrate [NOs ], ammonium [NH4+], nitric
32           acid [HNOs]).  Multiple pollutants can affect the same chemical variable.  The relative
33           importance of each pollutant in producing a given chemical response can vary spatially
34           and temporally.
35           8.  Determine the critical pollutant loads (e.g., kg ha'1 yr"1 total deposition of S or
36           nitrate-N) at which the chemical indicators reach their critical limits.  Critical pollutant
37           loads usually include both wet and dry forms of pollutant deposition. The critical
38           pollutant load may vary  regionally within a receptor or locally within a  site (as factors
39           such as elevation or soil  depth vary) and may vary temporally at the  same location (as
40           accumulated deposition  alters chemical responses).
      December 2007                             4-5         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1           The development of the critical load approach for a region or an individual site generally
 2    requires that we work down the table from top to bottom (Figure 4.1-1).  What is the
 3    disturbance? What receptors are affected? What indicator organisms are (or previously were)
 4    present and observable? What chemical indicators are changing and can be measured? What
 5    atmospheric pollutant is driving the changes in the chemical indicators?
 6           The derivation of a quantitative estimate of a critical load generally requires that we work
 7    from the bottom of the table back towards the top (as indicated by the arrows in Figure 4.1-1).
 8    What is the maximum load of a pollutant that will cause a shift in the chemical indicator to its
 9    critical limit such that a critical indicator response occurs (or does not occur)? From this point of
10    view, it can be seen that steps 8 and 6 require the development of dose-response functions for the
11    components of the ecosystem being considered (arrows in Figure 4.1-1).  Step 8 describes the
12    response of the chemical indicator as a function of the pollutant load, and step 6 describes the
13    responses of the biological indicator as a function of the chemical variable.
14           There is, therefore, no single "definitive" critical load for a natural resource.  Critical
15    loads estimates are explicitly policy-linked and their reliability is conditioned on the soundness
16    of the underlying science.  As elements of the critical load process change, the critical loads
17    estimates will change to reflect the current state-of-knowledge and policy priorities.  Changes in
18    scientific understanding may include, e.g., new dose-response relationships; better resource maps
19    and inventories; larger survey datasets; continuing time-series monitoring; improved numerical
20    models. Changes in the policy elements may include new definitions of harm; new mandates for
21    resource protection;  focus on new pollutants, and inclusion of perceived new threats that may
22    exacerbate the pollutant effects (e.g., climate change).
23           This procedure will almost certainly result in calculation of multiple critical load values
24    for a given pollutant and analysis location. The multiple solutions derive from the nested
25    sequence of disturbances, receptors, and biological indicators that must be considered for a given
26    pollutant. Multiple critical load values may also arise from an inability to agree on a single
27    definition of "significant harm" at step 4.  Calculation of critical loads for multiple definitions of
28    "harm" may be deemed useful in subsequent discussions of the  analysis and in the decision-
29    making steps that may follow critical load calculation.
30           Finally, there is the inescapable heterogeneity of all natural environments.  Consider
31    soils, for instance. The high spatial variability of soils almost guarantees  that for any reasonably

      December 2007                             4-6         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    sized soil-based "receptor" that might be defined in a critical load analysis, there will be a
 2    continuum of critical load values for any indicator chosen. The range of this continuum of
 3    values may be narrow enough to be ignored; nevertheless, there is an a priori expectation in any
 4    critical load analysis that multiple values (or a range of values) will result from the analysis.
 5    Given the policy requirements for establishing critical loads and the heterogeneity of ecosystem
 6    impacted by acidic deposition, we have not attempted to define critical loads for the United
 7    States in this ISA.
 8
 9
10    4.2     ECOLOGIC EFFECTS OF ACIDIFICATION
11
12    4.2.1    Effects on Major Biogeochemical Processes
13          Acidic deposition has altered major biogeochemical processes in the United States by
14    increasing the S and N content of soils, accelerating SO4+ and NOs leaching from  soil to
15    drainage water, depleting base cations (especially Ca and magnesium [Mg]) from soils, and
16    increasing the mobility of Al.  The extent of soil acidification is a critical factor that regulates
17    virtually all acidification-related ecosystem effects from S and N deposition. Soil acidification
18    occurs in response to both natural factors and acidic deposition. To best integrate the effects of
19    acidic deposition, this assessment starts with a description of the effects on soils and major
20    biogeochemical processes within ecosystems, then summarizes the chemical and biological
21    effects on terrestrial, transitional, and aquatic ecosystems.
22
23    4.2.1.1    Soil Acidification
24          Soil acidification is the buildup of hydrogen cations (H+), also called protons, in the soil.
25    This happens when a proton donor is added to the soil. Soil acidification can be a natural
26    process.  However, the donor can also be a mineral acid, such as HNOs and sulfuric acid
27    (H2SO4), the common components of acid rain that result from NOx and SOx air pollution.
28    Decreases in soil pH attributable to acidic deposition have been documented in the United States.
29    Effects in the eastern United States appear to have been limited mainly to the Northeast and
30    portions of the Appalachian Mountains in both hardwood and coniferous forests. Soil
31    acidification has also probably occurred in localized areas of mixed conifer forest and chaparral
      December 2007                            4-7        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    vegetation in, and near, the Los Angeles Basin, in response to locally high levels of atmospheric
 2    dry N deposition.
 3          To evaluate soil acidification, the soil must be considered in terms of the surface organic
 4    layer (the primary rooting zone), of which the Oa horizon (or in some studies the O horizon,
 5    which combines the Oe and Oa horizons) is an important component (See Figure 4.2-1).  In
 6    addition, the B horizon, which lies below the Oa horizon and is primarily comprised of mineral
 7    matter, must be considered.
 8          Acidity deposited from the atmosphere can have a direct effect on soil pH.  However, net
 9    uptake of nutrient cations by vegetation can also generate acidity within the soil, and a
10    considerable amount of natural organic acidity is produced in the Oa horizon through the partial
11    decomposition of organic matter.  This process can decrease the pH of soil water in the Oa
12    horizon well below the lowest pH values measured in acidic deposition (Krug et al.,  1985;
13    Lawrence et al., 1995). Oa-horizon soils under coniferous vegetation are strongly acidified by
14    organic acids and are unlikely to have experienced a lowering of pH as a result of acidic
15    deposition (Johnson and Fernandez, 1992; Lawrence et al., 1995).  Soils influenced by the
16    growth of hardwood species tend to be less acidic naturally and are, therefore, more  susceptible
17    to decreased pH in the Oa horizon from acidic deposition.
18          Several studies document declines in soil pH within the Oa/A horizons and the  upper B
19    horizon in sensitive regions of the United States over the past several decades (Johnson et al.,
20    1994a,b; Drohan and Sharpe, 1997; Bailey et al., 2005).  These declines have been attributed at
21    least partly to acidic deposition (Bailey et al., 2005).
22          In summary, soil acidification is a natural process, which is often exacerbated by acidic
23    deposition. Natural acidification is particularly pronounced in coniferous forests. Acidic
24    deposition can contribute to soil acidification, with consequent effects on the availability of
25    nutrient cations in soil and the chemistry of drainage water that flows from soil into streams and
26    lakes.
27
28    4.2.1.2     Sulfur Accumulation and SC>4+ Leaching
29          Most acidification-related consequences of atmospheric S and N oxide deposition in the
30    United States are caused by SO4+ (Sullivan, 2000; Driscoll et al., 2001a).  The mobility within
31    the watershed of SO4+, derived from atmospheric S deposition, is the primary  factor  governing
      December 2007                            4-8         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
         <§
         to
         t
         o
16

12 -

 8 -

 4 -
                            5/7/90
                          5/14/955000
                             Time
   5/21/90
5/28/90
Figure 4.2-1.  Diagram illustrates "ideal" soil horizons to which many soils conform.  Each
             main horizon is denoted by a capital letter: O) Organic matter:  Litter layer
             of plant residues in relatively undecomposed form. A) Surface soil: Layer of
             mineral soil with most organic matter accumulation and soil life.  This layer
             is depleted of iron, clay, aluminum, organic compounds, and other soluble
             constituents.  B) Subsoil: This layer accumulates iron, clay, aluminum  and
             organic compounds. C) Substratum:  Layer of unconsolidated soil parent
             material. This layer may accumulate the more soluble compounds that
             bypass the "B" horizon.
Source: Driscoll et al. (200Ib).
December 2007
                         4-9
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    most aspects of soil and water acidification at most of the locations in the United States that are
 2    affected by acidic deposition.
 3           Upon deposition to the Earth's surface, S may be assimilated by vegetation or microbes,
 4    accumulate in the soil or act as a mobile ion and leach out of the soil. When a given area is
 5    affected by acidic deposition, S deposition levels are typically much higher than plant demand
 6    for S and consequently almost all deposited S moves into the soil where it may accumulate and is
 7    available for leaching as SC>4+.  SC>4+ acts as a mobile ion at many locations in the United States
 8    that receive high levels of S deposition, notably the glaciated Northeast and Upper Midwest,
 9    where much of the deposited S leaches through soils into streams and lakes.  SC>4+ leaching leads
10    to most of the ecological impacts from atmospheric  S deposition because it is accompanied by
11    leaching of other ions, and this contributes to acidification of soil, soil water, and  surface water.
12           Over time, sustained SC>4+ leaching  and associated soil acidification contribute to
13    pronounced changes in soils in some areas.  When S moves from soils to surface waters in the
14    form of SC>4+, an equivalent amount of cations, or countercharge, is also transported. When the
15    countercharge is provided by base cations, the base saturation of the soil is reduced as the acidity
16    of the soil water is neutralized. However, this process acidifies the soil, thereby decreasing the
17    soil's capacity to neutralize additional acidity deposited from the atmosphere and prevent
18    acidification of soil water,  and by connection, surface water. As the base cations become
19    depleted, the countercharge provided by acidic cations (hydrogen and inorganic Al) increases,
20    sometimes resulting in toxic conditions for  plant roots and aquatic organisms.
21           In the United  States, there are some regional trends of soil accumulation, retention, and
22    leaching of S that are discussed below.
23
24    Southeast
25           Accumulation of atmospherically deposited S in soil has resulted from anion adsorption
26    and incorporation of S into organic matter through biological assimilation.  Such retention of
27    S can temporarily reduce SC>4+ leaching and cause a delay in ecosystem recovery in response to
28    changes in S deposition,  as accumulated S is slowly released from the soil into drainage water.
29    S adsorption on soil is especially  pronounced in the  southeastern United States, where it is
30    expected to cause further acidification of some streams in the foreseeable future, even under
31    substantially reduced levels of S deposition (Sullivan et al., 2004a).
32

      December 2007                            4-10        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Northeast
 2          In the Northeast, accumulation of atmospherically deposited S in the past was
 3   demonstrated by a positive relationship between wet deposition of SC>4+ and concentrations of
 4   total S in the forest floor of 12 red spruce stands (Driscoll et al., 2001b).  However, net loss of
 5   S from soils now appears to be occurring in a number of northeastern watersheds in response to
 6   decreased levels of atmospheric S deposition.  Where leaching of previously stored S occurs, it
 7   delays soil and surface water chemical recovery from acidification (Driscoll et al., 2001a).
 8          Uncertainties in estimates of ecosystem S fluxes, such as weathering and dry deposition,
 9   and complications in discerning the effects of S desorption from mineralization make it difficult
10   to predict when S outputs in the northeastern United States will no longer exceed inputs. Recent
11   research results, based on experimental reduction of S inputs, suggest that this process will occur
12   on a decadal timescale (Martinson et al., 2005;  Morth et al., 2005).  The long-term role of C-
13   bonded S adds further uncertainty because enhancement of S mineralization by a warming
14   climate could also affect S retention and release from soil (Knights et al., 2000; Driscoll et al.,
15   2001b).
16          In summary, atmospheric S deposition alters soil chemistry through the following
17   mechanisms:  (1) sustained SC>4+ leaching and associated changes in soil chemistry, and  (2)
18   accumulation of S in the soil through physical/chemical adsorption and biological assimilation.
19   The recent evidence of net loss of S from soils at a number of sites in the Northeast is a likely
20   response to recent decreases in atmospheric S inputs (Driscoll et al., 2001a). The gradual loss of
21   previously accumulated S is further contributing to continued SC>4+ leaching and soil
22   acidification.
23
24   4.2.1.3    Nitrogen Accumulation and NOs~ Leaching
25          This scope of this section is the role  of N deposition in the process of acidification. This
26   assessment divides the effects  of N deposition into the two broad categories of acidification and
27   N nutrient enrichment effect. The latter is discussed in Section 4.3. N deposition may cause
28   acidification of ecosystems via two mechanisms: (1) excess accumulation in soils followed by
29   increased rates of nitrification  by microbes and (2) change in base cation status  of soils caused by
30   NCV leaching.
31
      December 2007                           4-11        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Nitrification and Accumulation
 2           Atmospherically deposited N accumulates in soil through incorporation of N into organic
 3    matter. Accumulation is either documented or suggested to occur across large areas of the
 4    United States.  Direct evidence for such accumulation has been found in the northeastern United
 5    States and in Colorado. Increased accumulation of N in soil is suggested, for example, by a
 6    positive correlation between atmospheric deposition levels and total N concentration in the Oa
 7    soil horizon at red spruce sites in New York, Vermont, New Hampshire, and Maine (Driscoll
 8    et al., 2001b).  Evidence that atmospheric deposition has increased the availability of N in soil is
 9    also provided by the strong negative correlation between atmospheric deposition levels and the
10    C:N ratio of the Oa soil horizon across the northeastern United States (Aber et al., 2003).
11           Nitrification is the microbial-mediated reduction of NH4+ to NOs that produces acidity in
12    the form of HNOs.  It is important to introduce the concept of N saturation to understand how the
13    N accumulation and status of terrestrial ecosystems relates to elevated rates of nitrification.
14    N saturation refers to the condition when N inputs from atmospheric deposition and other
15    sources exceed the biological requirements of the ecosystem.  Excess N supply reduces
16    competition between plants and heterotrophic microbes for NH4+ to the point that net
17    nitrification occurs (Aber et al., 1998, 2003).  The nitrification process is mediated by
18    autotrophic bacteria that derive energy by reducing NH4+ to NOs . Nitrification produces acidity
19    in the form of HNOs as a byproduct. The HNOs produced contributes to the acidification of soils
20    and surface waters. If the C:N ratio of soils falls below about 20 to 25, nitrification is  stimulated
21    and net nitrification and associated production of acidity occurs in soils.  This process  often
22    results  in elevated N(V concentration in soil waters and surface waters (Aber et al., 2003; Ross
23    et al., 2004). Thus, data collected from streams and lakes can yield important information about
24    processes that occur in the soil.
25
26    Leaching
27           In many upland forested areas in the United States, a large fraction of the N received in
28    atmospheric deposition is retained in soil. Nevertheless, elevated NOs  concentration  in surface
29    waters  during the growing season is common and widespread in the United States.  High
30    concentrations of NOs  in lakes and streams, indicative of ecosystem N saturation in most
31    natural systems, have been found at a variety of locations throughout the United States
      December 2007                            4-12        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    (Stoddard, 1994; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2004). In general, atmospheric
 2    deposition of 8 to 10 kg ha l yr"1 of N or more, results in NOs  leaching to surface waters in the
 3    eastern United States.  Lower N deposition levels (less than 5 kg N ha l yr'1) may lead to NOs
 4    leaching in the mountainous West because of colder temperatures, shorter growing season, little
 5    soil development, extensive exposed bedrock, and rapid melting of large snowpacks (Baron
 6    et al., 1994; Williams et al., 1996a).
 7           MV leaching usually contributes to the leaching of base cations from soils to surface
 8    waters. Although there is typically less N(V than SO4+  leaching in most ecosystems in the
 9    United States, concentrations of NOs  in  some streams are high enough to suggest a substantial
10    role for NOs  in base cation loss from soil, particularly during periods of high soil-water NOs
11    flux during the nongrowing season (Van Miegroet et al.,  1992; Cook et al., 1994).
12           The relationship between atmospheric N deposition and NOs leaching from terrestrial
13    ecosystems is often modified by land-use history, current land-use, and climate. The N retention
14    capacity of soils is highly dependent on land-use history. For example, the removal  of trees
15    reduces the amount of N in the watershed and enhances the demand of vegetative regrowth for
16    added N. This effect results in little or no N(V leaching and can last for decades to more than a
17    century (Goodale et al., 2000).  NOs  leaching is also affected by current land use. In the
18    northeastern United States, concentrations of N in streams of upland forested watersheds tend to
19    be considerably lower than in streams draining watersheds with other land uses. Perhaps the
20    most noteworthy affect of urban land use on processes of nutrient enrichment from N deposition
21    concerns the transport of MV to N-limited estuarine and near-coastal waters. This  topic is
22    discussed in Section 4.3.2.2. In agricultural, and especially in forested areas it is generally
23    expected that most atmospherically deposited N is taken  up by terrestrial vegetation.  This is
24    usually not the case in urban landscapes,  although it is sometimes possible. Due to the relatively
25    large impervious surface area in the urban landscape (e.g., buildings, roads, parking  lots), a
26    higher percentage of precipitation is routed directly to surface waters, with little opportunity for
27    vegetative uptake of deposited N.
28           Climatic factors also play an important role in determining the extent of MV leaching.
29    In particular, temperature and moisture have large effects on N cycling and MV leaching.
30    Murdoch et al. (1998) found that, for at least one site, annual mean MV concentrations  in
31    stream  water were not related to annual wet N deposition, but rather were positively correlated

      December 2007                            4-13        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    with mean annual air temperature. This was likely due partly to the fact that microbial processes
 2    responsible for NOs production are very sensitive to temperature. Fluctuations in microbial
 3    immobilization and mineralization in response to climatic variability affect NOs  losses to
 4    drainage waters.
 5          Long-term data sets also suggest that climate may affect patterns of NOs  loss. Many of
 6    the original (sampled periodically since the early 1980s) long-term monitoring lakes in the
 7    Adirondack Mountains showed increased N(V leaching from terrestrial ecosystems throughout
 8    the 1980s, which was followed by a decline during the 1990s. Decreasing stream NOs
 9    concentrations during the 1990s was also observed in the Catskill Mountains and in New
10    Hampshire. There was not a substantial change in N emissions or deposition in the Northeast
11    region over that period. Climatic factors, increases in atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2), and
12    interactions with increasing availability of dissolved organic carbon (OC) have been proposed as
13    possible contributing factors for regional decreases in N(V in drainage water during the 1990s,
14    but the driver of this decadal  scale pattern remains under investigation.
15
16    4.2.1.4     Base-Cation Leaching
17          Acidic deposition has been shown to be an important factor causing decreases in
18    concentrations of exchangeable base cations in soil. Loss of base cations from soil is a natural
19    process. Under natural conditions of low atmospheric deposition of S and N the limited mobility
20    of anions associated with naturally derived acidity (organic acids and carbonic acid) controls the
21    rate of base cation leaching. Because inputs of S and N in acidic deposition provide anions that
22    are more mobile in the soil environment than anions of naturally derived acids, these mineral
23    acid anions can accelerate natural rates of base-cation leaching.
24          Leaching of base cations from watershed soils to surface waters is a mechanism that
25    (1) depletes essential plant nutrients from soil and (2) limits the extent of surface water
26    acidification in response to acidic deposition. When SO4+ and N(V  leaching occur in equal
27    magnitude to base cation leaching, the drainage water is not acidified.  However, in the process
28    of neutralizing the acidity of drainage water, base  cation release from soil causes depletion of the
29    base saturation of the soil.  Once base cations in the soil become depleted, Al is mobilized from
30    soil into drainage water, with potentially harmful consequences for sensitive terrestrial plants and
31    aquatic organisms throughout the food  web.


      December 2007                            4-14        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1           In the 1990s, data were published supporting the occurrence of base cation depletion
 2    from soils in the United States, although decreases in exchangeable Ca concentrations had earlier
 3    been identified in European soils through repeated sampling. Recent data reveal that decreases
 4    in concentrations of exchangeable base cations and base saturation in the Oa and B soil horizons
 5    have occurred over the past several  decades in the eastern United States and most studies
 6    attribute this change to the effects of acidic deposition. For example, the most thorough soil re-
 7    sampling study in the United States was conducted in northwestern Pennsylvania by Bailey et al.
 8    (2005).  This study showed that between 1967 and 1997 pronounced decreases, attributed largely
 9    to acidic deposition, were measured in exchangeable Ca and Mg concentrations in Oa/A horizons
10    and throughout the B horizon. Similarly, Sullivan et al. (2006a,b) documented base saturation of
11    B-horizon soils in the Adirondack Mountains between the mid-1980s and 2003.  The depletion
12    of base cations contributes to soil acidification and influences the ability of watershed soils to
13    support acid-sensitive vegetation and to neutralize acidity in future acidic  deposition.
14           Upslope decreases in exchangeable soil base cation concentrations were found to be
15    positively correlated with higher S deposition in the Catskill Mountains (Lawrence et al., 1999).
16    Furthermore, declines in surface water base cation concentrations have been attributed to
17    decreases in soil exchangeable base cations in New Hampshire (Likens et al., 1996) and Norway
18    (Kirchner and Lydersen, 1995).  In  summary, leaching of base cations associated with acidic
19    deposition is occurring in sensitive  regions in the United States. Base cation loss increases the
20    sensitivity of the watershed to further acidic deposition.  Watersheds that were capable of fully
21    neutralizing a particular level of acidic deposition in the past may no longer be capable of fully
22    neutralizing that level today or at some time in the future because of the cumulative effect of
23    acidic deposition on soil base saturation. Where the availability of exchangeable base cations is
24    limited, the leaching of potentially toxic inorganic Al into soil and surface waters can result.
25
26    4.2.1.5     Aluminum Leaching
27           If soil base saturation is 20 to 25%, or lower, acidic deposition can mobilize inorganic Al,
28    which can lead to the leaching of this toxic form of Al into soil waters and surface waters (Reuss
29    and Johnson,  1985). This is an extremely  important effect of acidic deposition because inorganic
30    Al is toxic to tree roots, fish, algae,  and aquatic invertebrates (see Section 4.2.3). In fact, fish
31    mortality in response to surface water acidification is usually attributable to Al toxicity.
32    Increases in the concentration of exchangeable Al in soil over the past several decades have been

      December 2007                            4-15        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    documented at several locations in North America and Europe.  Increased amounts of
 2    exchangeable inorganic Al in the mineral soil have been identified through repeated soil
 3    sampling over periods ranging from 17 years to 41 years (see discussion in Annex 4). In areas of
 4    Europe with very high acidic deposition levels, evidence of inorganic Al depletion in the mineral
 5    soil has also been found. Al depletion has not been documented in the United States.
 6          Acidic deposition is an important cause of increased mobilization of inorganic Al from
 7    soils to streams and lakes.  Acidic deposition introduces mineral acidity associated with anions
 8    that are more mobile than those from organic matter.  If the release of base cations from the soil
 9    is insufficient to neutralize the inputs of sulfuric and HNOs, then Al that had previously been
10    deposited by normal soil development in the upper mineral soil is mobilized. Al may also be
11    mobilized by organic acids. However,  acidic deposition, mobilizes Al in inorganic forms, and in
12    doing so increases the amount of exchangeable inorganic Al within the B horizon and results in
13    transport of inorganic Al into soil waters and surface waters.  Inorganic Al is minimally soluble
14    at pH about 6.0. Solubility increases steeply at pH values  below about 5.5.  This distinction
15    between organic and inorganic forms of Al is important because organic Al is not toxic, whereas
16    inorganic Al is toxic to a variety of plants and aquatic organisms (Section 4.2.3.1.6).
17          Recovery of soil chemistry will require a decrease  in exchangeable Al concentrations and
18    Al leaching. It is unclear what level of Ca weathering, and for what length of time, would be
19    required to decrease soil exchangeable Al concentrations to levels characteristic of unpolluted
20    systems.  Furthermore, in most cases it is unclear whether exchangeable Al concentrations are
21    continuing to increase, remaining stable, or decreasing. Predictions of future trends in
22    exchangeable Al concentrations remain uncertain because of our incomplete understanding of
23    mechanisms through which mineral matter and organic matter interact to control dissolved Al
24    concentrations. Possible changes in the dynamics of soil organic matter that could be expected
25    from climate change add further uncertainty to predictions of future change in exchangeable Al
26    concentrations in soils.
27          In summary, the natural downward movement and deposition of Al within the upper soil
28    profile is altered by acidic deposition if the release of base cations is insufficient to buffer
29    atmospheric inputs of acidity.  Rather than be deposited as an alumino-organic complex, Al
30    mobilized by acidic deposition tends to stay in  solution in  an inorganic form that can be
31    transported out of the soil and into surface waters. Depletion of exchangeable base cations

      December 2007                           4-16        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    precedes the mobilization of inorganic Al. Therefore, as base cation concentrations in drainage
 2    water decrease, inorganic Al concentrations increase. Increases in concentrations of inorganic Al
 3    have been documented at several locations in base-cation depleted soils in the United  States and
 4    Europe.  In  soils with base saturation values less than about 15 to 20%, the ratio of exchangeable
 5    Ca to Al is typically low in upper mineral soils (Lawrence et al., 2005).
 6
 7    4.2.1.6     Short-Term Changes in Surface Water Chemistry:  Episodic Acidification
 8          The status of surface water chemistry can be examined and reported as chronic chemistry
 9    or episodic  chemistry. Chronic chemistry refers to annual average conditions, which are often
10    represented as summer and fall chemistry for lakes and as spring baseflow chemistry for streams.
11    Episodic chemistry refers to conditions during rainstorms or snowmelt when proportionately
12    more drainage water is routed through upper soil horizons, which tend to provide less buffering
13    of atmospheric acidity as compared with deeper soil horizons.  Surface water chemistry exhibits
14    lower pH and ANC during episodes than during baseflow conditions.
15          One of the most significant impacts of acidic deposition on surface water chemistry is the
16    short-term change in chemistry that is termed "episodic acidification." While natural  processes
17    contribute to seasonal and short-term increases in the acidity of surface waters, research from
18    several regions in the United States indicates that acidic deposition has substantially increased
19    the magnitude, frequency, and biological impacts of episodic acidification events.
20          Many streams that exhibit chemistry during base flow (relatively stable flows that occur
21    between storms) that is suitable for aquatic biota, are subject to occasional episodic acidification
22    with adverse consequences.  During such episodes, both stream flow and water chemistry can
23    change markedly (Figure 4.2-2). Episodic acidification events can cause declines in pH and
24    ANC, and most significantly, increases in inorganic Al concentrations in stream waters of the
25    Northeast, Pennsylvania, and southern Appalachia. Episodic decreases in pH and ANC have
26    been documented throughout the country.
27          The EPA's Episodic Response Project (ERP) confirmed the chemical and biological
28    effects of episodic pH and ANC depressions in lakes and streams in parts of the eastern United
29    States. The ERP illustrated the processes of episodic acidification and the role played by SO4+
30    and especially NOs attributable to atmospheric deposition in the episodic acidification of
      December 2007                            4-17        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
    Figure 4.2-2.  Results of an in situ bioassay during a period of episodic acidification in
                  Buck Creek, Adirondack Mountains, in spring 1990: (a) discharge, (b) acid
                  neutralizing capacity, (c) pH, (d) concentration of inorganic monomeric
                  aluminum, and (e) cumulative percentage of mortality of brook trout over
                  time.
     Source: Driscoll et al. (200Ib).


1    surface waters.  The ERP also clearly showed that the episodic chemical response that has the

2    greatest effect on aquatic biota is increased inorganic Al concentration (Wigington et al., 1996).

3          Aquatic biota vary greatly in their sensitivity to episodic decreases in pH and increases in

4    inorganic Al in waters having low Ca concentration. Baker et al. (1990a) concluded that
    December 2007
4-18
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    episodes are most likely to affect biota if the episode occurs in waters with pre-episode pH above
 2    5.5 and minimum pH during the episode of less than 5.0. The most thorough characterization of
 3    episodic variation in stream chemistry in the United States was conducted through the ERP, in
 4    which 13 low-order streams (watershed  areas less than 24 km2) in the Adirondack and Catskill
 5    regions of New York, and the Appalachian Plateau in Pennsylvania were monitored from 1988
 6    to 1990 (Wigington et al., 1996). About 10% of the acid episodes involved decreases in ANC of
 7    up to 200 |ieq/L, decreases in pH of up to one unit, and increases in concentrations of inorganic
 8    Al of up to 15 jiM (Wigington et al., 1996).  Results showed that acid episodes reduced the size
 9    offish populations and eliminated acid-sensitive species if median high-flow pH was less than
10    5.2 and inorganic Al concentration exceeded 3.7 jiM, despite the relatively short duration of
11    episodes (Baker et al., 1996).
12          Results from the ERP  demonstrated that episodic acidification can have long-term
13    adverse effects on fish populations. Streams with suitable chemistry during low flow, but low
14    pH and high inorganic Al levels during high flow, had substantially lower numbers and biomass
15    of brook trout than were found in nonacidic streams (Wigington et al., 1996).
16          In general, the most severe acidification of surface waters generally occurs during spring
17    snowmelt (Charles,  1991) in many regions. Stoddard et al. (2003) found that, on average, spring
18    ANC values in New England, the Adirondacks, and the Northern Appalachian Plateau were
19    about 30 |ieq/L lower than summer values during the period 1990 to 2000 (Figure 4.2-3). This
20    implies that lakes and streams in these regions would need to recover to chronic ANC values
21    above 30 jieq/L before they could  be expected to not experience acidic episodes (Stoddard et al.,
22    2003). However, the estimate of 30 jieq/L is certain to be low because the comparison was made
23    with non-episodic sampling in spring, expressed as average spring ANC. Episodic ANC during
24    spring would be expected to be lower than average ANC during spring.
25          The most important factor governing watershed sensitivity to episodic acidification is the
26    pathway followed by snowmelt water and storm-flow water through the watershed.  The routing
27    of water as it flows through a  watershed determines the degree of contact with acidifying
28    orneutralizing materials and therefore influences (along with soils and bedrock characteristics)
29    the amount of episodic acidification that occurs. In any given watershed, surface water ANC
30    may vary in time depending upon the proportion of the flow that has contact with deep versus
      December 2007                           4-19        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
            200
            150 -
        u
         E
         3
         E
         O)
         c
         C
         (0
         0>
            100 -
                        New England Lakes
                    O Adirondack Lakes
                    O Appalachian Streams
             50 -
                -50
                                                        100
                         150
                          200
                                     Mean Summer ANC (peq/L)
    Figure 4.2-3. Relationship between mean summer ANC and the mean of minimum spring
                 ANC values at long-term monitoring lake and stream sites in New England,
                 the Adirondacks, and the Northern Appalachian Plateau.
    Source: Stoddard et al. (2003).

1   shallow soil horizons; the more subsurface contact, the higher the surface water ANC (Turner
2   et al., 1991). This can be attributed in part to higher base saturation and (in some watersheds)
3   greater SC>4+ adsorption capacity in subsurface soils.  It may also relate to the accumulation in
4   the upper soil horizons of acidic material derived from atmospheric deposition and decay
5   processes (Lynch and Corbett, 1989; Turner et al., 1991).
6          Streams having acidic episodes show significantly higher fish mortality and other aquatic
7   community changes as compared with streams in which ANC remains above zero. Results from
    December 2007
4-20
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    in situ bioassay studies from across the eastern United States show that acidic episodes (with
 2    associated low pH and elevated inorganic Al concentrations, and high streamwater discharge)
 3    induced rapid fish mortality under some conditions (Baker et al., 1996; Bulger et al., 1999;
 4    Driscoll et al., 2001b). For example, streams with suitable conditions during low flow, but
 5    moderate-to-severe episodic acidification during high flow, had higher fish mortality in
 6    bioassay s, higher net downstream movement of brook trout during events, and lower brook trout
 7    abundance and biomass compared to streams that did not experience appreciable episodic
 8    acidification.  These episodically impacted streams lacked the more acid-sensitive fish species
 9    (blacknose dace and sculpin). Movement of trout into refugia (areas with higher pH and lower
10    inorganic Al) during episodes only partially mitigated the adverse effects of episodes (Baker
11    etal., 1996).
12           Consideration of episodic acidification greatly increases the extent and degree of
13    estimated impacts for acidic  deposition on surface waters.  In the Northeast, inclusion of
14    episodically acidified water bodies in regional assessments substantially increases estimates of
15    the extent of surface water acidification.  For example, baseflow samples collected from 1991 to
16    1994 through the EPA Temporally Integrated Monitoring of Ecosystems (TIME) Program
17    indicated  that 10% of the 1,812 lakes larger than 1 ha surface area in the Adirondack region
18    could be considered chronically acidic (ANC values less than 0 |ieq/L), but that an additional
19    31% of these lakes had baseflow ANC values less than 50 jieq/L and were, therefore, estimated
20    to be susceptible to episodic acidification (Driscoll et al., 2001b).
21           Lawrence (2002) estimated the extent of episodically acidified stream reaches in a
22    Catskill, NY watershed (area = 85 km2) using an index site at the base of the watershed that
23    became episodically acidified at high flows. Upstream sites with a lower base flow ANC than
24    the index  site at the same date and time were found to have a high likelihood of becoming
25    episodically acidified. Base  flow sampling of 122 upstream sites indicated that approximately
26    16% of the total  upstream reaches had chronic ANC less than 10 |ieq/L, but that 66% of the
27    stream reaches had episodic ANC less than 10 jieq/L.
28           In the Southeast, a recent study by Deviney et al. (2006) within Shenandoah National
29    Park, Virginia used hourly ANC predictions over short time periods to compute recurrence
30    intervals of annual water-year minimum ANC values for periods of 6, 24, 72, and 168 h.  They
31    extrapolated the  results to the rest of the Shenandoah National Park catchments using catchment

      December 2007                            4-21        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    geology and topography to stratify watershed response patterns. On the basis of the models, they
 2    concluded that a large number of Shenandoah National Park streams had 6- to 168-h periods of
 3    low ANC values, which may stress resident fish populations (Deviney et al., 2006).  Specifically,
 4    on the basis of a 4-year recurrence interval, approximately 23% of the land area (44% of the
 5    catchments) can be expected to have conditions that are classified with respect to brook trout
 6    response categories (Bulger et al., 1999) as indeterminate (ANC 20 to 50), episodically acidic
 7    (ANC 0 to 20) or chronically acidic (ANC less than 0) for 72 continuous hours. Many
 8    catchments were predicted to have successive years of ANC values sufficiently low as to
 9    potentially extirpate some aquatic species (Deviney et al., 2006).  The authors of the study
10    reported that smaller catchments are more vulnerable to episodic acidification than larger
11    catchments underlain by the same bedrock. Results from a study of six intensively monitored
12    sites in the Park demonstrated a clear pattern of larger episodic ANC depressions in streams
13    having higher median ANC than in streams with lower ANC.  However, streams with low
14    median ANC typically experienced decreases that resulted in minimum ANC values associated
15    with toxicity to biota. These low ANC conditions were more likely to occur in streams underlain
16    by siliclastic bedrock than in those with granitic or basaltic bedrock.
17           In the West, episodic acidification is an especially important issue for surface waters
18    throughout high-elevation areas.  Where soils are sparse, as in alpine regions, most snowpack
19    N is flushed to surface waters early in the snowmelt period. Even though there is evidence
20    through use of isotopic tracers that much of the N was cycled microbially, snowpack N has been
21    reported to cause temporary acidification of alpine streams (Williams and Tonnessen, 2000;
22    Campbell et al., 2002). Snowmelt-related temporary acidification of alpine lakes and streams
23    and associated effects have been reported in the Rocky Mountains (Brooks et al., 1996; Williams
24    et al., 1996a) and Sierra Nevada (Johannessen and Henriksen, 1978; Stoddard, 1995).
25           There have been no studies in the United States to determine if either the severity or
26    frequency of episodic acidification has lessened in response to recent  decreases in acidic
27    deposition over the past three decades. In a study of two streams in Nova Scotia (Laudon et al.,
28    2002), trends in ANC during four phases of storm hydrographs from 1983 to  1998 were not
29    detected other than during the peak-flow phase of one stream (an increase of 0.87 jieq/L).
30           In summary, the vast majority of water chemistry data for acid-sensitive lakes and
31    streams in the United States have been collected under low-flow conditions.  It is well known,

      December 2007                            4-22        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    however, that water chemistry changes with season and with weather.  Water chemistry is most
 2    stressful to aquatic biota (lowest pH and ANC; highest inorganic Al concentration) during high
 3    flow episodes that are associated with snowmelt and rainstorms. During such conditions, stream
 4    chemistry can be toxic to species that thrive under chemical conditions more typical of base
 5    flow.  The EPA's ERP and other more localized studies have quantified the effects of episodes
 6    on fish.  Episodes are driven by hydrological processes, but the acidification that occurs is
 7    largely a result of acidic deposition, especially in cases where inorganic Al has been mobilized.
 8    Consideration of such variability in water chemistry is critical for accurate assessment of the
 9    extent, magnitude,  and biological effects of surface water acidification. The biological effects of
10    changes in surface water chemistry are discussed in greater detail in Section 4.2.3.2.
11
12    4.2.2     Terrestrial Ecosystems
13          The changes in major biogeochemical processes and soil conditions described above
14    contribute to a series of effects on terrestrial ecosystems.  These changes are manifest in both
15    chemical and biological  effects that can include reduced soil base saturation, altered key element
16    ratios, lowered plant productivity, reduced stress tolerance of sensitive plant species, and in some
17    cases, increased mortality of canopy trees.  Specific chemical indicators of change can be used to
18    assess sensitivity to, and impacts from, acidic deposition. In the United States, terrestrial effects
19    of acidification are best described for forested ecosystems, with supplemental information on
20    other plant communities, including shrubs and lichens.
21
22    4.2.2.1     Chemical Effects
23          There are several chemical indicators that provide useful information about the  acid-base
24    status of soils.  These include (1) soil base saturation, (2) Ca: Al ratio, and (3) C:N ratio (Table
25    4.2-1). Each chemical indicator provides insight into the degree to which the ecosystem has
26    acidified and may be susceptible to associated biological effects. These chemical indicators may
27    also be used to monitor the extent of acidification or recovery that occurs in forest ecosystems as
28    deposition rates of S and N change. As such, several chemical indicators and possible impact
29    thresholds have been developed  and applied in conjunction with efforts to estimate critical loads.
30    The critical load refers to a quantitative estimate of deposition below which significant harmful
31    effects on the environment do not occur according to present knowledge (Nilsson and Grennfelt,
32    1988). The critical loads approach is discussed in more detail in Section 4.1.2

      December 2007                            4-23        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    4.2.2.1.1     Soil Base Saturation
 2           Soil base saturation expresses the concentration of exchangeable bases (Ca, Mg,
 3    potassium [K]), sodium [Na]) as a percent of the total cation exchange capacity (which includes
 4    exchangeable hydrogen ion and inorganic Al).  In soils with a base saturation less than about 15
 5    to 20%, exchange ion chemistry is dominated by Al (Reuss, 1983). Under this condition,
 6    responses to sulfuric and HNOs inputs largely involve the release and mobilization of inorganic
 7    Al through cation exchange. This is the form of Al that interferes with uptake of Ca by plant
 8    roots and is also toxic to many forms of aquatic biota.
 9           The soil O horizon tends to have a much higher base saturation than the B horizon,
10    despite having lower pH due to organic acidity. The base saturation of the B horizon is more
11    sensitive than that of the O horizon to base cation depletion from leaching by SC>4+ and NOs ,
12    and is therefore particularly useful for assessing base status with regard to acidic deposition.
13    Little direct work has been done to relate soil base saturation to forest health, but Cronan and
14    Grigal (1995) determined that base saturation values below about 15% in the B horizon could
15    lead to impacts from Al stress. Lawrence et al. (2005) also observed pronounced decreases in
16    diameter growth of Norway spruce in northwestern Russia, where base saturation decreased from
17    30% to 20% in the upper 10 cm of the B horizon over a period of 37 years.
18           Base saturation values less than 10% predominate in the soil B horizon in the areas in the
19    United States where soil and surface water acidification from acidic deposition have been most
20    pronounced, including conifer and hardwood forests in the Adirondack Mountains (Sullivan
21    et al., 2006a), red spruce forests throughout the Northeast (David and Lawrence, 1996),
22    hardwood forests in the Allegheny Plateau (Bailey et al.,  2004), and conifer and hardwood
23    forests in the southern Appalachian Mountains (Sullivan  et al., 2003). In a  study of sugar maple
24    decline throughout the Northeast, Bailey et al. (2004) found threshold relationships between base
25    cation availability in the upper B soil horizon and sugar maple mortality at Ca saturation less
26    than 2%, and Mg saturation less than 0.5% (Bailey et al., 2004).  They concluded that base
27    saturation varied as a function of topography, geologic parent material, and acidic  deposition.
28
29    4.2.2.1.2     Aluminum Concentration in Soil Solution: Calcium to Aluminum  Ratio
30           Al is toxic to tree roots.  Plants affected by high Al  concentration in soil solution often
31    have reduced root growth, which restricts the ability of the plant to take up water and nutrients,
32    especially Ca (Parker et al., 1989).  Ca is well known as an ameliorant for Al toxicity to roots in

      December 2007                            4-24        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    soil solution, as well as to fish in a stream. However, because inorganic Al does not become
 2    mobilized until after soil Ca is depleted, elevated concentrations of inorganic Al tend to occur
 3    with low levels of Ca in surface waters.  Mg, and to a lesser extent Na and K, have also been
 4    associated with reduced Al toxicity.
 5          Dissolved Al concentrations in soil solution at spruce-fir study sites in the southern
 6    Appalachian Mountains frequently exceed 50 jiM and sometimes exceed  100 jiM (Johnson et al.,
 7    1991; Joslin and Wolfe, 1992; Eagar et al., 1996). All studies reviewed by Eagar et al. (1996)
 8    showed a strong correlation between Al concentrations and N(V concentrations in soil solution.
 9    They surmised that the occurrence of periodic large pulses of N(V in solution were important in
10    determining Al chemistry in the soils of spruce-fir forests.
11          The negative effect of Al mobilization on uptake of Ca by tree roots was proposed by
12    Shortle and Smith (1988), and substantial evidence of this relationship has accumulated over the
13    past 2 decades through field studies (McLaughlin and Tjoelker,  1992; Schlegel et al., 1992;
14    Minocha et al., 1997; Shortle et al., 1997; Kobe et al., 2002) and laboratory studies (Sverdrup
15    and Warfvinge, 1993; see also review of Cronan and Grigal, 1995).  Based on these studies, it is
16    clear that high inorganic Al concentration in soil water can be toxic to plant roots.  The toxic
17    response is often related to the concentration of inorganic Al relative to the concentration of Ca,
18    expressed as the molar ratio of Ca to inorganic Al in soil solution. As a result, considerable
19    effort has been focused on determining a threshold value for the ratio of Ca to Al that could be
20    used to identify soil conditions that put trees under physiological stress.
21          From an exhaustive literature review, Cronan and Grigal (1995) estimated that there was
22    a 50% risk of adverse effects on tree growth if the molar ratio of Ca to Al in soil solution was as
23    low as 1.0.  They estimated that there was a 100% risk for adverse effects on growth at a molar
24    ratio value below 0.2 in soil solution.
25          The information available to define levels of risk for the Ca:Al ratio is complicated by
26    differences in natural soil conditions. As a result of these complications, the risk levels for the
27    ratio defined in laboratory experiments have not necessarily been successfully applied to field
28    conditions.  For example, Johnson et al. (1994a,b) reported Ca:Al ratios above 1.0 through most
29    of 4 years in the Oa and B horizons of a high-elevation red spruce stand experiencing high
30    mortality. In the 3-year study of DeWitt et al. (2001), Al additions lowered molar Ca to
31    inorganic Al ratios in soil solutions of a Norway spruce stand below 0.5, but the authors found

      December 2007                            4-25         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    no response other than reduced Mg concentrations in needles in the third year, which was a
 2    possible precursor to damage.
 3           In summary, a molar ratio of Ca to Al in soil solution can be used as a general index that
 4    suggests an increasing probability of stress to forest ecosystems as the ratio decreases. The ratio
 5    value of 1.0 is proposed as a general damage threshold, but cannot be interpreted as a universally
 6    applicable threshold in all natural systems. Tree species vary widely in their sensitivity to Al
 7    stress (See Figure 4.2-4).  In addition, Al concentrations in soil solution often exhibit pronounced
 8    spatial  and temporal variability that is difficult to relate to root activity.  Finally, the form of Al
 9    present in solution plays an important role in determining toxicity. For example, organically
10    complexed Al, which predominates in upper, organic-rich soil horizons, is essentially nontoxic.
11
12    4.2.2.1.3    Soil Nitrogen: Calcium to Nitrogen Ratio
13           Mechanisms of retention and release of N in forest ecosystems are not fully understood,
14    but the adverse effects of nitrification and associated acidification and cation leaching have been
15    consistently shown to occur only in soils with a  C:N ratio below about 20 to 25  (Aber et al.,
16    2003; Ross et al.,  2004).  This observation makes the C:N ratio especially useful because
17    N mineralization and nitrification rates cannot be measured directly under natural conditions.
18    All available measurement approaches disturb the soil  and often cause artificially high rates.
19    Therefore, field measurement provides a relative index rather than a realistic quantitative rate
20    (Ross et al., 2004). Approaches for measuring N mineralization and nitrification also are subject
21    to high degrees of variability, both temporally (hourly to seasonal) and spatially (down to the sub
22    meter level). Measurements of total OC and N however, are less variable in space and time and
23    are therefore more straightforward to document  than N mineralization and nitrification rates.
24    Also, ratios of C to N in the forest floor are inversely related to acidic deposition levels, although
25    the relation is stronger for hardwood stands than conifer stands (Aber et al., 2003). In sum, these
26    factors make the C:N ratio a reliable and relatively straightforward measure for  identifying forest
27    ecosystems that may be experiencing soil acidification and base leaching as a result of N input
28    and increased nitrification.
      December 2007                             4-26        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                      Transpiration
                                                                   H+ I Deposition
   FUNCTION
    Membrane integrity
    Stomatal regulation
    Enzyme activation
    Carbohydrate metabolism
    Cold hardiness
    Defense/chemical-physical
                 Cytoplasm : Cell Wall
                        Ca
                  Leaching


                 Throughfall
    I
   GROWTH
    Cell division
    Cell wall synthesis
    Stress tolerance
    1
   STRUCTURE
    Canopy integrity
    Leaf form
    Wood quality
    Tree height
               Root distribution
                                                                       Leaching
              Physiological Processes
                                      Ca Supply Rate
            Biogeochemical Processes
Figure 4.2-4.  Diagram based on Fenn et al. (2006) shows indicators of forest physiological
              function, growth and structure that are lined to biogeochemical cycles
              through processes that control rates of Ca supply. Calcium effects plant
              physiological processes that influence growth rates and the capacity of plants
              to resist environmental stresses such as extremes of temperature, drought,
              insects, and diseases. Therefore, factors such as acidic deposition, which can
              deplete soil Ca or interfere with Ca uptake through mobilization of soil Al, is
              a concern for maintenance of forest health.
Source: Fenn, ME, Huntington TG, McLaughlin SB, Eagar C, Gomez A, Cook RB (2006) Status of soil
acidification in North America. Journal of Forest Science (52):3-13.
December 2007
4-27
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    4.2.2.2     Biological Effects
 2           Acidic deposition can affect terrestrial ecosystems by direct impacts on plant foliage and
 3    indirect effects associated with changes in soil chemistry. Biological effects of acidification on
 4    terrestrial ecosystems are generally attributable to Al toxicity and decreased ability of plant roots
 5    to take up base cations (especially Ca) and water from the soil.  Acidic deposition to acid-
 6    sensitive soils can cause soil acidification, increased mobilization of inorganic Al from soil to
 7    drainage water, and depletion of the pool of stored base cations in the soil.  Effects on the soil
 8    and direct effects of acidic deposition on foliage can influence the response of plants to climatic
 9    stresses such as drought and cold temperature. They can also influence the sensitivity of plants
10    to other stresses, including insect pests and disease.
11           The combined impacts of acidic deposition and other stressors on terrestrial vegetation
12    are typically measured using indices such as percent dieback of canopy trees, dead tree basal area
13    (as a percent), crown vigor index, and fine twig dieback (Table 4.2-2).  Each of these variables
14    has  a rating system used to quantify forest condition and relate the variables to foliar and soil
15    nutrient concentrations.
16           The effects of acidic deposition on the health, vigor, and productivity of terrestrial
17    ecosystems in the United States are best documented in spruce-fir and northern hardwood forests
18    of the eastern United States. Some information is also available for individual species such as
19    red  spruce, sugar maple, and some species of lichen. In the western United States, the health of
20    Ponderosa pine and Jeffrey  pine has been affected by air pollution, but such effects have largely
21    been attributed to ozone exposure, not acidic deposition.
22
23    4.2.2.2.1    Health, Vigor, and Reproduction of Tree Species in Forests
24           Both coniferous and deciduous forests throughout the eastern United States are
25    experiencing gradual losses of base cation nutrients from the soil due to accelerated leaching
26    from acidic deposition. This change in base cation nutrient availability may reduce the quality of
27    forest nutrition over the long term.  Evidence suggests that red spruce and sugar maple in some
28    areas in the eastern United States have experienced declining health as a consequence of acidic
29    deposition.  Existing information regarding the effects of acidic deposition on these two forest
30    tree species is summarized below and  reference is made to specific health indicators where such
31    information is available.
32

      December 2007                             4-28         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Red Spruce
 2          Red spruce (Picea rubens) is a conifer that occurs mainly in the northeastern United
 3    States and at scattered high-elevation sites in the Appalachian Mountains (Figure 4.2-5).  Red
 4    spruce dieback or decline has been observed across high elevation landscapes of both the
 5    northeastern and southeastern United States. At high elevations in the Adirondack and Green
 6    Mountains, more than 50% of the canopy red spruce trees died during the 1970s and 1980s. In
 7    the White Mountains, about 25% of the canopy spruce died during that same period. Dieback  of
 8    red spruce has also been observed in mixed hardwood-conifer stands at relatively low elevations
 9    in the western Adirondack Mountains, an area that receives high inputs of acidic deposition
10    (Shortle et al., 1997). Acidic deposition has been implicated as a causal factor (DeHayes et al.,
11    1999). The frequency of freezing injury to red spruce needles has increased over the past
12    40 years, a period that coincided with increased  emissions of S and N oxides and increased
13    acidic deposition (DeHayes et al., 1999).
14          From the 1940s to 1970s, red spruce growth also declined in the southeastern United
15    States, as emissions of both nitrogen oxides and sulfur dioxide (862) increased to maxima of
16    about 25 and 30 million tons/yr,  respectively.  The growth decline started earlier at higher
17    elevations (around the 1940s and 1950s) and was steeper, while the growth decline developed  at
18    lower elevation sites 20 years later. After the  1980s, red spruce growth increased substantially at
19    both the higher- and lower-elevation sites, corresponding to a decrease in SO2 emissions in the
20    United States (to about 20 million tons/yr by 2000), while nitrogen oxide emissions held fairly
21    steady (at about 25 million tons/yr). Annual emissions of S plus nitrogen oxides explained about
22    43% of the variability in red spruce tree ring growth between 1940 and 1998.  Climatic
23    variability accounted for about 8% of the growth variation for that period.  At low elevation,
24    changes in radial growth could be explained by climatic variables only, and there was no
25    correlation with national S plus nitrogen oxide emissions trends.  Recent reductions in S oxide
26    emissions may have changed growth trajectories (Webster et al., 2004).
27          The observed dieback in  red spruce has been linked, in part, to reduced cold tolerance of
28    red spruce needles, caused by acidic deposition.  Results of controlled exposure  studies showed
29    that acidic mist or cloud water reduced the cold tolerance of current-year red spruce needles by
      December 2007                            4-29        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
     Figure 4.2-5. Distribution of red spruce (rose) and sugar maple (green) in the eastern
                  United States. These two tree species have experienced adverse effects in
                  portions of their ranges that have been attributed to acidification from acidic
                  deposition. Tree distribution data were obtained from Little's Ranges.
     Source: Little (1971) http://esp.cr.usgs.gov/data/atlas/little/.


1    3 to 10 °C (DeHayes et al., 1999). There is a significant positive association between cold

2    tolerance and foliar Ca in trees that exhibit foliar Ca deficiency.  The membrane-associated pool

3    of Ca, although a relatively small fraction of the total foliar Ca pool, strongly influences the
    December 2007
4-30
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    response of cells to changing environmental conditions. The plant plasma membrane plays an
 2    important role in mediating cold acclimation and low-temperature injury (U.S. Environmental
 3    Protection Agency, 2004).  The studies of DeHayes et al. (1999) suggested that direct acidic
 4    deposition on red spruce needles preferentially removes membrane-associated Ca. More
 5    recently, a link has been established between availability of soil Ca and winter injury (Hawley
 6    et al., 2006) based on an experimental addition of Ca at the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest,
 7    New Hampshire. This study demonstrated that Ca depletion from soil was associated with
 8    winter injury of red spruce foliage during 2003 when winter injury was unusually high
 9    throughout the region (Figure 4.2-6).
10          In summary, the weight of evidence indicates that changes in soil chemistry have
11    contributed to high mortality rates and decreasing growth trends of red spruce trees in some areas
12    over the past three decades (Sullivan et al., 2002a).  In forests where this has occurred, which are
13    mainly located at high elevation, changes in red spruce growth rates are attributable, at least in
14    part, to base cation deficiencies related to decreased availability of Ca and increased availability
15    of Al as  a result of acidic deposition effects on soils.  Important factors appear to include
16    depletion of base cations in upper soil horizons by acidic deposition, Al toxicity to tree roots, and
17    accelerated leaching of base cations from foliage as a consequence of acidic deposition.
18
19    Sugar Maple
20          Sugar maple (Acer saccharum) is the deciduous tree species of the northeastern United
21    States that is most commonly associated with adverse acidification-related effects of S and
22    N deposition, though other base cation accumulating hardwoods may also be at risk (Driscoll
23    et al., 2001b).  Sugar maple is distributed throughout the northeastern United States and central
24    Appalachian Mountain region as a component of the northern hardwood forest (Figure 4.2-5).
25    Figure 4.2-7 provides a conceptual view of the interactions of acidic deposition and other
26    stressors in sugar maple decline. Several studies, mainly in Pennsylvania, have indicated that
27    sugar maple decline is linked to the occurrence of relatively high levels of acidic deposition and
28    base-poor soils (Horsley et al., 2000; Bailey et al., 2004; Hallett et al., 2006; Moore and Ouimet,
29    2006).
      December 2007                            4-31        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
         03
         0)
         0)
         m
         ffl
              40-1
              35~
              30-
                   (B)
                                             **
                            References

                           I Ca-additions
                                                                  ns
                          All
Dominant and
  codominant
                                        Tree crown class
     Intermediate, approved
         and understory
                                            **
                           References

                           I Ca-additions
                                                                  ns
                                         Dominant and
                                           codominant
                                        Tree crown class
                 Intermediate, approved
                     and understory
Figure 4.2-6. Mean (± standard error) of current-year red spruce winter injury in
             reference and calcium-addition watersheds and among crown classes,
             expressed as foliar injury (A) and bud mortality (B). Watershed means were
             either not significantly different (ns) or statistically different at p < 0.05 (*)
             or p < 0.01 (**) based on nested  analyses of variance.
Source: Hawley et al. (2006).
December 2007
4-32
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Acidic deposition may be contributing to episodic dieback of sugar maple in the
 2    Northeast through depletion of nutrient cations from marginal soils (Figure 4.2-7). Horsley et al.
 3    (2000) found that dieback at 19 sites in northwestern and northcentral Pennsylvania and
 4    southwestern New York was correlated with combined stress from defoliation and soil
 5    deficiencies of Mg and Ca. Dieback occurred predominately on ridgetops and on upper slopes,
 6    where soil base cation availability was much lower than on middle and lower slopes (Bailey
 7    et al., 2004). A long-term decrease in soil pH since 1960 (0.78 pH unit decrease in the O
 8    horizon, and 0.23 pH unit decrease in the A horizon) in Pennsylvania hardwood forests has been
 9    documented, along with decreases in soil Ca and Mg concentrations. Declining sugar maples
10    were shown to be deficient in foliar Ca and Mg (Drohan and Sharpe, 1997). More recent
11    research has strengthened understanding of the role of cation nutrition in sugar maple health at a
12    regional scale across a broad range of conditions (Hallett et al., 2006).
13          Drohan et al. (2002) investigated differences in soil conditions in declining versus non-
14    declining sugar maple plots in northern Pennsylvania from the U.S. Department of Agriculture
15    (USDA) Forest Service's Forest Inventory and Analysis (FIA) program. Soils in plots with
16    declining sugar maple tended to have lower base cation concentrations and pH, and Ca:Al ratio
17    less than 1. Regressions between foliar and soil chemistry showed that foliar nutrition was
18    highly correlated with the chemistry of the upper 50 cm of soil (Drohan et al., 2002).
19          In general, existing evidence indicates that acidic deposition in combination with other
20    stressors is a likely contributor to the decline of sugar maple trees that occur at higher elevation,
21    on geologies dominated by sandstone or other base-poor substrate, and that have base-poor soils
22    having high percentages of rock fragments (Drohan et al., 2002). Such site conditions  are
23    representative of the kinds of conditions expected to be most susceptible to adverse impacts of
24    acidic deposition because of probable low initial base cation pools and high base cation leaching
25    losses.
26
27    Other Forest Ecosystems
28          Data on the possible effects of S and N deposition on the acid-base characteristics of
29    forests in the United States, other than the spruce-fir and northern hardwood forest ecosystems,
30    are limited. Ponderosa pine (Pinusponderosd) seedlings exposed to acidic precipitation (pH 5.3,
      December 2007                            4-33        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
>
+
k
Carbohydrate Supply
1

Secondary
Stressors
—
-
                                       Net Photosynthesis
                                                        Ca and Mg Uptake
                                                      Available Ca and Mg
    Figure 4.2-7.  Conceptual diagram outlining the current understanding of sugar maple
                  decline. Positive and negative signs indicate the nature of the correlative
                  relationship between variables.
    Source: Hallett et al. (2006).
1   4.4, 3.5 of 1:1 NFKVH^SO^ showed no significant changes in growth (Temple et al., 1992).
2   Fenn et al. (2003a) reported that deposition levels of 20 to 35 kg N ha"1 yr"1 contributed to
3   increased N(V leaching and soil acidity and decreased base cation saturation in southern
4   California forest ecosystems, but they did not report quantitative measures of growth. Baron
5   et al. (2000) showed that small differences in the N deposition regime between the east (3 to 5 kg
6   N ha'1 yr"1 ) and the west (1 to 2 kg N ha l yr -1) side of the Rocky Mountains were associated
7   with significant declines in foliar Mg levels and increased foliar N:Mg and N:Ca ratios in old-
    December 2007
4-34
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    growth stands of Engelmann spruce (Picea engelmanii).  It is not known whether such changes
 2    in nutrient ratios affect the health or growth of these forests.
 3
 4    4.2.2.2.2    Biodiversity of Forests
 5           Despite the evidence for impacts of acidic deposition on the health and vigor of some
 6    terrestrial plant communities, we found a lack of scientific literature directly documenting
 7    species loss, reduced biodiversity, or adverse effects on threatened and endangered species.  A
 8    notable exception  is the impact of acidic deposition on lichen abundance and diversity within
 9    forest communities (Lichens are discussed in Section 4.2.2.2.3). In eastern North America and
10    central  Europe, areas that receive relatively high levels of acidic deposition have experienced
11    noticeable reductions in cyanolichen abundance on both coniferous and deciduous trees
12    (Richardson and Cameron, 2004). Effects on lichen species biodiversity are also likely
13    (McCune, 1988; Van Haluwyn and Van Herk, 2002). In London, epiphyte diversity, including a
14    majority of the lichen taxa, declined in areas where NO exceeded 40 |ig/m3 and total N oxides
15    exceeded 70 |ig/m3.  It is also possible that effects of acidification on plant biodiversity may be
16    more widespread than those documented  for lichens.
17
18    4.2.2.2.3    Health and Biodiversity of Other Plant Communities
19
20    Shrubs
21           Forest trees are not the only vascular plants that are potentially sensitive to acidic
22    deposition. Available data suggest that it is possible, or perhaps likely, that a variety of shrub
23    and herbaceous species are sensitive to base cation depletion and/or Al toxicity. However,
24    conclusive evidence is generally lacking.
25           Westman et al.  (1985) reported a decrease in the number of inflorescences for different
26    shrubs fumigated with SC>2 over 10 weeks, at 0,  0.05, 0.20, and 0.50 ppm.  Decreased
27    inflorescences were observed at 0.05-ppm SC>2 for black sage (Salvia mellifera)., and at 0.20 ppm
28    SC>2 for California sagebrush (Artemisia californica), Eastern Mojave buckwheat (Eriogonum
29   fasciculatum\ and California brittlebush  (Encelia californicd)., with progressive declines as SC>2
30    concentration increased.  This  suggests impact of exposure to 862 on the reproduction of a
31    species rather than solely through impacts on the health of individual plants.  We have found no
      December 2007                            4-3 5        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    documentation of effects of S deposition, rather than atmospheric exposure, on plant
 2    reproduction.
 3          Research in Europe has illustrated a shift from shrub to grass dominance in heathlands in
 4    response to acidic deposition.  However,  such effects are probably more related to the nutrient
 5    enrichment effects of N deposition than to the acidification effects of S and N deposition. (See
 6    further discussion in Section 4.3.3.1). In summary, whereas some evidence suggests that impacts
 7    on shrubs and perhaps herbaceous plants are possible, data in the United States are insufficient to
 8    support the use of shrub or herbaceous plant species as indicators of the acidification-related
 9    effects of acidic deposition at this time.
10
11    Lichens
12          Typically, lichens and other bryophytes are among the first components of the terrestrial
13    ecosystem to be affected by acidic deposition. Vulnerability of lichens to increased N input is
14    generally greater than that of vascular plants (Fremstad et al., 2005). Even in the Pacific
15    Northwest, which receives uniformly low levels of N deposition, changes from acid-sensitive
16    and N-sensitive to pollution-tolerant  and  nitrophillic lichen taxa are occurring in some areas
17    (Fenn et al., 2003a). Lichens remaining in areas affected by acidic deposition were found by
18    Davies et al. (2007) to contain almost exclusively the families Candelariaceae, Physciaceae, and
19    Teloschistaceae.
20          Effects of SC>2 exposure on lichens includes reduced photosynthesis and respiration,
21    damage to the algal component of the lichen, leakage of electrolytes, inhibition of N fixation,
22    reduced K absorption, and structural  changes (Fields, 1988; Farmer et al., 1992).  In response to
23    reductions after the 1970s in SC>2 exposure and acidic deposition in London, lichen diversity
24    increased dramatically (Hawksworth, 2002). However, the recovery of lichens in response to
25    reduced  S and N inputs is inconsistent. Improvement for bryophytes has been reported to occur
26    in 1 year by Power  et al., (2006) and Mitchell et al., (2004),  5 years by Gordon et al.,  (2001), and
27    49 years by Strengbom et al., (2001).
28          Scott (1989a,b) concluded that the S:N exposure ratio was as important as pH in causing
29    toxic effects on lichens, based on experiments on Cladina rangiferina and C. stellaris. Thus, it is
30    not clear to what extent acidity may be the principal stressor under high levels of air pollution
31    exposure.  The toxicity of SC>2 to several  lichen species is greater under acidic conditions than
      December 2007                            4-36        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    under neutral conditions.  The impacts of excess N deposition to lichen communities is discussed
 2    in Section 4.3.3.1.5.
 3
 4    Grasslands
 5           Due to structural differences and their lower canopy, grasslands are thought to be less
 6    sensitive to acidification than woodlands (Blake et al., 1999; Kochy and Wilson, 2001). Among
 7    grasslands, those with calcareous soils will be less sensitive than those with acidic soils (Bobbink
 8    et al., 1998). Most literature on the effects of atmospheric S and N deposition on grasslands
 9    documents effects of fertilization from N deposition, not acidification. Such fertilization effects
10    are discussed in Section 4.3.3.1.2.
11
12    Arctic and Alpine Tundra
13           The possible effects of acidic deposition on arctic and  alpine plant communities are also
14    of concern.  Especially important in this regard is the role of N deposition in regulating
15    ecosystem N supply and plant species composition (See further discussion of such effects in
16    Section 3.2.2.).  Soil acidification and base cation depletion in response to acidic deposition have
17    not been documented in arctic or alpine terrestrial ecosystems in the United States. Such
18    ecosystems are rare and spatially limited in the  eastern United States, where acidic deposition
19    levels have been high. These ecosystems are more widely distributed in the western United
20    States and throughout much of Alaska, but acidic deposition levels are generally low in these
21    areas. Key concerns are for listed threatened or endangered species and species diversity.
22    However, for most rare, threatened, or endangered herbaceous plant species, little is known
23    about their relative sensitivities to acidification from atmospheric deposition inputs. Although
24    plant species diversity of arctic and alpine ecosystems is highly valued, it is difficult to document
25    changes in this parameter in response to acidic deposition.
26
27    4.2.3    Aquatic Ecosystems
28
29    4.2.3.1     Chemical Effects
30           The changes in major biogeochemical processes and soil conditions caused by acidic
31    deposition have significant ramifications for the water chemistry and  biological functioning of
32    associated surface waters.  Surface water chemistry indicates the adverse effects of acidification
33    on the biotic integrity of fresh water ecosystems.  Because surface water chemistry integrates the

      December 2007                            4-37        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    sum of soil and water processes that occur upstream within a watershed, it also reflects the
 2    results of watershed-scale terrestrial effects, including N saturation, forest decline, and soil
 3    acidification (Stoddard et al., 2003). Thus, water chemistry integrates and reflects changes in
 4    soil and vegetative properties and biogeochemical processes.
 5           The impacts  on aquatic ecosystems can be described by changes in several chemical
 6    effects indicators such as:  SC>4+ concentration, MV concentration, base cation concentration,
 7    pH, ANC, and inorganic Al. All of these are of interest, and each can provide useful information
 8    regarding both sensitivity to surface water acidification and the level  of acidification that has
 9    occurred.  Importantly, these chemical changes can occur over both long- and short-term
10    timescales. Short-term (hours or days) episodic changes in water chemistry have perhaps the
11    most significant biological impacts. The acidification effects on  aquatic biota are most
12    commonly evaluated using either Al or pH as the primary chemical indicator (Table 4.2-3).
13    ANC is also used because it integrates overall  acid status and because surface water acidification
14    models do a better job projecting ANC than pH and inorganic Al concentrations.  However,
15    ANC does not relate directly to the health of biota. The utility of the  ANC criterion lies in the
16    association between ANC and the surface water constituents that directly contribute to or
17    ameliorate acidity-related stress, in particular pH, Ca, and inorganic Al. The base cation surplus
18    (Lawrence et al., 2007) is an alternate index that integrates acid-base  status. It is  based on a
19    measurement of ANC  (calculated from the charge balance of ionic concentrations in water) and
20    also accounts for the influence of natural organic acidity.
21
22    4.2.3.1.1     Surface  Water SO4+
23           Measurements of SC>4+ concentration in surface water provide important information on
24    the extent of cation leaching in soils and how SC>4+ concentrations relate to ambient levels of
25    atmospheric  S  deposition.  Assessments of acidic deposition effects dating from the 1980s to the
26    present have shown  SC>4+ to be the primary anion in most, but not all, acid-sensitive waters in the
27    United States (Driscoll and Newton, 1985;  Driscoll et al., 1988, 2001b; Webb et al., 2004). In an
28    analysis representative of over 10,000 acid-sensitive lakes in the Northeast, inorganic anions
29    represented the majority of negative (anionic)  charge in 83% of the lakes, and in this group of
30    lakes, 82% of the total negative charge was due to SO4+ (Driscoll et al., 2001b). In contrast,
      December 2007                            4-3 8        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    naturally derived organic anions represented an average of 71% of total negative charge in the
 2    17% of lakes in which organic anions predominated (Driscoll et al., 2001b).
 3          Atmospheric deposition of S is widely acknowledged as causing changes in
 4    concentrations of SC>4+ in surface water.  No long-term data sets exist to document changes in
 5    SC>4+ in surface waters since the onset of the Industrial Revolution.  One of the longest-running
 6    monitoring programs exists at the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest in New Hampshire.
 7    Surface water data from this Long-Term Ecological Research site have been used to develop
 8    historic estimates of SC>4+ concentrations using the Photosynthesis and EvapoTranspiration-
 9    BioGeoChemical (PnET-BGC) model  (Gbondo-Tugbawa et al., 2002). Results from Hubbard
10    Brook suggest that acidic deposition has contributed to a nearly four-fold increase in stream SC>4+
11    concentration between 1850 and 1970 (Driscoll et al., 2001b).
12          Long-term data in other regions suggest similar trends in some cases.  For example, a
13    study of seven streams in the Catskill region of New York, Stoddard (1991) identified increasing
14    trends in SC>4+ concentrations from 1952-54 to 1970 in three streams and no trend in the four
15    other streams.
16          As emissions and deposition of S have declined over approximately the last 30 years,
17    surface water concentrations of SC>4+ have decreased in most regions in the eastern United States.
18    For example, Stoddard et al. (2003) found that surface waters monitored in EPA Long-Term
19    Monitoring program showed consistent decreases in SC>4+ concentrations from 1990 to 2000 in
20    New England lakes (1.77 |ieq/L/yr), Adirondack lakes (2.26 |ieq/L/yr), Appalachian streams
21    (2.27 |ieq/L/yr) and Upper Midwest lakes (3.36 |ieq/L/yr). The only exception to the pattern of
22    decreasing SC>4+ concentration in surface waters during this period was for streams in the Blue
23    Ridge Mountain region of Virginia, which showed a significant increase in SC>4+ concentrations
24    (0.29 |ieq/L/yr) during this period.  The increasing trend in Virginia streams is presumably
25    the result of decreased S adsorption and net desorption in the soil in response to decreased
26    S deposition.
27          In summary, available data  indicate a pattern of increasing concentrations of SC>4+ in
28    surface waters before the year of peak  S emissions in 1973, followed by widespread decreasing
29    trends in SC>4+ concentrations after  the peak (with the only exception being the Blue Ridge
30    Mountain region in Virginia).  On this basis, continued decreases in S emissions would be
31    expected to result in further decreases in SO4+ concentrations in surface waters, although the rate

      December 2007                            4-39       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    of response is variable and some model results suggest that recovery may be delayed as
 2    accumulated S leaches from watersheds, even as emissions and deposition decline.
 3
 4    4.2.3.1.2     Surf ace Water NO3~
 5          Whereas SC>4+ is generally considered the dominant agent of surface water acidification
 6    in affected regions of the United States, NOs  plays a large role in acidification of surface waters
 7    in some regions, particularly during snowmelt and rainstorm episodes.  Prior to the mid-1980s,
 8    atmospheric deposition effects research in the United States focused almost exclusively on S.
 9    Within the 1980 to 1990 National Acid Precipitation Assessment Program (NAPAP) research
10    program, relatively little attention was paid to N research.
11          Release of N(V from soil to surface waters may affect nutrient relationships and
12    biological neutralization processes in aquatic ecosystems to a greater extent than SC>4+ (Kelly
13    et al., 1987; Bukaveckas and Shaw, 1998; Momen et al., 2006).  The importance of NOs  as an
14    agent of acidification varies by region. Driscoll and Newton, (1985) found that NOs
15    concentrations in 20  lakes in the early 1980s in the Adirondack region of New York averaged
16    12% of SC>4+ concentrations, whereas Lovett et al. (2000) found that baseflow NOs
17    concentrations in 1994—97 were an average of 37% of SC>4+ concentrations in 39 streams in the
18    Catskill region of New York.  Murdoch and Stoddard (1993) demonstrated the importance of
19    NOs during high-flow conditions in Catskill streams in which concentrations periodically
20    equaled or exceeded  SC>4+ concentrations. Average concentrations of NOs  in most southeastern
21    streams also tend to be considerably less than SO4+ concentrations (Webb et al.,  2004).
22    However, Cook et al. (1994) documented very high NOs  concentrations in stream water at high
23    elevation in the Great Smoky Mountains in North Carolina.
24          Surface water N(V concentration trends vary by region and over time. Several regions
25    in the northeastern United States showed increased N(V concentrations during the 1980s. For
26    example, in the Catskill Mountains of New York all 16 streams for which data were available
27    showed increasing trends in NOs concentration during that period.  A similar increase in NOs
28    concentration was reported for Adirondack lakes in the 1980s  (Stoddard et al., 1999). These
29    increasing trends in NOs  concentration were initially  attributed to N saturation in response to
30    atmospheric deposition (Aber et al., 1998).
      December 2007                           4-40        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 7

 9
10
11
12
 1          More recent information on NOs trends during the 1990s, when atmospheric
 2    N deposition was relatively stable, suggest that the relationship between atmospheric
 0    N deposition and surface water MV concentrations is complex.  During the 1990s, the only
      statistically significant change occurred in the two regions with the highest ambient surface
      water MV concentrations:  lakes in the Adirondack Mountains and streams in the Northern
 6    Appalachian Plateau (Figure 4.2-2). Both exhibited small but significant downward trends in
      MV concentration during the 1990s.  The long-term record of dissolved inorganic N (which is
      largely MV) concentrations at the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest showed a similar
      pattern:  high concentrations in the late 1960s and 1970s, followed by decreases to minimum
      values in the mid-1990s (Aber et al., 2002).  Across New England and the Upper Midwest,
      where ambient surface water concentrations are much lower than in the Adirondack Mountains
      and Northern Appalachian Plateau (Figure 4.2-8), MV  concentrations in surface waters were
13    unchanged during the 1990s.  The Ridge/Blue Ridge province registered a small, but significant,
14    decrease in MV concentration during the 1990s, but interpretation of trends for MV in this
15    region was complicated by an outbreak of gypsy moths, which consumed foliage and caused
16    large increases in the concentration of MV in soil water and stream water in affected
17    watersheds (Eshleman et al., 1998).
18          Efforts to explain the inconsistent trends in MV concentrations under conditions of
19    reasonably stable atmospheric N deposition have  focused on both terrestrial and aquatic
20    N cycling. Goodale et al. (2003) reported that lower MV concentrations measured in the 1990s
21    at streams in New Hampshire could not be accounted for by differences in stream flow or forest
22    succession, but inter-annual climate variation was proposed as a possible cause. In the
23    Adirondacks, Driscoll et al., (2007a) proposed that increased concentrations of atmospheric CO2
24    may have resulted in a fertilization effect that increased N assimilation.  Studies by Mitchell
25    et al. (1996) and Murdoch et al. (1998) provide some evidence of climate effects on trends in
26    MV concentrations in surface waters in the Northeast.  In particular, a region-wide spike in
27    MV concentrations followed an unusually  cold December that may have disrupted soil
28    N cycling processes (Mitchell et al., 1996).  Murdoch et al. (1998) also found that mean annual
29    air temperature was strongly related to average annual MV  concentration during most years in a
30    Catskill watershed with elevated MV concentrations in stream water.
     December 2007                           4-41        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
               Sulfate (|jeq/L/yr)
                Nitrate (|jeq/L/yr)
                 ANC (jjeq/L/yr)
         Hydrogen Ion (ueq/L/yr)
         Base Cations (ueq/L/yr)
                  DOC (mq/L/yr)
            Aluminum (ueq/L/yr)
                                                  Regional Trends, 1990-2000
                                                     (in lakes and streams)
                                              -2
          -1       0        1
           Slope of Trend
                                                        New England Lakes
                                                        Adirondack Lakes
                                                        Northern Appalachian Streams
                                                        Upper Midwest Lakes
                                                        Ridge and Blue Ridge Streams
    Figure 4.2-8.  Summary of regional trends in surface water chemistry from 1990 to 2000 in
                  regions covered by the Stoddard et al. (2003) report.
    Source: Stoddard et al. (2003).
1          Processes within lakes may have also played a role in the measured trends in Adirondack
2   lakes.  In a study of 30 of the 48 long-term monitoring lakes investigated by Driscoll et al.
3   (2003c; 2007a) and Momen et al. (2006) found that concentrations of dissolved NOs were
4   inversely correlated with concentrations of chlorophyll a in 1 1 lakes, and that chlorophyll a was
5   increasing in concentration in 9 lakes. The increase in pH observed in most of these lakes may
6   have stimulated productivity so that N assimilation by plankton increased (Momen et al., 2006).
7          In summary, NOs  contributes to the acidity of many lakes and streams in the eastern
8   United States that have been impacted by acidic deposition, especially during spring months and
    December 2007
4-42
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    under high-flow conditions. Nevertheless, there is little or no apparent relationship between
 2    recent trends in N deposition and trends in NOs concentrations in surface waters in the eastern
 3    United States.  This observation is in sharp contrast to observed responses for S deposition and
 4    SC>4+ concentrations.  These results likely reflect the complexities of N utilization within
 5    terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. Uptake of atmospherically deposited N by plants and
 6    microorganisms in the terrestrial environment precludes drainage water acidification and base
 7    cation leaching that would be caused if excess N leached as N(V from the terrestrial to aquatic
 8    ecosystems.  While great uncertainty exists and the timescales of N saturation may be longer
 9    than previously considered (e.g., centuries rather than decades), the long-term retention of N
10    deposited in forested regions and consequent dampening of deposition effects on surface waters
11    is unlikely to continue indefinitely (Aber et al., 2003).
12
13    4.2.3.1.3    Surf ace Water Base Cations
14           The results from several studies in the eastern United States suggest that base cation
15    concentrations in surface waters increased during the initial phases of acidification into the
16    1970s.  This trend reversed and base cations  decreased in response to decreasing SC>4+ and N(V
17    concentrations. For example, the study of Likens  et al. (1996) evaluated trends in base cation
18    concentrations in stream water in relation to  long-term trends in SC>4+ plus N(V for the Hubbard
19    Brook Experimental Forest. This record showed an approximately linear increasing relationship
20    between concentrations of base cations and SC>4+ plus NOs from 1964 to 1969, then a reversal in
21    1970 and a decreasing trend up to 1994. The slope of the phase with increasing anion
22    concentrations was steeper than the  slope for the phase with decreasing anion concentrations.
23    Regional declines in base cation concentrations were measured in the Long-Term Monitoring
24    project from 1990 to 2000 for lakes in New England, the Adirondack Mountains, and the Upper
25    Midwest (Figure 4.2-8).  The study of Lawrence et al. (1999) showed decreased concentrations
26    of base cations at a rate that exceeded decreases in (SO4+ plus N(V) in Catskill Mountain
27    streams from 1984 to 1997. In  streams within western Virginia and in Shenandoah National
28    Park, concentrations of base cations did not exhibit significant trends from 1988 to 2001, perhaps
29    due to the influence of S adsorption to soil on stream water SC>4+ concentrations.
30           In some surface waters,  interpretation of the effects of, and changes in, the concentration
31    of base cations and ANC is complicated by the influence of naturally occurring organic acidity.
      December 2007                            4-43        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    The base cation surplus provides an approach for distinguishing between the effects of organic
 2    acidity and acidic deposition (Lawrence et al., 2007).  Base cation surplus is defined as the
 3    difference between the summed concentrations of base cations (Ca, Mg, Na, K) and strongly
 4    acidic inorganic anions (SC>4+, NOs , chloride), plus an estimate of the strongly acidic organic
 5    anions.  These strongly acidic organic acid anions are dissociated at low pH, and function
 6    essentially as mineral acid anions in terms of their effect on ANC. The calculated base cation
 7    surplus is similar to the calculated ANC, but explicitly accounts for strongly acidic organic acids.
 8    When the base cation surplus is plotted against inorganic Al concentration, a distinct threshold
 9    for Al mobilization occurs at a base cation surplus value that closely approximates 0, regardless
10    of the dissolved OC concentration (Figure 4.2-9) (Lawrence et al., 2007).  This threshold
11    provides an unambiguous reference point  for evaluating the effects of acidic deposition on
12    mobilization of inorganic Al.  To date, this calculated variable has only been used in one large-
13    scale assessment of acidic deposition effects on surface waters (Lawrence et al., 2007).
14           In summary, decreases in base cation concentrations in surface water in the eastern
15    United States over the past two to three decades  are ubiquitous and are closely tied to trends in
16    SC>4+ concentrations.  In most regions, rates of decrease for base cations have been similar to
17    those for SO4+ plus N(V, with the exception of  streams in Shenandoah National Park, Virginia,
18    which appear to exhibit changes in S adsorption  on soils.  Decreasing trends of base cation
19    concentrations do not necessarily indicate further acidification or recovery of surface waters, but
20    may indicate either lower base cation leaching rates in soils or depletion of base cations from the
21    soil system.
22
23    4.2.3.1.4    Surface Water pH
24    Surface water pH is a commonly used as an indicator of acidification.  The pH of water
25    quantifies the hydrogen ion  concentration, which is toxic to many forms of aquatic life.  In
26    addition, pH correlates with other biologically important components of surface water acid-base
27    chemistry, including ANC, inorganic Al, Ca concentration, and organic acidity. Low pH can
28    have direct toxic effects on aquatic species (Driscoll et al., 2001b).  Threshold pH levels for
29    adverse biological effects have been summarized for a variety of aquatic organisms (Haines and
30    Baker, 1986; Baker et al., 1990a).  Common reference values for pH, below which adverse
31    biological effects are anticipated, are 5.0,  5.5, and 6.0.  The effects of low pH are specific to the
      December 2007                            4-44        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
              10 -
                                                         Adirondack Survey
                                                              October 2003
                                                  Median DOC = 743 umol L"1
                                                             slope = -0.076
                                                            x intercept = 20
                                                                  r2 = 0.68
                                                         Adirondack Survey
                                                               March 2004
                                                  Median DOC = 411 umol L"1
                                                              slope = -0.13
                                                            x intercept = 2.0
                                                                  r2 = 0.71
                                                          Wmmsook Stream
                                                                2001-2004
                                                  Median DOC = 211 umol L"1
                                                              slope = -0.16
                                                            x intercept = 2.0
                                                                  r2 = 0.69
                     -100      -50        0       50       100     150      200

                              Base Cation Surplus (ueq  L'1)

Figure 4.2-9. Concentration of inorganic Al in Adirondack streams as a function of the
             calculated base cation surplus.


Source: Lawrence et al. (2007).
December 2007
4-45
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    organism under consideration and depend also upon the concentrations of other chemical
 2    constituents in the water, notably inorganic Al and Ca. Species-specific effects are discussed in
 3    more detail in Section 4.2.3.2.
 4          Long-term past changes in surface water pH have been inferred for lakes in the
 5    Adirondacks through paleolimnological studies (Charles et al., 1989; Sullivan et al., 1990;
 6    Cumming et al.,  1992, 1994). These studies of algal remains in lake sediments for regionally
 7    representative Adirondack lakes suggested that about 25 to 35% of the Adirondack lakes that are
 8    larger than 4 ha have acidified since preindustrial time.  An estimated 80% of the Adirondack
 9    lakes that had ambient pH less than 5.2 in the mid-1980s were inferred to have experienced large
10    declines in pH and ANC since the previous century. About 30 to 45% of the lakes with ambient
11    pH between 5.2 and 6.0 have also acidified. The results suggest that the low-ANC lakes of the
12    southwestern Adirondacks acidified the most  since  preindustrial time.
13          Additional information regarding long-term changes in surface water pH has been gained
14    through site-specific dynamic modeling. For  example, by applying the PnET-BGC model to the
15    long-term stream chemistry record at the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest, Gbondo-Tugbawa
16    et al. (2002) estimated that past stream pH (circa 1850) was probably about 6.3, compared with
17    values just above 5.0 in 2000 (Driscoll et al., 2007c).
18          In recent decades, measurements of pH have been routinely collected in surface waters in
19    the United States where effects of acidic deposition have been monitored, but a long-standing
20    reliance on titrated ANC rather than pH as the primary chemical measurement has limited the
21    amount of pH data published. Overall, between 1980 and 2000 most studies reported slight
22    increases in surface water pH, including lakes in the Adirondack Mountains (rate variable)
23    (Driscoll et al., 2007a) and southern New England (0.002 pH units per year) (Warby et al.,
24    2005), and streams in the Catskill/Poconos region of New York and Pennsylvania (0.008 pH
25    units per year) (Warby et al., 2005).
26          Through  frequent interval monitoring  from 1990 to 2000, Stoddard et al. (2003) found a
27    decrease in hydrogen ion (0.19 |ieq/L/yr) that was similar to the rate of change observed in the
28    same Adirondack lakes by Driscoll  et al. (2007a) from 1992 to 2004 (0.18 |ieq/L). Stoddard
29    et al. (2003) also reported an increase in the hydrogen ion concentration of Appalachian  streams
30    (0.08 |ieq/L/yr) and Upper Midwest lakes (0.01 |ieq/L/yr).  No trends were found in New
31    England lakes or Appalachian streams in this  study (Figure 4.2-8).

      December 2007                            4-46        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          In summary, increasing trends in pH (decreasing hydrogen ion concentration) in surface
 2    waters in the northeastern United States were common through the 1990s up to 2004, but many
 3    exceptions occur, and overall, the rates of change have been small. Driscoll et al. (2001a,b;
 4    2007c) attributed the limited pH recovery of lakes in acid-sensitive regions to three factors.
 5    (1) The levels of acid-neutralizing base cations in surface waters have decreased markedly
 6    because  of the depletion of available base cations from the soil, and to a lesser extent, a reduction
 7    in atmospheric inputs of base cations.  (2) As forests mature, their requirements for N decrease,
 8    and they are expected to exhibit increasing losses of N(V as forests develop. (3) Sulfur has
 9    accumulated in the soil under previous conditions of high atmospheric S deposition and is now
10    being gradually released to surface water as SC>4+,  even though S deposition has decreased.
11
12    4.2.3.1.5    Surface Water ANC
13          The most widely used measure of surface-water acidification is ANC, determined by
14    Gran titration (titrated ANC).  This measurement is the primary chemical indicator used by EPA
15    for assessing past effects of acidic deposition, and the recovery expected from decreasing
16    atmospheric deposition  (Bulger et al.,  2000; Stoddard et al.,  2003). Titrated ANC is useful
17    because  it reflects the ANC of the complete chemical system, which is typically reduced by
18    acidic deposition in acid-sensitive landscapes.
19          In contrast to surface water pH, ANC is more stable and it reflects sensitivity and effects
20    of acidification in a linear fashion across the full range of ANC values. Therefore, ANC is the
21    preferred indicator variable for surface water acidification. Both titrated and calculated ANC
22    values are commonly determined in studies aimed at resource characterization or long-term
23    monitoring.
24          Baker et al. (1990c) used ANC cutoffs of 0, 50, and 200 |ieq/L for reporting on national
25    lake and stream population estimates.  ANC less than 0 jieq/L is of significance because waters
26    at or below this level have no capacity to neutralize acid inputs. Surface waters with ANC
27    < 50 jieq/L have been termed "extremely acid sensitive" (Schindler, 1988), are prone to episodic
28    acidification in some regions (DeWalle et al., 1987; Eshleman, 1988), and may be susceptible to
29    future chronic acidification at current  or increased rates of acidic deposition. Bulger et al. (1999)
30    defined ANC response categories for brook trout in Virginia as less than zero (chronic damage
      December 2007                            4-47        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    likely), 0 to 20 jieq/L (episodic damage likely), 20 to 50 jieq/L (likelihood of damage not
 2    determined), and greater than 50 |ieq/L (brook trout not sensitive).
 3           In assessing changes in surface water ANC, it is important to distinguish between acidic
 4    waters and acidified waters. Acidic describes a condition that can be measured (i.e., Gran ANC
 5    less than or equal to 0).  It may be due either to the effects of acidic deposition, or to other causes
 6    such as the presence of organic acidity or the weathering of S-containing minerals in the
 7    watershed. Acidified refers to the consequences of the process of acidifcation (an increase in
 8    acidity  observed through time). It does not require that the water body be acidic, and does not
 9    imply a particular cause for the change in chemistry. The term anthropogenically acidified
10    implies that human activity was responsible for the increase in acidity that occurred.
11           Some of the most detailed studies of ANC have been conducted in the Adirondack
12    Mountains.  Model simulations suggested that none of the lakes in the Adirondack target lake
13    population identified by EPA's Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP)
14    were chronically acidic or had ANC less than 20 |ieq/L under preindustrial conditions, but that
15    by 1980 there were hundreds  of such lakes (Table 4.2-4). Many lakes were estimated to have
16    had preindustrial ANC below 50 |ieq/L, but this estimate more than doubled by 1990.  Based on
17    Model of Acidification of Groundwater in Catchments  (MAGIC) model outputs extrapolated to
18    the regional population of Adirondack lakes larger than 1 ha that currently have ANC below
19    200 |ieq/L, maximum past acidification occurred by about 1980 or 1990, with median ANC of
20    the lake population of about 61 jieq/L (reduced from a median of 92 jieq/L estimated for the
21    preindustrial period).  Changes in ANC produced an increase in not only the percentage of lakes
22    that were chronically acidic, but also in those that were deemed likely to experience episodic
23    acidification and its associated short-term changes in water chemistry (Sullivan et al., in  press).
24           In other regions, responses to reduced levels of acidic deposition required by the  Clean
25    Air Act (CAA) and other emissions control legislation were reported by Stoddard et al. (2003).
26    They found tendencies during the 1990s toward increasing surface water Gran ANC in all of the
27    glaciated regions of the eastern United States (i.e., New England, Adirondacks,  and Northern
28    Appalachian Plateau) and  Upper Midwest, and decreasing Gran ANC in the Ridge/Blue Ridge
29    province. Changes in ANC were relatively modest compared with observed reductions in SC>4+
30    concentrations in surface waters. The regional increases in the Adirondacks, Northern
31    Appalachian Plateau, and Upper Midwest were statistically significant (Table 4.2-5). Median

      December 2007                           4-48        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR  CITE

-------
 1    increases of about +1 |ieq/L/yr in the Northern Appalachian Plateau, Adirondacks, and Upper
 2    Midwest represent significant movement towards ecological recovery from acidification
 3    (Stoddard et al., 2003). Estimated change in the number of acidic surface waters decreased
 4    during the 1990s in all regions investigated by Stoddard et al. (2003), except the Ridge and Blue
 5    Ridge Provinces in the mid-Appalachian Mountains (Table 4.2-4). For other regions, the change
 6    in number of acidic systems ranged from -2% in New England to -68% in the Upper Midwest.
 7          In summary, ANC is the most widely used measure of acid sensitivity, acidification, and
 8    chemical recovery of surface waters in response to changes in acidic deposition. ANC can be
 9    measured in the laboratory by Gran titration or calculated on the basis of the difference between
10    the base cation sum and the mineral  acid anion sum. Acidic waters are defined as those having
11    ANC below zero. Lake and stream ANC values decreased throughout much of the 20th century
12    in a large number of acid-sensitive lakes and streams throughout the eastern United States. This
13    effect has been well documented in monitoring programs, paleolimnological studies, and model
14    simulations.  Since about 1990 the ANC of many affected lakes and streams have shown some
15    increase, but such increases have been relatively small.
16
17    4.2.3.1.6    Surface Water Aluminum
18          The concentration of inorganic Al in surface waters is an especially useful indicator of
19    acidic deposition effects because (1) it is widely toxic, and (2) it generally does not leach from
20    the terrestrial soils to surface waters in the absence of acidic deposition (Lawrence et al., 2007),
21    with exceptions such as acid mine drainage and relatively rare geologic deposits. Lawrence et al.
22    (2005) showed that strong organic acid anions can contribute to the mobilization of inorganic Al
23    in combination with SC>4+ and NOs  , but that, in the  absence of geologic S, the presence of
24    inorganic Al in surface waters is an ambiguous indication of acidic deposition effects.
25          Considerable work has been  done to define pH sensitivity ranges for a wide variety of
26    aquatic organisms, but when pH values fall below approximately 5.5, inorganic Al generally
27    becomes the greater health risk to biota. Although organically complexed Al (organic Al) can
28    occur in surface waters as a result of natural soil and hydrologic processes, this form of Al is not
29    harmful  to aquatic life (Gensemer and Playle, 1999). Inorganic Al, however, has been found to
30    be toxic to plant and animal species throughout the food web (Gensemer and Playle, 1999).
      December 2007                           4-49        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Earlier studies demonstrated reduced growth and survival of various species offish
 2    (Baker and Schofield, 1982; Baker et al., 1996) at inorganic Al concentrations between
 3    approximately 2 and 7.5 |imol/L. Most recently, 20% mortality of brook trout young-of-the year
 4    was documented in situ during a 30-day period with a median inorganic Al concentration of
 5    2 |imol/L (Baldigo et al., 2007). This same study estimated that 90% mortality would occur over
 6    30 days with a median inorganic Al concentration of 4.0 |imol/L.
 7          The development of methods to fractionate Al into organic and inorganic forms (Driscoll,
 8    1984;  Sullivan et al., 1986) resulted in collection of a considerable amount of data on Al
 9    concentrations in surface waters in the 1980s, but most of this sampling was done either once or
10    for a limited period of time (Driscoll and Newton,  1985; Driscoll et al., 1987a; Lawrence et al.,
11    1987;  Cronan et al., 1990). Available long-term trend information for inorganic Al is limited. In
12    Adirondack lakes, inorganic Al concentrations decreased slightly (e.g., by 0.02 |iM/yr to
13    0.18 |iM/yr; Driscoll et al., 2007a)  or remained unchanged between 1982 and 2004 (Stoddard
14    et al., 2003; Driscoll et al., 2007a). There was no trend in inorganic Al for this period in New
15    England lakes, Appalachian streams,  or Midwest lakes. Monthly stream chemistry monitoring at
16    the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest showed decreases in inorganic Al concentrations at four
17    locations along the reference stream for the experimental forest from 1982 to 2000, but no trends
18    at two other locations along this stream (Palmer et al., 2004).
19          Most  recently, Lawrence et al. (in review) found that 49 of 195 streams (25%) in the
20    western Adirondack region had inorganic Al concentrations above 2.0  jiM during August base
21    flow.  Although there is not a clear benchmark value above which inorganic Al is toxic to aquatic
22    biota,  2 jiM is generally recognized as a reasonable threshold for biological effects at a variety of
23    trophic levels (Driscoll et al., 2001b; Baldigo et al., 2007).
24          In summary, inorganic Al is an important chemical indicator of the effects of acidic
25    deposition on surface water. It has well-documented effects on aquatic biota at specific
26    thresholds. Limited data suggest that acid-sensitive regions of the northeastern United States
27    have elevated inorganic Al concentrations which have been induced by years of acidic deposition
28    and which pose a threat to aquatic life.  Concentrations have decreased slightly in some surface
29    waters in the  northeastern  United States during the last two decades in response to decreased
30    levels  of acidic deposition.
31

      December 2007                           4-50       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    4.2.3.2     Biological Effects
 2           Aquatic effects of acidification have been well studied in the United States and elsewhere
 3    at various trophic levels. These studies indicate that aquatic biota have been affected by
 4    acidification at virtually all levels of the food web in acid sensitive aquatic ecosystems. Effects
 5    have been most clearly documented for fish, aquatic insects, other invertebrates, and algae.
 6           Biological effects are primarily attributable to a combination of low pH and high
 7    inorganic Al concentration.  Such conditions occur more frequently during rainfall and snowmelt
 8    episodes that cause high flows of water and less commonly during low-flow conditions, except
 9    where chronic acidity conditions are severe. Biological effects of episodes center around
10    reduced fish condition factor, changes in species composition, and declines in aquatic species
11    richness across multiple taxa, ecosystems and regions.  High concentrations of Ca, and to a lesser
12    extent other base cations, can lessen the toxicity of low pH and high inorganic Al concentration
13    where they  occur.
14           Biological effects in aquatic ecosystems can be divided into two major categories:
15    (1) effects on health, vigor, and reproductive success, and (2) effects on biodiversity.  The first
16    category includes changes in biological indicators such as individual condition factor and
17    recruitment success. The latter can be described by changes in species composition and
18    taxonomic richness.
19           The following sections define  concepts used to measure and evaluate acidification-related
20    effects on aquatic biota. We present measures of changes in (1) health, vigor, and reproductive
21    success, and (2) biodiversity for fish.  Finally, the general effects literature is summarized for
22    phytoplankton, zooplankton, benthic invertebrates, amphibians, and fish-eating birds.  Specific
23    reference is made to the biological indicators outlined above where such information exists.
24
25    4.2.3.2.1     Measures of Health, Vigor, and Reproductive Success
26           There are few measures of the effects of acidification on the health, vigor, and
27    reproductive success of aquatic species.  Condition factor is one measure of sublethal
28    acidification stress that has been used to quantify effects of acidification on an individual fish.
29    Condition factor is an index to describe the relationship between fish weight and length.
30    Expressed as fish weight/length3, multiplied by a scaling constant, this index reflects potential
31    depletion of stored energy reserves (Everhart and Youngs, 1981; Goede and Barton, 1990;
32    Dennis and Bulger, 1995).  Condition factor is interpreted as depletion of energy resources such

      December 2007                            4-51        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    as stored liver glycogen and body fat in response to increased stress at sublethal levels (Goede
 2    and Barton, 1990).  Fish with higher condition factor are more robust than fish having low
 3    condition factor.  Field studies have shown lower condition factor in fish found in more acidic
 4    streams (Dennis and Bulger, 1995).
 5
 6    4.2.3.2.2     Measures of Biodiversity
 1          Species composition refers to the mix of species that are represented in a particular
 8    ecosystem.  Acidification alters species composition in aquatic ecosystems.  There are a number
 9    of species common to many oligotrophic waters that are sensitive to acidic deposition and that
10    cannot survive, compete, or reproduce in acidic waters.  In response to small to moderate
11    changes in acidity, acid-sensitive species are often replaced by other more acid-tolerant species,
12    resulting in changes in community composition, but little or no change in total community
13    abundance or biomass.  The degree of alteration of surface water biological community
14    composition increases as surface waters become more acidic.  There is also a common pattern of
15    lower community diversity with increased acidification.
16          One important tool that aids in the determination of effects on species composition is the
17    Acid Stress Index (ASI) developed by Baker et al. (1990a). This index uses fish bioassay
18    survival data to predict the probability offish survival expressed as a percent mortality.  Separate
19    ASI models were developed for tolerant, intermediate, and sensitive fish species.
20          Taxonomic richness is a metric that is commonly used to quantify the effects of an
21    environmental stress on biota. It can be applied at various taxonomic levels. For example, the
22    number offish species present in a lake or stream can be used as an index of acidification (cf.
23    Bulger et al., 1999). Similarly, acidification effects on aquatic insects can be evaluated on the
24    basis of the number of families or genera of mayflies (order Ephemeroptera) (Sullivan et al.,
25    2003). In the latter cases, the mayfly order was selected for study because it includes a number
26    of genera and species having varying degrees of sensitivity to acidification.
27          Decreases in ANC and pH and increases in inorganic Al concentration have been shown
28    to contribute to declines in species richness and abundance of zooplankton, macroinvertebrates,
29    and fish (Schindler et al., 1985; Keller and Gunn, 1995). Species richness is positively
30    correlated with pH and ANC (Rago and Wiener, 1986; Baker et al., 1990b) primarily because of
31    the elimination of acid-sensitive species at lower values of pH and ANC (Schindler et al., 1985).
32    Interpretation of species richness can be complicated by the observation that more species tend to

      December 2007                           4-52        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    occur in larger lakes and streams as compared with smaller ones, irrespective of acidity (Sullivan
 2    et al. 2003). Nevertheless, decreases in species richness have been observed for all major trophic
 3    groups of aquatic organisms (Baker et al., 1990a), even after adjusting for lake size (Harvey and
 4    Lee,  1982; Frenette et al., 1986; Rago and Wiener, 1986; Schofield and Driscoll, 1987; Matuszek
 5    and Beggs, 1988).
 6
 7    4.2.3.2.3   Health, Vigor, and Reproductive Success of Fish
 8          Fish populations in acidified streams and lakes of Europe and North America have
 9    declined, and some have been eliminated as a result of atmospheric deposition of acids and the
10    resulting changes in water quality (Baker et al., 1990a). A variety of water chemistry variables,
11    including inorganic Al, dissolved OC, and Ca, along with the timing and magnitude of episodic
12    fluctuations in toxic acid and inorganic Al concentrations, are related to the degree to which
13    surface water acidification influences fish survival in natural systems (Baker et al., 1990c; Gagen
14    et al., 1993; Siminon et al., 1993; Van Sickle et al., 1996; Baldigo and Murdoch, 1997).
15          The effects of acidification on the health, vigor, and reproductive success are manifested
16    through a range of physiological effects on individual life stages and fish species. The primary
17    mechanism for the toxic effects of low pH and elevated inorganic Al  on fish involves disruption
18    of normal ion regulation at the gill surface, resulting in increased rates of ion loss and inhibition
19    of ion uptake (McWilliams and Potts, 1978; Leivestad, 1982; Wood and McDonald,  1987;
20    Bergman et al., 1988).  Additional effects might include (1) disruption of Ca metabolism
21    (Peterson and Martin-Robichaud, 1986; Gunn and Noakes, 1987; Reader et al., 1988), and (2)
22    decreased hatching success (Runn et  al., 1977; Peterson et al., 1980; Haya and Waiwood, 1981;
23    Waiwood and Haya, 1983).
24          There exists marked variability among species, and among life stages within species, in
25    the specific levels of pH and inorganic Al that produce measurable responses.  In general, early
26    life stages  are more sensitive to acidic conditions than the young-of-the-year, yearlings, and
27    adults (Baker and Schofield,  1985; Johnson et al., 1987; Baker et al.,  1990a). Also, small fish,
28    especially  swim-up fry,  are probably  less mobile and less able to avoid exposure to adverse
29    chemical conditions than the  relatively larger adults (Baker et al., 1996). Here effects are
30    described by life stage.  Several studies have shown that the earliest reproductive stages are
31    highly sensitive to low pH. The processes of oogenesis and fertilization in fish are especially
32    sensitive (Muniz, 1991;  Havas et al.,  1995), most likely due to adverse effects on the female

      December 2007                            4-53        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    spawner.  For instance, Beamish (1976) reported that reduced serum and plasma Ca in female
 2    fish in acidified Canadian lakes caused a higher probability of failure in producing viable eggs.
 3    A depletion of Ca from bone and increased numbers of females with unshed eggs have also been
 4    linked to sensitivity at this life stage (cf. Rosseland, 1986; Muniz, 1991).
 5          After fertilization, the embryo seems to be susceptible to acidic waters throughout the
 6    whole period of development.  The periods shortly after fertilization and prior to hatching seem
 7    to be most critical (Rosseland, 1986). The susceptibility of the embryo can be the result of direct
 8    exposure to elevated hydrogen ion concentrations and also to the toxic effects of inorganic Al at
 9    intermediate pH-values. Low pH in the surrounding water also results in pH-depression inside
10    the egg, leading to either a prolongation of the hatching or to a reduced hatching success
11    (Rosseland, 1986).  Eggs lying in gravel on stream and lake beds are to some extent protected
12    from exposure to rapid changes in pH (Gunn and Keller, 1984b; Lacroix, 1985). Nevertheless,
13    they can experience high mortality during periods of acid runoff, such as snowmelt (Gunn and
14    Keller, 1984a). Yellowstone cutthroat trout (O. c. bouverf) were exposed to 7-day pH
15    depressions by Farag et al. (1993).  Of the four life stages studied, eggs were most sensitive to
16    low pH.  Eggs exposed for seven days to pH 5.0 test water showed a statistically significant
17    reduction in survival compared with eggs exposed for seven days to pH 6.5 water.  Survival of
18    alevin and swim-up larvae were significantly reduced from near 100% at pH 6.5 to near 0% at
19    pH 4.5. Intermediate pH values (6.0, 5.5) in all cases showed reduced survival compared with
20    the control (6.5) but not by statistically significant amounts.
21          Emergent alevins show susceptibility to the adverse effects of inorganic Al and hydrogen
22    ion that increases with age (Baker and Schofield, 1982; Wood and McDonald,  1982). Rosseland
23    (1986) indicated that this increasing sensitivity results from changes that take place in the
24    respiratory system.  Shortly after hatching, alevins still respire through their skin but gradually
25    gills become the primary organ of gas and ion  exchange.  Gills are the locus for interference of
26    hydrogen ion and inorganic Al with iono-regulatory exchange.
27          Woodward et al. (1989) exposed cutthroat trout (Oncorhynchus clarki)  from the Snake
28    River in Wyoming to pH depressions from pH 4.5 to 6.5 in the laboratory and found that
29    reductions in pH from 6.5 to 6.0 in low-Ca water (70 |ieq/L) did not affect survival, but did
30    reduce growth of swim-up larvae. The eggs, alevin, and swim-up larval stages showed
31    significantly higher mortality at pH 4.5 than at pH 6.5. Mortality was also higher at pH 5.0 than

      December 2007                           4-54        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    at pH 6.5, but only statistically higher for eggs. The authors concluded that the threshold for
 2    effects of acidity on greenback cutthroat trout in the absence of inorganic Al was pH 5.0
 3    (Woodward, 1991).
 4          In juvenile, young-of-year and adult fish there is an energy cost in maintaining
 5    physiological homeostasis; the calories used to respond to stress are a part of the fish's total
 6    energy budget and are unavailable for other functions, such as growth and reproduction
 7    (Schreck, 1981, 1982; Wedemeyer et al., 1990). Observed differences in condition factor may
 8    occur because maintenance of internal chemistry in the more acidic streams would require
 9    energy that otherwise would be available for growth and weight gain (Dennis and Bulger, 1999;
10    Sullivan et al., 2003). The energy costs to fish for active iono-osmoregulation can be substantial
11    (Farmer and Beamish, 1969; Bulger, 1986).
12          Prominent physiological disturbances to fish exposed to acid waters are iono- and
13    osmoregulatory failure, acid-base regulatory failure, and respiratory and  circulatory failure.
14    Most of these effects can be directly attributed to effects on gill function or structure. The acute
15    toxicity of low pH in acidic waters results in the loss of Ca from important binding sites in the
16    gill epithelium, which reduces the ability of the gill to control membrane permeability
17    (McDonald, 1983; Havas, 1986; Exley and Phillips, 1988). Al has been  shown to accumulate on
18    the gill surface when fish are exposed to water having high inorganic Al  concentration.
19          The cumulative sublethal effects  of physiological impacts can be expressed by changes in
20    condition factor. Condition factor has been developed and applied mainly for blacknose dace.
21    This fish species is widely distributed in Appalachian Mountain streams  and is moderately
22    tolerant of low pH and ANC, relative to  other fish  species in the region.  However, the condition
23    factor concept is probably applicable to other species as well. Condition factor may be a  useful
24    metric for many species in aquatic ecosystems that are only marginally affected by acidification.
25    Bulger et al. (1999) observed a positive relationship between dace condition factor and pH in
26    streams in Shenandoah National Park. Dennis and Bulger (1995) found  a reduction in the
27    condition factor for blacknose dace in waters near  pH 6.0. The four populations with the  lowest
28    condition factor had mean habitat pH values within or below the range of critical pH values at
29    which Baker and Christensen (1991) estimated that negative population effects are likely  for the
30    species.  The mean condition factor offish from the study stream with the lowest ANC was
31    about 20% lower than that of the fish in best condition.  In addition to effects on blacknose dace

      December 2007                            4-55       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    condition factor, reduced growth rates have been also attributed to acid stress in a number of
 2    other fish species, including Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar), chinook salmon (Oncorhynchus
 3    tshawytscha\ lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush\ rainbow trout {Oncorhynchus mykiss\ brook
 4    trout, brown trout (Salmo trutta), and arctic char (Salvelinus alpines) (Baker et al., 1990a).
 5          In summary, some studies have been  conducted on changes in the health, vigor, and
 6    reproductive success offish exposed to water having low pH and high inorganic Al
 7    concentration.  Blacknose dace have  been most thoroughly studied regarding the sublethal
 8    effects of acidity on fish condition. Effects tend to vary by life stage; early life stages tend to be
 9    particularly sensitive. Adverse effects often  involve disruption of gill function, partly due to Al
10    toxicity.
11
12    4.2.3.2.4    Fish Biodiversity
13          Biodiversity loss is a predictable and  proven consequence of acidification, and there are
14    abundant examples of this in North America  and Europe, mostly focused on fish (cf. Bulger
15    et al., 2000). Population-level fish response to acidification is  primarily through recruitment
16    failure, a result of increased mortality of early life  stages or indirect effects through the food
17    chain (loss of prey species). Inorganic Al, pH, and Ca have been identified as the variables most
18    likely to have the greatest influence on fish community structure. These changes in water
19    chemistry can alter species composition and  species richness, both of which are components of
20    biodiversity.
21          By 1990, it was well established that  changes in pH in the range of 4.0 to 6.5 could cause
22    significant adverse biological effects on fish  community composition.  As described above, the
23    toxicity of low pH (high hydrogen  ion concentration) was, in most cases, the result of impaired
24    body salt regulation. Decreased water pH inhibited the active uptake of Na and chloride and
25    stimulated the passive loss of these ions from the bloodstream  (Baker et al.,  1990a).  Species
26    vary in terms of their sensitivity to such disruptions of physiological condition.
27          The response offish to pH, ANC, and inorganic Al is not uniform across species. A
28    number of synoptic surveys indicated loss of species diversity  and absence of several fish species
29    in the pH range of 5.0 to 5.5. If pH values are lower, there is a greater likelihood that more fish
30    species could be lost without replacement, resulting in decreased richness and diversity. In
31    general, populations of salmonid fish are not found at pH levels less than 5.0, and smallmouth
32    bass (Micropterus dolomieu) populations are usually not found at pH values less than about

      December 2007                            4-56       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    5.2 to 5.5.  Bioassay experiments using brook trout eggs and fry have demonstrated greater
 2    mortality in chronically acidic stream water as compared to water having higher ANC.
 3          The AST is an index of acidification that uses fish bioassay survival data fitted to a
 4    regression model of exposure to water chemistry (pH, Al, and Ca) to predict the probability of
 5    fish survival. Approximate AST reference levels were reported by Baker et al. (1990c) for
 6    various fish species, based on logistic regression offish presence as a function of the sensitive,
 7    intermediate, and tolerant AST values for brown bullhead (Ameiurus nebulosus), brook trout, lake
 8    trout, and common shiner (Luxilus cornutus)  (Table 4.2-6).
 9          Fish species richness is an important indicator of acidification response, in part because
10    the public tends to place relatively high value on fisheries resources. As discussed in the
11    previous section, lakes and streams having pH below about 5.0 or ANC below about 0 generally
12    do not support fish. There is often a positive  relationship between pH and number offish
13    species, at least for pH values between about  5.0 and 6.5, or ANC values between about 0 and
14    50 to 100 |ieq/L (Bulger et al., 1999; Cosby et al., 2006; Sullivan et al., 2006a).  Such observed
15    relationships are complicated, however, by the tendency for smaller lakes and streams, having
16    smaller watersheds, to also support fewer fish species, irrespective of acid-base chemistry.  This
17    pattern may be due to a decrease in the number of available niches as stream or lake size
18    decreases.  Nevertheless, fish species richness is relatively easily determined and is one of the
19    most useful indicators of biological effects of surface water acidification.
20          Some of the most in-depth studies of the effects of acid stress on fish species richness
21    have been  conducted in the streams Shenandoah National Park and the lakes in the Adirondack
22    Mountains. These regions are examined in detail below. However, it is important to note that
23    effects on fish species richness have also been documented in acid-sensitive streams of the
24    Catskill Mountains of southeastern New York (Stoddard and Murdoch, 1991) and the
25    Appalachian Mountains from Pennsylvania to Tennessee and  South Carolina (SAMAB, 1996;
26    Bulger etal., 1999, 2000).
27          The Shenandoah National Park Fish in Sensitive Habitats (FISH) Project evaluated the
28    effects of streamwater acidification on fish communities in streams in Shenandoah National
29    Park, Virginia (Bulger et al., 1995; Dennis et  al., 1995; Dennis and Bulger, 1995; MacAvoy
30    and Bulger, 1995).  A statistically robust relationship between stream ANC and fish species
31    richness was documented. Numbers offish species were compared among 13 Shenandoah

      December 2007                           4-57        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    National Park streams spanning a range of pH and ANC conditions. There was a highly
 2    significant (p < 0.0001) relationship between stream acid-base status (during the 7-year period of
 3    record) and fish species richness among the 13 streams. The streams with the lowest ANC
 4    hosted the fewest species (Figure 4.2-10). The 3-year FISH study of stream acidification
 5    demonstrated negative effects on fish from both chronic and episodic acidification (Bulger et al.,
 6    1999).  Bulger et al. (1999) concluded that the most important cause of the observed decline in
 7    species richness with decreasing ANC was acid stress associated with acidification. However,
 8    an additional causal factor may have been a decrease in the number of available aquatic niches
 9    when moving from downstream locations (which are seldom low in pH and ANC) to upstream
10    locations (which are often low in pH and ANC in this region;  Sullivan et al., 2003).
11           South of Shenandoah National Park, the effects of surface water acidification on fish
12    species richness have been studied in some detail in the St. Marys River in Virginia. Fish
13    species richness was closely associated with surface water acid-base chemistry. The number of
14    fish species in the  St. Marys River within the wilderness declined from  12 in 1976 to 4 in 1998.
15    Three of the four species present in 1998 (brook trout, blacknose dace, fantail darter [Etheostoma
16   flabellare] are tolerant of low pH and are typically the only fish species present in streams
17    having  similar levels of acidity in nearby Shenandoah National Park (Bulger et al., 1999).
18           Dynamic water chemistry model projections have been combined with biological dose-
19    response relationships to estimate declines in fish species richness with  acidification.  A
20    relationship derived from the Shenandoah National Park data was used by Sullivan et al. (2003),
21    along with stream  ANC values predicted by the MAGIC model to provide estimates of the
22    expected number offish species in each of the modeled streams for the past, present and future
23    chemical conditions simulated for each stream.  Results suggest that historical loss of species had
24    been greatest in the streams located on the most sensitive geological class (siliciclastic bedrock;
25    1.6 species lost), with fewer lost species on granitic bedrock and basaltic bedrock (average of
26    0.4 species lost).
27           In the Adirondack Mountains, lakewater acidification and the associated elevated
28    concentrations of inorganic Al have adversely affected fish populations and communities in
29    sensitive areas (Baker and Schofield, 1982; Johnson et al., 1987; Schofield and Driscoll, 1987;
30    Baker et al., 1990b; Siminon et al., 1993). Of the 53 fish species recorded in Adirondack lakes
      December 2007                            4-58        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
Number of Fish Species
s
8_
7 -

6_
5_

4_

2_
0_
o
A ^
'-! -^ '2 '~!
( ., 'i '1*1' "1,
-V '5,/»( -! f 'W '»;
, /"^ 1*. > AjL 1
>N. 1*™^ /**i Wh ;»*„*% ^Jt,
/ ,N A o A A /^ ,V
x x X ^ X ^ AX X
'(\ \ 1, *'\ ",\ ** *'' ff<\ *\
V /*^^ f: ' * f*\ ' .. * (r
X ^v ^ A *x ^^ ^ ^/^ ^
'"»'![ '"l ) 'l '»,t ')' '] *!'1" *!'
A ^ X A x ^ x X AX A
^p/A ;<; y.^;v | ;v, ?;
1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1
-25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 3C
                                       Average ANC (peq/L)
    Figure 4.2-10. Number of fish species as a function of mean stream ANC among 13
                  streams in Shenandoah National Park, Virginia.  Values of ANC are means
                  based on quarterly measurements, 1987-1994. The regression analysis
                  showed a highly significant relationship (p < 0.0001) between mean stream
                  ANC and number of fish species.  Streams having ANC consistently
                  < 75 ueq/L had three or fewer species.
    Source: Redrawn from Bulger et al. (1999).

1   by the Adirondack Lakes Survey Corporation, about half (26 species) were absent from lakes
2   with pH below 6.0. Among the absent species were several important recreational species
3   (Baker et al., 1990b), plus ecologically important minnows that serve as forage for sport fish.
4   Fully 346 of 1,469 lakes surveyed supported no fish at all at the time of the survey. These lakes
5   were significantly lower in pH, dissolved Ca, and ANC, and had higher concentrations of
6   inorganic Al than lakes hosting one or more species offish (Gallagher and Baker, 1990).  Among
7   lakes with fish, there was an unambiguous relationship between the number offish species and
    December 2007
4-59
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    lake pH, ranging from about one species per lake for lakes having pH less than 4.5 to about six
 2    species per lake for lakes having pH higher than 6.5 (Baker et al., 1990b; Driscoll et al., 2001a).
 3          High-elevation lakes are more likely to be fishless than larger lakes at low elevation
 4    (Gallagher and Baker, 1990). This observation has been attributed to the fact that high elevation
 5    lakes tend to have poor access for fish immigration, poor fish spawning substrate, or low pH, or
 6    they may be susceptible to periodic winter kills.  Small, high-elevation Adirondack lakes with
 7    fish also had significantly higher pH compared with fishless high-elevation lakes; acidity is
 8    likely to play an important role  in the absences offish from such lakes (Driscoll et al., 2001b).
 9          Sullivan et al. (2006a) developed a relationship between fish species richness and ANC
10    class for Adirondack lakes. Under chronically acidic conditions (summer index or annual
11    average ANC < 0 |ieq/L), Adirondack lakes are generally without fish. There was a marked
12    increase in mean species richness with increases in ANC up to values of approximately 50 to
13    100 |ieq/L (Figure 4.2-11). The asymptote for the fish species equation was 5.7 species.  This
14    analysis suggests that there could be loss offish species with decreases in ANC below
15    approximately 50 to 100 |ieq/L.
16          It is important to note that the absence offish from a given lake or stream in an area that
17    experiences surface water acidification does not necessarily  imply that acidification is
18    responsible for the absence offish. For example, results of fisheries research in the Adirondacks
19    has indicated that many Adirondack lakes always had marginal spawning habitat for brook trout
20    (Schofield, 1993). However, multivariate regression of the presence or absence of brook trout in
21    Adirondack waters produced a ranking of factors that appeared to influence the presence of
22    brook trout when biological factors were excluded from the  analysis (stocking, presence of
23    associated species, presence of  competitors). Among contributing factors, including silica (Si),
24    ANC, dissolved OC, substrate type, and distance to the nearest road, pH ranked first as a
25    predictor of brook trout presence (Christensen et al., 1990).  The results of this analysis
26    supported that 1990 levels of pH and related variables restricted the distribution offish in some
27    Adirondack lakes.
28          In summary, acidic conditions characterized by low pH, low ANC, and high inorganic Al
29    exert considerable influence on the fish species composition of sensitive surface waters,
30    particularly in the eastern United States. Low pH and ANC, and high inorganic Al
      December 2007                            4-60        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
          .£
          ._
           o
           Q.
           Cfl
           tl
           n—
           o
           1_
           o
           E
               14-

               12-

               10-
           6-

           4-

           2-

           0-

           -2-
               -4-
                -200
                                                       T
                                                            T
                     -100
100      200      300
ANC(Meq/L)
400
500
    Figure 4.2-11.  Number offish species per lake versus acidity status, expressed as ANC, for
                   Adirondack lakes.  The data are presented as mean (filled circles) and range
                   (bars) of species richness within 10 jieq/L ANC categories, based on data
                   collected by the Adirondack Lakes Survey Corporation.
    Source: Sullivan et al. (2006a).
4
5
6
concentrations, contribute to loss of the most acid-sensitive fish species. Species richness is a
common indicator used to reflect the effects of water acidification on aquatic biota.  This index is
most often applied to fish. Few or no fish species are found in lakes and streams that have low
ANC (near zero) and low pH (near 5.0). The number offish species generally increases at
higher ANC and pH values.  This relationship is complicated to some extent by the tendency of
smaller lakes and streams (which are more likely to have low ANC and pH) to host fewer fish
    December 2007
                                         4-61
           DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    species, regardless of acid-base chemistry. Nevertheless, available data suggest that acid stress is
 2    a major factor governing the observed relationship between fish species richness and surface
 3    water acidity.
 4
 5    4.2.4    Characterization of Most Sensitive and Most Affected Ecosystems
 6             and Regions
 7
 8    4.2.4.1     Characteristics of Sensitive Ecosystems
 9           The principal factor governing the sensitivity of terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems to
10    acidification from S and N deposition is geology.  Geologic formations having low base cation
11    supply generally underlie the watersheds of acid-sensitive lakes and streams.  Bedrock geology
12    has been used in numerous acidification studies (e.g., Bricker and Rice,  1989; Stauffer, 1990;
13    Stauffer and Wittchen, 1991; Vertucci and Eilers,  1993; Sullivan et al., 2007).  Other factors
14    contribute to the sensitivity of soils and surface waters to acidic deposition, including
15    topography, soil chemistry, land use, and hydrologic flowpath.
16           Several studies have confirmed the importance of geology in regulating terrestrial and
17    aquatic ecosystem sensitivity to acidification, and highlighted other key factors responsible for
18    terrestrial and aquatic sensitivity to acidic deposition throughout the southeastern United States.
19    In terrestrial ecosystems, sensitive systems often occur in high-elevation spruce-fir forests
20    dominated by relatively unreactive bedrock in which base cation production via weathering is
21    limited (Elwood et al., 1991).  Soils in such areas tend to have thick organic horizons, high
22    organic matter content in the mineral horizons, and low pH (Joslin et al., 1992).  Because of the
23    largely unreactive bedrock, base-poor litter and organic acid anions produced by the conifers,
24    high precipitation, and high leaching rates, soil base saturation in these high-elevation forests
25    tends to be below about 10% and the soil cation exchange complex is generally dominated by Al
26    (Johnson and Fernandez, 1992; Eagar et al., 1996).
27           Galloway (1996) further attributed forest soil sensitivity to acidification in the
28    southeastern United States to atmospheric deposition level, soil age, weathering rate, and
29    S adsorption capacity. Moncoulon et al. (2004) suggested that forest ecosystem sensitivity to
30    acidification varies mainly with weathering rate. In a review of 241 ecosystem types in France
31    (classified by pedologic and geologic characteristics), the ecosystems most susceptible to
      December 2007                            4-62        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    acidification were those with low weathering rates and thus limited buffering capacity
 2    (Moncoulon et al., 2004).
 3           In hardwood forests, species nutrient needs, soil conditions, and additional stressors work
 4    together to determine sensitivity to acidic deposition. Stand age and successional stage also can
 5    affect the susceptibility of hardwood forests to acidification effects.  In northeastern hardwood
 6    forests, older stands exhibit greater potential for Ca depletion in response to acidic deposition
 7    than younger stands.  Thus, with the  successional change from pin cherry (Prunuspensylvanica),
 8    striped maple (Acer pensylvaniciim\ white ash (Fraxinus americana), yellow birch and white
 9    birch (Betulapapyri/era) in younger stands to beech and red maple in older stands, there is an
10    increase in sensitivity to  acidification (Hamburg et al., 2003).
11           Land use influences watershed sensitivity to acidification mainly through land
12    disturbance and consequent exposure of S-bearing minerals to oxidation, loss of base cations
13    through erosion and timber harvesting, and change in N status of the forest through timber
14    management. Each of these types of activity can influence the relative availability of mobile
15    mineral acid anions (SC>4+, N(V) in  soil solution and base cations (Ca, Mg, K, Na) on the  soil
16    ion exchange sites and in drainage water.
17           The movement of water through the soils into a lake or stream, and the interchange
18    between drainage  water and the soils and sediments, strongly regulate the type and degree  of
19    watershed response to acidic inputs (Sullivan, 2000). Surface waters in the same setting can
20    have different sensitivities to acidification depending on the relative  contributions of near-
21    surface drainage water and deeper groundwater (Eilers et al.,  1983; Chen et al., 1984; Driscoll
22    etal., 1991).
23           In summary, lakes and streams in the United States that are sensitive to episodic and
24    chronic acidification in response to SOx, and to a lesser extent NOx, deposition tend to occur at
25    relatively high  elevation  in areas that have base-poor bedrock, high relief,  and shallow soils.  For
26    example, in the Southern Appalachian region, Sullivan et al. (2002a, 2007) determined that
27    underlying bedrock geology dominated by sandstone or related rock types and elevations greater
28    than 1000 m (3250 ft) could be used  to identify landscapes in the region most likely to contain
29    acidic streams.
30
      December 2007                            4-63        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    4.2.4.2    Extent and Distribution of Sensitive Ecosystems
 2
 3    4.2.4.2.1     Surface Waters
 4          Several regions of the United States contain appreciable numbers of lakes and streams
 5    with low ANC (less than about 50 |ieq/L), including portions of the Northeast (especially New
 6    England, the Adirondacks, and the Catskill Mountains), Southeast (the Appalachian Mountains
 7    and northern Florida), Upper Midwest, and western United States (Charles, 1991).  The
 8    Adirondack and Appalachian Mountains, and to a lesser extent the Upper Midwest, include
 9    many acidified surface waters that have been impacted by acidic deposition. Portions of
10    northern Florida also contain many acidic and low-ANC lakes and streams, although the role of
11    acidic deposition in these areas is less clear.  The western United States contains many of the
12    surface waters most susceptible to potential acidification effects, but with the exception of the
13    Los Angeles Basin and surrounding areas, the levels of acidic deposition in the West are low in
14    most areas, acidic  surface waters are rare, and the extent of chronic  surface water acidification
15    that has occurred to date has likely been very limited.
16          Several national assessments have been conducted to estimate the distribution and extent
17    of surface water acidity in the United States. During summer baseflow of 2004, the EPA
18    conducted a National Wadeable Stream Assessment (WSA) survey  of 1,392 randomly selected
19    sites across the conterminous 48 United States to assess the ecological condition of wadeable
20    streams (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2006c). Because this sampling was conducted
21    during baseflow in the summer, which exhibits the least acidic conditions of the year, only the
22    most chronically acidified streams were identified as acidic. Therefore, the extent of potential
23    seasonal acidification was underestimated by this approach (Lawrence et al., in review).
24    Overall, less than 1%  of the  1,020,000 km of stream in the target population (based on the
25    1:100,000-scale U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) map  blue line network) was acidic due to acidic
26    deposition. No acidic streams were observed in the Mountainous West, Xeric West, Upper
27    Midwest, Northern Plains, Southern Plains, or Temperate Plains ecoregions. Acidic streams
28    attributable to acidic deposition were found in the Northern Appalachians (2.8% of 96,100 km of
29    stream), and the Southern Appalachians (1.8% of 287,000 km). Very low ANC (0-25 |ieq/L)
30    streams likely exposed to episodic acidification were found in the Northern Appalachians (2.7%
31    of 96,100 km of stream), the Coastal Plain (6.3% of 119,000 km), and the Mountainous West
32    (0.6% of 204,000 km).

      December 2007                           4-64        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Even though the WSA had over 1,300 sample sites, it was still a very coarse sample of
 2   the nation's streams with respect to acidic deposition effects, which are only observed in
 3   spatially restrictive subpopulations. More precise survey estimates of the effects of surface water
 4   acidification were made in the National Surface Water Survey (NSWS) in the mid 1980s. By
 5   statistically selecting representative lakes and streams in each surveyed region, the NSWS
 6   estimated chemical conditions of 28,300 lakes and 56,000 stream reaches (Baker et al.,  1990c).
 7   The NSWS concluded that 4.2% of lakes larger than 4 ha and 2.7% of stream segments in the
 8   acid-sensitive regions of the eastern United States were acidic. The NSWS documented the
 9   status and extent of surface water acid-base chemistry during probability surveys of lakes and
10   streams conducted from 1984 through 1988 in the major acid sensitive regions of the United
11   States (Linthurst et al.,  1986a; Landers et al., 1987; Kaufmann et al., 1988).  The data collected
12   by the NSWS allowed EPA and the states to focus monitoring efforts on those areas that contain
13   the majority of anthropogenically acidified waters in the United States, and that are most likely
14   to respond to changes in deposition as a result of the 1990 Amendments to the CAA (CAAA)
15   and other air pollution control legislation.
16          The stream component of the NSWS, the National Stream Survey (NSS), was focused in
17   the northern and southern Appalachians and Coastal Plain of the eastern United States
18   (Kaufmann et al., 1991). The NSS included 500 stream reaches selected from 1:250,000 scale
19   USGS topographic maps using a systematic, randomized sample. Study reaches were sampled at
20   both the upstream and downstream end of each selected reach. Population estimates were made
21   for chemistry at both reach ends and for stream length by interpolating chemical results between
22   reach ends.
23          Overall, out of the estimated 57,000 stream reaches in the NSS, after excluding streams
24   acidic due to acid mine drainage, 6.2% of the upstream and 2.3% of the downstream reach ends
25   were acidic during spring baseflow (Kaufmann et al., 1991). After interpolation, this
26   corresponded to 2.7% of the 201,000 km of stream in the study region.  In acidic and low-ANC
27   NSS reaches, ANC usually increased with downstream distance. Acidic (ANC  <0) streams were
28   located in the highlands of the Mid-Atlantic Region (southern New York to southern Virginia,
29   2320 km),  in coastal lowlands of the Mid-Atlantic (2530 km), and in Florida (461 km).  Acidic
30   streams were rare (less than 1%) in the highlands of the Southeast and Piedmont. Inorganic
31   monomeric Al concentrations were highest in acidic streams of the Mid-Atlantic Highlands,

     December 2007                            4-65         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    where over 70% of the acidic streams had inorganic Al greater than 3.7 jiM (100 |ig/L), a
 2    concentration above which deleterious biological effects have frequently been reported.
 3          Anion composition of the NSS stream samples was examined in order to evaluate the
 4    most probable sources of stream acidity in acidic and low-ANC sites (Baker et al., 1991; Herlihy
 5    et al., 1991). Acidic streams that had minimal organic influence (organic anions constituted less
 6    than  10% of total anions), and SC>4+ and N(V concentrations indicative of evaporative
 7    concentration of atmospheric deposition, were classified as acidic due to acidic deposition.
 8    These acidic streams were located in small (<30 km2) forested watersheds in the Mid-Atlantic
 9    Highlands (an estimated 1980 km of stream length) and in the Mid-Atlantic Coastal Plain
10    (1250 km). Acidic streams affected primarily by acidic deposition but also influenced by
11    naturally occurring organic anions accounted for another 1210 km of acidic stream length and
12    were mainly located in the New Jersey Pine Barrens, plateau tops in the Mid-Atlantic and
13    Southeast Highlands,  and the Florida Panhandle. The total length of streams that were identified
14    as acidic due to acid mine drainage in the NSS (4590 km) was about the same as the total length
15    of acidic streams likely affected by acidic deposition (4455 km). Acidic streams whose acid
16    anion composition was dominated by organics were mainly located in Florida and the Mid-
17    Atlantic Coastal Plain. In Florida, most of the acidic streams were organic-dominated, whereas
18    about half of the acidic streams in the Mid-Atlantic Coastal Plain were organic-dominated.
19    Organic-dominated acidic streams were not observed in the Mid-Atlantic or Southeast
20    Highlands.
21          Stoddard et al. (2003) presented a map of acid-sensitive regions of the eastern United
22    States where lakes and streams occur that are likely to be affected by acidic deposition
23    (Figure 4.2-12).  The  map shows considerable overlap with the areas of high interest identified
24    by Baker et al. (1990c). Surface waters in most other regions of the United States are not
25    sensitive to the impacts of acidification due largely to the nature of the local geology (Stoddard
26    et al., 2003). An exception is the region surrounding the Los Angeles Basin, which receives high
27    N deposition (>20 kg N ha'1 yr"1 in some areas) and includes streams with very high NOs
28    concentrations (>50 |ieq/L).
29          In addition to the large water chemistry databases developed by the EPA that help to
30    identify the spatial distribution of acid-sensitive and acid-impacted surface waters in the United
31    States, there are also some important supplemental regional databases in New England, the

      December 2007                           4-66       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                 Acid  Sensitive Regions of the Northern and  Eastern United States
                                           j? -r--/•
                     Uppar Midwest
                                   /   ,V>    •>
    Figure 4.2-12.  Regions of the eastern United States that contain appreciable numbers of
                   lakes and streams that are sensitive to acidification from acidic deposition.
     Source: Stoddard et al. (2003).
1
2
O
4
     Adirondacks, the mid-Appalachian region, the Florida Panhandle, the Upper Midwest, and the
     Western United States.  Results from these studies are summarized below.
     New England
 5          For the New England region, results from EPA's TIME program indicate that 5.6% of the
 6   regional lake population (386 lakes) in New England exhibited ANC < 0 |ieq/L during the period
 7   1991 to 1994.  This result is similar to the Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program
 8   (EMAP) findings, which indicate that 5% of lakes in New England had ANC values less than
 9   0 jieq/L. The EMAP survey was a probability based survey representative of lakes with surface
10   area greater than 1  ha (1,812 lakes). The survey was conducted during low-flow summer
    December 2007
                                              4-67
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    conditions, and the results therefore likely reflect the highest ANC values for the year. The
 2    EMAP analysis also estimated that an additional 10% of the population had low ANC values,
 3    between 0 and 50 |ieq/L, and were probably sensitive to episodic acidification (Driscoll et al.,
 4    2001b).
 5
 6    Adirondacks
 1          A study by Driscoll et al. (2001b) used EMAP data from 1991 to 1994 to evaluate the
 8    extent of acidic lakes in the Adirondacks for that period.  Results from the survey indicate that
 9    10% of the population of Adirondack lakes were chronically acidic (ANC values of less than 0)
10    and 31% were sensitive to episodic acidification (ANC values between 0 and 50) during the
11    study period (Driscoll et al., 2001b).
12          The Adirondack Lake Survey Corporation conducted a comprehensive survey of
13    Adirondack lakes greater than 0.2 ha in surface area between  1984 and 1987 (Baker et al.,
14    1990b).  Of the 1,489 lakes surveyed, 24% had summer pH values below 5.0, 27% were
15    chronically acidic (ANC < 0) and an additional 21% were probably susceptible  to episodic
16    acidification (ANC between 0 and 50; Driscoll et al., 2007a).
17
18    Mid-Appalachian Region
19          A compilation of survey data from the mid-Appalachians yields a consistent picture of
20    the acid-base status of streams. In the subpopulation of upland forested streams, which
21    comprises about half of the total stream population in the mid-Appalachian area, data from
22    various local surveys showed that 5% to 20% of the streams were acidic, and about 25 to 50%
23    had ANC < 50 |ieq/L (Herlihy et al., 1993). NSS estimates for the whole region showed that
24    there were 2330 km of acidic streams and 7500 km of streams with ANC < 50 |ieq/L. In these
25    forested reaches, 12% of the upstream reach ends were acidic and 17% had pH  <5.5.  SC>4+ from
26    atmospheric deposition was the dominant source of acid anions in acidic mid-Appalachian
27    streams.
28          Cosby et al., (2006) provided a detailed characterization of streamwater  acid-base
29    chemistry in Shenandoah National Park, Virginia, which has been the most thoroughly studied
30    area within the mid-Appalachian Mountain region with respect to acidification from acidic
31    deposition.  Based on MAGIC model simulations and extrapolation using landscape
32    characteristics, Cosby et al. (2006) developed maps showing the distribution of streamwater

      December 2007                           4-68        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    conditions in the park for the preindustrial past, current conditions, and anticipated future
 2    conditions.
 3
 4    Florida Panhandle
 5          According to the EPA's Eastern Lakes Survey conducted in 1984, 75% of the Florida
 6    Panhandle lakes were acidic at that time, as were 26% of the lakes in the northern peninsula.
 7    Most of the acidic lakes were clear water (dissolved OC < 400 jiM) seepage lakes in which the
 8    dominant acid anions were chloride and SC>4+.  Most of the acidic and low-ANC lakes were
 9    located in the Panhandle and northcentral lake districts. Acidic streams were located in the
10    Panhandle and were mildly acidic (mean pH 5.0) and extremely dilute, with very low sea salt-
11    corrected sum of base cations (mean 21 jieq/L) and sea salt-corrected SC>4+ concentrations (mean
12    16 jieq/L). One-fourth of these acidic Panhandle streams were organic-dominated but the
13    remaining sites all had dissolved OC < 2 mg/L. Inorganic monomeric Al concentrations in these
14    acidic streams were very low (mean 11 |ig/L).  In these low dissolved OC, low ANC Panhandle
15    streams, it was suggested that the degree of SO4+ and NOs retention in soil was an important
16    control on stream water ANC (Baker et al., 1990c).
17
18    Upper Midwest
19          Based on the Eastern Lakes Survey, the Upper Midwest has a large population of lakes
20    having ANC  <200 |ieq/L, (Linthurst et al., 1986a,b); only  6% of the lakes had ANC <50 |ieq/L.
21    Groundwater recharge lakes (those having Si concentration less than 1 mg/L, indicating little
22    groundwater  input) constituted 71% of the seepage lakes in the Upper Midwest, and were more
23    frequently low in pH and ANC. Five percent were acidic and 9% had pH <5.5.  Nearly 90% of
24    Upper Midwestern lakes that had ANC <50 |ieq/L were in the groundwater recharge category
25    (Baker et al.,  1991). Such lakes tend to be susceptible to acidification from acidic deposition.
26          Acidic lakes in the Upper Midwest are primarily small, shallow, seepage lakes that have
27    low concentrations of base cations and Al and moderate SO4+ concentrations. Organic anions,
28    estimated by  both the Oliver et al. (1983) method and the anion deficit, tend to be less than half
29    the measured SO4+ concentrations in the acidic lakes (Eilers et al., 1988), but much higher in
30    many of the drainage lakes that are less sensitive to acidification from acidic deposition.
31
     December 2007                           4-69        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    West
 2          Landers et al. (1987) identified subregions in the West with acid-sensitive lakes, based on
 3    results of EPA's Western Lakes Survey. The surface water chemistry data for the West indicate
 4    that the Sierra Nevada and Cascade Mountains constitute the mountain ranges with the greatest
 5    number of sensitive lake resources.  Surface waters in this region are among the most poorly
 6    buffered surface waters in the United States (Landers et al., 1987; Melack and Stoddard, 1991).
 7    The hydrologic cycle is dominated by the annual accumulation and melting of a dilute, mildly
 8    acidic snowpack.
 9          Many Cascade and Rocky Mountain lakes are highly sensitive to potential acidic
10    deposition effects (Nelson, 1991; Turk and Spahr, 1991). It does not appear that chronic
11    acidification has occurred to any significant degree, although episodic acidification has been
12    reported for lakes in the Colorado Front Range (Williams and Tonnessen, 2000).
13          Along the eastern edge of the Continental Divide in Colorado and southeastern
14    Wyoming, Musselman et al. (1996) conducted a synoptic survey of surface water chemistry in
15    the mountainous areas that are exposed to relatively high (by western standards) deposition of N.
16    A total of 267 high-elevation lakes situated in watersheds having a high percentage of exposed
17    bedrock or glaciated landscape were selected for sampling. None of the lakes were chronically
18    acidic (ANC < 0), although several had ANC < 10 |ieq/L, and more than 10% of the lakes had
19    ANC < 50 |ieq/L.
20
21    Forest Ecosystems
22          No systematic national survey of terrestrial ecosystems in the United States has been
23    conducted to determine the extent and distribution of terrestrial ecosystem sensitivity to acidic
24    deposition.  The scarcity of information on sensitive terrestrial ecosystems is due  in part to sparse
25    soils data.  In general, forest ecosystems of the Adirondack Mountains of New York, Green
26    Mountains of Vermont, White Mountains of New Hampshire, the Allegheny Plateau of
27    Pennsylvania, and high-elevation forests in the southern Appalachians are considered to be the
28    regions most sensitive to terrestrial acidification effects from acidic deposition.
29          One national and a few regional efforts have been undertaken to characterize forest
30    sensitivity to acidic deposition using a critical loads approach. In this context, acid-sensitive
31    soils are those which contain low levels of exchangeable base cations and low base saturation.
32    On a broad national scale, McNulty et al. (2007) used a simple mass balance equation and

      December 2007                           4-70         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    available national databases to estimate forest soil critical acidic loads (for wet and dry
 2    deposition of S and N) and exceedences for forest soils. Exceedences are pollutant loads that are
 3    greater than the estimated critical load.  They found that approximately 15% of forest soils in the
 4    United States exceed the estimated critical load of wet and dry deposition of S and N by more
 5    than 250 eq ha l yr"1 (McNulty et al., 2007).  The areas where exceedences reach this level could
 6    be considered to represent those areas that are likely most sensitive to continued high levels of
 7    acidic deposition. Thus, there is not a national survey of soil sensitivity to acidification, but
 8    there are approaches available with which to identify areas likely to include sensitive soils.
 9           It should be noted that the McNulty et al. (2007) paper represents the beginning of an
10    iterative process to identify more precise critical loads for terrestrial acidity.  The authors note
11    that the actual area in exceedence of the forest soil critical acid load may be higher than the
12    mapped estimates for several reasons (McNulty et al., 2007). First, their estimated total
13    deposition did not include cloud deposition. Second, base cation deposition to near-coastal areas
14    was not corrected for marine aerosol contributions.  Third, the 1-km squared grid size of the
15    mapping resulted in averaging of soil and deposition data, which removed extreme values from
16    the analysis (McNulty et al., 2007).  The authors take care to describe their results as
17    "preliminary" and note that a more systematic analysis of model-predicted and measured forest
18    soil critical acid load exceedance is needed before this approach can be used as a tool for
19    identifying areas of potential forest health concern (McNulty et al., 2007). For these reasons,
20    and because of the significant uncertainty associated with many of the large national databases
21    used in the analysis, the appropriate use of this information is not for the actual determination of
22    critical loads at specific locations or for predictions of forest health effects, but rather for
23    increased understanding of relative differences in forest soil sensitivity at a national  scale.  In
24    general, the Northeast, the Southern Appalachians, parts of Florida and the Upper Midwest have
25    the highest proportion of soils that exceed the estimated critical acid load by at least 250 eq ha"1
26    yr"1 and could therefore be termed vulnerable. Where the exceedances are highest, forest soils
27    are likely most sensitive to continued impacts from acidic deposition.
28           Another approach to identification of sensitive forest lands is to map the distribution of
29    tree species thought be most sensitive to adverse impacts. The effects of acidic deposition are
30    particularly well documented for red spruce trees that occur in the northeastern United States and
31    southern Appalachian Mountains (Figure 4.2-5 shows the distribution). In the Northeast, red

      December 2007                             4-71         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    spruce grows at elevations from near sea level to about 4500 feet.  In the Appalachian
 2    Mountains, spruce-fir forests are generally found at relatively high elevation, for example above
 3    about 1400 m in the southern Appalachian Mountains (SAMAB, 1996). Northern hardwood
 4    forests have also been identified as forest resources experiencing air pollution impacts. Impacts
 5    are best documented for sugar maple trees which are broadly distributed across the northern
 6    hardwood forests in the northeastern United States (Figure 4.2-5 shows the distribution). The
 7    areas where sugar maple appears to be at greatest risk are along ridges and where it occurs on
 8    nutrient-poor soils.
 9
10    4.2.4.3     Levels of Deposition at Which Effects are Manifested
11          The effects of S and N deposition are manifested at a range of deposition levels,
12    depending on the inherent sensitivity of the natural resources, as described in the previous
13    sections, and the historical deposition loading. The intersection between current loading, historic
14    loading, and sensitivity defines the ecologic vulnerability to the adverse effects of acidification.
15    Few studies in the United States have defined deposition levels that are associated with effects
16    over large areas.
17          Some degree of surface water acidification, and perhaps also of soil acidification, can
18    occur at very low levels of S deposition (only a few kg ha l yr  *).  These highly sensitive soils
19    are characterized by very  low levels of exchangeable base cations  and base saturation. They
20    provide limited neutralization of acidic drainage water.
21          Effects levels for N deposition can be  established based on changes to stream and soil
22    chemistry that signal alteration of nutrient cycling, causing NOs leaching. Analyses have been
23    conducted in the northeastern United States and Europe to examine the relationships between
24    N deposition and N(V  leaching to surface waters.  The relationship between measured wet
25    deposition of N and streamwater output of N(V was evaluated by Driscoll et al. (1989) for sites
26    in North America (mostly eastern areas), and  augmented by Stoddard (1994). The resulting data
27    showed a pattern of N leaching at wet inputs greater than approximately 5.6 kg N ha"1 yr"1.
28    Aber et al. (2003)  concluded that loss of NOs to surface waters during the growing season in
29    forested watersheds often occurs above a threshold of total (wet plus dry) atmospheric
30    N deposition of about 8 to 10 kg N ha"1 yr"1.
      December 2007                            4-72        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1           The effects of N addition on forests have been shown to be wide-ranging.  Additions of
 2    25 kg N ha l yr"1 to spruce plots in Vermont (ambient bulk deposition 5.4 kg N ha l yr'1), in
 3    which net nitrification did not occur prior to treatment, triggered net nitrification in the second
 4    year of treatment (McNulty et al., 1996).  Similar results were seen in Colorado, where additions
 5    of 25 kg N ha  l yr"1 to old-growth spruce plots in Loch Vale watershed (ambient bulk deposition
 6    4 to 5 kg N ha" yr~ ) doubled N mineralization rates and stimulated nitrification. In marked
 7    contrast to these results, concentrations of N(V plus NH4+ were not detected until the seventh
 8    year in hardwood plots in Harvard Forest, Massachusetts, which received additions of 150 kg
 9    N ha l yr"1 (Magill et al., 2004). Concentrations of NOs plus NFL;+ in hardwood plots receiving
10    50 kg N ha l yr~l were not yet detectable in the 15th year of treatment.
11           Many of the changes in plant species composition, species diversity, and nitrification and
12    mineralization rates in response to atmospheric N deposition are associated with nutrient
13    N fertilization, rather than acidification. They are discussed in more detail in Section 4.3.
14
15    4.2.4.3.1    Critical Loads and Timeframes of Response
16           Critical loads one way one way to express the amount of deposition of an atmospheric
17    pollutant (a "load") or the concentration of an airborne pollutant that can be tolerated by natural
18    or  synthetic systems without significant harm or change occurring in those systems. The
19    generally accepted definition of a critical load of atmospheric pollutant deposition emerged from
20    a pair of international workshops held in the late 1980s (Nilsson, 1986; Nilsson and Grennfelt,
21    1988). The workshop participants defined a critical load as:
22                  "a quantitative estimate of an exposure to one or more pollutants below which
23                  significant harmful effects on specified sensitive elements of the environment do
24                  not occur according to present knowledge."
25           Further background information on the  concept of critical loads, how a critical load is
26    developed, spatial scale issues, and current United States and Canadian efforts is provided in
27    Section 4.1.2.
28           It is important to note that critical loads developed to date in the United States have
29    largely been at sub-regional scales or for individual sites and usually used a catchment-based
30    approach.  The definitions of adversity and harm in critical load applications are specific to the
31    resource under consideration. Therefore, there is no single "definitive" critical load for a natural
32    resource. Rather, there is a range of values, each of which is applicable to a particular sensitive

      December 2007                            4-73         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    resource element.  The chemical indicators and linkages to biological receptors articulated
 2    through the critical loads process can provide a framework for documenting ecosystem responses
 3    to changing emissions and deposition.  For example, surface water monitoring data collected
 4    from 1990 to the present provide information on the extent to which lakes and streams are
 5    responding to reductions in SC>2 emissions. This information is then used in models to estimate
 6    how ecosystems may respond in the future. The response of surface waters since the  1990s and
 7    projected future responses in terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems in sensitive regions are
 8    summarized below using many of the indicators identified through the various critical loads
 9    initiatives.
10
11    4.2.4.3.2     Chemical Response
12          As discussed in Section 4.2.1.6, surface water chemistry has responded to changes in
13    emissions and deposition of S and N over the past two to three decades.  Monitoring data
14    collected within EPA's Long-Term Monitoring (LTM) and TIME projects, as well as other
15    monitoring programs, have been key to understanding chemical responses.  See discussion of
16    major monitoring programs in Annex 3.  Surface water chemistry monitoring data generated
17    through TIME and LTM (Stoddard et al., 2003) suggest that the following important changes in
18    lake and stream chemistry have occurred over the past one to two decades in the eastern United
19    States:
20       •      SC>4+ concentration has decreased as a percentage of total ion concentration in surface
21              waters.
22       •      ANC has increased modestly in three of the five regions studied.
23       •      Dissolved OC and associated natural organic acidity increased, perhaps toward more
24              natural pre-disturbance concentrations, as surface water acidity contributed from
25              acidic deposition has decreased.
26       •      Inorganic Al concentrations appear to have decreased slightly in some sensitive
27              aquatic systems.
28    The significant decreases in SO4+ concentration which have been observed in many areas have
29    not necessarily brought large changes in the acidity of lakes and streams. For example, the
30    decline in Adirondack lakewater SC>4+ during the 1980s was charge-balanced by a nearly
31    equivalent decrease in concentrations of base cations in many of the low-ANC lakes,  and this
      December 2007                           4-74        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    limited the increase in ANC and pH that occurred in response to lower SC>4+ concentrations.
 2    Overall, improvements in lakewater acid-base chemistry since 1990 have been measurable but
 3    modest.  Similar patterns have been observed in most other regions.  There are currently no data
 4    in the United States that indicate increases in soil pH associated with recent declines in acidic
 5    deposition levels.
 6          Dynamic models have been used in certain regions to help determine whether the
 7    changes in surface water chemistry that have occurred over the past one to two decades will
 8    continue and whether they will reach levels needed to support biological recovery.  The most
 9    commonly used models are described in Annex 3, and details of these analyses are discussed
10    below. In general, model forecasts indicated that under base case conditions (those expected
11    under existing or anticipated emissions controls) surface water ANC in the southern
12    Appalachians and parts of the Adirondacks would be likely to decline in the future. Results from
13    northern New England suggest mixed responses with less sensitive areas showing continued
14    improvement. Recently mandated emissions controls under the Clean Air Interstate Rule
15    (CAIR) may modify this expectation.  In terms of soil chemistry, projected future improvements
16    in both the Adirondacks and southern Appalachian Mountains appear to be extremely slow and
17    in most cases do not reach a base saturation of 20% or more within the next 100 years.
18          In the eight-state Southern Appalachian Mountains region, Sullivan et al. (2005) modeled
19    future effects of atmospheric S and N deposition on aquatic resources.  Modeling was conducted
20    with the MAGIC model for 40 to 50 sites within each of three physiographic provinces, stratified
21    by stream water ANC class. The model runs were based on three emissions control strategies
22    (A2, Bl, and B3).  A2 is the base case that represents best estimates for air emission controls
23    under regulations for which implementation strategies were relatively certain at the time of the
24    study (about the year 2000), including the acid rain controls under Title IV of the 1990
25    Amendments to the CAA, the 1-h ozone (63) standard, NOx reductions required under EPA's
26    call for revised State Implementation Plans (SIPs), and several highway vehicle and fuel
27    reductions.  The Bl and B3 strategies assumed progressively larger emissions reductions,
28    targeted only to the eight states in the southern Appalachian Mountains region, but covering all
29    emissions sectors.
30          The results for the portion of the region south of Virginia and West Virginia suggest that
31    the percentages of streams having ANC below zero and below 20 jieq/L will actually increase

      December 2007                            4-75        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    through the year 2040 under all except the most restrictive emissions control strategies (Sullivan
 2    et al., 2005).  Most simulated changes in stream water ANC from 1995 to 2040 were rather
 3    modest, given the very large estimates of future decrease in S deposition. Few modeled streams
 4    showed projected change in ANC of more than about 20 jieq/L (Sullivan et al., 2005). Some of
 5    the largest changes were simulated for some of the streams that were most acidic in 1995.  For
 6    such streams, however, even relatively large increases in ANC would still result in stream water
 7    having negative ANC,  and therefore little biological improvements would be expected from the
 8    simulated improvement in chemistry (Sullivan et al., 2005).
 9           Similarly, Bulger et al. (2000) developed model-based projections using the MAGIC
10    model to evaluate the potential effect of reductions in total S deposition of 40% and 70% from
11    1991 levels S. Bulger et al. (2000) estimated that 1991 ambient stream chemistry was marginal
12    or unsuitable for brook trout in half of the streams in western Virginia that were considered in
13    the study.  The model projections suggest that neither the 40% nor the 70% reductions in
14    S deposition would be expected to increase the  number of streams that were suitable for brook
15    trout above the ambient 50% (Bulger et al., 2000).  In fact, the results suggest that a 70%
16    reduction in deposition would be needed in the  long term just to maintain the number of streams
17    that were considered suitable for brook trout (Bulger et al., 2000).  Because of the length of time
18    required to restore buffering capacity in watershed soils (typically more than 100 years), most of
19    the marginal  or unsuitable streams were expected to remain marginal or unsuitable for the
20    foreseeable future.
21           Sullivan et al. (2002b) used the NuCM model to evaluate potential changes in  soil
22    chemistry in response to acidic deposition in the southern Appalachian Mountains. The results
23    suggest that spruce-fir forests in the region are likely to experience  decreased Ca: Al ratios  in soil
24    solution under virtually all strategies of reduced future acidic deposition considered. This result
25    was partly because S adsorption in soils is likely to decline, even with dramatically reduced
26    S deposition. In addition,  many spruce-fir forests in the region are N-saturated, and continued
27    N deposition at moderate or high levels would be expected to contribute to elevated NOs
28    concentrations in soil water, which could further enhance base cation leaching and mobilization
29    of Al from soils to soil solution.
      December 2007                           4-76        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          In the Adirondacks, model results produced by several studies suggest that the trend of
 2    increasing lakewater ANC for the most acid-sensitive lakes might not continue in coming
 3    decades.  These results are discussed below in the Adirondack case study.
 4          In a regional application of PnET-BGC, Chen and Driscoll (2005) analyzed 60 DDRP
 5    (Direct Delayed Response Project) lake watersheds within northern New England under three
 6    future emissions reduction scenarios.  Most of the lakes had surface water ANC values greater
 7    than 50 |ieq/L in 1984 and were therefore not considered chronically acidic.  The authors
 8    reported that ANC was projected to increase under all three scenarios, with greater rates of
 9    recovery occurring with deeper emissions reductions.  Soil improvements were slow and modest
10    under all scenarios. Simulations suggested that 80% of the northern New England sites and 60%
11    of the Maine sites will have soil base saturation below 20% in 2050 (Chen and Driscoll, 2005).
12    They concluded that the decreases in SC>4+ and NOs  concentrations in surface water were
13    coupled with nearly stoichiometric decreases in base cation concentrations.  Simulated
14    improvements in ANC in response to reduced acidic deposition were minor.  Therefore, while
15    further declines in atmospheric deposition in S and N will bring some improvements, most
16    ecosystems in the study were not expected to recover to background conditions by 2050.
17          In summary, declines in 862 and NOx emissions have brought about measurable
18    improvements in streamwater chemistry in sensitive regions of the United States since  1990.
19    However, model forecasts suggest that a reversal in chemical recovery could occur under base
20    case emissions and deposition levels in many sensitive ecosystems and that further reductions
21    beyond those required by the 1990 Amendments to the Clean Air Act may be needed to prevent
22    continued adverse effects and to support biological recovery of terrestrial and aquatic
23    ecosystems.
24
25    4.2.4.3.3    Biological Response
26          Biological recovery can occur only if chemical recovery is sufficient to allow survival
27    and reproduction of acid-sensitive plants and animals.  The time required for biological recovery
28    is uncertain. For terrestrial ecosystems, it may be decades after soil chemistry is restored
29    because of the long life of many plant species and the complex interactions of soil, roots,
30    microbes, and soil biota.  For aquatic systems, research suggests that stream macroinvertebrate
      December 2007                           4-77        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    populations may recover relatively rapidly (within approximately 3 years), whereas lake
 2    populations of zooplankton recover more slowly (Gunn and Mills, 1998).
 3          There is currently no theoretical basis on which to predict the pathway and timing of
 4    biological recovery.  Biological recovery of previously acidified surface waters can lag behind
 5    chemical recovery because of such factors as (1) limits on dispersal and recolonization,
 6    (2) barriers imposed by water drainage patterns (Jackson and Harvey, 1995), (3) the influence
 7    of predation (McNicol et al., 1995), and (4) other environmental stressors (Gunn et al., 1995;
 8    Havas et al., 1995; Jackson and Harvey, 1995; McNicol et al., 1995; Yan et al., 1996a,b).  Full
 9    biological recovery may take decades from the onset of chemical recovery.  The results of
10    biological recovery research from the Sudbury region of Canada and several experimental lakes
11    is summarized below.
12          The Sudbury  region of Ontario, Canada has been important for studying both the
13    chemical and biological effects of S deposition.  Mining and smelting of copper-nickel ore began
14    in the 1880s. By the 1950s and 1960s, SC>2 emissions  from the mining and smelting operations
15    peaked at over 5,000 tons/day and extensive acidification of nearby surface waters was
16    documented (Beamish and Harvey, 1972).  Emissions  of 862 then decreased during the 1970s to
17    less than one-third of the peak values.  S emission reductions resulted in improved water quality
18    in many lakes (Keller and  Pitblado, 1986; Keller et al., 1986), and some fisheries recovery was
19    also documented (Gunn and Keller, 1990; Keller and Yan, 1991). Griffiths and Keller (1992)
20    found changes in the occurrence and abundance of benthic invertebrates that were consistent
21    with a direct effect of reduced lakewater acidity. A more recent assessment of recovery of
22    ecosystems in Canada provided further evidence of biological recovery, but also showed that the
23    spatial extent of recovery was limited to lakes that had been severely acidified by the Sudbury
24    smelter (Jeffries et al., 2003).  Research at Sudbury clearly documented that chemical recovery
25    of lakes was possible upon reduced emissions and deposition of S, and also that biological
26    recovery, involving multiple trophic levels, could follow.  Major findings of the research at
27    Sudbury and elsewhere are summarized below.
28
29    Phytoplankton
30          Studies of phytoplankton recovery from experimental acidification indicate that there is
31    an increase in phytoplankton species richness and diversity as pH increases.  In Lake 223 in the
32    Experimental Lakes area of Ontario, there was little increase in phytoplankton diversity as pH

      December 2007                            4-78        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    changed from 5.0 to 5.8 but a strong recovery of diversity at pH above 6 (Findlay and Kasian,
 2    1996). In Lake 302S, profound change began at pH 5.5; phytoplankton assemblages at pH below
 3    5.5 resembled acidified lakes.
 4
 5    Zooplankton
 6          Zooplankton recovery in response to experimental de-acidification has been reported for
 7    lakes in Ontario, Canada and Minnesota. Zooplankton recovery in experimentally acidified Lake
 8    223 as pH returned back to 6.1 was reported by Malley and Chang (1995).  Species diversity that
 9    had been reduced during the acidification phase had partially returned to pre-acidification levels.
10    Rotifers  had recovered less than crustaceans.
11          One decade after cessation of the experimental acidification of Little Rock Lake in
12    Wisconsin, recovery of the zooplankton community was complete (Frost et al., 2006).  Recovery
13    did not follow the same trajectory as the initial acidification, however, indicating a substantial
14    hysteresis in zooplankton community recovery. About 40% of the zooplankton species in the
15    lake exhibited a lag of 1 to 6 years to recover to levels that occurred in the neutral reference
16    basin.
17
18    Benthic Invertebrates
19          There has been some research conducted on the recovery of benthic invertebrate
20    communities in surface waters exhibiting chemical recovery from acidification. In Scotland,
21    Soulsby  et al. (1995) reported an increase in acid-sensitive mayflies in some streams that showed
22    recent ANC increases. However, no increases in invertebrates were observed in the most acidic
23    streams despite observed increases in ANC. They suggested that further acidic deposition
24    reductions and sufficient time for reversal of soil acidification may be required before aquatic
25    biotic recovery can occur.  The extent to  which benthic invertebrates in streams in the United
26    States may have recovered in response to any recent increases that may have occurred in stream
27    ANC and pH is not known.
28
29    Fish
30          Fish populations have recovered in acidified lakes when the pH and ANC have been
31    raised through liming or reduction of acidic deposition (Hultberg and Andersson, 1982; Beggs
32    and Gunn, 1986; Dillon et al., 1986; Keller and Pitblado, 1986; Raddum et al., 1986; Gunn et al.,
      December 2007                           4-79        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    1988; Kelso and Jeffries, 1988). The timing offish recovery is uncertain and probably depends
 2    heavily on dispersal opportunities.  Stocking could accelerate fish population recovery (Driscoll
 3    et al., 2001b). Limitations on dispersal and recolonization can hamper biological recovery from
 4    acidification.
 5          Continued periodic episodic acidification might hamper biological recovery of a lake or
 6    stream that is experiencing improvement in chronic chemistry.  If fish move into refuge areas
 7    during episodes of low pH and then return, behavioral avoidance would reduce the overall effect
 8    of episodic acidification on fish populations.  If fish move out of the stream system in response
 9    to acidic episodes, as suggested by Baker et al. (1996), and do not return or return in smaller
10    numbers, then the population level effects of episodic acidification would be greater than
11    predicted based on mortality tests alone.
12          Baker et al. (1990a) used field-based models to test the potential for biological recovery.
13    For each species considered, the current presence or absence of the species was analyzed as a
14    function of the water quality variables  associated with acidification (e.g., pH, Al, Ca, ANC, and
15    dissolved OC) using maximum likelihood logistic regression (Reckhow et al., 1987).  The results
16    from the various models were compared to their prediction of the change in the number of
17    Adirondack lakes with unsuitable acid-base chemistry, given a  50% decrease or a 30% increase
18    in S deposition relative to the existing conditions at the time of the Eastern Lakes Survey (1984).
19    Most of the models provided similar results and suggest that a 30% increase in S deposition
20    would increase the unsuitable fish habitat in Adirondack DDRP lakes by 15% to 28% for brook
21    trout, lake trout, and common shiner. A 50% decrease in S deposition was projected to increase
22    suitable habitat by 8% to 18%.
23
24    Waterfowl
25          Few studies have been conducted on the recovery of higher trophic level organisms such
26    as waterfowl.  However, breeding distribution for the common goldeneye (Bucephala clangula),
27    an insectivorous duck, may be impacted by changes in acidic deposition (Longcore and Gill,
28    1993).  Similarly, reduced prey diversity  and quantity have been observed to create feeding
29    problems for nesting pairs of loons  on low-pH lakes in the Adirondacks (Parker, 1988).
30          Logistic regression modeling with measured pH and species occurrence data for acid-
31    sensitive lakes in the Algoma region of Ontario showed that the occurrences of fish, common
32    loons, and  common mergansers were positively related to lake water pH (McNicol, 2002).

      December  2007                           4-80        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Predictions of common loon and merganser recovery for this area were made using the
 2    Waterfowl Acidification Response Modeling System (WARMS) under varying S emissions
 3    control scenarios targeted for 2010 (McNicol, 2002). The number of lakes projected to be
 4    suitable for supporting breeding pairs and broods increased with Lake PH and stricter emissions
 5    controls (McNicol, 2002).  Marginal improvements in fish-eating bird habitat were predicted to
 6    occur by 2010, with more significant improvements expected under hypothetical S emissions
 7    reductions of 50% and 75% for lakes with pH below 6.5 (McNicol, 2002). Fundamental to the
 8    predicted improvement of these fish-eating bird populations is the expected increase in food
 9    availability with lake pH recovery.
10
11    4.2.4.4    Acidification Case Study #1:  Adirondack Region of New York
12
13    4.2.4.4.1     General Description of Region
14           The Adirondack Mountains region is situated in northeastern New York State. It is
15    characterized by dense forest cover and abundant surface waters, with 46 peaks that extend up to
16    1600 m in elevation.  The Adirondack Park has long been a nationally important recreation area
17    for fishing, hiking, boating, and other outdoor activities.
18           The Adirondack region, and the southwestern Adirondacks in particular, is sensitive to
19    acidic  deposition because it receives high precipitation, has shallow base-poor soils, and is
20    underlain by igneous bedrock with low weathering rates and buffering capacity (Driscoll et al.,
21    1991;  Sullivan et al., 2006b). The Adirondack region is among the most severely acid-impacted
22    regions in North America (Landers et al., 1988; Driscoll et al., 2003b). It has long been used as
23    an indicator of the response of forest and aquatic ecosystems to United States policy on
24    atmospheric emissions of 862 and N oxides (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  1995b;
25    NAPAP,  1998; GAO, 2000).
26
27    4.2.4.4.2    Levels of Acidic Deposition
28           Current rates of wet deposition of S and N in the western Adirondacks remain among the
29    highest in the nation.  Spatial patterns in wet deposition of S and N from 1988 to 1999 were
30    developed by Ito et al. (2002), using data from 24 precipitation and 4 wet deposition monitoring
31    stations. Results from this effort suggest that wet S deposition ranged from 2.3 to  12.9 kg S ha"1
32    yr"1 and wet nitrate-N deposition rates ranged from 1.7 to 5.1 kg N ha"1 yr"1 (Ito et al., 2002)

      December 2007                            4-81        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    (Figure 4.2-13). In general, deposition rates are highest in the southwestern Adirondacks and
 2    decrease to the northeast. Rates of dry deposition are less well known, but probably constitute
 3    25% to 50% or more of total wet deposition.
 4          Deposition trends have changed with the implementation of federal and state emissions
 5    control regulations. For example, by 1990 average wet S deposition in the Adirondack region
 6    had declined by approximately 30% from its peak in the 1970s (Sullivan et al.,  1990).
 7    Deposition of S has continued to decline (Figures 4.2-14 and 4.2-15) in response to
 8    implementation of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. Until recently, wet N deposition had
 9    been fairly consistent over the previous two decades. N deposition now appears to be decreasing
10    (http://nadp.sws.uiuc.edu/).
11
12    4.2.4.4.3    Soil Retention and Leaching of Sulfur and Nitrogen
13          As discussed in Section 4.2.4.4, acidic deposition has resulted in the accumulation of S
14    and N in Adirondack soils.  Although input-output budgets for S developed in the 1980s
15    suggested that the amount of S exported was approximately equal to the S inputs from
16    atmospheric deposition, more recent studies show that watershed loss of SC>4+ now exceeds
17    atmospheric S deposition inputs (Driscoll et al., 1998).  This pattern suggests that decades of
18    atmospheric S deposition have resulted in the accumulation of S in forest soils.  With recent
19    declines in atmospheric S deposition and a possible warming-induced enhancement of S
20    mineralization from soil organic matter, previously retained S is gradually being released to
21    surface waters (Driscoll et al., 1998). This release of SC>4+ from soils could contribute to a delay
22    in the recovery of surface waters in response to SO2 emissions controls.
23          N dynamics are quite different from those of S.  Since N is a growth-limiting nutrient for
24    many forest plants, retention in forest ecosystems under low levels of air pollution is generally
25    high and N(V loss to streams is relatively low. However, recent research suggests that N has
26    accumulated in soils over time in the Adirondacks and that some forests have exhibited declining
27    retention  of N inputs. The result has been increased leaching of N(V to surface waters.  The
28    extent and degree of leaching appear to be linked to climatic variation, land-use history, and
29    vegetation type (see Section 4.2.1.3).
30
      December 2007                            4-82       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                               Annual SO4 Deposition (kg SO4/ha-yr)
                                                    6.9-10.4
                                                    10.4- 13.9
                                                    13.9-17.4
                                                    17.4-21.0
                                                   |21.0-24.5
                                                    J24.5 - 28.0
                                                    28.0-31.6
•                                                    31.6-35.1
                                                    35.1 - 38.6
                                                    Not estimated
                                                Annual N03 Deposition {kg N03/ha-yr)
                                                     7.6-9.3
                                                     9.3-10.9
                                                     10.9-12.6
                                                     12.6-14.2
                                                     14.2-15.9
                                                     15.9-17.6
                                                     17.6-19.2
                                                     19.2-20.9
                                                     20.9-22.5
                                                     Not estimated
Figure 4.2-13. Spatial patterns in predicted wet sulfate and nitrate deposition in the
              Adirondack Park during the period 1988 to 1999.
Source:  Ito et al. (2002).
December 2007
4-83
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
      £
      35
       o>
           30
           25
           20
      15
           10
             1975
                    Huntington Forest Annual Sulfur Wet Deposition
                                                                     y = -0.4233X + 860.39
                                                                             R2 = 0.6192
                   1979
1983
1987
1991
1995
1999
2003
                                                 Year
     Figure 4.2-14.  Measured wet deposition of sulfur and inorganic nitrogen at the Huntington
                    Forest NADP/NTN monitoring station.
     Source: Sullivan et al. (2006a).
 4
 5
 6
 7
 8
 9
10
11
12
13
       The leaching of both SC>4+ and NOs into drainage water has contributed to the
displacement of cations from soil, acidification of surface waters (Driscoll et al., 2001a), and the
associated chemical and biological effects discussed below.

4.2.4.4.4    Soil A cidification and Base Cation Depletion
       The hydrogen deposited atmospherically can have a direct effect on soil pH.  Net uptake
of nutrient cations by vegetation can also generate acidity within the soil, and a considerable
amount of natural organic acidity is produced in the Oa horizon through the partial
decomposition of organic matter and uptake of nutrient cations. In the only repeated soil
sampling in the United States in which the original sampling predated acidic deposition, Johnson
et al. (1994b) found significantly higher soil pH values in 1930 than in 1984 in the Oa horizon of
Adirondack soils that had an initial pH of 4.0-5.5, but no decrease in pH in soils with an initial
pH of <4.0. Johnson et al. (1994b) also documented a decrease in exchangeable Ca
     December 2007
                                         4-84
                       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
           1850
1900
1950
2000
2050
2100
                                                Year
    Figure 4.2-15.  Estimated time series of S deposition at one example watershed in the
                   southwestern Adirondack Mountains used by Sullivan et al. (2006b) as
                   input to the MAGIC model for projecting past and future changes in
                   lakewater chemistry attributable to acidic deposition. Future deposition
                   estimates were based on three emissions control scenarios (Base Case [solid
                   line], Moderate Additional Controls [dotted line], Aggressive Additional
                   Controls  [dashed line]).
    Source: Sullivan et al. (2006b).


1   concentrations in both the O (combined Oa and Oe horizons) and B horizons from 1930 to 1984.

2   The decrease in soil pH and Ca concentrations was attributed to a combination of acidic
3   deposition and changing vegetation dynamics.

4          In a regional assessment of changes in soil-exchange chemistry, Sullivan et al. (2006a)

5   found that base saturation and exchangeable Ca concentrations in the Adirondack region

6   appeared to have decreased in the B horizon between the mid  1980s and 2003 in watersheds of
7   lakes with acid-neutralizing capacity less than 200 |ieq/L.  Although this study did not involve

8   repeated sampling of the same sites, the comparison  could be made on a regional basis because
    December 2007
                   4-85
                DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   the sampling locations were selected randomly in both the mid 1980s and in 2003, and a large
 2   and similar number of sites were included in both samplings.
 3
 4   4.2.4.4.5    Effects of Acidic Deposition on Adirondack Surface Water Chemistry
 5          The Adirondack Lake Survey Corporation conducted a comprehensive survey of
 6   Adirondack lakes greater than 0.2 ha in surface area between 1984 and 1987 (Baker et al.,
 7   1990b). Of the 1,489 lakes surveyed, 24% had summer pH values below 5.0, 27% were
 8   chronically acidic (ANC < 0) and an additional 21% were probably susceptible to episodic
 9   acidification (ANC between 0 and 50; Driscoll et al., 2007a).
10          In addition to low pH and ANC, many acidic surface waters in the Adirondacks are
11   characterized by high concentrations of inorganic Al.  For example, a study of 12 subbasins in
12   the watershed of the North Branch of the Moose River by Driscoll et al. (1987b) determined that
13   the concentration of inorganic Al in lakewater was higher in lakes having pH below 6.0.
14   Recently, Lawrence et al. (2007) determined that 66% of 188 streams sampled in the western
15   Adirondack region during snowmelt in 2004 had measurable concentrations of inorganic Al, an
16   indicator of acidification by acidic deposition.
17          Historical changes in lakewater chemistry from the mid-1800s to recent times have been
18   estimated for the Adirondacks using paleolimnological techniques.  Fossil remains of diatoms
19   and chrysophytes in sediment cores have been used to reconstruct chemical histories.
20          The PIRLAI and II projects (Paleoecological Investigation of Recent Lake Acidification)
21   used the remains of diatoms preserved in lake sediments to estimate historical changes in
22   lakewater chemistry across the Adirondack region.  The PIRLA-II project focused on lakes that
23   are 4 ha or larger that represented a subpopulation of 675 Adirondack lakes. The results from
24   these analyses suggest that nearly all lakes with estimated preindustrial pH less than 6.0 had
25   acidified between 0.3 and 1.0 pH units during the 20th century. Based on an analysis of data
26   from Cumming et al. (1992) and Baker et al. (1990b), low-pH lakes were uncommon or rare in
27   the preindustrial Adirondacks; the number of lakes with pH less than 5.5 had at least doubled by
28   the mid 1980s and the number with pH less than 5.0 had increased by 5 to 10 times.
29          The PIRLA results  are generally consistent with projections from model hindcasts.
30   Sullivan et al. (2006a) modeled past changes in the  acid-base chemistry of 70 Adirondack lake
31   watersheds,  including 44 that were statistically selected to be representative of the approximately
32   1,320 Adirondack lake watersheds that have lakes larger than 1 ha and deeper than 1 m and that

     December 2007                            4-86        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    have ANC <200 |ieq/L.  Model hindcasts were constructed using both the MAGIC and PnET-
 2    BGC models.  Based on MAGIC model outputs, maximum past acidification occurred by about
 3    1980 or 1990, with a median ANC for the study population of about 61 |ieq/L (reduced from a
 4    median of 92 |ieq/L estimated for the preindustrial period). By 1990, 10% of the population
 5    target lakes had decreased in ANC to below -16 jieq/L and 25% had ANC < 28 jieq/L. The
 6    model simulations suggest that none of the target lakes were chronically acidic (had ANC
 7    < 0 |ieq/L) under preindustrial conditions, but that by 1980 there were about 204 chronically
 8    acidic Adirondack lakes.
 9          PnET-BGC model simulations generated output that was generally similar to results
10    provided by MAGIC model simulations.  Results from PnET-BGC suggest that none of the lakes
11    in the Adirondack population had preindustrial ANC below 20 |ieq/L. By 1990, there were
12    289 lakes having ANC < 20 |ieq/L and 217 chronically acidic (ANC <0 |ieq/L) lakes according
13    to PnET-BGC simulations.  There were 202 lakes in the population simulated to have had
14    preindustrial ANC below 50 |ieq/L, and this number increased 2.8 times by 1980 under the
15    PnET-BGC simulations.
16          Zhai et al. (2007) reported PnET-BGC hindcasts for the 44 EMAP lakes. They
17    report that simulated median values of pH, ANC, and soil percent base saturation were 6.63,
18    67.7 |ieq/L, and  12.3%, respectively, in 1850 compared to current measured values of 5.95,
19    27.8 |ieq/L, and 7.9%. They also calculated F factors for the PnET-BGC model projections of
20    historical  acidification. The F-factor (Henriksen, 1984; Husar et al., 1991) reflects the
21    proportion of the increase in lakewater SC>4+ plus NOs  concentration that is charge balanced by
22    an equivalent increase in base cation concentrations. The remaining proportion (1-F) is
23    attributed to increase in the potentially toxic cations, hydrogen and inorganic Al. Based on
24    PnET-BGC hindcast simulations, F-factors for the EMAP lakes ranged from 0.3 to slightly over
25    1.0, with a mean value of 0.7 (Figure 4.2-16). The F-factor increased with ambient lakewater
26    ANC.  These results are in close agreement with paleolimnological analyses reported by Sullivan
27    et al. (1990), which  showed historic F-factors ranging from about 0.5  to above 1.0.
28
29    4.2.4.4.6    Biological Effects
30          The Adirondack region has a rich aquatic biota dataset from which to examine
31    relationships among lake water chemistry and species abundance, composition, and richness. In
     December 2007                            4-87       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
       1.5
       1.0 -
    U
    CO
       0.5 -
       0.0
                                              F = -1(T5* ANC2 + 0.005*ANC + 0.52
                                                         Rz = 0.62
          -50
50
100
150
200
250
                                      ANC (|Jeq/L)
Figure 4.2-16. F-factors (ASBC/A[SO4 + NO3], where SBC is the sum of the base cation
              concentrations, with all units in jieq/L) calculated from model results for
              the period 1850 to 1980 as a function of simulated ANC in 1980 for 44
              statistically selected EMAP lakes in the Adirondack region of New York.
Source: Zhai (2007).


general, there tends to be a negative relationship in Adirondack lakes between pH, ANC, and

inorganic Al chemical variables and the diversity and abundance offish (Baker and Laflen,

1983; Baker et al., 1990c; Havens et al., 1993), phytoplankton, and zooplankton (Confer et al.,

1983; Siegfried et al., 1989).
December 2007
                   DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Through the Adirondack Lakes Survey, 1,469 lakes were sampled between 1984 and
 2    1987, representing 80% of the estimated population of Adirondack lakes larger than 1 ha in area
 3    (Whittier et al., 2002).  The goal of the survey was to characterize the biological, physical, and
 4    chemical characteristics of the lakes and evaluate the relationships between fish communities and
 5    water chemistry.  The major results were reported by Baker et al. (1990b). The key findings are
 6    summarized in the bullet list below and accompanying figures.
 7       •      Seventy-six percent of the lakes had fish; 24% (346 lakes) were fishless.
 8       •      The most common fish caught were native acid-tolerant species: brown bullhead,
 9              brook trout, and white sucker.
10       •      As pH decreases, fish diversity also decreases. The average number of fish species
11              declines from six fish species in lakes with pH higher than 6.5 to two or fewer fish
12              species in lakes with pH of 5.0 or less.
13       •      As pH decreases, the number of fishless lakes increases.  Few lakes with pH of 5.5 or
14              higher are fishless. Below pH 5.0,  approximately 75% of the lakes are fishless.
15       •      After accounting for other conditions that could explain the absence offish, such as
16              organic acidity or unsuitable habitat, 32% of the fishless lakes or 8% of all the lakes
17              sampled were considered fishless due to the inputs of mineral acids by acidic
18              deposition.
19          Researchers in the Adirondacks were among the first in the United States to demonstrate
20    that fish mortality increases during acid episodes, which are common to lakes and streams in the
21    Adirondacks during spring runoff. Driscoll  et al. (1987a) documented surface water chemistry
22    changes associated with periods of high flow.  They found that pH and ANC dropped
23    substantially during hydrological episodes and inorganic Al concentrations commonly exceeded
24    thresholds  harmful to fish. These relationships were further documented by the  Episodic
25    Response Project as shown in the example for Bald Mountain Brook in the Adirondacks
26    (Wigington et al., 1996).  Subsequent work by Van Sickle et al. (1996) and others linked these
27    chemical changes to fish mortality in small streams. They determined that blacknose dace were
28    highly sensitive to low pH and could not tolerate inorganic Al concentrations above about
29    3.7 jiM for extended periods of time. After  6 days of exposure to high inorganic Al, dace
30    mortality increased rapidly to nearly 100% (Van Sickle et al.,  1996).  Brook trout were less
31    sensitive, but still showed high mortality during many acid episodes.

      December  2007                            4-89        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Several efforts have been made to link changes in fish populations with historical
 2    changes in water chemistry associated with acidic deposition. Among the most widely cited is
 3    the work of Baker et al. (1990b; 1996).  They analyzed 988 Adirondack Lake Survey lakes for
 4    which data existed for the period before 1970 and for the 1980s. Of the 2,824 fish populations
 5    confirmed by pre-1970 surveys, 30% had apparently been lost by the 1980s (Baker et al., 1990b).
 6    An estimated 23% of the fish population losses were related to acidic deposition. This
 7    relationship was strengthened by evidence from the PIRLA projects. In the 32 lakes that had
 8    both historic fish data and paleolimnological chemical reconstructions, the lakes that had
 9    acidified the most or that were originally the most acidic were the same ones that were judged to
10    have lost fish populations (Baker et al., 1996).
11
12    4.2.4.4.7    Recent Trends in Surface Water Chemistry and Projections of Future Change
13          Several studies have been conducted to analyze trends in lake chemistry in the
14    Adirondacks.  Driscoll et al. (2003c) evaluated changes from 1982 to 2000 in 16 LTM lakes and
15    from  1992 to 2000 in an additional 48 LTM lakes that had been more recently added to the
16    monitoring program. They found that nearly all study lakes showed marked decreases in SC>4+
17    concentration over the period of record and several lakes showed declines in N(V concentration.
18    Data for one example monitoring lake are given in Figure 4.2-17. They found that 7 of the 16
19    original monitoring lakes showed a statistically significant increase in ANC (Figure 4.2-18), with
20    a mean rate of increase of 0.78 |ieq/L/yr (Driscoll et al., 2003c). Twenty-nine of the group of 48
21    lakes showed increasing ANC  trends from 1992 to 2000 with a mean rate of increase of
22    1.60 |ieq/L/yr (Driscoll et al., 2003b). The authors attributed this recent increase in ANC to
23    declines in both SC>4+ and NOs  concentrations (Driscoll et al., 2003b).
24          Despite these recent improvements in lake water chemistry in the Adirondack Long-Term
25    Monitoring lakes, 34 of the 48 lakes still had mean ANC values less than 50 |ieq/L in 2000,
26    including 10 lakes with ANC less than 0 |ieq/L. Thus, current chemistry data suggest that most
27    of these lakes exhibit chemical conditions that continue to pose a risk to aquatic biota.
28          Model proj ections of future acid-base chemistry of lakes in the Adirondack Mountains
29    under three scenarios of future atmospheric emissions controls were presented by Sullivan et al.
      December 2007                           4-90        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                 Darts lake (Adirondacks)
          .
      w
       So-
       E
      .2
      "55
       a>
       c
       OJ-r-
       ra J
      5 -5.
       3
       (9
      o
      O?
      Z O"
      < S
      X
      a
      o d
      O O)
      Q E
180
160 -
140 -
120 -
100 -
 80 -
 80 -
 60 -
 40 -
 20 -
  0
160 -
140-
120-
100-
             80-
20-
 0-
-20-
-40-
6.5-
6,0-
5.5 -
5.0-
4,5-
4.0
  6-
  4-
  2-
                  *% *
          •  •  •  %r.  T     *••  •
           •                •   •   •
                                                            '  .   ..»
                                                            -V»V.  -JH
              o-
              1/1/82  1/1/84  1/1/86 1/1/88  1/1/90  1/1/92  1/1/94  1/1/96 1/1/98  1/1/00  1/1/02
Figure 4.2-17. Time series data for sulfate, nitrate, base cations [Ca plus Mg], Gran ANC,
              pH, and dissolved organic carbon in one example Long-Term Monitoring
              Lake in the Adirondack Park. Shaded box indicates time period of analyses
              reported by Stoddard et al. (2003).
Source: Stoddard et al. (2003).
December 2007
                             4-91
                                         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
      SO4 & NO3 -I
            ANC

              H* H
             AL 4
(n)
(16)

(9)

(16)

(16)

(8)

(11)

(9)
                                                                     Min -Mean - Max
                 -5
       .4
-3
-2
-1
0
                                        Change in Lake Chemistry
                                                 (Meq/L-yr)
    Figure 4.2-18. Mean rates of change in solute concentration in 16 lakes of the Adirondack
                  Long-Term Monitoring (ALTM) program from 1982 to 2000.  Minimum,
                  mean, and maximum changes in concentrations and number of lakes
                  showing significant trends are shown. All values are in jieq/L/yr, except for
                  concentrations of inorganic monomeric aluminum (Ali), which is expressed
                  in uM/yr.
    Source: Driscoll et al. (200Ib).

1   (2006b) to evaluate the extent to which lakes might be expected to continue to increase in ANC
2   in the future.  Estimated levels of S deposition at one representative watershed are shown in
3   Figure 4.2-15 for the hindcast period and in the future under the three emissions control
4   scenarios. Model simulations for 44 statistically selected Adirondack lakes using the MAGIC
5   and PnET-BGC models were extrapolated to the regional lake population.  Cumulative
6   distribution frequencies of ANC response projected by MAGIC are shown in Figure 4.2-19 for
7   the past (1850), peak acidification period (approximately 1990), and future (2100).  Results for
8   the future are given for each of the scenarios.
    December 2007
                         4-92
                   DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
            1.0H
            0.0-
               -50
                         MAGIC Model Estimates of ANC Distribution
                           Adirondack Lakes with ANC < 200 peq/L
                                                                     1850
                                                                     1990
                                                                     2100-Aggresive
                                                                     2100-Base
                                                                     2100-Moderate
    100
    150
200
250
                                         Predicted ANC (fjeq/L)

    Figure 4.2-19. Simulated cumulative frequency distributions of lakewater ANC at three
                  points in time for the population of Adirondack lakes, based on MAGIC
                  model simulations reported by Sullivan et al., 2006.  Conditions for the year
                  2100 are presented for three emissions control scenarios: Base Case,
                  Moderate Additional Controls, and Aggressive Additional Controls.  (See
                  Figure 4.2-10.)
    Source:  Sullivan et al. (2006b).


1          Forecasting results suggested that the ongoing trend of increasing lakewater ANC for the

2   most acid-sensitive lakes would not continue under future emissions and deposition levels

3   anticipated as of 2003 (Base Case Scenario). The numbers of Adirondack lakes having ANC
    December 2007
4-93
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    below 20 and below 50 jieq/L were projected to increase between 2000 and 2100 under that
 2    scenario, and the number of chronically acidic Adirondack lakes (i.e., ANC less than 0) was
 3    projected to stabilize at the level reached in 2000. This projected partial reversal  of chemical
 4    recovery of acid-sensitive lakes was due to a continuing decline in the simulated pool of
 5    exchangeable base cations in watershed soils.  Simulations suggested that re-acidification might
 6    be prevented with further reductions in emissions and deposition.
 7          Chen and Driscoll (2004) applied the PnET-BGC model to 44 EMAP lake watersheds in
 8    the Adirondacks. The model was applied to three future emissions scenarios:  base case,
 9    moderate emissions reductions, and aggressive emissions reductions. A case study for Indian
10    Lake in the Adirondacks illustrated that larger reductions in deposition caused greater decreases
11    in SO4+ and base cation concentrations in lake water and greater recovery in pH and ANC.
12    Within the full population of lake-watersheds, some showed decreasing ANC and pH values
13    from 1990 to 2050 even under the moderate and aggressive reduction scenarios. By 2050 to
14    2100, however, nearly all lakes were simulated to experience increasing ANC and pH. The
15    modeled soil base saturation increased very slowly over the modeled time period  compared to
16    changes in surface water chemistry. For 95% of the lake-watersheds studied, simulated soil base
17    saturation remained below 20% in 2100 under all emissions scenarios.
18
19    4.2.4.4.8   Multipollutant Interaction: Biological Mercury Hotspots in the Adirondacks
20          The Adirondacks has been identified as a region at risk from the combined effects of
21    acidic deposition and Hg deposition (Driscoll et al., 2007b). The relationship between
22    atmospheric deposition of S and enhanced Hg methylation is discussed in Section 4.4.  In
23    general,  the solubility of Hg increases with increasing sulfide concentrations in anoxic waters
24    through  complexation reactions, potentially increasing the pool of Hg available for methylation
25    (Benoit et al., 2003; Driscoll et al., 2007b). Evers et al. (2007) identified a biological Hg hotspot
26    in the western Adirondacks based on Hg concentrations in yellow perch and common loons.
27    Mean yellow perch Hg concentrations in the Adirondack hotspot were 1.5 to 2.5 times higher
28    than the EPA and U.S. Food and Drug Administration's reference dose used for fish
29    consumption advisories (Evers et al., 2007). The authors hypothesized that the occurrence of the
30    biological hotspot was due in part to the combination of high Hg deposition and sensitive water
31    chemistry, such as low ANC and pH, which is associated with both natural acidity and the long-
32    term  effects of acidic deposition (Evers et al., 2007).

      December 2007                            4-94        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    4.2.4.5    Acidification Case Study #2: Shenandoah National Park, Virginia
 2           Shenandoah National Park is located along the crest of the Blue Ridge Mountains in
 3    Virginia.  Air pollution within Shenandoah National Park, including S and N deposition and Os
 4    concentration, is higher than in most other national parks in the United States. Measured wet
 5    S deposition in the park has ranged from 8 to 10 kg S ha l yfl in the early 1980s to near 6 kg
 6    S ha"1 yr"1 since 2000 (Figure 4.2-20).  Dry S deposition may be nearly as high as wet deposition
 7    (Sullivan et al., 2003). Most acidification effects in the park have been linked with S deposition.
 8           The sensitivity of streams in the park to acidification from acidic deposition is
 9    determined mainly by the types of rocks found beneath the stream and the characteristics of the
10    watershed soils that surround it.  If the underlying geology is Si-based, the soil and water in the
11    watershed generally have poor ability to neutralize acids deposited from the atmosphere. About
12    one-third of the streams in the park are located on this type of geology. Model estimates using
13    the MAGIC model suggest that such streams have typically lost most of their natural
14    ANC, largely in response to a century of industrial emissions and acidic deposition. As a
15    consequence, stream pH values in many streams are low, especially during winter and spring.
16    Prior to human-caused air pollution, most streams in Shenandoah National Park probably had pH
17    above about 6.  Many park streams currently have pH as low as about 5 (Sullivan et al.,  2003;
18    Cosby et al., 2006).
19           The effects of acidic deposition on Shenandoah National Park streams have been studied
20    for over 25 years by the Shenandoah Watershed Study, the longest-running watershed study
21    program in any of the national parks (Sullivan et al., 2003; Cosby et al., 2006; see
22    http://swas.evsc.virginia.edu).  This program has determined that the high rate of atmospheric
23    deposition of S, combined with naturally low contributions from some rock types of Ca and other
24    base cations (that serve to neutralize acidity), are the most important causes of low streamwater
25    ANC in many park streams. Some park streams can also become temporarily acidic for short
26    periods (hours to days) during rainstorms or snowmelt.
27           The acidification  of streams in the park is linked to effects that are occurring in the
28    watershed soils. Over time, the ability of soils to adsorb S, thereby effectively negating S's
29    potential to acidify water, is decreasing. In  addition, the amount of stored Ca and Mg in the soil
30    is gradually declining in response to acidic deposition.  Therefore, streams are expected to
      December 2007                            4-95        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
          12.0
      -. 10.0-
       O)
           8.0-
"w  6.0 -
8,
       o>   4.0-
           0.0
                              o
                                                   o
                                                                 o
                    I      I     )     i      I     I     I     I      I     I     I      I
             1978  1980  1982 1984 1986  1988 1990 1992  1994  1996 1998 2000  2002 2004 2006
                                                  Year
     Figure 4.2-20. Wet sulfur deposition for the period of record at the Big Meadows
                    NADP/NTN monitoring station in Shenandoah National Park.
     Source: Sullivan et al. (2003).

 1   acidify more in the future than they have so far, relative to the amount of acidic deposition
 2   received.  This prognosis is consistent with recent analysis of national lake and stream response
 3   to reductions in air pollution emissions (Stoddard et al., 2003). Unlike a number of other regions
 4   of the country, streams in the region that includes Shenandoah National Park are generally not
 5   recovering from acidification.
 6          A great deal of research has been conducted in the park on the effects of S and
 7   N deposition on soil and water acidification. This park was a major site of early research on
 8   acidification processes (cf Galloway et al., 1983). This early work provided much of the
 9   foundation for development of the MAGIC model (Cosby et al., 1985),  which has been the most
10   widely used dynamic watershed acid-base chemistry model worldwide for the past two decades.
     December 2007
                                        4-96
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Although research on many aspects of acidification effects science has been conducted in
 2    the park, it has been particularly noteworthy for studies on episodic acidification; biological
 3    effects of stream acidification; and dynamic modeling of acidification, recovery, and critical
 4    loads. Research within Shenandoah National Park on each of these topics is discussed below.
 5
 6    4.2.4.5.1     Episodic A cidification
 1          A number of studies of episodic acidification have been conducted in streams within
 8    Shenandoah National  Park. Eshleman and Hyer (2000) estimated the contribution of each major
 9    ion to observed episodic ANC depressions in Paine Run, Staunton River, and Piney River during
10    a 3-year period.  During the study, 33 discrete storm events were sampled and water chemistry
11    values were compared between antecedent baseflow and the point of minimum measured ANC
12    (near peak discharge). The relative contribution of each ion to the ANC depressions was
13    estimated using the method of Molot et al. (1989), which normalized the change in ion
14    concentration by the overall change in ANC during the episode. At the low-ANC (~0) Paine
15    Run site on siliciclastic bedrock, increases in NOs and SC>4+, and to a lesser extent organic acid
16    anions, were the primary causes of episodic acidification. Base cations tended to compensate for
17    most of the increases in acid anion concentration.  ANC declined by 3 to 21  |ieq/L (median
18    7 jieq/L) during the episodes studied.
19          At the intermediate-ANC (-60 to 120 |ieq/L) Staunton River site on granitic bedrock,
20    increases  in SC>4+ and  organic acid anions, and to  a lesser extent NOs  , were the primary causes
21    of episodic acidification.  Base cation increases compensated these changes to a large degree,
22    and ANC declined by 2 to 68 jieq/L during the episodes (median decrease in ANC was
23    21  |ieq/L).
24          At the high-ANC (-150 to 200 |ieq/L) Piney River site on basaltic (69%) and granitic
25    (31%) bedrock, base cation concentrations declined during episodes (in contrast with the other
26    two sites where base cation concentrations increased). SC>4+ and N(V usually increased. The
27    change in ANC during the episodes studied ranged from 9 to 163 |ieq/L (median 57 |ieq/L)
28    (Eshleman and Hyer,  2000). Changes in base cation  concentrations during episodes contributed
29    to the ANC of Paine Run, had little effect in Staunton River, and consumed ANC in Piney River.
30          The most acidic conditions in Shenandoah National Park streams occur during high-flow
31    periods, in conjunction with storm or snowmelt runoff. There are several different mechanisms
      December 2007                           4-97        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    of episodic acidification in operation in these streams, depending at least in part on the bedrock
 2    geology of the stream watershed.  The relative importance of the major processes that contribute
 3    to episodic acidification varies among the streams, in part as a function of bedrock geology and
 4    baseflow streamwater ANC.  S-driven acidification was an important contributor to episodic loss
 5    of ANC at all three study sites, probably because S adsorption by soils occurs to a lesser extent
 6    during high-flow periods.  This is due, at least in part, to diminished contact between drainage
 7    water and potentially adsorbing soil surfaces. Dilution of base cation concentrations during
 8    episodes was most important at the high-ANC site.
 9           Thus, episodic acidification of streams in Shenandoah National Park can be attributed to
10    a number of causes, including dilution of base cations and increased concentrations of sulfuric,
11    nitric, and  organic acids (Eshleman et al., 1995;  Hyer et al., 1995).  For streams having low pre-
12    episode ANC, episodic decreases in pH and ANC and increases in toxic Al concentrations can
13    have adverse effects on fish populations. However, not all of the causes of episodic acidification
14    are related to acidic deposition. Base-cation dilution and increase in organic acid anions during
15    high-flow conditions are natural processes.  The contribution of HNOs, indicated by increased
16    N(V concentrations, has evidently been (at least for streams in the park) related to forest
17    defoliation by the gypsy moth (Webb et al., 1995; Eshleman et al., 1998). Significant
18    contributions of H2SO4, indicated by increased SC>4+ concentrations during episodes in some
19    streams, is an effect of atmospheric deposition and the dynamics of S adsorption on soils
20    (Eshleman and Hyer, 2000).
21           A recent study by Deviney et al. (2006) used hourly ANC predictions over short time
22    periods to compute recurrence intervals of annual water-year minimum ANC values for periods
23    of 6, 24, 72, and 168 h.  They extrapolated the results to the rest of the catchments using
24    catchment  geology and topography. On the basis of the models, they concluded that large
25    number of streams in the park have 6- to 168-h periods of low ANC values, which may stress
26    resident fish populations (Deviney et al., 2006).  Specifically, on the basis of a 4-year recurrence
27    interval, approximately 23% of the land area (44% of the catchments) can be expected to have
28    conditions for 72 continuous hours that are indeterminate with respect to brook trout suitability
29    (ANC 20 to 50), episodically acidic (ANC 0 to 20), or chronically acidic (ANC less than 0).
30    Many catchments were predicted to have successive years of low-ANC values potentially
31    sufficient to extirpate some species (Deviney et al., 2006). The authors of the study reported that

      December  2007                           4-98        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    smaller catchments are more vulnerable to episodic acidification than larger catchments
 2    underlain by the same bedrock.  Catchments with similar topography and size are more
 3    vulnerable if underlain by less basaltic and carbonate bedrock.
 4
 5    4.2.4.5.2    Biological Effects of Acidification
 6          A robust relationship between acid-base status of streams and fish species richness
 7    was documented in Shenandoah National Park in the 3-year Fish in Sensitive Habitats (FISH)
 8    study (Bulger et al., 1999).  Numbers offish species were compared among 13 streams
 9    spanning a range of pH and ANC conditions. There was a highly significant (p < 0.0001)
10    relationship between stream acid-base status (during the 7-year period of record) and fish
11    species richness among the 13 streams.  The streams with the lowest ANC hosted the fewest
12    species (Figure 4.2-10). This study demonstrated biological differences in low- versus high-
13    ANC streams, including species richness, population density, condition factor, age, size, and
14    field bioassay survival. Of particular note was that both episodic and chronic mortality occurred
15    in young brook trout exposed in a low-ANC stream, but not in a high-ANC stream (MacAvoy
16    and Bulger, 1995), and that blacknose dace (Rhinichthys atratulus) in low-ANC streams were in
17    poor condition relative to blacknose dace in higher-ANC streams (Dennis et al., 1995; Dennis
18    and Bulger, 1995).
19          Bulger et al. (1999) observed a positive relationship between condition factor and pH in
20    streams in Shenandoah National Park (Figure 4.2-21).  Dennis and Bulger (1995) also found a
21    reduction in condition factor for blacknose dace in waters near pH 6.0. The four populations
22    depicted on Figure 4.2-21 with the lowest condition factor had mean habitat pH values within or
23    below the range of critical  pH values at which Baker and Christensen (1991) estimated that
24    negative population effects for blacknose dace are likely for the species.  The mean condition
25    factor offish from the study stream with the lowest ANC was about 20% lower than that of the
26    fish in best condition. Comparisons with the work of Schofield and Driscoll (1987) and Baker
27    et al. (1990b) suggest that pH values in the low-pH streams are also near or below the limit of
28    occurrence for blacknose dace populations in the Adirondack region of New York (Sullivan
29    et al., 2003).
30          MacAvoy and Bulger (1995) used multiple bioassay s  over 3 years in one of the low-ANC
31    streams as part of the FISH project to determine the effect of stream baseflow and acid episode
32    stream chemistry on the survival of brook trout eggs and fry.  Simultaneous bioassays took place

      December 2007                           4-99        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                    = 1,194x + 1.519, r  =.777
       o
       ro
       u.
       c
       O
       I
           11
          10.5
           10 -
9.5  -
  9-
           8.5 -
           7.5
                    O
              5.2    5.4     5.6    5.8
                               6     6.2    6.4     6.6    6.8

                                  mean pH
                           7.2
    Figure 4.2-21. Length-adjusted condition factor (K), a measure of body size in blacknose
                  dace (Rhinichthys atratulus) compared with mean stream pH among 11
                  populations (n = 442) in Shenandoah National Park.  Values of pH are
                  means based on quarterly measurements, 1991-94; K was measured in 1994.
                  The regression analysis showed a highly significant relationship (p < 0.0001)
                  between mean stream pH and body size, such that fish from acidified
                  streams were less robust than fish from circumneutral streams.
    Source: Bulger etal. (1999).


1   in mid- and higher-ANC reference streams. Acidic episodes, with associated low pH and

2   elevated inorganic Al concentrations and high streamwater discharge, induced rapid fish
    December 2007
                                 4-100
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    mortality in the low-ANC stream, while the test fish in the higher-ANC stream survived (Bulger
 2    etal., 1999).
 3
 4    4.2.4.5.3     Modeling of Acidification, Recovery, and Critical Loads
 5          Bulger et al. (2000) developed model-based projections using the MAGIC model to
 6    evaluate the potential effect of reductions in S deposition of 40% and 70% from 1991 levels
 7    using data from  streams in and near Shenandoah National Park.  Projections were based on four
 8    brook trout stream categories:  Suitable, ANC > 50 |ieq/L; Indeterminate, ANC 20 to 50 |ieq/L;
 9    Marginal, ANC  0 to 20 |ieq/L; and Unsuitable, ANC < 0 |ieq/L. Three scenarios of future acidic
10    deposition were modeled: constant deposition at 1991 levels, 40% reduction from 1991
11    deposition levels, and 70% reduction from  1991 deposition levels. Based on observed 1991
12    ANC values, approximately 30% of all trout streams in Virginia were marginal or unsuitable for
13    brook trout because they were either episodically (24%) or chronically (6%) acidic.  In  addition,
14    another 20% of the streams were classified as indeterminate, and brook trout in these streams
15    may or may not  have been affected. Based on the model simulations, 82% of these streams
16    would not have been acidic prior to the onset of acidic deposition and would likely have been
17    suitable for brook trout.
18          The model projections suggested that neither the 40% nor the 70% reductions in acidic
19    deposition would be expected to increase the number of streams that were suitable for brook
20    trout above the ambient 50%. In fact, the results suggested that a 70% reduction in deposition
21    would be needed in the long term just to maintain the number of streams that were considered
22    suitable for brook trout. Because of the length of time required to restore buffering capacity in
23    watershed soils,  most of the marginal or unsuitable streams were expected to remain marginal or
24    unsuitable for the foreseeable future.
25          MAGIC  model simulations for streams in Shenandoah National Park by Sullivan et al.
26    (2003) also suggested that acidic deposition would have to be decreased substantially in order to
27    improve and maintain acid-sensitive streams at levels of ANC that would be expected to protect
28    against ecological  harm.  In addition, it took a long time for these streams to acidify in the past;
29    because of complexities related to soil conditions, it will take even longer for them to recover in
30    the future. In order to protect against chronic acidity in the year 2100, with associated probable
31    lethal effects on brook trout, S deposition to the most sensitive Si-based watersheds in the park
32    will have to be kept below about 9 kg per hectare per year for the next 100 years (Sullivan et al.,

      December 2007                            4-101       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    2007a).  Prior to the industrial revolution, most streamwater in the park had ANC higher than
 2    about 50 |ieq/L. In order to promote ANC recovery to 50 |ieq/L in the future, to protect against
 3    general ecological harm, S deposition to Si-based watersheds in the park will have to be kept
 4    below about 6 kg per hectare per year.  Some watersheds will likely not recover streamwater
 5    ANC to values above 50 jieq/L over the next century even if S deposition is reduced to zero
 6    (Sullivan et al., 2007a).
 7           Simulation and mapping of watershed responses to historical changes in acidic deposition
 8    (from preindustrial to current) by Cosby et al. (2006) suggest that large areas of Shenandoah
 9    National Park have suffered deterioration of both soil and stream conditions.  The changes in soil
10    condition have been relatively modest up to the present time,  with small areas in the southern
11    district of the park moving from classification of "moderate concern" (watershed average
12    mineral  soil percent base saturation  10% to 20%; the historical baseline) to "elevated concern"
13    (average mineral soil percent base saturation 5% to 10%) as a result of leaching of base cations
14    from the soils in response to S deposition.  Simulation results indicated that deterioration in
15    stream conditions has been more severe than for soil conditions, with large areas in the southern
16    district and some smaller areas in the central and northern districts moving from "moderate
17    concern" (average stream  ANC 50 to 100 jieq/L) to "elevated concern" (average stream ANC 0
18    to 50 |ieq/L).  Neither soil nor stream conditions have shown  any improvement from 1980 to the
19    present in response to the decline in acidic deposition that has occurred over the last 25 years.
20           Simulation and mapping of watershed responses to predicted future changes in acidic
21    deposition by  (Cosby et al., 2006) were developed following EPA methods for preparation of
22    emissions inventory inputs into air quality modeling for policy analysis and rule making
23    purposes.  These alternate emissions scenarios were based on existing emission control
24    regulations and several proposed alternatives. The model output suggested that the responses of
25    soil conditions to changes in S deposition are expected to be relatively slow.  In the short term
26    (by the year 2020), neither improvement nor further deterioration is likely to be observed in soil
27    condition regardless of the future deposition scenario considered.  However, model results
28    suggested that constant deposition at 1990 levels would produce worsening soil conditions in the
29    park by the year 2100 with the development of areas of "acute concern" (average percent soil
30    base saturation below 5%) in the southern district. Although the scenarios of possible reduced
      December 2007                           4-102        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    future deposition did not produce worsening soil conditions, neither did they indicate any
 2    improvement in soil condition, even in the long term.
 3           Simulated responses of stream conditions were more rapid than those of soils. In the
 4    short term (by the year 2020), constant deposition at 1990 levels would likely produce further
 5    deterioration in stream condition. The scenarios of future deposition reductions failed to reverse
 6    the deterioration of stream condition that has occurred during the last century.  In the long term
 7    (by year 2100), the effects of the deposition reduction scenarios begin to diverge.  The moderate
 8    S deposition reduction scenario (69% reduction from 1990 values) did not produce improvement
 9    in stream chemistry relative to current conditions. The larger deposition reduction scenario
10    (75%), by contrast, produced modest improvements in stream chemistry by 2100.  However,
11    even the relatively large S deposition reductions of this scenario did not result in a simulated
12    return of stream conditions to the preindustrial state.
13           To develop projections of probable past and future responses of aquatic biota to changing
14    S deposition in Shenandoah National Park, the MAGIC model was coupled by Sullivan et al.
15    (2003) with several empirical models that linked biological response to past and future model
16    projections of water quality. Unlike MAGIC, which is a geochemical, process-based model, the
17    biological effects estimates were based on observed empirical relationships rooted in correlation
18    and expressed as linear relationships.  Correlation does not necessarily imply causality, but an
19    observed pattern of covariation between variables does provide a quantitative context for
20    extrapolation. In this case, the projections did not require extrapolation beyond the observed
21    ranges of observations, and therefore the projections were statistically robust.  To  the extent that
22    the observed empirical relationships used in the coupled models do in fact reflect the effects of
23    acid stress on aquatic biota, the projections were also biologically robust.
24           Dynamic water chemistry model projections were combined with biological dose-
25    response relationships to estimate declines in fish species richness with acidification. A
26    relationship derived from the data in Figure 4.2-10 was used by Sullivan et al.  (2003) with
27    stream ANC values predicted by the MAGIC model to provide estimates of the expected number
28    offish species in each of the modeled  streams for the past, present, and future chemical
29    conditions simulated for each stream.  The coupled geochemical and biological model
30    predictions were evaluated by comparing the predicted species richness in each of the 13 streams
31    with the observed number of species that occur in each stream.  The agreement between

      December 2007                           4-103        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    predicted and observed species numbers was good, with a root mean squared error in predicted
 2    number of species across the 13 streams of 1.2 species. The average error was 0.3 species,
 3    indicating that the coupled models were unbiased in their predictions. Model reconstructions of
 4    past species richness in the streams suggested that historical loss of species had been greatest in
 5    the streams located on the most sensitive geological class (siliciclastic).  The average number of
 6    species lost from streams on the three bedrock types examined were estimated  as 1.6 species on
 7    siliciclastic bedrock; 0.4 species on granitic bedrock; and 0.4 species on basaltic bedrock. In the
 8    case of the siliciclastic streams, the projected past changes were much larger than the average
 9    error and root mean squared error of the coupled models, suggesting that the projections were
10    reasonably robust.
11
12
13    4.3     NITROGEN NUTRIENT ADDITION
14          For convenience, N can be divided into two groups, nonreactive  (N2 gas)  and reactive
15    (Nr) N. N gas composes 80% of the total mass of the Earth's atmosphere,  but most atmospheric
16    N is not biologically available until transformed into to biologically active reduced forms of N.
17    Reactive N includes all biologically active N compounds in the Earth's atmosphere and
18    biosphere (Galloway et al., 2003). The Nr class includes inorganic reduced forms of N (e.g.,
19    NH3 and NH4+), inorganic oxidized forms (e.g., NOx, HNOs, N2O, N(V), and organic N
20    compounds (e.g., urea, amine, proteins, nucleic acids) (Galloway et al., 2003).  Assessment of
21    ecosystem effects of N deposition requires consideration of multiple forms of N,  including but
22    not limited to oxidized forms. N species that are contained in atmospheric deposition, and that
23    influence nutrient dynamics, include both multiple oxidized and reduced forms of inorganic
24    N and also C-bonded N.
25          Once in a reactive form, N is transported easily between air, water  and  soils in what is
26    known as the N cascade (See Section 4.3.1). A single N-containing molecule can have a series
27    of impacts on the environment because it can move so easily from the atmosphere, into soils and
28    onto other surfaces, into waterways, and back again.  Atmospheric deposition,  generates a series
29    of effects contributing to both acidification (see Section 4.2) and N pollution, the latter, by
30    causing inadvertent fertilization of trees and grasslands, creating unnatural growth rates, nutrient
31    imbalances, and ultimately decreasing ecosystem health and biodiversity.  Leaching out of the
32    soil, reactive N can pollute groundwater and surface water, rendering it unfit for human

      December 2007                          4-104       DRAFT-DO NOT  QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    consumption. Reactive N also promotes eutrophication in coastal ecosystems, ultimately
 2    reducing biodiversity due to a lack of oxygen needed for the survival of many species of aquatic
 3    plants and animals. The cascade is interrupted only when reactive N is stored in inaccessible
 4    places or converted back to N2 gas through denitrification. Even where denitrification occurs,
 5    not all the reactive N is always converted to unreactive N2.  Instead a portion is often converted
 6    by denitrifying bacteria to the intermediate product, nitrous oxide, which contributes to both the
 7    greenhouse effect and to  stratospheric Os depletion. The following sections begin with a
 8    discussion of the N cascade, which is the foundation from which to discuss the effects of Nr on
 9    terrestrial, transitional, and aquatic ecosystems within the United States.
10
11    4.3.1    Reactive Nitrogen and the Nitrogen Cascade
12          N is required by all organisms because it is a major constituent of both the nucleic acids
13    that determine the genetic character of all living things and the enzyme proteins that drive the
14    metabolism of every living cell (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1993b; Galloway, 1998;
15    Galloway and Cowling, 2002). N is one of the most important, and often limiting, nutrients in
16    virtually all ecosystems on earth (Vitousek and Howarth, 1991). It is mainly because of its
17    importance  as a limiting nutrient that N deposition from air pollution causes ecological problems.
18    N is typically the most important limiting nutrient for terrestrial plant growth. It is of critical
19    importance  in plant metabolism and it often governs the utilization of phosphorus (P), K, and
20    other nutrients.  In aquatic ecosystems, either N or P is typically the most important limiting
21    nutrient. N commonly limits algal production in estuaries, near-coastal marine waters, and
22    remote oligotrophic lakes.
23          An increase in global reactive N has occurred over the past century, largely due to three
24    main causes: (1) widespread cultivation of legumes, rice, and other crops that promote
25    conversion of N2 gas to organic N through biological N fixation; (2) combustion of fossil fuels,
26    which converts both atmospheric N2 and fossil N to reactive NOx; and (3) synthetic N fertilizer
27    production via the Haber-Bosch process, which converts nonreactive N2 to Nr to sustain food
28    production and some industrial activities (Galloway and Cowling, 2002; Galloway et al., 2003).
29    Food production accounts for much of the conversion from N2 to Nr,  and accounts for geographic
30    redistribution of N as food is shipped to meet population demands.
      December 2007                           4-105        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Reactive N is accumulating in the environment on local, regional, and global scales
 2    (Galloway, 1998; Galloway and Cowling, 2002; Galloway et al., 2003).  This accumulation
 3    occurs in the atmosphere, soil, and water (Galloway and Cowling, 2002), with a multitude of
 4    effects on humans and ecosystems (Galloway, 1998; Rabalais, 2002; Van Egmond et al., 2002;
 5    Townsend et al., 2003).  A single atom of new Nr can alter a wide array of biogeochemical
 6    processes and exchanges among environmental reservoirs.  The sequence of transfers,
 7    transformations, and environmental effects is referred to as the "N cascade" (Figure 4.3-1)
 8    (Galloway and Cowling, 2002; Galloway et al., 2003).
 9          The results of the N cascade and the various transformations in the N cycle can be both
10    beneficial and detrimental to humans and to ecosystems (Galloway and Cowling, 2002;
11    Galloway et al., 2003).  Among the most adverse effects of chronic N deposition are changes in
12    terrestrial plant biodiversity,  aquatic eutrophication, disruptions in nutrient cycling, increased
13    soil emissions of nitrous oxide (a potent GHG), accumulation of N compounds in the soil with
14    enhanced availability of N(V orNH4+, soil-mediated effects of acidification, and increased
15    susceptibility of plants to stress factors (Aber et al., 1989, 1998; Bobbink et al., 1998; Fenn et al.,
16    1998; Driscoll et al., 2003a). Important ecological  effects known or suspected to occur in the
17    western United States are summarized in Table 4.3-1.
18
19    4.3.2     Biogeochemical Processes and Chemical Effects Indicators
20          The following sections address the net impacts of excess reactive N on terrestrial and
21    aquatic ecosystems via nutrient enrichment pathways.  They are organized topographically,
22    starting with impacts on upland terrestrial ecosystems, followed by effects on associated
23    transitional and freshwater systems, and concluding with downstream changes to estuaries and
24    coastal marine waters.

25    4.3.2.1     Terrestrial Ecosystems
26          N saturation is a  process by which elevated  N inputs give rise to a series of changes in
27    terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. The term N-saturation refers to the condition whereby the
28    input of N to the ecosystem exceeds the requirements of terrestrial biota, and consequently an
29    elevated fraction of the incoming N leaches out of soils to surface waters. The original
30    description of N saturation by Aber et al. (1989) described four stages.  It was revised by
31    Stoddard (1994) and Aber et al. (1998) (Figure 4.3-2).  In Stage 0, N inputs are low and

      December 2007                            4-106       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                 Atmosphere
                    NOX
                LWi
           Energy production
                                    Ozone
                                    effects
                                  Participate
                                 matter effects

                                           Gree,,,,ui
                                             effects
                                                  NH3   NCK
                                                                                 ,0
                                                                                 ,0
          rr^&
                   it®**
                              Ecosyster
             Food production
               ^
             m
                  People
                ' (food; fiber)
r 4 rrnti^T^i'
"•' Agroecosystem
MLJ effects
1 Nil V
Crop Animal
N
'^organic
Soil

NO3

NO3
^•^•^^^^•i
\
Forests &
grasslands
effects
Plant


Soil



>— ^— ^^


NHX
NOY


N2O
(terrestrial)
Coastal
effects
-X^ N2°
^^~% 	 fiqiiitir)
         The
         Nitrogen
                                                      Aquatic Ecosystem
Groundwater effects
    Figure 4.3-1. Illustration of the nitrogen cascade showing the movement of the human-
                 produced reactive nitrogen (Nr) as it cycles through the various
                 environmental reservoirs in the atmosphere, terrestrial ecosystems, and
                 aquatic ecosystems.
    Source: Galloway et al. (2003).



1   there are strong N limitations on growth. Stage 1 is characterized by high N retention and a

2   fertilization effect of added N on tree growth.  Stage 2 includes the induction of nitrification and

3   some N(V leaching, though growth may still be high. In Stage 3 tree growth declines and

4   nitrification and N(V loss continue to increase, but N mineralization rates begin to decline.

5   While not all terrestrial ecosystems move through the stages of N saturation at the same rate or in

6   response to the same N loading, several experimental N addition studies and a survey
    December 2007
             4-107
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                200 -i
                150 _
                                             N Mineralization
                                                                       Foliar N •
            J2
            o>
            Of
                                                   Stage
     Figure 4.3-2. Schematic illustration of the response of temperate forest ecosystems to
                   long-term, chronic N additions. Changes from initial hypotheses of Aber
                   et al. (1989) include the reduction in N mineralization in stage 3 and the
                   addition of foliar Ca:Al and Mg:N ratios.
      Source: Aber etal. (1998).
 1   of 161 spruce-fir stands along a N deposition gradient support the basic N saturation concept
 2   from the onset of increase in net nitrification and N(V leaching loss to the eventual decline in
 3   tree growth and increase in tree mortality (Aber et al., 1998).
 4          Decades  of atmospheric deposition of N have increased the availability of NOs and
 5   NH4+ in some terrestrial ecosystems to levels where excess N availability results in net
 6   nitrification and  associated NOs  leaching in drainage water.  Substantial leaching of NOs from
 7   forest soils to streamwater can acidify downstream waters (Webb et al., 1995) and deplete soils
 8   of nutrient base cations, especially Ca and Mg (Likens et al., 1998).  The effects of N(V
 9   leaching associated with acidification are discussed in Section 4.2.1.3. N(V leaching from soils
10   may also eutrophy estuaries and marine waters (Fisher and Oppenheimer, 1991), this topic is
1 1   discussed in Section 4.3.3.4. The following section discusses the variability of N retention
12   among terrestrial ecosystems.
     December 2007
4-108
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Experimental additions of N to plots and watersheds demonstrate that rates of leaching
 2    and nitrification associated with N saturation vary among terrestrial ecosystems. Additions of
 3    N to hardwood watersheds in Maine (25 kg N ha l yr *) and West Virginia (35.5 kg N ha l yr *),
 4    which were releasing NOs  to surface waters prior to the additions, resulted in substantial
 5    increases in NOs concentrations in  soil water and stream water within the first treatment year
 6    (Kahl et al., 1993; Peterjohn et al., 1996). Additions of 25 kg N ha"1 yr"1 to spruce plots in
 7    Vermont (ambient bulk deposition 5.4 kg N ha'1 yr~l\ in which net nitrification did not occur
 8    prior to treatment, triggered net nitrification in the second year of treatment, whereas nitrification
 9    was not triggered until the third year in plots receiving 19.8 kg N ha l yr"1 (McNulty et al.,
10    1996).  Similar results were seen in two studies from Colorado. Additions of 25 kg N ha l yr"1
11    to old-growth spruce plots in Loch Vale watershed (ambient bulk deposition -4-5 kg N ha l yr !)
12    doubled N mineralization rates and stimulated nitrification, while the addition of the same
13    amount to plots receiving ambient bulk deposition of-2.0 kg N ha l yr"1 in Fraser Experimental
14    Forest elicited no microbial response but significantly increased foliar and organic soil horizon N
15    (Rueth et al., 2003).  A comparison study of old-growth spruce plots across a depositional
16    gradient in Colorado found mineralization rates to be higher where N deposition ranged from 3
17    to 5 kg N ha'1 yr"1 than where N deposition ranged from 1 to 2 kg N ha l yr"1, with measurable
18    nitrification rates at sites with the highest deposition  amounts (Rueth and Baron, 2002).  In
19    marked contrast to these results, concentrations of NOs  plus NH4+ were not detected until the
20    seventh year in hardwood plots in Harvard Forest, which received additions of 150 kg N ha l
21    yr"1 (Magill et al., 2004).  Concentrations of (MV plus NH4+) in hardwood plots receiving
22    50 kg N ha"1 yr"1 were not yet detectable in the 15th year of treatment.  The same treatments
23    were applied to red pine (Pinus resinosa) plots, which exhibited elevated concentrations of
24    (NOs  plus NFLt+) in soil water after 1 year of 150 kg N ha  l yr"1 doses, and after 5 years of 50
25    kg N ha"l yr"l doses.
26          Severe symptoms of N saturation have been observed (1) in the northern hardwood
27    watersheds at Fernow Experimental Forest near Parsons, West Virginia (Peterjohn, 1996), (2) in
28    high-elevation, nonaggrading spruce-fir ecosystems in the Appalachian Mountains (Cook, 1994),
29    (3) throughout the northeastern United States (Aber,  1989, 1998).  Mixed conifer forests and
30    chaparral watersheds with high smog exposure in the Los Angeles Air Basin also are N-saturated
      December 2007                           4-109        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    and exhibit the highest stream water NOs concentrations documented within wildlands in North
 2    America (Bytnerowicz and Fenn, 1996; Fenn et al., 1998).
 3          There are examples of N saturation in lower-elevation eastern forests, especially in West
 4    Virginia.  For example, progressive increases in streamwater NOs  and Ca concentrations were
 5    measured at the Fernow Experimental Forest in the 1970s and 1980s (Edwards and Helvey,
 6    1991; Peterjohn et al., 1996; Adams et al., 1997, 2000). This watershed has received higher
 7    N deposition (average throughfall input of 22 kg ha"1 yr"1 of N in the 1980s) than is typical for
 8    low-elevation areas of the eastern United States, however (Eagar et al., 1996), and this may help
 9    to explain the observed N saturation.
10          Rueth and Baron (2002) compared Engleman spruce (Picea englemanii) forest stands
11    east and west of the Continental Divide in Colorado. N deposition, arising mainly from
12    agricultural and urban areas of the South Platte River Basin, was moderate (3 to 5 kg N ha'1 yr !)
13    on the east slope, but only 1 to 2 kg N ha"1 yr"1 on the west slope.  East slope sites showed lower
14    soil organic horizon C:N ratio, lower foliar C:N ratio, higher potential net mineralization, and
15    higher percent N, N:Mg ratio, and N:P ratio in foliage.  These results suggested that even
16    moderate levels of N deposition input can cause measurable changes in spruce forest
17    biogeochemistry.
18          In general, it is believed that deciduous forest stands in the eastern United States have not
19    progressed toward N-saturation as rapidly or as far as coniferous stands. Deciduous forests may
20    have a greater capacity for N retention than coniferous forests. In addition, deciduous forests
21    tend to be located at lower elevation and receive lower atmospheric inputs of N. Many
22    deciduous forests have higher rates of N uptake and greater N requirement than coniferous
23    forests (Aber, 1998).
24          The varying degree of N assimilation, leaching and microbial transformation illustrated
25    by the following examples often reflect differences in N status of the treatment sites.  These
26    variations have most often been attributed to disturbance history, dating back a century or more
27    (Goodale and Aber, 2001). Sites which have undergone disturbances that cause loss of soil N,
28    such as logging, fire, and agriculture, tend to be most effective at retaining atmospheric and
29    experimental inputs of N.  N retention capability often  decreases with stand age, which suggests
30    that older forests are more susceptible than younger forests to becoming N-saturated (Hedin
      December 2007                           4-110        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    et al., 1995). Aber et al. (1998) surmised that land use history may be more important than
 2    cumulative atmospheric deposition of N in determining the N status of a forest ecosystem.
 3           The extent to which N saturation occurs across the landscape also depends, in part, on
 4    past land use and on rates of denitrification.  Land use can modify the amount of N stored in the
 5    soil and influence the extent of N uptake by growing vegetation.  Denitrification refers to the
 6    conversion of oxidized forms of reactive N (e.g., N(V and nitrite) to gaseous N that is released
 7    to the atmosphere. Through this process, denitrification removes atmospherically deposited N
 8    from terrestrial, transitional, and aquatic ecosystems, thereby limiting the extent of
 9    environmental effects associated with acidification and nutrient enrichment. Denitrification
10    occurs under anaerobic  conditions, where and when there is also sufficient NOs and OC to fuel
11    the facultative anaerobic bacteria that are responsible for denitrification. Hence, most terrestrial
12    denitrification is controlled by "hotspots" and "hot moments," which represent sporadically wet
13    places or times or anaerobic soil microsites (McClain et al.,  2003; Seitzinger et al., 2006). In
14    upland terrestrial ecosystems, the extent of N(V removal via denitrification is usually small,
15    with some of the highest rates reported from experimental studies in which 3% to  8% of the N
16    added to fertilized pine  stands at the Harvard Forest was removed via NO  emissions (Venterea
17    et al., 2003, 2004).
18
19    4.3.2.2     Transitional Ecosystems
20           N dynamics in wetland ecosystems are variable in time and with type of wetland and
21    environmental factors, especially water availability (Howarth et al., 1996). A wetland can act as
22    a source, sink, or transformer of atmospherically deposited N (Devito et al., 1989) and these
23    functions can vary with season and with hydrological conditions. Vegetation type,
24    physiography, local hydrology, and climate all play  significant roles in determining source/sink
25    N dynamics in wetlands (Devito et al.,  1989; Koerselman et al., 1993; Arheimer and Wittgren,
26    1994; Mitchell et al.,  1996).
27           Wetlands represent a convergence of conditions of N(V,  oxygen,  and C availability that
28    are favorable for denitrification. As such, wetlands  and other transitional ecosystems can
29    remove NOs  via denitrification.  This is especially true if N supply is limiting the rates of
30    denitrification in wetland soils (Hayden and Ross, 2005). Previous studies suggest that elevated
31    N inputs to wetlands will often increase the rate of denitrification (Dierberg and Brezonik, 1983;


      December 2007                           4-111        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Broderick et al., 1988; Cooper, 1990). This process increases the contribution of nitrous dioxide
 2    (a GHG) and NO (a precursor to Os) to the atmosphere, but limits NOs  levels in soils and
 3    leaching into drainage waters and the associated environmental effects.  However, increased
 4    N inputs to wetland systems would only be expected to stimulate denitrification if there is an
 5    adequate C supply (Groffman, 1994).  Although denitrification has been observed to increase
 6    with N addition, N mineralization has also been shown to increase, and this can cause an increase
 7    in wetland N export to adjacent surface water (Groffman, 1994).  Denitrification appears to be
 8    negligible in wetland environments that are typically nutrient (including N) poor, such as some
 9    bogs and fens (Morris, 1991).
10          Denitrification is also a major factor governing the loss of N from estuarine and marine
11    ecosystems. Previously, it was believed that denitrification was responsible for virtually all of
12    the transfer of Nr in the ocean to the atmosphere as N2 gas.  It now appears that anaerobic NH4+
13    oxidation (anammox) may account for up to 50% of the N2 production in the oceans (Devol,
14    2003; Ward, 2003; Dalsgaard et al., 2005; Kuypers et al., 2005).
15          Increased N loading to transitional ecosystems can affect both methane (CH4)-producing
16    and CH4-oxidizing microbial activity. The difference between the CH4 production and oxidation
17    determines the magnitude of CH4 emission from soils.  N(V can decrease  CH4 production by
18    acting as a redox buffer during organic decomposition in anaerobic sediments.  NH4+ compounds
19    are generally considered to reduce CH4 oxidation (Steudler et al., 1989;  King and Schnell, 1994;
20    Gulledge et al., 1997), but have also been observed to increase methanotropic bacterial activity
21    (Bodelier et al., 2000).
22          CH4 emissions from  saturated soils have been observed to increase  with N addition
23    (Granberg et al., 2001; Saarnio et al.,  2003; Zhang et al., 2007).  The prevailing hypothesis for
24    explaining this effect is that  increased vegetative cover increases C availability through root
25    exudates, which in turn stimulates methanogenic bacteria and CH4 emissions (Granberg et al.,
26    2001; Saarnio et al., 2003; Zhang et al., 2007).  Saarnio et al. (2003) observed moderate
27    increases in CH4 emissions from boreal wetland soils with N fertilization rates of 30 kg N ha l
28    yr"1 as NH4NO3. Comparable N application rates and effects on CH4 emissions were also
29    observed by Granberg et al.  (2001) in a similar ecosystem type.  Zhang et al. (2007) observed
30    elevated CH4 emissions from freshwater wetland soils with experimental N additions of 240 kg
31    N ha"l yfl. They postulated that additional N increased abundance ofDeyeucia cmgustifolia

      December 2007                           4-112        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    which increased CH4 emissions by supplying methanogenic bacteria with additional substrate in
 2    the form of root exudates. Other studies have shown that N addition had little or no effect on
 3    CH4 emissions across a variety of ecosystem types (Saarnio et al., 2000; Silvola et al., 2003;
 4    Ambus and Robertson, 2006).
 5          It is important to note that the N enrichment rates employed in all of the above reported
 6    studies related to N effects on soil CH4 emissions were much greater (30 to 240 kg N ha"1 yr"1)
 7    than atmospheric N inputs in most areas of the United States that are heavily impacted by
 8    elevated atmospheric N deposition. Nevertheless, an increase in CH4 emissions from wetland
 9    soils in response to N loading is important, especially because CH4 is an effective GHG
10    contributing to global warming (Saarnio et al., 2000). Changes in the C cycle in wetlands,
11    especially within the geographically extensive boreal zone, could have an important influence on
12    climate. The reason(s) for the observed difference in response are  not known.
13          The nutrient enrichment effects of N deposition are likely to be more pronounced in
14    ombrotropic bogs and nutrient-poor fens than in other kinds of wetlands. This is because these
15    kinds of wetlands have evolved under conditions of very low nutrient, including N, supply. Even
16    relatively low additions of N in atmospheric deposition can stimulate the growth of some plant
17    species at the expense of others.  Ombrotrophic bogs are hydrologically isolated from the
18    surrounding landscape and therefore receive most of their N supply from atmospheric deposition.
19    Nutrient-poor fens receive ground water inputs but they  are low in N; as a consequence,
20    atmospheric deposition constitutes a major component of the total N input. N deposition to
21    nutrient-poor wetland environments may lead to a decrease in species diversity and increased
22    risk of extinction for some of the more sensitive and rare species (Moore et al., 1989). These are
23    the most vulnerable transitional ecosystems to adverse nutrient-enrichment effects of N
24    deposition  (Krupa, 2003). The sensitivity of peatland Sphagnum species to elevated atmospheric
25    N deposition is well documented in Europe (Kooijman and Bakker, 1994;  Berendse et al., 2001;
26    Tomassen et al., 2004).
27
28    4.3.2.3    Aquatic Ecosystems
29          Anthropogenic sources of N to freshwater and coastal ecosystems are varied and include
30    atmospheric deposition, wastewater discharge, agricultural runoff,  and  urban runoff. A large
31    fraction of atmospheric N deposition is retained in most  forests.  Nevertheless, the fraction that
      December 2007                           4-113       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    does leach to streams can make a substantial contribution to total N inputs to downstream large
 2    rivers and estuaries, especially in the eastern United States.  Direct atmospheric N deposition to
 3    the estuary surface constitutes an additional important N source, especially to estuaries which
 4    have a large surface area relative to their watershed area.  N deposition effects on the nutrient
 5    dynamics of aquatic ecosystems are described by the process of eutrophication, whereby a body
 6    of water becomes over-enriched in nutrients, resulting in increased productivity (of algae or
 7    aquatic plants) and sometimes also decreased dissolved oxygen levels. The following sections
 8    discuss the biogeochemical processes associated with N loading in freshwater and estuarine
 9    ecosystems.
10
11    4.3.2.3.1     Freshwater Aquatic Ecosystems
12           A freshwater lake or stream must be N-limited in order to be sensitive to N-mediated
13    eutrophication. Although conventional wisdom holds that most lakes and streams in the United
14    States are limited by P, recent evidence illustrates examples of lakes and streams that are limited
15    by N and show symptoms of eutrophication in response to N addition.  For example, surveys of
16    lake N concentrations and trophic status along gradients of N deposition show increased
17    inorganic N concentration and productivity to be correlated with atmospheric N deposition
18    (Bergstrom and Jansson, 2006). Additional information supporting the connection between
19    N loading and eutrophication in freshwater systems is provided in Section 4.3.3.3 below.
20           The predominant chemical consequences of excess atmospheric and non-atmospheric
21    N loading to the watershed  of fresh surface waters are (1) elevated NOs concentration in surface
22    water and (2) NOs leaching downstream. As described in Section 4.2.1.6, surface water NOs
23    concentrations are elevated in some of the lakes and streams that have been impacted by acidic
24    deposition in the Northeast. A survey of 220 lakes and streams in the northeastern region
25    documented N(V concentrations ranging from less than 2 up to 42  |ieq/L, with the highest
26    median values occurring in the Adirondacks (Figure 4.3-3).
27           The relationship between measured wet deposition of N and streamwater output of N(V
28    was evaluated by Driscoll et al. (1989) for sites in North America (mostly eastern areas), and
29    augmented by Stoddard (1994). The resulting data showed a pattern of N leaching at wet inputs
30    greater than approximately  5.6 kg N ha'1 yr"1, which probably corresponds with a total
      December 2007                           4-114       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
        Mean annual NO3 " (nmol per L)
           O  0-10.5
           O  10.5-21,0
           «  21.0-31.5
           *  31.5-42.0
i_ OU

-------
 1          In the western United States, NO3 concentrations of freshwater ecosystems have been
 2    shown to increase with proximity to urban areas. Results from the Western Lake Survey (WLS)
 3    conducted by the EPA (Eilers et al., 1987), document enhanced N concentrations in high
 4    elevation lakes adjacent to and downwind of urban centers (Fenn et al., 2003 a), such as those
 5    found in the Sierra Nevada and Colorado Front Range (Figure 4.3-4). For example, NO3
 6    concentrations in streamwater during the growing season in the Sierra Nevada were reported to
 7    range from 4 to 19 |ieq/L (Fenn et al., 2003b).
 8          An interesting example from the Colorado Front Range indicates that lakes on the eastern
 9    and western slopes can experience significantly different levels of NO3 .  A survey of 44 lakes
10    east and west of the Continental Divide indicated that lakes on the western side of the
11    Continental Divide averaged 6.6 jieq/L of NO3 , whereas lakes on the eastern side of the divide
12    averaged 10.5 jieq/L of NO3 concentration. NO3  concentrations above 15 jieq/L have
13    commonly been measured in lakes on the eastern slope of the Front Range, suggesting some
14    degree of N saturation (Baron,  1992), and extreme values as high as 40 jieq/L have also been
15    reported (Campbell et al., 2000).  Williams et al. (1996b) contended that N-saturation is
16    occurring throughout high-elevation catchments  of the Colorado Front Range.  Many lakes in the
17    Colorado Front Range have chronic NO3  concentrations greater than 10  |ieq/L and
18    concentrations during snowmelt are frequently much higher, due at least in part to leaching from
19    tundra, exposed bedrock, and talus areas.
20          In the Uinta Mountains of Utah and the Bighorn Mountains  of central Wyoming, 19% of
21    the lakes included within the Western Lakes Survey had NO3  concentrations greater than
22    10 jieq/L. This suggests that N deposition in these areas may have exceeded the capability of
23    these lakes to assimilate N. It is unknown if these concentrations of NO3  represent effects from
24    anthropogenic sources or if this constituted a natural condition associated with inhibited N(V
25    assimilation in cold alpine environments.
26          In summary, elevated surface water NO3  concentrations in both the eastern and western
27    United States suggest that some areas may have experienced measurable water chemistry
28    changes in response to N inputs.  However, as described in Section  4.3.3.3, the chemical changes
29    generally are not  large enough  to cause direct biological harm to fish or other vertebrates but
30    may contribute to increased productivity and species shifts in algal communities.
31

      December 2007                           4-116       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                                                      Lake nitrate
                                                                      concentratio
                                                                      (peq per L)
                                                                        0-2
                                                                        2-6
                                                                      • 6-12
                                                                      • 12-20
                                                                      • 20-33
                                                                        Cities*
    Figure 4.3-4.  Nitrate concentrations in high-elevation lakes in western North America.
                  Stars represent cities with a population greater than 100,000.
     Source: Perm et al. (2003a).


1    4.3.2.3.2     Estuarine and Coastal Marine Ecosystems
2          Estuarine and coastal marine ecosystems experience a range of ecological problems

3    associated with nutrient enrichment. Because the productivity of estuarine and nearshore marine

4    ecosystems is generally limited by the availability of Nr, excessive contribution of Nr from

5    sources of water and air pollution can contribute to eutrophication. Some of the most important

6    environmental effects include increased algal blooms, depletion of dissolved oxygen in bottom

7    waters, and reduction in fisheries and sea grass habitats (Valiela and Costa, 1988; Valiela et al.,
    December 2007
4-117
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    1990; Boynton et al., 1995; Paerl, 1995, 1997; Howarth et al., 1996).  The general process of
 2    estuarine eutrophication is depicted in Figure 4.3-5.
           40-,
           30
           20
           10
            0
                                     Overall eutrophic condition
              No Problem /low   Moderate low    Moderate   Moderate high    High
        o
        S
                                   Key to symbols:
                                     Submerged aquatic
                                     vegetation
                                     Chlorophyll 
-------
 1    those that received the greatest N loads from all sources, including atmospheric and land-based
 2    sources (Bricker et al., 2007).
 3          Anthropogenic sources of N to estuarine and coastal ecosystems are varied and include
 4    atmospheric deposition, wastewater discharge, agricultural runoff, and urban runoff. Estimates
 5    of the relative contribution of each major source have been developed by using the Watershed
 6    Assessment Tool for Evaluating Reduction Scenarios for Nitrogen (WATERS-N) model (Castro
 7    and Driscoll, 2002).  Driscoll et al. (2003a,b) estimated the contributions of various N sources to
 8    the nutrient budgets of estuaries draining eight large watersheds in the northeastern United
 9    States.  They reported that atmospheric deposition, either through direct deposition to the estuary
10    or through watershed runoff of atmospheric deposition, was generally the second highest source
11    of N and ranged from 14 to 35% of the total (Figure 4.3-6).  These results are consistent with the
12    findings of Boyer et al. (2002) for 16 catchments from Maine to Virginia. However, Boyer et al.
13    attributed the highest N input to atmospheric deposition in part because their budgets were based
14    on the drainage area upstream of major U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) gages and therefore do
15    not generally account for wastewater inputs to larger rivers and estuaries.
16          Atmospheric  N deposition has been estimated to account for only a few percent to more
17    than 40% of total external  N loading to estuaries in North America and Europe. Valigura et al.
18    (2000) estimated that direct atmospheric deposition to the estuary surface generally constitutes at
19    least 20% of the total N load for estuaries that occupy more than 20% of their watershed.  U.S.
20    Environmental Protection Agency (1999b) estimated that between 10% and 40% of the total
21    N input to estuaries in the United States is typically derived from atmospheric deposition. NRC
22    (2000) judged that U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1999a) underestimated the
23    importance of atmospheric deposition as a contributor to the total N load.
24          One the challenges in determining the contribution of atmospheric N deposition to
25    estuaries is estimating the inputs from upstream river basins. Smith et al. (1997) applied the
26    SPAtially Referenced Regressions on Watershed Attributes (SPARROW) model to streamwater
27    chemistry data from the National Stream Quality Accounting Network in order to evaluate NOs
28    leaching in large river basins. Leaching losses of N in large river systems provide important
29    sources of N to estuaries and coastal marine waters. Smith et al. (1997) concluded that much of
30    the United States probably exports less than 5 kg N ha'1 yr"1, but that N export in watersheds of
      December 2007                           4-119       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
            en
            .£ T
If
11
Z1S
.—  (U
O) 0)
O  Q.
8-z
                       %% N in food
                       11 I Atmospheric N deposition
                          Fertilizer N
                  80 -|  I  I N in feed
                  60-
                  40-
                  20-
^H N fixation
™ WA
i if f
Northeast

1


1
                                       ^p
                                                                           Mid-Atlantic
    Figure 4.3-6.  Estimated anthropogenic nitrogen inputs to the estuaries of the northeastern
                  United States, in kg ha'1 yr"1.
     Source: Driscoll et al. (200Ib).

1    the northeastern United States is probably higher. For the watersheds that export more than
2    10 kg N ha"1 yr"1, Smith et al. (1997) concluded that fertilizer was the largest source of N (48%),
3    followed by atmospheric deposition (18%) and livestock wastes (15%).  In this analysis,
4    fertilizer used for human food production was considered to be the ultimate source of
5    N contributed to waterways through waste water treatment plants.  If the analysis of N sources to
6    estuarine water is restricted to only nonpoint sources of N,  atmospheric deposition is often
7    considered to be the largest individual source (Howarth et al.,  1996; Jaworski et al., 1997; Smith
8    et al., 1997; NRC, 2000; Howarth, 2007).
    December 2007
                                  4-120
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1           Overall, these estimates of the relative importance of atmospheric deposition, compared
 2    to non-atmospheric sources of N, typically involve many assumptions regarding dry deposition,
 3    riverine fluxes, and the relationship between human populations and wastewater inputs. Thus,
 4    such estimates entail considerable uncertainty. It is clear, however, that the relative contribution
 5    of atmospheric deposition to total N loading varies with the atmospheric N deposition level, land
 6    use, watershed and estuary areas, and hydrological and morphological estuarine characteristics.
 7    It is also clear that atmospheric deposition is generally an important contributor to the overall
 8    N load that stimulates eutrophication of estuaries in the eastern United States (Paerl et al., 2001;
 9    Boyer et al., 2002; Driscoll et al., 2003a).
10
11    4.3.3    Biological Effects
12           The major biological effects of N enrichment on biota in terrestrial ecosystems in the
13    United States are attributable to changes in productivity and competitive interactions. Addition
14    of an important plant nutrient (N) from atmospheric deposition is expected to benefit those
15    species that are best able to take advantage of the increased availability of that nutrient.  Other
16    species can experience harm, or be eliminated, because they are  out-competed by species that are
17    more successful under enhanced N availability. Effects have been most clearly documented for
18    lichens. In the San Bernardino  Mountains, California, up to 50% of lichen species that occurred
19    in the region in the early 1900s have disappeared,  with a disproportionate number of locally
20    extinct species being epiphytic  cyanolichens (Nash and Sigal,  1999; Fenn  et al., 2003a).
21
22    4.3.3.1    Terrestrial Ecosystems
23           Terrestrial ecosystem health and vigor can be evaluated using changes in rates of MV
24    leaching, and the growth and productivity of ecosystem-specific indicator  species.  Changes in
25    biodiversity are reflected in shifts in species composition and richness as well as impacts on rare
26    or threatened species.  Atmospheric inputs of N can alleviate deficiencies and increase growth of
27    some plants at the expense of others. Thus, N deposition can alter competitive relationships
28    among plant species and therefore alter species composition and diversity  (Ellenberg, 1987;
29    Kenk and Fischer, 1988; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1993b).  Wholesale shifts in
30    species composition are more probable in short-lived ecosystems such as annual grasslands or in
31    the forest understory or mycorrhizal associations than for forest trees.  These kinds of species
32    shifts and ecosystem changes can occur even if the ecosystem does not exhibit signs of

      December 2007                           4-121        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    N saturation.  Recent research on changes in species richness and composition in terrestrial
 2    ecosystems is summarized below.
 3
 4    4.3.3.1.1     Forests
 5           Over 50% of plant N is used for photosynthetic enzymes. Because N is so crucial to
 6    photosynthesis, rates of photosynthesis and net primary productivity is typically correlate with
 7    metrics of N availability such as leaf N content and net N mineralization rate (Field and Mooney,
 8    1986; Reich et al., 1997a,b;  Smith et al., 2002).  Because N availability often limits rates of net
 9    primary productivity, many  modeling analyses expect atmospherically deposited N to increase
10    growth of vegetation (e.g., Townsend et al., 1996; Holland et al., 1997; Ollinger et al., 2002).
11           In order to understand the effects of added N to forest ecosystems, it is helpful to
12    examine the results of modeling projects and experimental N additions. Experimental
13    N additions to forest ecosystems have elicited positive growth responses in some, but certainly
14    not all, organisms (Emmett, 1999; Elvir et al., 2003; DeWalle et al., 2006; Hogberg et al., 2006).
15    Forest growth enhancement, to the extent that it occurs, can potentially exacerbate  other nutrient
16    deficiencies, such as Ca, Mg, or K, thereby causing problems with forest health. Multiple long-
17    term experiments have demonstrated transient growth increases followed by increased mortality,
18    especially at higher rates of fertilization (Elvir et al., 2003; Magill et al., 2004; McNulty et al.,
19    2005; Hogberg et al., 2006).
20           Experimental N addition studies on forest ecosystems show a range of responses in terms
21    of mortality and productivity.  In general, the results from several studies suggest that moderate
22    to high additions of N lead to either no significant change in growth rates or increased growth in
23    early years followed by declines in most species. Decreased growth and increased mortality
24    have more commonly been observed in high-elevation coniferous stands than in lower elevation
25    hardwood forests, and these differences have been partially attributed to higher inputs of N at
26    higher elevation and to coniferous, as opposed to deciduous, trees (Aber et al., 1998).
27           It is expected that low to moderate levels of N deposition should result in increased forest
28    growth (Aber et al.,  1998).  However, there is little direct evidence for regional increases in
29    overall forest productivity in the United States in response to atmospheric deposition of N.
30    Evaluation of tree growth rates in five states (Minnesota, Michigan, Virginia, North Carolina,
31    and Florida) found little evidence for growth enhancement due to any factor examined, including
32    N deposition, carbon dioxide (CO2) fertilization, or climate change (Caspersen et al., 2000).

      December 2007                           4-122        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Analyses of satellite observations of canopy greenness over the last 20 years across North
 2    America suggest enhancement of net primary production in some regions, corresponding to
 3    observed changes in climate and forest management, but few such changes in the northeastern
 4    United States, where rates of N deposition are relatively high (Hicke et al., 2002).  In a broader
 5    study, Magnani et al. (2007) recently reported a strong correlation between estimated average
 6    long-term net ecosystem productivity  and estimated 1990 wet N deposition (Holland et al. 2005)
 7    for forest stands mostly in western Europe and the conterminous United States. This study
 8    provides some evidence that productivity of forests in high latitudes in the Northern Hemisphere
 9    may be stimulated by a moderate level of wet N deposition (estimated up to 9.8 kg N ha"1 yr"1).
10    However, this study did not evaluate forest stands that receive higher levels of N deposition that
11    may be showing negative symptoms of N saturation.
12          In Europe, forest biomass is accumulating, largely in response to increases in forest area
13    and improved management, but other possible mechanisms of growth enhancement cannot be
14    ruled out (Kauppi et al., 1992; Spiecker et al.,  1996).  One of the most comprehensive analyses
15    of regional forest growth trends was an analysis of tree increment cores from more than
16    31,000 plots in Norway. In this study, growth increased during the 1960s and 1970s and then
17    declined in the 1990s, especially in southern regions exposed to the highest rates of N deposition
18    (Figure 4.3-7) (Nellemann and Thomsen, 2001).
19          Conifer forests  that receive high inputs of reactive N  appear to exhibit decreases in
20    productivity and increases in mortality (Fenn et al., 1998). Multiple long-term experiments have
21    demonstrated transient growth increases  followed by increased mortality, especially at higher
22    rates of fertilization (Elvir et al.,  2003; Magill et al., 2004; McNulty et al., 2005; Hogberg et al.,
23    2006).
24          One of the longest of these fertilization studies examined a Scots pine forest in northern
25    Sweden, and found that chronic fertilization at 30 kg N ha"1 yr"1 continued to stimulate
26    stemwood production even after 30 years, whereas a higher application (90 kg N ha'1 yr~l)
27    decreased stem volume growth, and an intermediate application (60 kg N ha l yr~l) had little
28    positive or negative effect relative to the control plots (Hogberg et al., 2006). Note that the lower
29    rates of application in this study are low  by fertilization standards, but are still higher than the
30    level of atmospheric N deposition in almost all areas of the United States.
      December 2007                           4-123       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
       —  10
       I   S
       C
       0)
       2
       O
       .E
       "5
       '•v
       (a
       re
       0)
      7 -
      6 -
      5 -
      4 -
      3 -
            1940
O > 15KgN/ha/yr(n = 1183)
• 7 -15 kg N/ha/yr (n = 2389)
A < 7 kg N/ha/yr (n = 28034)
                   1950
                  1960
1970
Year
1980
1990
2000
     Figure 4.3-7.  Mean 5-y radial increment from 31,606 core samples from Picea abies during
                   the period 1945 to 1996 for three atmospheric N deposition zones (high,
                   medium, and low wet N-deposition in 1990), respectively.  Note that the
                   decline in radial increment after 1975 corresponds with the peak in
                   exceedances for critical loads for the same areas. The increase and
                   subsequent decline from 1965 to 1996 is significant (p < 0.01) using
                   Kruskal-Wallis analysis with Dunn's tests.  S.E.'s are all below 5% or
                   1-3.5 mm increment.
     Source: Nellemann and Thomsen (2001).
 4
 5
 6
 7
 8
 9
10
       At the Bear Brook, Maine, acidification study, basal area increment of sugar maple was
enhanced 13 to 104% by addition of 25 kg N ha"1 yr"1 as ammonium sulfate ((NH4)2SO4),
whereas red spruce was not significantly affected (Elvir et al., 2003). In a comparable
experiment at the Fernow Experimental Forest, WV, application of 35 kg N ha"1 yr"1 as
(NH4)2SO4 enhanced growth of black cherry and yellow poplar during the first 7 years, but led to
reduced growth of these species relative to control trees in years 9 through 12, with no change in
red maple or sweet birch (DeWalle et al., 2006). Chronic fertilization combined with drought led
to significant mortality in a 70-year old red pine stand at Harvard Forest, Massachusetts (Magill
et al., 2004). As red pine has died, striped maple, black cherry, and black birch have increased
their contributions to annual litterfall production.  At the same site, N fertilization of a 50-year-
     December 2007
                                         4-124
                                        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    old red-oak/red maple stand largely stimulated productivity, although the drought in 1995
 2    induced significant mortality in fertilized small red maple trees (Magill, 2004).
 3           In western forests, areas of chaparral and mixed conifer forests that receive very high
 4    levels of dry N deposition in southern California have experienced significant environmental
 5    change over the past several decades (Fenn et al., 1996, 2003a). In a review of acidic deposition
 6    effects on mixed conifers in California, Takemoto et al. (2001) reported that some southern
 7    California forests experience N deposition up to 45 kg N ha"lyr~l, and that increased N
 8    deposition caused increased growth of Jeffrey and ponderosa pine stands. Additionally,
 9    N fertilization has been shown to cause increased litter accumulation and C storage in above-
10    ground woody biomass, which in turn may lead to increased susceptibility to more severe fires
11    (Fenn et al., 2003a).
12           Results from a study of 46 forest plots on six sites in North Carolina and Virginia
13    dominated by American beech, sugar maple, and yellow birch suggested that N deposition is
14    associated with changes in basal area, foliar chemistry, and nitrification and mineralization rates
15    (Boggs et al., 2005).  Growth rates for the three tree species were similar at the lowest rates of
16    N deposition, and then diverged as N deposition increased,  with growth of yellow birch and
17    American beech decreasing at the high N deposition loads (Boggs et al.,  2005).  These
18    differential  growth rates have the potential to affect forest structure and biodiversity.
19           Disturbance can affect N cycling and the response of forest ecosystems to N deposition.
20    Disturbance can be human-caused (e.g., timber harvesting,  road-building, agricultural
21    development) or natural (e.g., wind storm, wildfire, drought).  The extent to which disturbance
22    influences leaching of N(V and base cations from soils to drainage  waters depends on rates of
23    primary productivity, nutrient uptake by plants and microorganisms within the terrestrial
24    ecosystem,  and hydrological pathways for transferring nutrients to drainage water.  Historical
25    land use also influences N leaching from currently forested watersheds that receive moderate to
26    high levels  of atmospheric N deposition.  The severity of effect and  length of the recovery period
27    probably vary according to the nature of the past disturbance.  Past logging and agricultural
28    cultivation appear to have considerable and long-lasting effects on nutrient cycling.
29           There is very little information  on the effect of N deposition  on the biodiversity of
30    overstory trees in the United States.  However, some effects have been documented on other
      December 2007                            4-125       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    plant communities and on understory species, lichens, mycorrhizae, and microbial diversity
 2    within forests.  See the sections below for explanations of these effects.
 3
 4    4.3.3.1.2    Grasslands
 5           Grasslands are well known to respond to increased N availability through changes in
 6    growth rates of both native and exotic species. Under high N supply, exotic grasses often out-
 7    compete other  species, and cause changes in plant community composition.  Lowe et al. (2002)
 8    tested the response of two native (blue grama and western wheatgrass) and four exotic
 9    (cheatgrass, leafy spurge, Canada thistle, and Russian knapweed) grassland species to increased
10    N availability (0, 10, 40, 70, or 100 kg N ha"1 yr"1) in a 75-day greenhouse experiment.  They
11    found that all of the grass species exhibited increased growth with increased N availability.
12    Native  species  did not consistently grow better at low N levels than the exotic species.  Two of
13    the exotic grasses exhibited the greatest increase in growth, while another of the exotics
14    exhibited the smallest increase in growth.
15           From studies of N additions in tallgrass prairie (0.1, 1, 3 mmol N addition for 80 days),
16    Lane and BassiriRad (2002) suggested that increasing N deposition levels could cause species-
17    specific growth and plant tissue quality changes, which in turn could lead to changes in
18    ecosystem dynamics and community structure.  In interior coastal grasslands at Jasper Ridge
19    Biological Preserve in California, additions of 70 kg N ha"1 yr"1 over three years led to decreased
20    forb production concomitant with increased grass productivity (Zavaleta et al., 2003).
21           In a European study involving 15 herb and 13 grass species, Falkengren-Grerup (1998)
22    found that, in general, grasses grew better than herbs in response to experimental addition of N.
23    At the highest experimental N deposition rates, growth was limited for most species by the
24    supply  of nutrients other than N.
25           Several grassland studies have demonstrated that increased N availability can lead to an
26    overall decrease in plant species richness and an increase in exotic nitrophilous grasses that
27    displace native grass and forb  species.  Change in species composition in response to
28    N deposition have been observed regardless of soil type in European grasslands. Such effects
29    have been found  in calcareous, neutral, and acidic environments, species-rich heaths, and
30    montane-subalpine grasslands (Stevens et al., 2004; Bobbink et al., 1992,  1998; Bobbink, 1998).
      December 2007                            4-126       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Wedin and Tilman (1996) conducted studies of N enrichment over a 12-year period on
 2    Minnesota grasslands and found that plots initially dominated by native warm-season grasses
 3    shifted to low-diversity mixes of species dominated by cool-season grasses at all but the lowest
 4    rates of N addition. Grasslands with high N retention and C storage rates were the most
 5    vulnerable to loss of species and major shifts in N cycling in response to experimental
 6    N enrichment.
 7          From a study of interior coastal grasslands in California, Zavaleta et al. (2003) found
 8    increased N deposition led to a decline in total species richness. After three years of N additions
 9    (70 kg N ha"1 yr"1), species diversity decreased by 5% and all three N-fixing forbs disappeared.
10          In the San Francisco Bay area of California, which receives N deposition levels of 10 to
11    15 kg N ha l yr"1, exotic nitrophilous grasses have been reported to have displaced native grass
12    species,  likely due to greater N availability from deposition and from the cessation of grazing,
13    which previously exported N out of the system (Fenn et al., 2003a).
14          Not all studies have shown an effect of N addition on species richness or diversity.  In old
15    agricultural fields in Michigan, increased N deposition changed neither the success!onal timing
16    nor the gain or loss of species numbers (Huberty et al., 1998).  A lack of response in species
17    richness may have been due to application of mid-growing season fertilization in the
18    experimental design. Huberty and colleagues (1998) suggested that N additions may change the
19    dominance structure of these  successional old-field  communities.  Other studies in Michigan also
20    indicated that successional grasslands were not N-saturated (Ambus and Robertson, 2006) and
21    showed no response to N application of 1 g N/m2/yr, equivalent to about 2.5 times ambient
22    deposition rates.
23
24    4.3.3.1.3   Arid and Semi-Arid Land Ecosystems
25          Some arid, semi-arid,  and desert ecosystems in the southwestern United States are
26    considered sensitive to N enrichment effects and receive high levels of atmospheric
27    N deposition.  However, water is generally more limiting than N in these systems.  Nevertheless,
28    enhanced N could play a role in the  observed invasion of some exotic plant species and
29    associated changes in ecosystem function, especially where water supply is adequate.
30          In semi-arid ecosystems, results from several N fertilization experiments showed (1)
31    increased biomass of nonnative plant species over native species, (2) decreased soil moisture
      December 2007                           4-127        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    under some conditions, and (3) increased fire risk where dense mats of grasses replaced shrub
 2    cover (Eliason and Allen, 1997; Yoshida and Allen, 2001).  For example, in the coastal sage
 3    shrub community of southern California, dry N deposition is above 30 kg N ha l yr"1 in some
 4    places.  Native shrub and forb seedlings  in this plant community are unable to compete with
 5    dense stands of exotic grasses, and thus are gradually replaced by the grasses, especially
 6    following disturbances such as fire (Eliason and Allen, 1997; Yoshida and Allen, 2001; Clone
 7    et al., 2002). The coastal sage shrub community in California has been declining in land area
 8    and in shrub density over about the past 60 years and is being replaced in many areas by
 9    Mediterranean annual grasses (Allen et al., 1998; Padgett and Allen, 1999; Padgett et al., 1999).
10    N deposition is considered a possible cause or contributor to this ecosystem  alteration. More
11    than 30 kg N ha'1 yr"1 of atmospheric N is deposited to this ecosystem in portions of the Los
12    Angeles Air Basin (Bytnerowicz and Fenn, 1996). Decreases in the diversity of native plants
13    paralleled increases in exotic grass biomass. Biodiversity impacts have also been documented
14    for microbial communities in coastal sage scrub ecosystems. It has been hypothesized that the
15    decline in coastal sage shrub species could be linked to the decline of the arbuscular mycorrhizal
16    community (Egerton-Warburton and Allen, 2000). Refer to Section 4.3.3.1.6 for more on
17    mycorrhizae.
18           Similar responses to N fertilization have been reported in other arid land ecosystems.
19    Fertilization experiments in the Mojave Desert showed that increased levels of N deposition
20    could favor the establishment of nonnative species where the nonnatives are already prevalent
21    (Brooks, 2003).  At application rates of 32 kg N ha l yfl over two years, biomass of nonnative
22    plants increased 54%, while native species biomass declined by about 39%.  A fertilization
23    experiment in the Chihuahuan Desert, with inputs of 100 kg N ha"1 yr"1 over about a decade,
24    resulted in a 30% increase in cover of warm season grasses and a 52% reduction in cover of
25    legumes (Baez et al., 2007).  The effect on legumes may be attributable to the fact that legumes,
26    which are N fixers,  often compete better under low N supply.
27           Another fertilization experiment in an arid grassland on the Colorado Plateau
28    demonstrated a large difference in the response of native and nonnative plants.  The increased
29    N application hastened the onset of water stress and a nonnative species, Russian thistle (Salsola
30    iberica), showed a rapid growth response to the highest fertilization rate in the first summer,
31    when rainfall was above average. In Joshua Tree National Park, California,  which receives

      December 2007                           4-128       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    moderate levels of air pollution from the Los Angeles Basin, N fertilizer was applied at levels of
 2    5 and 30 kg N ha l yr"1 at four sites over a two-year period.  Nonnative grass biomass increased
 3    significantly at three of four treatment sites that received 30 kg N ha l yr"1, but not at the sites
 4    that received 5  kg N ha"1 yr"1 (Allen et al., 2007).
 5          Vegetative changes stimulated by nutrient enrichment from N deposition may affect the
 6    frequency and severity of subsequent disturbance.  Several lines of evidence suggest that
 7    N deposition may be contributing to greater fuel loads, thus altering the fire cycle in a variety of
 8    ecosystem types.  Invasive grasses, which can be favored by high N deposition, promote a rapid
 9    fire cycle in many locations (Fenn et al., 2003a).
10          In summary, N fertilization experiments in arid and semi-arid plant communities have
11    shown that changes in plant biomass associated with increased N deposition tend to alter species
12    composition, with negative impacts on biodiversity.  Such plant community changes resulting
13    from experimental fertilization have been reported in the Chihuahuan Desert, Colorado Plateau,
14    Mojave Desert, and Joshua Tree National Park in California.
15
16    4.3.3.1.4     Herbaceous Plants and Shrubs
17          The negative effects of increasing N deposition on herbaceous plants was reviewed by
18    Gilliam (2006). Reported effects  include (a) species shifts towards nitrophilous and more acid-
19    tolerant plant species along a deposition gradient from 6 to 20 kg N ha"1 yr"1 in Swedish oak
20    forests; (b) a decline in abundance and cover of ericaceous shrubs along a deposition gradient
21    from <3 to >12 kg N ha'1 yr"1 in the boreal forest in Sweden; and (c) a decline in herbaceous
22    cover under hardwoods following 3 years of N additions applied as (NFL^SC^ at rates ranging
23    from 14 to 28 kg N ha"1 yr"1. The decline in herbaceous cover in the latter study was attributed
24    to increased shading by ferns, and the  effect was more pronounced at sites that experienced
25    lower ambient  atmospheric N inputs.
26          Mixed results have been reported in other studies.  Research at Fernow Experimental
27    Forest, West Virginia, indicated that application of 35 kg N ha l yr"1 applied as (NFL^SC^ for
28    6 years had no  significant impact on the herbaceous layer in an Appalachian hardwood forest
29    (Gilliam et al.,  2006). Fernow has been the recipient of high levels of N deposition for decades,
30    raising the possibility that the herbaceous layer responded long ago to changes in N availability.
      December 2007                           4-129        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Brunet et al. (1998) and Falkengren-Grerup (1998) reported the effects of excessive
 2    N deposition on mixed-oak forest vegetation along a deposit!onal gradient. Results of this study
 3    suggest that N deposition had affected nonwoody vegetation directly by increased N availability
 4    and, indirectly, by accelerating soil acidity. Time series studies indicated that 20 of the 30
 5    nonwoody plant species that were associated most closely with high N deposition had increased
 6    in abundance in those areas in Europe that received high N deposition.
 7
 8    4.3.3.1.5    Lichens
 9          Lichens are frequently used as indicators of air pollution and atmospheric deposition
10    levels. In addition to being good subjects for biomonitoring, they constitute important
11    components of the forest ecosystem by contributing to biodiversity, regulating nutrient and
12    hydrological cycles,  and providing habitat elements for wildlife (McCune  and Geiser, 1997).
13          Epiphytic macro lichens (those that grow attached to trees or other plants) exhibit
14    different sensitivities to atmospheric pollutants, with some species being adversely impacted at
15    air pollution levels that may not be considered high relative  to other sensitive receptors.
16    Particularly sensitive genera include Alectoria, Bryoria, Ramalina, Lobaria, Pseudocyphellaria,
17    Nephroma, and Usnea (McCune and Geiser, 1997; Blett et al., 2003).
18          Lichens that include a cyanobacterium as the photobiont are adversely affected by
19    N deposition as well as acidity. In contrast, those that include a green algal photobiont tend to be
20    only sensitive to acidity. The decline of lichens containing cyanobacteria in parts of northern
21    Europe has been associated with N deposition in the range of 5 to 10 kg N ha'1 yr"1 (Bobbink
22    et al., 1998). In fact, epiphytic cyanobacteria-containing lichens may be among the most
23    sensitive species in humid forested ecosystems to atmospheric N deposition (Hallingback,  1991;
24    Bobbink etal., 1998).
25          Community composition of epiphytic lichens in the United States can be altered by
26    relatively small increases in N deposition (Fenn et al., 2003a). Most epiphytic lichens meet their
27    nutritional requirements from atmospheric deposition and can store N in excess of their
28    nutritional needs (van Herk, 1999).  In the San Bernardino Mountains, California, up to 50% of
29    lichen species that occurred in the region in the early 1900s  have disappeared, with a
30    disproportionate number of locally extinct species being epiphytic cyanolichens (Nash and Sigal,
31    1999; Fenn etal.,2003a).
      December 2007                           4-130       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1           The Pacific Northwest retains widespread populations of pollution-sensitive lichens
 2    (Fenn et al., 2003a). However, in urban areas, intensive agricultural zones, and downwind of
 3    major urban and industrial centers in the Pacific Northwest, there are few air pollution-sensitive
 4    lichen species, such as epiphytic cyanolichens, and high N concentrations have been measured in
 5    lichen tissue (Fenn et al., 2003a). With N enrichment, especially around urban and agricultural
 6    areas, there is a shift towards weedy, nitrophilous lichen species (Fenn et al., 2003a).
 7    Replacement of sensitive lichens by nitrophilous species has undesirable ecological
 8    consequences. In late-successional, naturally N-limited forests of the Coast Range and western
 9    Cascade Mountains, for example, epiphytic cyanolichens make important contributions to
10    mineral cycling and soil fertility (Pike, 1978; Sollins et al., 1980; Antoine, 2001), and together
11    with other large, pollution-sensitive macrolichens, are an integral part of the food web for
12    mammals, insects, and birds (McCune and Geiser, 1997).  Sensitive lichen species appear to be
13    negatively affected by N inputs as low as 3 to 8 kg N ha'1 yr"1 (Fenn et al., 2003a).
14
15    4.3.3.1.6    Mycorrhizal and Microbial Diversity
16           Mycorrhizal and microbial biodiversity can also be affected by N enrichment.
17    Interactions between atmospherically deposited N and terrestrial vegetation frequently occur in
18    the rhizosphere. The rhizosphere includes the soil that surrounds and is  influenced by plant roots
19    (Wall and Moore, 1999).  Relationships among plant roots, mycorrhizal  fungi, and microbes are
20    critical for N cycling and for the growth and health of plants. Mycorrhizal fungal diversity has
21    been shown to be associated with above-ground plant biodiversity and ecosystem productivity
22    (Wall and Moore, 1999) and to be adversely affected by increased N availability (Egerton-
23    Warburton and Allen, 2000). The loss of mycorrhizal function has been hypothesized as a key
24    process contributing to reduced N uptake by vegetation and increased N(V mobility  from soil
25    into drainage water under conditions of high N supply (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
26    2004).
27           It has been hypothesized that the decline in coastal sage shrub species in California could
28    be linked to the decline of the arbuscular mycorrhizal community (Egerton-Warburton and
29    Allen, 2000).  They discerned a shift in arbuscular mycorrhizal community composition with
30    decreased species richness and diversity along a deposition gradient (2 to 57 jig N/g as soil
31    NOs~). These shifts in mycorrhizal fungal communities may facilitate replacement of native
      December 2007                           4-131        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    plant communities by Mediterranean annual grasslands. Larger-spored fungal species
 2    (Scutellospora and Gigaspora) have decreased in number due to a failure to sporulate, with a
 3    concomitant proliferation of small-spored species. This suggests selective pressure favoring the
 4    smaller spored species of fungi (Egerton-Warburton and Allen, 2000), and that N enrichment of
 5    the soil might alter the arbuscular mycorrhizal species composition and diversity.
 6          Progressive decline in ectomycorrhizal fungal species richness in Alaskan coniferous
 7    forest (white spruce [Picea glauca] dominant) occurred along a local N deposition gradient, from
 8    1 to 20 kg N ha ~* yr"1, downwind from an industrial complex (Lilleskov et al., 2002).
 9    Ectomycorrhizal fungal communities are important in tree nutrition, and ectomycorrhizal fungal
10    trees tend to be dominant in N-limited forest ecosystems. A shift in ectomycorrhizal fungal
11    community structure could result in a shift in dominant tree species and in nutrition.
12          N fertilization at rates of 54 and 170 kg N ha"1 yr"1 (as NH4NO3) led to a decline in
13    ectomycorrhizal fungal diversity and species composition in an oak savanna at Cedar Creek
14    Natural History Area in Minnesota (Avis et al., 2003).  In the control plots, five species
15    collectively accounted for more than  40% cover versus four plant species in the lower N addition
16    plots.  In the higher N addition plots,  a single plant species accounted for more than 40% cover.
17          Compton et al.  (2004) investigated the effects of 11 years of experimental N addition on
18    forest soil microbial ecology. Experimental N addition decreased the C content of microbial
19    biomass in the O horizon of both experimental forest stands, based on  chloroform fumigation-
20    extraction.  In addition, the use of N-containing substrates by microbes appeared to be reduced
21    by N addition in the pine stand, but not in the hardwood stand.
22
23    4.3.3.2     Transitional Ecosystems
24          Ombrotrophic bogs, peatlands, and coastal marshes are the transitional ecosystems that
25    appear to be most sensitive to the effects of excess N deposition. Many bogs receive the
26    majority of their nutrients, including N, from atmospheric deposition.  If atmospheric N loading
27    increases substantially to a bog ecosystem, it is expected that productivity will increase and may
28    be accompanied by changes in species composition to favor those species that are adapted to
29    higher nutrient levels.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1993b) reviewed field
30    experiments involving N fertilization of wetlands. Results of those experiments confirmed the
31    belief that wetland vegetation is commonly limited by N availability.
      December 2007                           4-132        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Most of the documented impacts of elevated N on wetlands relate to changes in species
 2    diversity. Especially important is the effect of elevated nutrient concentrations on the
 3    distribution and biomass of nonnative and invasive species.
 4          The sensitivity of wetlands to N enrichment is particularly important given that they
 5    contain a disproportionately high number of rare plant species (Figure 5-10; Moore et al., 1989).
 6    EPA reported that, of the 130 plant species from the conterminous United States that were listed
 7    as threatened or endangered in 1987, 14% occurred principally in wetlands (U.S. Environmental
 8    Protection Agency, 1993b). Bedford and Godwin (2003) indicated that a disproportionately high
 9    number of rare plant species occur in fens relative to their percent land cover (Table 5-2; Bedford
10    and Godwin, 2003).
11          Marler et al. (2001) evaluated the potential impacts of experimentally elevated stream
12    water nutrient concentrations  on three riparian wetland tree species:  Fremont cottonwood
13    (Populus fremontii), Goodding willow (Salix gooddingii), and exotic saltcedar (Tamarix
14    ramosissimd) in the riparian zone of the Salt River near Phoenix, Arizona.  The results from this
15    43-day experiment showed that growth of all three riparian plant species responded positively to
16    increased nutrient supply (treatment 3 and 4) (Marler et al., 2001). The exotic and invasive
17    saltcedar showed the greatest increases in biomass at high nutrient supply.  Other studies have
18    also found that exotic plant species often respond more rapidly than native vegetation to
19    increased nutrient supply (Milberg et al., 1999; Paschke et al., 2000). This experiment was
20    conducted to simulate impacts of wastewater effluent on riparian zones, and N additions were
21    therefore very large. Elevated nutrient supply to riparian systems via atmospheric N deposition
22    in the United States is more typically in the range of treatments in this experiment that showed
23    minimal response to N addition.
24          The form of added N may partially regulate wetland response to N deposition.
25    Experimental applications of N(V  may have been less effective at stimulating wetland plant
26    productivity than applications of NH4+(U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1993b). This
27    may reflect higher rates of denitrification in response to the added NOs , suggesting the
28    importance  of competition between plants and microbes for bioavailable N. Plants appear to
29    compete more successfully for NH4+ and microbes to compete more  successfully for NOs .  An
30    important caveat expressed by EPA (1993), however, was that the results of relatively short-term
      December 2007                           4-133       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    N fertilization experiments are not necessarily good predictors of long-term wetland community
 2    responses to increased N inputs.
 3          In wet heathlands in Europe, changes in plant species composition have been attributed to
 4    elevated atmospheric N deposition (Roem and Berendse, 2000). Diverse plant communities
 5    consisting of Erica tetralix, Calluna vulgaris, Gentianapneumonanthe, Drosera intermedia, and
 6    Lycopodium immdatum have been replaced by monospecific stands of the grass Molina caerulea
 1    or Deschampsiaflexuosa in Dutch wet heathlands (Aerts and Berendse, 1988; Houdijk et al.,
 8    1993).
 9          In other studies, wetland species such as Calluna vulgaris can successfully compete with
10    grasses even at relatively high rates of N deposition, as long as the vegetative canopies are closed
11    (Aerts et al., 1990). However, N deposition causes nutrient imbalances, and increased plant
12    shoot-to-root ratio, and therefore increases in the sensitivity of shrubs to drought stress, frost
13    stress, and attack by insect pests (Heil and Diemont, 1983). These can result in gaps in the
14    canopy of the  shrub layer, which can then be readily invaded by grasses that are more efficient in
15    using the additional N and therefore gain a competitive advantage (Krupa, 2003).
16
17    Biodiversity
18          Increased N availability in nutrient-poor wetland environments may lead  to a decrease in
19    species diversity and increased risk of extinction for some of the more sensitive and rare species
20    (Moore et al.,  1989). Peatlands and bogs are among the most vulnerable transitional ecosystems
21    to adverse nutrient-enrichment effects of N deposition (Krupa, 2003). The sensitivity of peatland
22    Sphagnum species to elevated atmospheric N deposition is well  documented in Europe (Berendse
23    et al., 2001; Tomassen et al., 2004).  Sphagnum squarrosum and S.fallax have been observed to
24    be negatively affected by experimentally elevated atmospheric N and S inputs in Europe
25    (Kooijman and Bakker, 1994). Roundleaf sundew (Drosera rotundifolid) is also susceptible to
26    elevated atmospheric N deposition (Redbo-Torstensson, 1994).  This plant is native to, and
27    broadly distributed across, the United States and is federally listed as endangered in Illinois and
28    Iowa, threatened in Tennessee, and vulnerable in New York.
29          For two ombrotrophic bogs in the northeastern United States (Vermont and
30    Massachusetts) model estimates of extinction risk for the northern pitcher plant (Sarracenia
31    purpured) were calculated under varying N deposition scenarios (Gotelli and Ellison, 2002).
32    Modeled extinction risk within the next 100 years was relatively low under precipitation

      December 2007                            4-134       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    N concentrations equivalent to those at the time of the study (0.391 to 0.477 mg N/l/yr).
 2    However, model estimates showed increased extinction risk under elevated N deposition
 3    scenarios (Gotelli and Ellison, 2002).
 4
 5    4.3.3.3     Freshwater Ecosystems
 6          There are a variety of potential eutrophication effects of excess N deposition to the
 7    watersheds of lakes, streams, rivers, and estuaries. Primary productivity in many coastal waters
 8    and some freshwaters can be increased with the addition of even very low amounts of N. Effects
 9    on freshwater ecosystems are discussed here; effects on estuarine  and marine ecosystems are
10    discussed in Section 4.3.3.4.
11          Eutrophi cation typically increases algal biomass, alters algal species assemblages, and
12    may affect aquatic biota at all trophic levels. Biological changes in freshwater ecosystems
13    attributed to nutrient enrichment from atmospheric N deposition are likely  to be most
14    pronounced in high-elevation aquatic ecosystems in the western United States. Important effects
15    can include changes in biomass,  species  composition, and diversity of algae, especially diatoms.
16          In freshwater ecosystems, excess contribution of N to N-limited systems can stimulate
17    ecosystem productivity and contribute to eutrophi cation.  Gradient studies  of undisturbed
18    northern temperate, mountain, or boreal  lakes that receive low levels of atmospheric
19    N deposition showed strong correlations between N limitation and productivity where
20    N deposition was low. P (or N plus P) limitations occurred where N deposition was higher (Fenn
21    et al., 2003a; Bergstrom et al., 2005; Bergstrom and Jansson, 2006).  Paleolimnological studies
22    provide additional evidence suggesting N-limitation or N and P co-limitation of some high-
23    elevation oligotrophic lakes in the western United States (Saros et al., 2005; Wolfe et al., 2006).
24    A recent meta-analysis of 990 freshwater field experiments to determine patterns of autotrophic
25    nutrient limitation found that N limitation of stream benthos, lake benthos, and phytoplankton
26    was as common as P limitation from sites in all biomes worldwide (Elser et al., 2007).
27
28    4.3.3.3.1     Chlorophyll*
29          The most widely used index of biological change in response to nutrient addition is
30    measurement of chlorophyll a concentration in water. Surveys and fertilization experiments
31    show increased inorganic N concentration and aquatic ecosystem  productivity (as indicated by
32    chlorophyll a concentration) to be strongly related. For example,  a series of in situ meso- and

      December 2007                           4-135        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    microcosm N amendment experiments more than 30 years ago showed increases in lake algal
 2    productivity. Lake 226S in Ontario's Experimental Lake District (ELD) showed doubling of
 3    average epilimnetic chlorophyll a over five years of fertilization. However, because the response
 4    to P fertilization was much greater, the effects of N received less attention (Schindler, 1980).
 5    Other ELD lakes that had relatively low N to P concentration ratios experienced 3 to  10 times
 6    greater increases in chlorophyll a than Lake 226S (Schindler, 1980).  Similar experiments at
 7    Castle Lake, California, the Snowy Range of southern Wyoming, and Alaskan arctic
 8    foothill lakes yielded measurable increases in chlorophyll a and primary productivity with
 9    N amendments (Axler and Reuter, 1996; Levine and Whalen, 2001; Nydick et al., 2003, 2004a;
10    Lafrancois et al., 2004). Long-term data from 28 years of study in Lake Tahoe, California
11    showed that primary productivity doubled during that period, while water clarity associated with
12    chlorophyll a concentration declined, mostly as a result of atmospheric N deposition (Goldman,
13    1988; Jassbyetal., 1994).
14
15    4.3.3.3.2     Phytoplankton Biomass
16          Studies have shown an increase in lake phytoplankton biomass with increasing
17    N deposition in several regions, including the Snowy Range in Wyoming (Lafrancois et al.,
18    2003), the Sierra Nevada Mountains in California (Sickman et al., 2003), throughout  Sweden
19    (Bergstrom et al., 2005), and across Europe (Bergstrom and Jansson,  2006).
20          Chemical data from 3,907 lakes and phytoplankton biomass from 225 lakes from
21    Swedish monitoring programs were used to identify clear north-south gradients of increasing
22    lake algal productivity related to the pattern of increasing N deposition input (Bergstrom et al.,
23    2005). The lowest productivity was found at sites where wet inorganic N deposition was about
24    1.3 kg N ha * yr~ *; higher productivity occurred at N deposition levels above 2.2 kg N ha  * yr~ *
25    (Bergstrom et al., 2005). Although these lakes are all in Sweden, the sheer number of them used
26    to derive a strong correlation between productivity and atmospheric deposition makes the results
27    of interest to North American audiences.
28          Experiments conducted with mesocosms in lakes where NOs  was below the detection
29    level found a strong response in phytoplankton biomass with additions of N (bringing
30    concentrations to ~1.0 mg N/L) and even stronger responses to additions of N plus P, but not P
31    alone (Lafrancois et al., 2004).  The reverse was also found in Colorado Front Range lakes with
      December 2007                          4-136        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    ambient NO3  concentrations of ~1.0 mg/L:  productivity increased with additions of N plus P or
 2    P only, but not N(V alone (Lafrancois et al., 2004).
 3           A meta-analysis of enrichment bioassays in 62 freshwater lakes of North America,
 4    including many of the studies described above, found algal growth enhancement from
 5    N amendments to be common in slightly less than half the studies (Elser et al., 1990).  There was
 6    a mean increase in phytoplankton biomass of 79% in response to N enrichment (average of
 7    46.3 |ieq/L N) (Elser et al., 1990).
 8
 9    4.3.3.3.3    Periphyton Biomass
10           N effects have been observed in periphyton which grow on rocks or sediment in lakes
11    and streams where there is sufficient light for photosynthesis. Several studies found stimulated
12    growth with N amendments from ecosystems throughout the United States, including streams in
13    Alaska, Arizona, Iowa, Texas, Minnesota, Missouri, and lakes in California, Colorado, and
14    Massachusetts. Growth stimulation occurred with N additions ranging from 8 to 50 |iM/L, or
15    with exposure to 0.5 M N concentrations on  agar substrate (e.g., Bushong and Bachmann, 1989;
16    Allen and Hershey,  1996; Wold and Hershey, 1999; Smith and Lee,  2006). Additional lake
17    bioassay experiments that enriched the water column down into the sediments found
18    enhancement of periphyton growth on bioassay container walls  in experiments in  California,
19    Wyoming, and Massachusetts (Axler and Reuter, 1996;  Nydick et al., 2004b; Smith and Lee,
20    2006).
21           The implications of these studies are  that the productivity of many freshwater ecosystems
22    is currently limited by the availability of N, European and North American lakes may have been
23    N-limited before human-caused disturbance, and remote lakes may have remained N-limited
24    until slight increases in atmospheric N deposition brought about an increase in phytoplankton
25    and periphyton biomass and induced P limitation. Increases in algal biomass are associated with
26    changes in algal assemblages that favor certain species over others.  These  effects are described
27    below in the discussion of biodiversity.
28
29    4.3.3.3.4    NO3~ Toxicity
30           In addition to the biological effects described above, N(V in freshwater at extremely
31    high concentrations can have direct adverse effects on many life stages offish, as  well as on
32    invertebrates and amphibians. These effects occur at levels that are typically more than 30 times

      December 2007                           4-137       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    higher than those that would commonly be attributable to atmospheric deposition, and therefore
 2    NOs  concentration has not been defined as a primary biological indicator. Nevertheless, these
 3    effects are described in Annex 5.
 4
 5    4.3.3.3.5     Biodiversity
 6          Some freshwater algae are particularly sensitive to the effects of added nutrient N and
 7    experience shifts in community composition and biodiversity with increased N deposition.  For
 8    example, two species of diatom, Asterionella formosa and Fragilaria crotonensis, now dominate
 9    the flora of at least several alpine and montane Rocky Mountain lakes and sharp increases have
10    occurred in Lake Tahoe (Interlandi and Kilham, 1998; Baron et al., 2000; Wolfe et al., 2001,
11    2003; Saros et al., 2003, 2005).  The timing of this shift has varied, with changes beginning in
12    the 1950s in the southern Rocky Mountains and in the 1970s or later in the central Rocky
13    Mountains (Figure 4.3-8).  These species are opportunistic algae that have been observed to
14    respond rapidly to disturbance and slight nutrient enrichment in many parts of the world.
15          Further evidence for the relationship between N enrichment and algal changes has been
16    provided by N addition studies.  For example, the growth of A. formosa has been stimulated with
17    N amendments during in situ mesocosm incubations (6.4 to 1616 jiM N, McKnight et al., 1990;
18    76 |iM N/L, Lafrancois et al., 2004;  18 |iM N, Saros et al., 2005). In situ incubations in large
19    lakes of Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming also stimulated F. crotonensis (Interlandi and
20    Kilham, 1998), although this publication did not reveal how much N was added to the
21    incubations.  The N requirements for A. formosa and F. crotonensis were determined to be 0.041
22    jiM and 0.006 jiM, respectively, and higher concentrations stimulated growth (Michel et al.,
23    2006). A. formosa and F. crotonensis have extremely low P requirements, enabling them to
24    outcompete other algae under relatively low P conditions.
25          Differences in resource requirements allow some species to gain competitive advantage
26    over others upon nutrient addition, causing changes in species composition (Wolfe et al., 2001,
27    2003; Lafrancois et al., 2004; Saros et al., 2005).  This is in keeping with findings of Interlandi
28    and Kilham (2001), who demonstrated that maximum species diversity was maintained when
29    N levels were low (<3 jiM) in lakes in the Yellowstone National Park region.
30          The implication of this research is that species diversity declines with increasing
31    availability of N. In studies of lake sediment diatom remains, typical oligotrophic species such
      December 2007                           4-138       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
• .^ .^ .^ ,^
00
1.0
2.0
30
4.0
5.0
60
7.0
E 9.0
o 10.0
' — ' 11.0
£ 12.0
Q. 13.0
® 14.0

16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
240
^ <


.
•
•
.
i


i

m

•







j^
_

^_


.

i

•

•

i

i





vT>





_
•
••

^^

_

•

i





^





.
•
•



,

•

i




i
>


i


^^
mtttttm
•••

^m

----------------

^m

^^




^
O-
I.



mmmm
^_^_
^^^H
^^^^

^^^H

^^^^

^^^H






^^^^

,




















1 1 1 I 1 II 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1
D
• 	 onnn





^_^_





^^^^









1 1
20 40 60 80 100 20 20 40 60 20 20 10 12 0 2 4
     Figure 4.3-8.  Diatom assemblage sediment patterns in Emerald Lake, WY.
     Source: Saros et al. (2003).
 1   as Aulacoseria perglabm, Cyclotella steligera, and Achnanthes spp. declined coincident with the
 2   rise in dominance ofA.formosa and F. crotonensis (Wolfe et al., 2001, 2003).
 3          Community shifts in phytoplankton other than diatoms have also been observed under
 4   conditions of elevated N availability. Mesocosm experiments in oligotrophic Snowy Range,
 5   Wyoming lakes illustrated a shift away from a general dominance by chrysophyte species to
 6   dominance primarily by large chlorophytes and the dinoflagellate Gymnodinium (Lafrancois
 7   et al., 2004). A similar positive correlation between the proportion of the phytoplankton
 8   comprised of chrysophytes and the concentration of NOs  in lake water was found in a survey of
 9   15 Snowy Range lakes (Lafrancois et al., 2003). Chlorophytes, like the two diatom species
10   identified above, generally have a preference for high concentrations of N and are able to rapidly
     December 2007
4-139
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    dominate the flora when N concentrations increase (Findlay et al., 1999).  This occurs in both
 2    circumneutral and acidified waters (Wilcox and Decosta, 1982; Findlay et al.,  1999).
 3           Available data suggest that the increases in total N deposition do not have to be large in
 4    order to elicit an ecological effect; a model hindcasting exercise determined that the change in
 5    Rocky Mountain National Park lake algae that occurred between 1850 and 1964 was associated
 6    with an increase in wet N deposition that was only about 1.5 kg N ha l yfl (Baron, 2006).
 7    Similar changes inferred from lake sediment cores in the Beartooth Mountains of Wyoming also
 8    occurred at about 1.5 kg N ha"1 yr"1 deposition (Saros et al., 2003). Preindustrial inorganic
 9    N deposition in the western United  States was estimated by Holland et al. (1999) to range from
10    about  0.4 to 0.7 kg ha" ^r"1.
11           In summary, survey data and fertilization experiments demonstrate that increase in algal
12    productivity, as well as  species changes and reductions in biodiversity, have occurred at sensitive
13    high elevation lakes in the western United States in response to increased availability of N.
14
15    4.3.3.4     Estuarine and Marine Ecosystems
16           N is an essential nutrient for estuarine and marine ecosystem fertility, and is often the
17    algal growth limiting nutrient. Excessive N contributions can cause habitat degradation, algal
18    blooms, toxicity, hypoxia (reduced dissolved oxygen), anoxia (absence of dissolved oxygen),
19    fish kills, and decrease in biodiversity (Paerl, 2002).  In order to evaluate these impacts, five
20    biological indicators were used in the  recent national assessment of estuary trophic condition:
21    chlorophyll a, macroalgae, dissolved oxygen, nuisance/toxic algal blooms, and submerged
22    aquatic vegetation (SAV) (Bricker et al., 2007) (Figure 4.3-9). Each of these indicators is
23    discussed below regarding  its relationship with the health and vigor of aquatic species and
24    ecosystem biodiversity.
25
26    4.3.3.4.1     Chlorophyll*
27           Chlorophyll a concentration in estuarine or marine water is an indicator of total
28    phytoplankton biomass.  It can signal  an early stage of water quality degradation related to
29    nutrient loading. High concentration of chlorophyll a suggests that algal biomass is sufficiently
30    high that it might contribute to low  dissolved oxygen concentration due to increased
31    decomposition of dead algae.  In the national estuary condition assessment, high chlorophyll a
      December 2007                            4-140       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
          Primary symptoms
Description
                     Chlorophyll a
                     (Phytoplankton)
                     Macroalgal blooms
          Secondary symptoms
A measure used to indicate the amount of microscopic algae
(phytoplankton) growing in a water body. High concentrations can lead
to km dissolved oxygen levels as a result of decomposition.


Large algae commonly referred to as "seaweed." Blooms can cause
losses of submerged aquatic vegetation by blocking sunlight.
Additionally, blooms may smother immobile shellfish, corals, or other
habitat. The unsightly nature of some blooms may impact tourism due
to the declining value of swimming, fishing, and boating.

Description
                     Dissolved
                     oxygen
                     Submerged
                     aquatic vegetation
                     Nuisance/toxic
                     blooms
Low dissolved oxygen is a eutrophic symptom because it occurs as a
result of decomposing organic matter (from dense algal blooms), which
sinks to the bottom and uses oxygen during decay. Low dissolved
oxygen can cause fish kills, habitat loss, and degraded aesthetic values,
resulting in the loss of tourism and recreational water use.

Loss of submerged aquatic vegetation (SAV) occurs when dense algal
blooms caused by excess nutrient additions (and absence of grazers)
decrease water clarity and light penetration. Turbidity caused by other
factors (e.g, wave energy, color) similarly affects SAV. The loss of SAV can
have negative effects on an estuary's functionality and may impact
some fisheries due to toss of a critical nursery habitat
Thought to be caused by a change in the natural mixture of nutrients
that occurs when nutrient inputs increase over a long period of time.
These blooms may release toxins that kill fish and shellfish. Human
health problems may also occur due to the consumption of
contaminated shellfish or from inhalation of airborne toxins. Many
nuisance/toxic blooms occur naturally, some are advected into
estuaries from the ocean; the role of nutrient enrichment is unclear.
     Figure 4.3-9.  Description of the eutrophic symptoms included in the national estuary
                     condition assessment.
     Source:  Bricker et al. (2007).


1    concentration was the most widespread documented symptom of eutrophication (Bricker et al.,

2    2007) (Figure 4.3-10). Half of the estuaries for which there were available data exhibited high

3    chlorophyll a concentration (Bricker et al., 2007).  San Francisco Bay, California is an example

4    of an estuary that has experienced considerable increases in chlorophyll a concentrations in

5    recent years. Phytoplankton biomass in much of the bay has increased by more than 5% per year

6    from 1993 to 2004. During this time, modeled primary production has doubled and nutrient

7    loading is identified as one of eight possible causes (Cloern et al., 2006).
     December 2007
        4-141
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                             Low    Moderate    High
                                               Chlorophyll a
                                                    A
                                                    A
            High: symptoms occur periodically or persistently and/or over an extensive area.
            Moderate high: symptoms occur less regularly and/or over a medium to extensive area.
            Moderate: symptoms occur less regularly and/or over a medium area.
            Moderate low: symptoms occur episodically and/or over a small to medium area.
            Low: few symptoms occur at more than minimal levels.
            Unknown: insufficient data for analysis.
        Change in eutrophic condition since 1999 assessment

         A  Symptoms improved since 1999 assessment.
         O  No change in symptoms since 1999 assessment.
         V  Symptoms worsened since 1999 assessment.
         D  Insufficient data to show trend
     Figure 4.3-10.  A high chlorophyll a rating was observed in a large number of the nation's
                     estuaries. White squares indicate that data were not available for a
                     particular estuary.
     Source: Bricker et al. (2007).


1    4.3.3.4.2    Macroalgal Abundance
2           Macroalgae are generally referred to collectively as seaweed. Macroalgal blooms can
3    contribute to loss of important S AV by blocking the penetration of sunlight into the water
     December 2007
4-142
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    column. Although macroalgal data for estuaries in the United States were generally sparse, the
 2    national estuary condition assessment reported that conditions were moderate or high for 33 of
 3    the estuaries evaluated (Bricker et al., 2007).
 4
 5    4.3.3.4.3    Dissolved O2
 6           The decomposition of organic matter associated with increased algal abundance
 7    consumes dissolved oxygen and can reduce dissolved oxygen concentrations in eutrophic waters
 8    to levels that cannot support aquatic life. Decreased dissolved oxygen can lead to development
 9    of hypoxic or anoxic zones that are inhospitable to fish and other life forms. Perhaps the most
10    important environmental  effect of N input to coastal waters is the development of hypoxia. The
11    largest zone of hypoxic coastal water in the United States has been documented in the northern
12    Gulf of Mexico on the Louisiana-Texas continental shelf. During midsummer, this hypoxic zone
13    has regularly been larger  than 16,000 km2 (Rabalais,  1998). The timing, duration, and spatial
14    extent of hypoxia in this case are related mostly to the nutrient flux from the Mississippi River
15    (Justic et al., 1993, 1997; Rabalais et al., 1996; Lohrenz et al., 1997; Paerl et al., 2001).
16           Although impacts on dissolved oxygen can be quite severe in the areas where they are
17    manifested, the national assessment reports that the severity of dissolved oxygen impacts related
18    to eutrophication are relatively limited in many of the systems assessed (Bricker et al., 2007). In
19    the shallow estuary of Long Island Sound, the existence of extended periods of low dissolved
20    oxygen is a notable problem, and atmospheric deposition is considered to comprise a significant
21    fraction of the total N loading. Dissolved oxygen levels below 3 mg/L are common, and levels
22    below 2 mg/L also occur. During some years, portions of the Long Island Sound bottom waters
23    become anoxic (<1 mg/L; Figure 4.3-11) (Bricker et al., 2007).
24
25    4.3.3.4.4    Nuisance/Toxic Algal Blooms
26           Nuisance or toxic algal blooms reflect the  proliferation of a toxic or nuisance algal
27    species that negatively affects natural resources or humans. Such blooms can release toxins that
28    kill fish and shellfish and pose a risk to human health. Unlike the other indicators of estuarine
29    eutrophication, the role of nutrients in stimulating toxic algal blooms is less clear. Of the
30    81 estuary systems for which data were available, 26 exhibited a moderate or high symptom
31    expression for nuisance or toxic algae (Bricker et  al., 2007).
32

      December 2007                           4-143       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1
 2
 O
 4
 5
                                                                                 % of years stations
                                                                                 recorded hypoxia
Figure 4.3-11.  Frequency of hypoxia in Long Island Sound, 1994 to 2002.

Source: Bricker et al. (2007).

4.3.3.4.5    Biodiversity

Phytoplankton
       In addition to causing increased phytoplankton biomass, as indicated by chlorophyll a
measurements, excess N can contribute to changes in phytoplankton species composition.
 6   N enrichment of marine and estuarine waters can alter the ratios among nutrients and affect
 7   overall nutrient limitation. For example, excessive N loading to Chesapeake Bay and its
 8   tributaries during spring high runoff periods contributes to periods of P limitation and co-
 9   limitation (Boynton et al., 1995).  The ecosystem then returns to N limitation during low flow
10   summer months (Paerl, 2002).  High loadings of N and P can also increase the potential for Si
11   limitation, with associated changes in diatoms.  Such changes to the phytoplankton community
12   can also affect higher trophic levels. For example, Officer and Ryther (1980) and Turner et al.
13   (1998) suggested that a shift in the Si-to-N atomic ratio to less than 1 would alter the marine food
14   web.  Specifically, the diatom-to-zooplankton-to-higher tropic level ratios would decrease,
15   whereas flagellated algae (including those that often contribute to hypoxia) would increase (Paerl
16   etal., 2001).
     December 2007
                                          4-144
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Phytoplankton production and community composition in estuarine and marine
 2    environments also respond to differences in the form of atmospheric N input. Atmospheric
 3    deposition of reduced N has increased relative to oxidized N in the eastern United States, and
 4    this trend is expected to continue in the future under existing emissions controls.  Such patterns
 5    can influence marine eutrophication responses. Large diatoms tend to dominate coastal waters
 6    when N(V is supplied (Stolte et al., 1994; Paerl et al., 2001), whereas smaller diatom species
 7    have a greater preference for NH4+ uptake. Thus, ongoing trends of decreasing N(V deposition
 8    and increasing NH4+ deposition might lead to changes in species distributions and size
 9    distributions of estuarine phytoplankton, with cascading effects on trophic structure and
10    biogeochemical cycling (Paerl et al., 2001).
11          Changes in phytoplankton species abundances and diversity have been further
12    documented through in situ bioassay experiments such as the results reported by Paerl et al.
13    (2003) for the Neuse River Estuary in North Carolina. Effects were species-specific and varied
14    dramatically depending on whether, and in what form, N was added. The findings illustrate the
15    potential impacts of N additions on phytoplankton community structure (Figure 4.3-12).
16          Changing phytoplankton community composition has numerous potential ecological
17    ramifications, including modifications to the ecosystem food web and nutrient dynamics. For
18    example, if the nutrient mix favors species that are not readily grazed (e.g., cyanobacteria and
19    dinoflagellates), trophic transfer will be poor and relatively large amounts of unconsumed algal
20    biomass will settle to the bottom, which could stimulate decomposition, oxygen consumption,
21    and the potential for hypoxia (Paerl et al., 2003).
22
23    Submerged Aquatic Vegetation
24          Submerged aquatic vegetation (SAV) provides important nursery grounds to many
25    estuarine fish. There are few data documenting the long-term response of SAV in coastal
26    ecosystems to N loading.  The national assessment (Bricker et al., 2007) suggested that only a
27    small fraction of the estuary systems evaluated reported high severity of SAV loss. Most of
28    those that did report moderate or high loss were located in the Mid-Atlantic region. However,
29    where SAV loss is a problem, the results can be severe, and there is evidence suggesting a
30    correlation with increases in N loading. For example, at Waquoit Bay, Massachusetts, Driscoll
      December 2007                           4-145       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
         400  -,
                                                        I Centritractus             I
                                                        O Ankistrodesmus          I
                                                        I Unidentified dinoflageliate]
                                                        I Closterium               |
                                                        O Comphosphaeria         |
    Figure 4.3-12. Microscopic counts of phytoplankton species composition in the Neuse
                  River Estuary, NC following 36-h in situ bioassays to manipulate available
                  forms of nitrogen (N). Treatments included a control (unamended
                  estuarine water sample), all nutrients (N, P, vitamins, trace metals, and Si),
                  all with urea as the N form, all with ammonium (NH4+) as the N form, all
                  with nitrate (NOs~) as the N form, and all with no N. Bars represent the
                  mean density of cells present (three replicate counts for each treatment).
    Source: Paerl et al. (2003).
1

2

3
4

5

6

7
et al. (2003b) reported a strong negative relationship between modeled N loading and measured

eelgrass area based on measurements of eelgrass coverage from 1951 to 1992.


4.3.3.5    Effects on Rare and Endemic Species
       Changes in species composition, taxonomic richness, and species diversity are important
in their own right.  Of particular importance, however, is the extent to which such changes in

species occurrence might impact rare species, especially those that are federally listed as
    December 2007
                                        4-146
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    threatened or endangered. The coastal sage shrub community in California is of particular
 2    interest because about 200 sensitive plant species and several federally listed threatened or
 3    endangered animal species are found in the area (Allen et al., 1998). It is not clear to what extent
 4    changes that occur in biodiversity within this community in response to N deposition may have
 5    affected any of the rare species known to occupy these habitats.
 6          Changes in grass species composition at ambient N deposition levels of 10 to 15 kg
 7    N ha"1 yr"1 has been associated with the decline of the bay checkerspot butterfly (Euphydryas
 8    editha bayensis\ which is a federally threatened species that is native to California. Since the
 9    1980s, the population of checkerspots has been in serious decline. According to the U.S. Fish
10    and Wildlife Service, the bay checkerspot butterfly historically occurred east, west, and south of
11    San Francisco Bay before the invasion of nonnative grasses. Today, their habitat is limited to
12    approximately 19,000 acres on serpentine soils.
13          The proposed plan for designating critical habitat for the bay checkerspot butterfly
14    developed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service cites the impacts of N deposition as a key factor
15    in the loss of bay checkerspot butterfly habitat (Federal Register, 2007).  Specifically, they note
16    that the serpentine and serpentine-like grasslands had previously supported uncommon plants
17    including the bay checkerspot butterfly's larval host plants Plantago erecta, Castilleja
18    densiflora., and Castilleja exserta. These remnant native grasslands are being invaded by
19    nonnative grass species, and this has been partially attributed to N deposition that is primarily
20    caused by air pollution (Weiss, 1999; Federal Register, 2007).
21
22    4.3.4    Characterization of Most Sensitive and Most Affected Ecosystems
23             and Regions
24
25    4.3.4.1     Extent and Distribution of Sensitive Ecosystems
26          The following discussion of sensitive ecosystems is organized into three ecosystem
27    categories:  terrestrial, transitional, and aquatic.  Table 4.3-2 gives an overview of the  sensitive
28    ecosystems. Changes in terrestrial and aquatic plant or algal community composition that occur
29    in response to increased N deposition will be most obvious in ecosystems that are naturally
30    deficient in N.  This is because species that are adapted to low N supply will often be more
31    readily outcompeted by species that have higher N demand when the availability of N is
32    increased (Aerts, 1990; Tilman and Wedin, 1991; Krupa, 2003).  As a consequence, some native

      December 2007                           4-147       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    species can be eliminated by N-enhanced eutrophication (Ellenberg, 1985; Falkengren-Grerup,
 2    1986, 1989; Roelofs, 1986; Stevens et al., 2004).
 3
 4    Terrestrial
 5          Little is known about the full extent and distribution of the terrestrial ecosystems in the
 6    United States that are most sensitive to adverse impacts caused by nutrient enrichment from
 7    atmospheric N deposition.  Effects are most likely to occur where areas of relatively high
 8    atmospheric N deposition intersect with N-limited plant communities.  The factors that govern
 9    the sensitivity of terrestrial ecosystems to nutrient enrichment from N deposition include the
10    degree of N-limitation, rates and form of N deposition, elevation, species composition, length of
11    growing season, and soil N retention capacity.
12          Alpine tundra is believed to be among the terrestrial systems most sensitive to
13    N enrichment. Factors that govern the sensitivity of alpine tundra to N deposition include low
14    rates of primary production, short growing season, low temperature, and wide variation in
15    moisture availability in the alpine environment (Bowman and Fisk, 2001). Alpine plant
16    communities have also developed under conditions of low nutrient supply, in part because soil-
17    forming processes are poorly developed, and this also contributes to their N-sensitivity (Bowman
18    etal. 2006).
19          Regions  and ecosystems in the western United States where N enrichment effects have
20    been documented in terrestrial ecosystems  are shown on Figure 4.3-13 (Fenn et al., 2003a).  The
21    alpine ecosystems of the Colorado Front Range (see case study), chaparral watersheds of the
22    Sierra Nevada, lichen communities in the San Bernadino Mountains and the Pacific Northwest,
23    and the southern California coastal sage  scrub community are among the most sensitive
24    terrestrial ecosystems (see Section 4.3.3.1 for description of effects).
25          In the eastern United States, the  degree of N saturation of the terrestrial ecosystem is
26    often assessed in terms of the degree of N(V leaching from watershed soils into ground water or
27    surface water. Stoddard (1994) estimated the number of surface waters at different stages of
28    saturation across several regions in the eastern United States.  Of the 85 northeastern watersheds
29    examined, 40% were in N-saturation Stage 0, 52% in Stage 1, and 8%  in Stage 2. Of the
      December 2007                           4-148       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                 River
             O  City (.50,000)
             ^m lake
             ^H National Forest/National Park
                 Ecological effects
                 Aquatic:
                      1. N enrichment or eutrophication of lakes
                      2. Elevated nitrate levels in runoff
                                                                        .2.3
                                                                       (incipient stages), 4
         2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 7
         (circumstantial evidence, see'text), 8
                 Terrestrial:
                      3. N enrichment or N saturation (e.g.soil, vegetation. & water are N enriched:
                        increased fluxes of nitrogenous trace gases)
                      4. Altered plant communities in response to N enrichment
                      5. Physiological perturbation of plants: combined effects of ozone and N deposition
                      6. Impacts on lichen communities.
                      7. Evidence that threatened and endangered species impacted
                      8. Decreased diversity of mycorrhizal  communities
                      9. Forest expansion into grasslands (preliminary evidence for)

             A  Plot with lichen community affected by air pollution with a major N deposition component
                 High-elevation lake with elevated nitrate, reportedly from N deposition

                 Available data indicate elevated N deposition, but ecological effects have not been studied.


Figure 4.3-13.  Map of the western United States showing the primary geographic areas
                where N deposition effects have been reported.  Eutrophication effects are
                more widespread and of greater importance than acidification effects in
                western North America. Areas where effects of air  pollution on lichen

                communities have been reported in California are represented by pink
                triangles.  The plots in northcentral Colorado where lichen community
                changes were observed are exposed to emissions of both N and sulfur (S)
                from two large power plants in  Craig and Haydens, Colorado (Peterson and
                Neitlich, 2001).  The areas shown in red in Oregon and Washington (lichen

                communities affected by N deposition) are kriged data (Geiser and Neitlich,
                2007). Only lakes at an elevation greater than 1000 m and with a nitrate
                concentration of more than 5 jieq/L (measured in fall surveys or on an
                annual volume-weighted basis)  are shown in this figure.  Other high-
                elevation lakes in the West also had elevated nitrate concentrations, but
                were excluded because N sources other than N deposition may have
                contributed to the elevated concentrations of nitrate.
Source: Perm et al. (2003a).
December 2007
4-149
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    northeastern sites for which adequate data were available for assessment, those in Stage 1 or 2
 2    were most prevalent in the Adirondack and Catskill Mountains. Effects on individual plant
 3    species have not been well  studied in the United States.  More is known about the sensitivity of
 4    particular plant communities. Based largely on results obtained in more extensive studies
 5    conducted in Europe, it is expected that the more sensitive terrestrial ecosystems include
 6    hardwood forests, alpine meadows, arid and semi-arid lands, and grassland ecosystems.
 7
 8    Transitional
 9          Wetlands considered sensitive to N deposition typically host plant species that evolved
10    under N-limited conditions. It is believed that the balance of competition among plant species in
11    some sensitive wetland ecosystems can be altered by N addition, with resulting displacement of
12    some species by others that can utilize the excess N more efficiently (U.S. Environmental
13    Protection Agency, 1993a).  Data are not  available with which to evaluate the extent to which
14    wetlands in the United States have been affected by nutrient enrichment from N deposition.
15    Wetlands are widely distributed, including some areas that receive moderate to high levels of
16    N deposition.
17          Peat-forming bog ecosystems are among the most sensitive transitional ecosystems to the
18    effects of N deposition. In  the conterminous United States, peat-forming bogs are most common
19    in areas that were glaciated, especially in  portions of the Northeast and Upper Midwest (U.S.
20    Environmental Protection Agency, 1993a). In Alaska, these ecosystems are common in poorly
21    drained locations throughout the state. Other types of wetlands occur across broad areas of the
22    United States. It is not clear whether current levels of N deposition cause eutrophication to these
23    ecosystems.
24          Coastal marsh ecosystems, unlike  bog ecosystems, often receive large N inputs in tidal
25    water, groundwater, and surface runoff. At many locations, especially along the Atlantic and
26    Gulf coasts, atmospheric N inputs probably contribute to eutrophication problems in coastal
27    marshes. Atmospheric inputs to these systems are important because any N addition has the
28    potential to contribute to eutrophication of coastal marshes and nearby marine and estuarine
29    ecosystems (Paerl, 2002; Galloway et al.,  2003).
30          Nutrient concentrations in wetland waters associated with the Great Lakes suggest that
31    coastal Great Lakes wetlands are N-limited. Hill et al. (2006) found that more wetlands were N-
32    than P-limited at each of the five Laurentian Great Lakes.  This result is consistent with the

      December 2007                           4-150        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    apparent N-limitation of most North American marsh lands (Bedford et al., 1999). Nutrient
 2    loading to lakeshore wetlands is a concern throughout the lower lakes (Lakes Erie, Ontario, and
 3    the southern part of Lake Michigan) and in some localized areas of the upper lakes (Hill et al.,
 4    2006). Both agricultural and atmospheric sources of nutrients contribute to this stress.
 5
 6    Aquatic
 1          Eutrophication effects on freshwater ecosystems from atmospheric deposition of N are of
 8    greatest concern in lakes and streams that have very low productivity and nutrient levels and that
 9    are located in remote areas. In more productive freshwaters, nutrient enrichment from N
10    deposition usually does not stimulate productivity or community changes because P is more
11    commonly the limiting nutrient.  Also, in many places with even minor levels of human
12    disturbance, nutrient enrichment with both N and P from non-atmospheric sources is common.
13    Thus, eutrophication effects from N deposition are most likely to be manifested in undisturbed,
14    low-nutrient surface waters such as those found in the higher elevation areas of the western
15    United States. The most severe eutrophication from N deposition effects are expected downwind
16    of major urban and agricultural centers.
17          High concentrations of lake or streamwater N(V, indicative of ecosystem saturation,
18    have been found at a variety of locations throughout the United States, including the San
19    Bernardino and San Gabriel Mountains within the Los Angeles Air Basin (Fenn et al., 1996), the
20    Front Range of Colorado (Baron et al., 1994; Williams et al., 1996a), the Allegheny Mountains
21    of West Virginia (Gilliam et al., 1996), the  Catskill Mountains of New York (Murdoch and
22    Stoddard, 1992;  Stoddard, 1994), the Adirondack Mountains of New York (Wigington et al.,
23    1996), and the Great Smoky Mountains in Tennessee (Cook et al.,  1994). All of these regions,
24    except Colorado, received more than about 10 kg N ha"1 yr"1 atmospheric deposition of N
25    throughout the 1980s and 1990s. In contrast, the Front Range of Colorado receives up to about
26    5 kg N ha"1 yr"1 of total (wet plus dry) deposition (Sullivan et al., 2005), less than half of the
27    total N deposition received  at many of these other locations.
28          High concentrations of NOs  in surface waters in the western United States are not
29    widespread. NOs  concentrations during the fall sampling season were low in most western
30    lakes sampled in the Western Lakes Survey. Only 24 sampled lakes were found to have
      December 2007                           4-151        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    concentrations greater than 10 jieq/L.  Of those, 19 lakes were situated at high elevation, most
 2    above 3,000 m (Eilers et al., 1987).
 3          There is some evidence suggesting that reductions in atmospheric N deposition could
 4    decrease the extent of eutrophication in at least some of the Great Lakes. It has generally been
 5    believed that the Laurentian Great Lakes are P-limited (Schelske, 1991; Downing and McCauley,
 6    1992; Rose and Axler, 1998).  Water quality in the open waters of these lakes has been
 7    improving in recent years in response to controls on point sources of P (Nicholls et al., 2001).
 8    Work by Levine et al. (1997), however, suggested a more complicated pattern of response to
 9    nutrient addition for Lake Champlain.  They added nutrients to in situ enclosures and measured
10    indicators of P status, including alkaline phosphatase activity and orthophosphate turnover time.
11    Although P appeared to be the principal limiting nutrient during summer, N addition also
12    resulted in algal growth stimulation. P sufficiency appeared to be as common  as P deficiency.
13    During spring, phytoplankton growth was not limited by P, N, or Si, but perhaps by light or
14    temperature (Levine et al., 1997).
15          Estuaries and coastal waters tend to be N-limited and are therefore inherently sensitive to
16    increased atmospheric N loading (D'Elia et  al., 1986; Howarth and Marino, 2006).  This is at
17    least partly because the rate of denitrification by microbes found  in estuarine and marine
18    sediments releases much of the added N inputs back into the atmosphere (Vitousek et al., 1997).
19          The national estuary condition assessment conducted by Bricker et al. (2007) found
20    that the most impacted estuaries occurred in the mid-Atlantic region and the estuaries with the
21    lowest symptoms of eutrophi cation were in  the North Atlantic. Other regions had mixtures of
22    low, moderate, and high degree of eutrophi cation (Figure 4.3-14). The estuaries with the
23    greatest extent of eutrophi cation corresponded with conditions related to both the degree of
24    N loading and the inherent sensitivity of the estuary,  as influenced by morphology and water
25    flushing dynamics. The most eutrophic estuaries were generally  those that had large watershed-
26    to-estuarine surface area, high human population density, high rainfall and runoff, low dilution,
27    and low flushing rates (Bricker et al., 2007).
28          Bricker et al. (2007) evaluated the future outlook of the nations estuaries based on
29    population growth and future management plans. They predicted that trophic conditions would
30    worsen in 48 estuaries, stay the same in 11,  and improve in only  14 by the year 2020.  Between
31    1999 and 2007, an equal number of estuary  systems have improved their trophic status as have

      December 2007                           4-152        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                                               Low  Moderate ModerateModerate  High
                                                     low          high
        0   200 400
                 ] Kilometers
                I Miles
        0  100 200
             High: symptoms occur periodically or persistently and/or over an extensive area.
             Moderate high: symptoms occur less regularly and/or over a medium to extensive area.
             Moderate: symptoms occur less regularly and/or over a medium area.
             Moderate low: symptoms occur episodically and/or over a small to medium area.
             Low: few symptoms occur at more than minimal levels.
             Unknown: insufficient data for analysis.
        Change in eutrophic condition since 1999 assessment

          A  Symptoms improved since 1999 assessment.
          O  No change in symptoms since 1999 assessment.
          V  Symptoms worsened since 1999 assessment.
          D  Insufficient data to show trend
     Figure 4.3-14.  Overall eutrophication condition on a national scale.


     Source:  Bricker et al. (2007).


1    worsened.  The assessed estuarine surface area with high to moderate/high  eutrophic conditions
2    have stayed roughly the same, from 72% in 1999 (Bricker et al., 1999) to 78% in the recent

3    assessment (Bricker et al., 2007).
     December 2007
4-153
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Efforts in the scientific literature to link changes in estuary nutrient status to atmospheric
 2    N deposition have been limited, though it should be noted that many states are addressing
 3    atmospheric inputs as part of their development of Total Maximum Daily Load plans to address
 4    estuarine water quality impairments, including those associated with low dissolved oxygen. In
 5    an effort to evaluate the contribution of atmospheric N deposition to the future reduction in
 6    N loading to estuaries, Castro and Driscoll (2002) reported model calculations that suggested that
 7    considerable reductions (more than 25%) in atmospheric N deposition will be needed to
 8    significantly reduce the contribution made by atmospheric N deposition to the total N loads to
 9    their study estuaries in the northeastern United States.  A simulated reduction in atmospheric
10    deposition of 25% of ambient deposition rates reduced the contribution made by atmospheric
11    deposition to the total estuarine N loads by only 1% to 6% (Castro and Driscoll, 2002).  In a later
12    study, Driscoll et al. (2003b) estimated that reduction of both mobile N emissions sources and
13    electric utilities would produce an estimated reduction in estuarine N loading in Casco Bay,
14    Maine of 13% (Driscoll et al., 2003).  Casco Bay receives the lowest atmospheric and non-
15    atmospheric N loading per unit area of watershed (4 kg N ha"l yfl) of the eight estuaries in the
16    northeastern United States evaluated by Driscoll et al. (2003) (Figure 4.3-6).
17
18    4.3.4.2     Levels of Atmospheric Nitrogen Deposition at Which Effects are Manifested
19          N levels at which effects are manifested in terrestrial and associated freshwater
20    ecosystems have been documented through gradient and fertilization studies.  The results from
21    several major studies are summarized  in Table 4.3-1.  In terrestrial ecosystems, the reported
22    effect levels range from 4 to 5  kg N ha'1 yr"1  for changes in the abundance of individual
23    sensitive alpine plant species, to 20 kg N ha l yr"1 for community level changes in alpine plant
24    communities. Differences in the levels at which increased nitrification and NOs  leaching have
25    been observed in eastern and western watersheds.  For example, Rueth (2002) observed
26    increased rates of nitrification in old-growth forests in Colorado at approximately 5 kg N ha"1
27    yr"1, whereas Aber et al. (2003) associated the onset of NOs  leaching in eastern forests with
28    deposition levels of 7 to 10 kg N ha l  yr"1. Changes in aquatic ecosystems in the western United
29    States in response to N deposition are  highlighted in Table 4.3-3.
30
      December 2007                           4-154        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    4.3.4.3     Critical Loads and Timeframes of Response
 2          Empirical models of critical loads for nutrient-N have been in use in Europe for some
 3    time (e.g., UNECE, 2004). Within the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
 4    (UNECE) Long Range Transboundary Air Pollution (LRTAP) convention, empirical procedures
 5    have been developed to set critical loads for atmospheric N deposition to protect against effects
 6    caused by nutrient enrichment.  Empirical critical loads of N deposition for natural and semi-
 7    natural terrestrial and wetland ecosystems were first presented in a background document for the
 8    1992 LRTAP workshop on critical loads held at Lokeberg, Sweden (Bobbink et al., 1992).
 9          Since the identification of N deposition as one of the main drivers behind the general loss
10    of biodiversity in Europe, a number of European expert workshops have taken place in order to
11    reach agreement among specialists regarding the impacts of N deposition on various ecosystems
12    and related critical loads (Nilsson and Grennfelt, 1988; Bobbink et al.,  1992; Hornung et al.,
13    1995; Bobbink et al., 1996; Achermann and Bobbink, 2003). Efforts have begun to develop
14    similar empirical relationships in the United States, particularly for western ecosystems (Baron
15    et al., 1994, 2000; Williams and Tonnessen, 2000; Fenn et al., 2003a; Burns, 2004; Nydick et  al.,
16    2004b).  See Section 4.1.2 for additional general information on critical loads.
17
18    4.3.4.4     Nutrient Enrichment Case Study #1: Alpine and Subalpine Communities of the
19              Eastern Slope of the Rocky Mountains in Colorado
20          Research on N enrichment effects on alpine and subalpine ecosystems in the western
21    United States has mainly been limited to studies at the Loch Vale Watershed in Rocky Mountain
22    National Park and the Niwot Ridge Long-Term Ecosystem Research site, both located east of the
23    Continental Divide in Colorado. Research has been conducted in this region on both the
24    terrestrial and aquatic effects of nutrient enrichment.
25
26    Terrestrial Effects
27          Changes in biomass production and NOs  leaching are indicative of effects on the health
28    and vigor of plants in alpine and subalpine ecosystems. Biomass production responses of alpine
29    communities to increased N deposition are dependent on moisture regimes (Fisk et al., 1998) and
30    are driven by shifts in species composition. In a fertilization experiment, the addition of 25 kg
31    N ha"1 yr"1 during summer caused a community shift towards greater dominance of hairgrass
32    (Deschampsia sp.) in wet alpine meadows, but the increase in plant biomass (+67%) and plant

      December 2007                           4-155       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    N content (+107%) following N fertilization was higher in graminoid-dominated dry meadows
 2    than in forb-dominated wet meadows (+53% plant biomass, +64% standing N crop, respectively)
 3    (Bowman et al., 1995; Burns, 2004).
 4          Alteration of plant productivity and species richness have been observed in fertilization
 5    experiments. Seastedt and Vaccaro (2001) showed that four years of N addition to alpine
 6    vegetation at rates ranging between 100 and 200 kg N/ha (depending on the year) caused
 7    marginal increases in plant foliage productivity but reduced species richness. In a follow-up
 8    study at Niwot Ridge, additions of 20, 40, and 60 kg N ha"1 yr"1 (on top of ambient N deposition
 9    near 5 kg N ha"1 yr"1) over an 8-year period to a dry alpine meadow led to an increase in plant
10    biomass, and an increase in tissue N concentration at all treatment levels within three years of
11    application. Much of the response was due to increased cover and total biomass of sedges
12    (Carex spp.).  There was a significant decrease in Kobresia biomass with increasing N input.
13          High elevation alpine zones exhibit a relatively low capacity to sequester atmospheric
14    deposition of N because of steep slopes, shallow soils, sparse vegetation, short growing season
15    and other factors (Baron et al., 1994; Williams et al., 1996a).  Results from several studies
16    suggest that the capacity of Rocky Mountain alpine catchments to sequester N is exceeded at
17    deposition levels less than 10 kg N ha'1 yr"1 (Baron et al., 1994; Williams and Tonnessen, 2000).
18    The changes in plant species that occur in response to N deposition in the alpine zone can result
19    in further increased leaching of NOs  from the soils, because the plant species favored by higher
20    N supply are often associated with greater rates of N mineralization  and nitrification than the
21    preexisting species (Bowman et al., 1993, 2006; Steltzer and Bowman,  1998; Suding et al.,
22    2006).
23          Effects of Nr deposition to alpine terrestrial ecosystems in this region include community-
24    level changes in plants, lichens, and mycorrhizae.  Alpine plant communities are sensitive to
25    changes in species composition in response to added N (Bowman et al., 1995;  Seastedt and
26    Vaccaro, 2001). Plant species composition likely responds at lower N input levels than those
27    that cause measurable changes in soil inorganic N  content. For example, Bowman et al. (2006)
28    conducted a N-addition experiment in the Colorado Front Range with 20, 40, or 60 kg N ha'1
29    yr"1. Experimental sites were monitored for 8 years along with a control site that received about
30    5 kg N ha"1 yr"1 total ambient deposition. Changes in plant species composition associated with
31    the treatments occurred within 3 years of the initiation of the experiment, and were significant at

      December 2007                           4-156       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    all levels of N addition (Figure 4.3-15). Using changes of individual species abundance and
 2    ordination scores to evaluate critical load, the critical load for total N deposition was estimated
 3    for change in individual species to be 4 kg N ha l yfl and for overall community change to be
 4    10 kg N ha l yr"1 (Bowman et al., 2006).  In contrast, increases in NOs  leaching, soil solution
 5    inorganic NOs  , and net nitrification were detectable at levels above 20 kg N ha'1 yr"1 (Bowman
 6    et al., 2006).  These results indicate that changes in plant species composition may be detectable
 7    at lower N deposition rates than the level at which the traditional soil indicators signal ecosystem
 8    responses to N deposition. This response suggests that changes in species composition are
 9    probably ongoing in alpine dry meadows of the Front Range of the Colorado Rocky Mountains
10    at current atmospheric N deposition levels. This research also demonstrated that long-term
11    experimental fertilization plots illustrate a clear response of alpine flora to N addition, including
12    shifts toward graminoid plants that shade smaller flowering species, and accompanying changes
13    in soil N cycling (Bowman et al., 2006).
14          Changes in alpine plant species composition have also been documented on Niwot Ridge,
15    where increased cover of plant species that are most responsive to N fertilization has occurred in
16    some of the long-term monitoring plots (Korb and Ranker, 2001; Fenn et al., 2003a). These
17    changes have probably developed in response to changes in N deposition. However, the
18    influences of climatic change, particularly changes in precipitation (Williams et al., 1996a), and
19    pocket gopher disturbance (Sherrod and Seastedt, 2001) could not be ruled out (Fenn et al.,
20    2003a).  The altered N cycling provided the potential for replacement of some native plant
21    species by more competitive, faster growing native species (Bowman and Steltzer, 1998; Baron
22    et al., 2000; Bowman, 2000).
23
24    Aquatic Effects
25          Rocky Mountain National Park has been the site of research addressing the effects of
26    N deposition on algal  species abundance in freshwater lakes. Wolfe et al. (2001) analyzed
27    sediments from Sky Pond and Lake Louise, two small alpine lakes located at more than 3300 m
28    elevation on the east slope of the Colorado Front Range in Rocky Mountain National Park. Prior
29    to 1900, the diatom flora was typical of oligotrophic Rocky Mountain lakes, dominated by such
30    species as Aulacoseira distans, A. perglabm, Fragilariapinnata, F. constmens, and various
31    Achnanthes spp. The mesotrophic planktonic species Astrionella formosa and Fragilaria
      December 2007                           4-157       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
         CO o^
         '£ "IT
         CO    >
            8
         C0  <
         O  '
                 50
                 40
30
                 20
                 10
                              treatment x year P < 0.01
                   N added:
                   _B_ o
                    ••••.-.  • 2
                   •*>
      Figure 4.3-15.  Changes in plant species composition associated with nitrogen addition
                     treatments in an alpine dry meadow of the Colorado Front Range. Within
                     3 years of the initiation of the experiment, statistically significant changes
                     in the cover of Carex rupestris occurred at all treatment levels.
     Source: Bowman et al. (2006).

 1   crotonensis were present in trace frequencies, but became common elements of the diatom flora
 2   during the 20th century. Between 1950 and 1970, A. formosa became the dominant taxa in both
 3   lakes.  It is known from studies in other locations as an opportunistic alga that responds rapidly
 4   to disturbance and nutrient enrichment (Renberg et al., 1993; Anderson et al., 1995; Reavie and
 5   Smol, 2001). This shift in diatom species is apparently the result of environmental stimulation,
 6   rather than recent colonization, as evidenced by the presence of these mesotrophic taxa in the
 7   older sediment record.
 8          Additional corroborative evidence for the linkage between atmospheric N deposition and
 9   the observed diatom shifts in these alpine lakes is provided by the results of laboratory
10   (Interlandi  and Kilham, 1998) and in-lake (McKnight et al., 1990) N addition experiments. In
11   both sets of experiments, growth of A. formosa and F. crotonensis was accelerated by
     December 2007
                             4-158
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    experimental N addition. The post-1950 period of rapid shifts in diatom species composition in
 2    Sky Pond and Lake Louise corresponded with intensification of agricultural practices, animal
 3    husbandry, and population growth in adjacent regions to the east of Rocky Mountain National
 4    Park (Wolfe et al., 2001). Nevertheless, N deposition at that time was estimated to be low,
 5    probably less than 2 kg N ha"l yr~l (Baron, 2006).
 6
 7    4.3.4.5    Nutrient Enrichment Case Study #2: Chesapeake Bay
 8          Chesapeake Bay is the largest estuary in the United States and one of the most sensitive
 9    to N inputs (Bricker et al., 1999; Howarth, 2007).  Eutrophication effects have been pronounced
10    in Chesapeake Bay (Howarth, 2007) and it is perhaps the best known example in the United
11    States of human activities leading to accelerated estuarine eutrophication and its associated
12    negative effects.  In the recent national assessment of eutrophic conditions in estuaries, the
13    Chesapeake Bay stands out as a system with both physical features and N loading levels that
14    make it particularly vulnerable to eutrophi cation (Bricker et al., 2007).
15          The role of atmospheric N deposition in estuary eutrophi cation in the United States was
16    ignored until Fisher and Oppenheimer (1991) suggested that it could constitute up to 40% of the
17    total N inputs to the Chesapeake Bay. Although their analysis was preliminary, and has been
18    updated by more conservative estimates (e.g., Boyer et al., 2002; Boyer and Howarth, 2002), it
19    served to focus attention on the role of atmospheric deposition as an important contributor to the
20    overall budget of estuaries in the eastern United States. N inputs to the Chesapeake Bay have
21    increased substantially over the last 50 to  100 years. The increase is attributed to rapid
22    acceleration of the use of chemical  fertilizers in agriculture, the increasing human population
23    density and associated wastewater discharge, and rising atmospheric N emissions within the
24    airshed and consequent deposition within the Chesapeake Bay watershed. Atmospheric
25    deposition of N is currently estimated to contribute about one-fourth of the total N loading to
26    Chesapeake Bay (Boyer et al. 2002; Howarth, 2007).
27          Human activities have increased the susceptibility of the Chesapeake Bay to the effects of
28    atmospheric N deposition.  For example, the filling in of wetlands and deforestation for
29    agricultural and urban development, have reduced the ability of natural ecosystem processes to
30    remove or trap nutrients, thereby further accelerating nutrient delivery to the bay. In addition,
31    diseases and over-harvesting led to a dramatic decline of the once highly abundant eastern
      December 2007                           4-159       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    oyster, seriously reducing the natural filtering of algae and other organic matter from the water
 2    column.
 3          As a result of these changing conditions, eutrophic symptoms intensified in the
 4    Chesapeake Bay from the mid-1950s to the mid-1980s. The most apparent symptoms were
 5    (1) high production of algae, (2) increasingly turbid water, (3) major declines in  SAV abundance
 6    and species, and (4) increasingly worsening anoxia and hypoxia (Boesch et al., 2001). The
 7    recent national estuary condition assessment (Bricker et al., 2007) reported that chlorophyll a,
 8    dissolved oxygen, nuisance/toxic algal blooms, and SAV rated "high" in Chesapeake Bay in
 9    terms of severity of effects associated with eutrophication.  In addition, macroalgae and toxic
10    algal bloom conditions have worsened since the previous national assessment in 1999 (Bricker
11    etal., 1999, 2007).
12          Concentrations of chlorophyll  a in the surface mixed layer have increased tenfold in the
13    seaward regions of the bay and one-and-one-half- to twofold elsewhere, paralleling estimates of
14    increased loading of N and P to the bay since 1945 (Harding and Perry, 1997).
15          SAV began to decline as a result of nutrient enrichment during the mid-1960s,
16    disappearing entirely from the Patuxent and lower Potomac Rivers. By 1980, many areas of the
17    bay that once contained abundant SAV beds had none or only very small remnants left (Orth and
18    Moore, 1984). Research indicated that the major driving factor in the decline of SAV was
19    nutrient enrichment, which was causing excessive growth of algae in the water column and on
20    SAV leaf blades (epiphytic algae). This algal growth decreased light availability to the
21    submerged plants to the point that they could not survive (Kemp et al., 1983; Twilley et al.,
22    1985).
23          There is an annual cycle of oxygen depletion  in the Chesapeake Bay that begins as the
24    water starts to warm in spring, and oxygen depletion accelerates during and following the spring
25    freshet. The spring accumulation of algal biomass is more than sufficient to create conditions for
26    oxygen depletion and summer anoxia (Maione, 1991, 1992).  Hypoxia (very low dissolved
27    oxygen concentration) and anoxia (absence of dissolved oxygen) generally occur from May
28    through September, with the most severe conditions  observed in mid-summer. Seasonal hypoxia
29    has been a feature of the Chesapeake Bay since deforestation during the colonial period (Cooper
30    and Brush, 1991; Mai one, 1991), but evidence suggests an increase in the extent of the problem
31    in recent decades (Officer et al., 1984; Malone, 1991). Estuarine eutrophi cation is sometimes

      December 2007                           4-160        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    accompanied by increases in the populations of species of algae, often cyanobacteria that
 2    produce toxins.  Such chemicals can affect people, fish, shellfish, and other organisms.  Blooms
 3    of algae that produce toxins in Chesapeake Bay have become more extensive over approximately
 4    the past decade (Bricker et al., 2007).
 5           In 1983, EPA, District of Columbia, and states of Virginia, Maryland, and Pennsylvania
 6    signed the first Chesapeake Bay Agreement, which established the Chesapeake Bay Program—a
 7    voluntary government partnership that directs and manages bay cleanup efforts.  Scientific
 8    findings from the program led to the signing of the second Chesapeake Bay Agreement in 1987,
 9    in which it was agreed to reduce by 40% the N and P entering the Chesapeake Bay by the year
10    2000.  Point source reductions have been most successful, especially for P. Between 1985 and
11    1996, P point sources were reduced by 58% and N by 15%. Nonpoint source reductions have
12    been slower,  largely because nonpoint sources of nutrients are more difficult to control.
13    Nonpoint sources of N and P have been reduced by only 7% and 9%, respectively (Boesch et al.,
14    2001).  Effective reduction of nonpoint source nutrients will require such changes as adoption of
15    better agricultural practices, reduction of atmospheric N deposition, enhancement of wetlands
16    and other nutrient sinks, and control of urban sprawl.
17
18
19    4.4    OTHER WELFARE  EFFECTS
20
21    4.4.1     Nonacidification Effects of Sulfur
22           As discussed in Section 4.2, a number of environmental effects are associated with
23    S deposition, in particular, soil and water acidification. However, S deposition also contributes
24    to nutrient enrichment, toxicity, and secondary effects on the cycling and bioavailability of Hg, a
25    highly neurotoxic contaminant. High  concentrations of SC>2 can harm vegetation by causing
26    foliar injury,  decreasing plant growth, and eliminating sensitive plant species, although
27    atmospheric concentrations of 862 are seldom high enough to cause these effects on vegetation
28    at ambient air pollution levels in the United States.  The biogeochemical cycling of S is closely
29    linked with the cycling of other important elements, including C, N, P, Al, and Hg.  Therefore,
30    S deposition can influence the cycling of these elements in ways that influence nutrient
31    availability or contaminant toxicity. In particular, current research suggests that S deposition
32    influences the cycling of Hg in transitional and aquatic ecosystems by stimulating SO4+-reducing

      December 2007                          4-161        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    bacteria, which are also associated with Hg methylation, a key process that increases the
 2    bioavailability of Hg.
 3
 4    4.4.1.1     Biological Role of Sulfur
 5           S is an essential plant nutrient. Low dosages of S serve as a fertilizer, particularly for
 6    plants growing in S-deficient soil (Hogan et al., 1998).  A certain level of foliar SC>4+ is likely
 7    necessary for adequate S nutrition (Johnson and Mitchell, 1998), and S deficiency has been
 8    shown to occur at foliar SC>4+ levels below 80 jig/g (Turner and Lambert, 1980). Nevertheless,
 9    the annual increment of S in vegetation is usually small compared to atmospheric deposition and
10    leaching fluxes. Plants require similar levels of S and P, but S is generally available in much
11    higher concentrations in soil. Storage of S in vegetation is of minor significance in the retention
12    or loss of S in most forests (Mitchell et al., 1992; Johnson and Mitchell,  1998).
13           Current levels of S deposition throughout much of the United States exceed the capacity
14    of most plant communities to immobilize the deposited S (Johnson, 1984; Lindberg, 1992).
15    There are few field demonstrations of foliar SC>4+ uptake (Krupa and Legge,  1986, 1998; U.S.
16    Environmental Protection Agency, 2004).  Rather, SC>4+ in throughfall is often enriched above
17    levels in precipitation. The relative importance to this enrichment of foliar leachate versus prior
18    dry-deposited SC>4+ particles is difficult to quantify (Cape et al., 1992).
19           S is a major component of plant proteins and, as such, is an essential plant nutrient. The
20    most important source of S to vegetation is SC>4+, which is taken up from the soil by plant roots
21    (Marschner, 1995). The major factor controlling the movement of S from the soil into vegetation
22    is the rate of release through microbial decomposition of S from  organic to inorganic forms (May
23    et al., 1972; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1982c, 1993a; Marschner, 1995).  S also
24    plays a critical role in agriculture, and is an essential component of fertilizers used to increase
25    food production (Ceccotti and Messick,  1997).
26           Atmospheric deposition is an important component of the S cycle.  This is true not
27    only in polluted areas where atmospheric deposition is very high, but also in areas of low
28    S deposition. Biochemical relationships between S and N are involved in plant protein synthesis
29    and metabolism.  S deficiency reduces NOs reductase and glutamine synthetase activity.
30    N uptake in forests, therefore, could be loosely regulated by S availability, but SO4+ additions in
31    excess of needs do not necessarily lead to injury (Turner and Lambert, 1980; Hogan et al., 1998).
      December 2007                           4-162        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          S deficiency in forest soil is rare, but has been reported in remote areas that receive very
 2    low levels of atmospheric S deposition and that have inherently low S levels in soil (Turner
 3    et al., 1977, 1991). In such cases, atmospheric S deposition might be taken up by vegetation,
 4    with little SC>4+ leaching. Within areas of the United States influenced by acidic deposition, this
 5    is not expected to be a common phenomenon.  To some extent, plant uptake of S is determined
 6    by the availability of N. This is because most S  in plant tissue is in protein form, with a specific
 7    S:N ratio (Turner et al.,  1977, 1991; Johnson et al., 1982b).
 8          S deposition can have direct effects on plants via nutrient enrichment pathways. S is an
 9    essential nutrient for protein synthesis in plants.  Adequate S supply for sustaining plant health is
10    0.01 to 0.05% in soils (Nriagu, 1978). SC>4+ is the dominant form of bioavailable S in soils.
11    Plants can also utilize volatile S compounds such as SO2 in the atmosphere to fulfill nutrient
12    requirements (Rennenberg, 1984).  This S is directly available for diffusive uptake through the
13    leaf surface to support plant growth (Jager and Klein, 1980),  and can also become bioavailable in
14    the soil for plant root uptake (Moss, 1978).
15          With the discovery of S deficiencies in some unpolluted regions (Kelly and Lambert,
16    1972; Humphreys et al., 1975; Turner et al., 1977; Schnug, 1997) and excesses associated with
17    acidic deposition in other regions (Shriner and Henderson, 1978; Meiwes and Khanna, 1981;
18    Johnson et al., 1982a), interest in S nutrition and cycling in forests has heightened (U.S.
19    Environmental Protection Agency, 2004). General reviews of S cycling in forests were written
20    by Turner and Lambert (1980), Johnson (1984),  Mitchell et al. (1992), and Hogan et al. (1998).
21    The influence of atmospheric deposition on the S cycle was summarized by Johnson and
22    Mitchell (1998).
23
24    4.4.1.2     Role of Sulfur in Methylation of Mercury
25          A key step in the entrance of Hg into the food chain is methylation, which converts
26    inorganic Hg to organic compounds of Hg which are highly bioavailable and can accumulate in
27    fish tissue.  Methylation rates are influenced by oxygen content, temperature, pH, and the
28    concentration of organic acids in solution (Nagase et al., 1982; Xun et al., 1987; Winfrey and
29    Rudd, 1990; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1996).  The EPA's Science Advisory Board
30    concluded that there  is a large degree of scientific uncertainty and variability among water bodies
31    concerning the processes that methylate Hg (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1996).
32    Experimental observations show that when SC>4+ is added to wetlands or lakes, SC>4+ reduction is

      December 2007                           4-163       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    enhanced, leading to increased methylation and CH3Hg+ export, at least up to a point (Branfireun
 2    et al., 1999; Benoit et al., 2003; Watras et al., 2006).
 3          Methylating bacteria convert inorganic Hg (often Hg2+) into CH3Hg+, which is the form
 4    that bioaccumulates in fish and other biota. SC>4+ provides the necessary terminal electron
 5    acceptor for methylating bacteria (Gilmour et al., 1992). Many studies have also illustrated an
 6    association between low lake water pH and high Hg concentrations in fish (Grieb et al., 1990;
 7    Suns and Hitchin, 1990; Driscoll et al., 1994; Kamman et al., 2004). Hrabik and Watras (2002)
 8    found that decreases in fish Hg concentration in an experimentally de-acidified lake basin
 9    exceeded those in the reference lake basin by a factor of two over a 6-year period of
10    experimental de-acidification.  On the  other hand, in a study of over 600 randomly selected
11    streams and rivers throughout the western United States, Peterson et al. (2007) found little
12    relationship between fish tissue Hg concentrations and surface water pH,  SC>4+, or dissolved OC.
13    They attributed the lack of a chemical  relationship to the fact that low pH (<7) and high
14    dissolved OC systems were rare in the West.  The major factors controlling fish tissue Hg
15    concentrations in western streams and  rivers were fish size and feeding group, not water
16    chemistry.  In comparing CH3Hg+ levels in fish, it is necessary to control  for differences in fish
17    size and trophic position because highest CH3Hg+ concentrations are found  in large piscivorous
18    fish.
19
20    4.4.1.2.1     Conditions Conducive to Mercury Methylation
21          Hg in fish muscle tissue occurs mainly as CH3Hg+ (MeHg), (Bloom, 1992; Harris et al.,
22    2003). Hg methylation is largely attributed to SO4+-reducing bacteria, which are commonly
23    found in anoxic wetland and lake bottom sediments (Compeau and Bartha,  1985; Gilmour and
24    Henry, 1991; Gilmour et al., 1992).  Under increased S load, there are increases in the numbers
25    and activity of SO4+-reducing bacteria. The mechanisms for Hg methylation, as mediated by
26    SO4+-reducing bacteria, have been discussed by Choi et al. (1994), Ekstrom et al. (2003), and
27    Ekstrom and Morel (2004). Abiotic mechanisms responsible for Hg methylation also exist
28    (Weber,  1993; Hintelmann and Evans, 1997; Siciliano et al., 2005), but have not been shown to
29    be important.
30          Wetland environments have been shown to be significant areas of CH3Hg+ production
31    and sources of export to downstream receiving waters (St. Louis et al., 1994). Experimental
32    wetland studies have found that SO4+ addition can increase SO4+-reducing bacteria activity and

      December 2007                           4-164       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    cause increased CH3Hg+ production (Branfireun et al., 1999; Harmon et al., 2004; Jeremiason
 2    et al., 2006). For example, SC>4+ additions of both 2.8 kg/ha and 28 kg/ha to a nutrient-poor fen
 3    peatland in Ontario, Canada showed enhanced pore water CH3Hg+ production (Branfireun et al.,
 4    1999). Gilmour et al. (1992) found increased CH3Hg+ production within anoxic sediments of a
 5    reservoir located in central Massachusetts in response to SC>4+ addition in both experimental
 6    laboratory slurries and intact sediment cores.  Gilmour et al. (1992) also showed that CH3Hg+
 7    production was substantially reduced with addition of a known SO4+-reducing bacteria inhibitor
 8    (Na2MoC>4).  These results are in agreement with observations of Hg  methylation mediated by
 9    SO4+-reducing bacteria in  salt marsh sediments (Compeau and Bartha, 1985).  SC>4+ addition has
10    also been observed to enhance Hg methylation in freshwater wetland sediments (Branfireun
11    et al., 1999; Harmon et al., 2004; Jeremiason et al., 2006).
12          Wetland CH3Hg+ production has been measured at rates 26 to 79 times higher than in
13    upland areas of a Canadian boreal  forest (wetland: 1.84 to 5.55 mg ha l yr'1; upland: 0.07 mg
14    ha"1 yr"1) (St. Louis et al., 1994).  Watersheds containing 14.0% to 16.3% wetland yielded 5 to
15    14 times more CH3Hg+ than upland catchments that lacked wetlands  (St. Louis et al., 1994).  In
16    the same region, St. Louis et al.  (1996) found that all  watersheds were net sinks for total Hg, but
17    that watersheds containing wetlands regularly exported CH3Hg+ (St. Louis et al.,  1996).
18    However, CH3Hg+ export  from these watersheds was not directly proportional to percent wetland
19    coverage, indicating that other variables are also involved in the major processes that regulate
20    CH3Hg+ production and export.  In particular, the level of atmospheric Hg deposition and the
21    acid-base chemistry of drainage water may be important.
22          Branfireun et al. (1996) measured highest peat and pore water CH3Hg+ concentrations in
23    wetland  areas that exhibited characteristics of a poor fen environment (i.e., interaction with
24    nutrient-poor ground water).  St. Louis et al. (1996) observed that high water yield resulted in
25    high CH3Hg+ export.  Thus, the  proportion of upland  to wetland land area within a watershed
26    was not the only control on CH3Hg+ export, but wetland type and annual water yield also played
27    important roles (St. Louis  et al.,  1996).
28          Hg methylation occurs in anoxic sediments that contain  a sufficient C source to support
29    SO4+-reducing bacterial activity along with an adequate supply of SC>4+ for SO4+-reducing
30    bacteria-mediated SC>4+ reduction. These conditions are found in lake and pond bottom
31    sediments (Gilmour et al.,  1992), freshwater wetland  sediments (Branfireun et al., 1999; Harmon

      December 2007                           4-165        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    et al., 2004; Jeremiason et al., 2006), and salt mash sediments (Compeau and Bartha, 1985). Hg
 2    must also be present and bioavailable to SO4+-reducing bacteria for methylation to occur (Benoit
 3    et al., 1999). Microbial SO4+ reduction can further enhance the reducing conditions in sediments
 4    and bottom waters via the production of sulfide.  These wetland systems that are likely to exhibit
 5    high levels of Hg methylation can be found throughout the United States.
 6          Several studies have shown a strong negative correlation between surface water pH and
 7    Hg concentration in fish tissue, but the mechanisms responsible for this linkage are not clear. Hg
 8    concentrations in fish have also been shown to be less strongly correlated with a variety of other
 9    variables, including dissolved inorganic carbon (1C), Ca, Mg, dissolved OC, Na, lake area, and
10    watershed area (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1996).
11          Driscoll et al. (2007b) developed indicators of Hg sensitivity using two stratified,
12    random-probability surveys of northeastern lakes combined with the survey data sets of Chen
13    et al. (2005). This analysis showed that lakes with Hg levels above the EPA criterion of 0.3 jig/g
14    in yellow perch had significantly higher dissolved OC, and lower pH, ANC, and total P than
15    lakes with fish Hg concentrations below 0.3 jig/g (Driscoll et al., 2007b). Based on the
16    probability surveys, they  calculated that about 20% of lakes in the region had total P
17    concentrations above 30 |ig/L and yellow perch Hg concentrations below 0.3 |ig/g. In the
18    remaining 80% of lakes, 75% had yellow perch Hg concentrations exceeding 0.3 |ig/g when
19    surface water dissolved OC levels exceeded 4.0 mg C/L, a pH of less than 6.0, or an ANC of less
20    than 100 |ieq/L.
21          Most Hg in the water column of freshwaters is bound to organic matter, either to
22    dissolved OC or to suspended particulate matter.  Therefore, total Hg and CH?Hg+
23    concentrations are often positively correlated with dissolved OC in lake waters (Mierle and
24    Ingram, 1991; Driscoll et al., 1994; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  1996). Dissolved
25    OC, in turn, has an important influence on pH. Thus, several interrelated factors also seem to be
26    related to Hg contamination. For example, Driscoll et al. (1995) found one or more yellow perch
27    exceeding the 0.5 jig/g action level in 14 of 16 Adirondack study lakes despite wide ranges in pH
28    (to above 7) and ANC (to above 200 |ieq/L) (Mierle, 1990).
29          Several researchers have suggested that the export of Hg from terrestrial watersheds to
30    lakes may be controlled in large part by the nature of watershed soils and the movement of
31    naturally occurring organic acids (Mierle, 1990; Meili, 1991; Mierle and Ingram, 1991;

      December 2007                           4-166       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Engstrom et al., 1994).  This suggestion is based partly on the fact that dissolved organic matter
 2    strongly binds with Hg and partly on the observed positive correlation between Hg accumulation
 3    in lake sediments and the ratio of the watershed area to the lake area in relatively undisturbed
 4    watersheds (r2 = 0.91; r2 = 0.91) (Engstrom et al., 1994).  Engstrom et al. (1994) concluded that
 5    Hg export from the terrestrial watershed to lake water may be explained by factors regulating the
 6    export of fulvic and humic matter and by watershed area.  They based this conclusion on the
 7    close correlation between Hg concentration and humic matter in surface waters, the observation
 8    that peak concentrations of both Hg and dissolved organic matter tend to occur during periods of
 9    high runoff, and the experimental determination that Hg transport occurs primarily in upper soil
10    horizons.
11          Driscoll et al. (1994) concluded that the most obvious factor regulating the concentration
12    and availability of both total Hg and CH?Hg+ in Adirondack lakes is dissolved OC.  Driscoll
13    et al. (1994) found increased fish Hg concentrations with increasing dissolved OC up to
14    dissolved OC concentrations of about 8 mg/L, followed by lower concentrations in the highly
15    distrophic Rock Pond (dissolved OC = 26 mg/L).  They hypothesized that dissolved OC may
16    bind with CH3Hg+ at very high dissolved OC concentration, limiting the bioavailability of the
17    Hg.
18          In addition, calculations made by Driscoll et al. (1995) with the Hg Cycling Model
19    suggested that increases in dissolved OC result in increasing concentrations of Hg in biota but
20    decreases in the bioconcentration factor of Hg in fish tissue. Because the transport of Hg to
21    Adirondack lakes appeared to be linked to dissolved OC production from wetlands within the
22    watersheds of the study lakes, Driscoll et al. (1995) concluded that dissolved OC is important in
23    regulating Hg concentrations in the lakes, and ultimately the supply to fish.
24          In a recent study of biological Hg hotspots in the northeastern United States and
25    southeastern Canada, Evers et al. (2007) analyzed more than 7,300 observations of Hg levels in
26    seven species in three major taxonomic groups to quantify the spatial heterogeneity in tissue Hg
27    concentrations.  Using published effect thresholds for Hg tissue concentrations, they identified
28    five known and nine possible biological Hg hotspots. They reported that two of the biological
29    hotspots, located in the Adirondack  Mountains of New York and south-central Nova Scotia,
30    occur in areas with relatively low to moderate atmospheric Hg deposition and high landscape
      December 2007                           4-167        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    sensitivity, as determined by the abundant forest and wetland cover as well as the acidic surface
 2    water conditions (Evers et al., 2007).
 3
 4    4.4.1.2.2     Effects of Mercury Methylation
 5          A variety of biological effects can result from S deposition, in addition to the
 6    acidification effects discussed in Section 4.2. In particular, the enhanced methylation (and
 7    consequent enhanced bioavailability) of Hg that occurs in response to S addition can have
 8    adverse effects on fish and on species that consume large quantities offish.  CH3Hg+ is a potent
 9    neurotoxin to piscivorous mammals and birds (Scheuhammer et al., 2007). Thus, enhanced
10    bioavailability of Hg poses a public health risk to people who consume fish.  Hg bioaccumulates
11    at higher trophic levels, and therefore fish-eating wildlife can be affected. Piscivorous birds
12    generally have higher tissue Hg concentrations than non-piscivorous birds (Boening, 2000).
13          A range of effects has been demonstrated, including behavioral, reproductive,
14    neurochemical, and hormonal effects (Scheuhammer et al., 2007). Exposure offish and wildlife
15    to Hg occurs primarily through the diet.  Top predatory, especially piscivorous, animals feeding
16    on aquatic food chains are at greatest risk for Hg accumulation and toxicity (Scheuhammer et al.,
17    2007). Wildlife living in inland lake habitats tends to accumulate higher tissue concentrations of
18    Hg than those living in coastal habitats (Frederick et al., 2002; Evers et al., 2005).
19          S deposition is most likely to result in enhanced Hg methylation in regions that receive
20    relatively high levels of atmospheric Hg and S deposition and that exhibit characteristics
21    conducive to methylation. These include low ANC and low pH surface waters, with large
22    upstream or adjoining wetlands (Scheuhammer and Blancher, 1994; Wiener et al., 2003; Chen
23    et al., 2005; Scheuhammer et al., 2007).  Such sensitive  ecosystems are prevalent in portions of
24    the northeastern United States and southeastern Canada.  Studies of Hg concentration in feathers,
25    blood, and eggs of the common loon (Gavia immer) indicate decreasing concentrations from
26    west to east in this region (Evers et al., 1998, 2003).  This pattern is in general agreement with
27    patterns of deposition of both Hg and S.
28          Available data suggest that numerous wild populations offish, birds, and mammals
29    experience CH3Hg+ exposures that are high enough to cause substantial reproductive, behavioral
30    or health impairment. Reproduction is the component of response that appears to be most
31    affected (Scheuhammer et al., 2007).
      December 2007                           4-168        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          CH3Hg+ exposure can affect growth, reproductive ability, morphological characteristics,
 2    and feeding efficiency in fish. Friedman et al. (1996) investigated the effects of low-level
 3    (0.137 jig Hg/g) and high-level (0.987 jig Hg/g) dietary Hg concentrations (as CH3Hg+) on
 4    hatchery juvenile walleye (Stizostedion vitreuni). These experimental Hg exposures were chosen
 5    to reflect dietary Hg concentrations commonly encountered in North American lakes and
 6    streams. Results showed impaired fish growth and impaired gonad development in males.
 7          Fjeld et al. (1998) exposed grayling (Thymallus thymallus) embryos to varying
 8    concentrations of CH3Hg+ (0.16, 0.8, 4.0, and 20 |ig Hg/L) during their first 10 days of
 9    development.  This  exposure resulted in body tissue CH3Hg+ concentrations of 0.09, 0.27, 0.63,
10    and 3.80 jig Hg/g respectively. Morphological deformities were observed in fish exposed to the
11    highest level of CH3Hg+. Samson and Shenker (2000) also observed morphological disturbance
12    in zebrafish (Danio rerio) at embryonic CH3Hg+ exposure levels of 20 and 30 jig CH3HgCl/L.
13    Other fish such as mummichog (Fundulus heteroclitus) and rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus
14    mykiss) have also been observed to have teratogenic effects such as cyclopia, tail flexures,
15    cardiac malformations, jaw deformities, twinning, and axial coiling from embryonic CH3Hg+
16    exposure (Samson and Shenker, 2000).
17          Fish survival and subsequent population status can be jeopardized as a result of exposure
18    to CH3Hg+.  Fathead minnows (Pimephalespromelas) showed impaired feeding efficiency after
19    exposure to both 6.79 and  13.57 jig HgCb/L (Grippo  and Heath, 2003). Reduced feeding
20    efficiency and competitive ability was also observed in grayling exposed to 0.8 to 20 jig Hg/L as
21    embryos (Fjeld et al., 1998).
22
23    4.4.1.3     Summary
24          The  most important nonacidification effect of S deposition in areas of the United States
25    that receive high levels of S deposition concern the influence of S supply  on Hg methylation.
26    The extent of methylation governs the bioavailability  of Hg to biota.  High concentrations of
27    CH3Hg+ in fish can constitute an important health concern for people who consume large
28    quantities offish and can affect the health  and reproduction of piscivorous wildlife, including the
29    common loon, bald eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus\ and river otter (Lutra canadensis).
30    Hg methylation occurs mostly in wetland soils and bottom sediments of lakes and ponds.
31    S deposition to these ecosystems can enhance S reduction and Hg methylation processes.
32    Although S  can also be directly toxic to terrestrial vegetation, levels of S in ambient air pollution

      December 2007                           4-169      DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    and levels of S deposition commonly found in the United States are generally not high enough to
 2    cause substantial direct adverse effects on plants.
 3
 4    4.4.1.4     Sulfur Nutrient Enrichment Case Study: Interactive Effects of Sulfur and
 5              Mercury in Little Rock Lake, Wisconsin
 6          Little Rock Lake is an 18-ha precipitation-dominated seepage lake located in a forested
 7    and undisturbed catchment of northcentral Wisconsin. The extensive experimental work
 8    conducted at Little Rock Lake was described by Hrabik and Watras (2002). The research at
 9    Little Rock Lake provides considerable insight into the interactions of S and Hg in the lake, and
10    also bioaccumulation of Hg in fish in freshwater ecosystems.
11          In 1984, the lake was divided into two basins by placing an impermeable curtain across a
12    narrow lake section. One of the basins was experimentally acidified from pH 6.1 to 4.7 by
13    mixing H2SO4 into the surface water over a period of 6 years (Watras and Frost, 1989). The
14    other basin was left undisturbed to serve as a reference. Beginning in 1990, the treated basin was
15    left to de-acidify naturally.
16          Hg accumulation in yellow perch showed significant declines in fish in both the
17    experimental and reference basins between 1994 and 2000, commensurate with declines in
18    atmospheric deposition of Hg. Fish Hg concentrations in the experimental basin were 57%
19    higher in 1994 than in 2000, whereas concentrations were 36% higher in the reference basin
20    (Hrabik and Watras, 2002). The authors determined that half of the decrease in fish Hg
21    concentration was attributable to lakewater de-acidification and the other half was associated
22    with regional declines in atmospheric Hg deposition. In the reference basin, which had higher
23    pH and exhibited a lower rate of de-acidification,  15% of the decrease in fish Hg concentration
24    was due to de-acidification (Hrabik and Watras, 2002).
25          These findings were consistent with the hypothesis that SO4+ and newly added Hg
26    synergistically contribute to enhanced bioaccumulation of Hg in fish. In subsequent analyses,
27    Watras et al.  (2006) found that maximum CH?Hg+ concentrations in hypolimnetic waters were
28    directly correlated with the SC>4+ deficit and they observed a correlation between CH?Hg+ and
29    lakewater SC>4+ concentrations.  The tracking of external loads of Hg and S, and internal loads of
30    Hg and CH3Hg+ suggested a tight biogeochemical connection among atmospheric deposition,
31    SC>4+ reduction, and Hg methylation. However, these relationships did  not fully explain the
      December 2007                           4-170       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    observed large inter-annual variability in CH3Hg+ accumulation. The variability appeared to be
 2    influenced by OC, terrestrial runoff and temperature.
 3          The results from the Little Rock Lake acidification experiment suggest that S deposition
 4    plays an important role in the accumulation and methylation of Hg in freshwater ecosystems, and
 5    that acid deposition and Hg deposition have a disproportionately larger effect together than either
 6    would have separately (Watras et al., 2006).
 7
 8    4.4.2    Direct Phytotoxic Effects of Gaseous Nitrogen and Sulfur on
 9             Vegetation
10          This section is intended to be a brief overview of the exposure and phytotoxic effects of
11    gaseous N and S compounds on vegetation.  This recognizes that the major focus of this review
12    is the acidic and N deposition on to vegetation and ecosystems. However, direct effects of
13    gaseous N and S could  augment the effects of deposition on vegetation and there may be effects
14    of gaseous N and S that may occur in some areas.
15          The effects of major gaseous pollutants such as SC>2, nitrogen dioxide (NO2), and Os on
16    vegetation have been studied since the 1950s and 1960s. Methodologies have been developed to
17    study these effects in the lab, greenhouse, and in the field.  The methodologies to study gaseous
18    pollutants effects on vegetation have been recently reviewed in the 63 AQCD (U.S.
19    Environmental Protection Agency, 2006a).  Readers are referred to the Section AX9.1 of the 63
20    AQCD (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2006a) and Section 9.2 in the 1993 NO2 AQCD
21    (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1993a) for a thorough description of all the
22    methodologies used to expose vegetation to gaseous pollutants.
23          Uptake of gaseous pollutants in a vascular plant canopy is a complex process involving
24    adsorption to surfaces (leaves, stems, and soil) and absorption into leaves. These pollutants
25    penetrate into leaves primarily in gaseous form through the stomata, although there is evidence
26    for limited pathways via the cuticle. Pollutants must travel from the bulk air to the leaf boundary
27    layer in order to get to the stomata.  Although the movement of pollutants through a boundary
28    layer into the stomata region is known to be important, and even rate limiting in many cases of
29    low wind velocity, its description has been defined from aeronautical concepts and usually
30    relates to smooth surfaces that are not typical of leaf-surface morphology; however, it is nearly
31    the only treatment available (Gates, 1968).  Once through the boundary layer, the gas must enter
32    the leaf through the  stomata. The entry of gases into a leaf is dependent upon the physical and

      December 2007                           4-171        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    chemical processes of gas phase and surfaces as well as the stomatal aperture.  The aperture of
 2    the stomata is controlled largely by the prevailing environmental conditions, such as humidity,
 3    temperature,  and light intensity. When the stomata are closed, as occurs under dark or drought
 4    conditions, then resistance to gas uptake is very high and the plant has a very low degree of
 5    susceptibility to injury (Figure 4.4-1).  The stomatal control of uptake of gaseous pollutants is
 6    described in more detail in AX9.2 of the Os AQCD (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
 7    2006a) and Section 9.3.1.5 of the oxides of nitrogen AQCD (U.S. Environmental Protection
 8    Agency, 1993a). It should be noted that unlike higher plants, mosses and lichens do not have a
 9    protective cuticle barrier to gaseous pollutants, a major reason for their sensitivity to gaseous
10    SandN.
11
12    4.4.2.1    Direct Phytotoxic Effects of SO2 on Vegetation
13          It has been known since the early 1900s that exposure of plants to SO2  can cause damage
14    and death (Wislicenus, 1914).  The large sources of SO2 were ore smelters. Sulfides in the ore
15    were oxidized during smelting and resulted in large releases of SC>2. Emissions from large ore
16    smelters in the United States and Canada resulted in large areas denuded of vegetation
17    surrounding these facilities (Swain 1949; Thomas 1951). Much of the damage to the vegetation
18    was due to acute effects of high concentrations of 862. However,  as early as 1923 researchers
19    recognized that 862 might reduce plant growth without acute symptoms of foliar injury (Stoklasa
20    1923). In the 1950s through the early  1980s, there was much research on the effects of lower
21    levels of 862 as well as the interaction with other pollutants such as 63 and NC>2.  Since then,
22    there has been much less research on the effects of SO2 on vegetation, especially in the United
23    States, due to the decreasing ambient concentrations of SO2. This section will  briefly recap what
24    is known about the effect of SC>2 on vegetation and summarize some of the limited recent
25    literature.
26          Currently, SC>2 is the only Criteria Pollutant with a secondary NAAQS  distinct from the
27    primary  standard.  This standard is to protect acute foliar injury resulting from 862 exposure.
28    The standard is a 3-h average of 0.50 ppm and was promulgated in 1970 to protect against acute
29    foliar injury in vegetation. The last review of the 862 secondary standard was completed in
30    1982 and concluded that controlled experiments and field observations supported retaining this
31    secondary standard (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1982a,b). Acute  foliar injury
      December 2007                           4-172       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                  Cuticle
           Epidermis    r
              Pallisade
              Mesophyll
               Spongy
              Mesophyll <
           Epidermis
                                         Light
                                                 03> NOX, SOX
                                                      i
                                                     1?
Illlllllllll
      C, = [C02]4
                 Cuticle*
                         Guard Cell
         /*
                       C0=[C02]-
                         'Guard Cell
                       03, NOX, SOX
                 Vascular
                 -System
     Figure 4.4-1. The microarchitecture of a dicot leaf. While details among species vary, the
                 general overview remains the same.  Light that drives photosynthesis
                 generally falls upon the upper (adaxial leaf surface. COi, SOx, NOx, and Os
                 gases generally enter through the stomata on the lower (abaxial) leaf surface,
                 while water vapor exits through the stomata (transpiration).
 1   usually happens with hours of exposure, involves a rapid absorption of a toxic dose and involves
 2   collapse or necrosis of plant tissues.  Another type of visible injury is termed chronic injury and
 3   is usually a result of variable SC>2 exposures over the growing season.  After entering the leaf,
 4   SC>2 is converted to sulfite and bisulfite, which may be oxidized to SC>4+. SC>4+ is about 30 times
 5   less toxic than sulfite and bisulfite.  The conversion of sulfite and bisulfite to SC>4+ results in net
 6   H+ production in the cells. Kropff (1991) proposed that the appearance of SCVinduced leaf
 7   injury was likely due to a disturbance of intracellular pH regulation. Kropff (1991) pointed out
 8   several studies that the pH of homogenates only shifted towards greater acidity when plants were
 9   lethally damaged from long-term SO2 exposures (Grill 1971; Jager and Klein, 1977; Thomas
10   et al., 1944). The appearance of foliar injury can vary significantly between species and growth
     December 2007
                4-173
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    conditions affecting stomatal conductance. Currently there is not regular monitoring for 862
 2    foliar injury effects in the United States.
 3          Besides foliar injury, long-term lower SO2 concentrations can result in reduced
 4    photosynthesis, growth, and yield of plants. These effects are cumulative over the season and are
 5    often not associated with visible foliar injury.  As with foliar injury, the effects of foliar injury
 6    vary among species and growing environment. The 1982 SC>2 AQCD summarized the
 7    concentration-response information available at the time (U.S. Environmental Protection
 8    Agency, 1982a).  Effects on growth and yield of vegetation were associated with increased 862
 9    exposure concentration and time of exposure.  However, that document concluded that more
10    definitive concentration-response  studies needed before useable exposure metrics could be
11    identified.  Because of falling ambient SO2 concentrations and focus on O3 vegetation effects
12    research, few studies have emerged to better inform a metric and levels of concern for effects of
13    SC>2 growth and productivity of vegetation. Most research has been performed in areas of
14    Europe where ambient SC>2 concentrations are generally higher than in the United States.
15
16    4.4.2.2    Direct Phytotoxic Effects of Gaseous NOi on Vegetation
17
18    4.4.2.2.1    NOandNO2
19          It has been well known that in sufficient concentrations nitric oxide (NO) and NC>2 have
20    the potential to have phytotoxic effects on plants through decreasing photosynthesis and
21    induction of visible foliar injury (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  1993a).  The 1993
22    NOx AQCD concluded that concentrations of NC>2 or NO in the atmosphere are rarely high
23    enough to have phytotoxic effects on vegetation (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
24    1993a).  Since the 1993 AQCD, very little new research has been done on these phytotoxic
25    effects to alter this conclusion. However, it is known that these gases could be altering the N
26    cycle in  some ecosystems, especially in the western United States, and contributing N saturation
27    (Fenn et al., 2003a; Bytnerowicz and Fenn, 1996). See Section 4.3 for a discussion of the
28    nutrient  effects of N.
29          In general, NO and NO2 enters leaves through stomata (Saxe,  1986). However, it has
30    also been shown that the leaf cuticle may be an important receptor for NO2 and there is evidence
31    of transport of NO and NO2 across isolated cuticles (Lendzian and Kerstians, 1988).  After
32    entering the leaves, NO2 dissolves in the extracellular water of the sub-stomatal cavity to form

      December 2007                           4-174        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    HNO2 and HNO3, which then dissociate to form nitrite, NO3j  and protons (Bytnerowicz et al.,
 2    1998).  Both cell and tonoplast membranes contain ATP-dependent H+ pumps and the tonoplast
 3    pumps are strongly inhibited by NO3 (Bytnerowicz et al., 1998).  If extra protons are deposited
 4    in vacuoles of the plant cells during normal cellular regulation, then additional acidity will occur
 5    in combination with  additional NO3 . This combination can cause disruptions in cellular control
 6    (Taylor and MacLean, 1970). N(V and nitrite are metabolized to amino acids and proteins
 7    through a series of enzymatic reactions  mainly involving N(V and nitrite reductases (Amundson
 8    and MacLean 1982).  The effectiveness of plants to reduce N(V and nitrite to amino acids and
 9    proteins determines the potential of the  plant to detoxify NO and NO2 (Wellburn,  1990).
10    Reduction of NO3 takes place outside of the chloroplast while the reduction of nitrite is coupled
11    with the light reactions of photosynthesis.  Therefore, when leaves are exposed to NO and NO2
12    in the dark, highly phytotoxic levels of nitrite accumulate and may lead to greater toxicity to NO
13    and NO2 at night (Amundson and MacLean, 1982). Exposure to NO produces both MV and
14    nitrite in the leaves, but the rate of MV accumulation is much slower than nitrite. Thus, plants
15    exposed to high NO  could be at risk to elevated concentrations of nitrite (Wellburn, 1990). More
16    detailed information  on the cellular effects of NO and NO2 can be found in the 1993 NOx
17    AQCD.
18          Necrotic lesions and excessive defoliation may occur as a result of accidental releases of
19    NO or NO2 from point sources during relatively short periods of exposure (MacLean et al.,
20    1968).  With the normal ranges of concentrations occurring in large U.S. cities, detrimental
21    effects on long-term  photosynthesis and growth of plants may have the potential to occur, but
22    this effect has not been quantified or studied.  Significant foliar injury due to exposure to NO or
23    NO2 is not expected  to occur.
24
25    4.4.2.2.2     PeroxyacetylNitrate (PAN)
26          Peroxyacetyl nitrate (PAN) is a well-known photochemical oxidant, often  co-occurring
27    with O3 during high photochemical episodes, which has been shown to cause injury to vegetation
28    (See reviews by Cape, 2003, 1997; Kleindienst,  1994; Smidt,  1994; Temple and Taylor, 1983).
29    Acute foliar injury symptoms resulting from exposure to PAN are generally characterized as a
30    glazing, bronzing, or silvering of the underside of the leaf surface; some sensitive plant species
31    include spinach, Swiss chard, lettuces, and tomatoes.  Petunias have also been characterized as


      December 2007                           4-175       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    sensitive to PAN exposures and have been used as bioindicators of in areas of Japan (Nouchi
 2    et al., 1984).  Controlled experiments have also shown significant negative effects on the net
 3    photosynthesis and growth of petunia {Petunia hybrida L.) and kidney bean (Phaseolus vulgaris
 4    L.) after exposure of 30 ppbV of PAN for four hours on each of three alternate days (Izuta et al.,
 5    1993). As mentioned previously, it is known that oxides of N, including PAN, could be altering
 6    the N cycle in some ecosystems, especially in the western United States, and contributing
 7    N saturation (Fenn et al., 2003a; Bytnerowicz and Fenn, 1996).  See Section 4.3 for a discussion
 8    of the nutrient effects of N.  Although PAN continues to persist as an important component of
 9    photochemical pollutant episodes, there is little evidence in recent years suggesting that PAN
10    poses a significant risk to vegetation in the United States.
11
12    4.4.3     N2O as a GHG and Interactions between Nitrogen Deposition and
13             Biogenic N2O  Emissions.
14
15    4.4.3.1     GHG
16          As discussed in Chapter 2, N2O is a GHG with a global warming potential (GWP) on the
17    conventional 100-year time horizon of-296 (i.e., N2O is nearly 300 times more effective for
18    trapping heat in the atmosphere than CO2 over a 100-year period (IPCC, 2007). The largest
19    fraction of U.S. GHG emissions are from CO2, followed by CH4 and N2O  (83.3%, 7.4%, and
20    6.5% of total GHG emissions from the United States on a Tg CO2 equivalents basis,
21    respectively) in 2005 (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Inventory, 2007a).  GHGs force
22    global climate change by trapping infrared radiation.  A rigorous assessment of this process is
23    provided by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC, 2007). It is important to
24    note the process of climate change is projected to alter meterological patterns  that include
25    temperature extremes and patterns of precipitation, including the projected likelihood of extreme
26    precipitation events. Changes in meteorological patterns are one factor associated with climate
27    change that will alter ecosystems. In Annex 7, Table 7-1 provides a short-list of GHGs and the
28    environmental factors indicated to change because of climate change. A comprehensive
29    discussion of the adverse effects of climate change on ecosystems and other welfare effects in
30    North America are assessed in chapter fourteen of the IPCC working group II assessment (Field
31    etal.,2007).
     December 2007                           4-176       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          In addition to directly and indirectly altering climate change, human activities may also
 2    affect the biogenic production of N2O (e.g., anthropogenic N additions to ecosystem increasing
 3    the production of N2O). The indications of a potential feedback between climate change,
 4    N deposition,  and N2O emissions are discussed below.
 5
 6    4.4.3.2    Interactions between Nitrogen Deposition and NiO Production
 7          Human activities can significantly enhance the natural processes that lead to N2O
 8    formation. For example, the N nutrient loading in water bodies due to fertilization and run-off to
 9    streams can enhance N2O emissions from these natural sources.
10
11    Terrestrial Ecosystems
12          Numerous studies that show that N2O emissions from soils increase upon artificial
13    N additions (Brumme and Beese, 1992; Matson et al., 1992; Klemedtsson et al., 1997; Papen
14    et al., 2001). Regions with elevated atmospheric N-deposition due to anthropogenic activity also
15    show increased N2O emissions (Butterbach-Bahl et al., 1998, 2002). For example, Ambus and
16    Robertson (2006) investigated study sites located in southwest Michigan consisting of old
17    growth deciduous (40-60 year old) coniferous and success!onal grasslands that they stimulated
18    by introducing an additional 1-3 g N m"2 yr"1 (0.84 g N m"2 yr"1 ambient). They compared the
19    field results to a second experiment conducted in a laboratory setting that simulated the field
20    conditions.  The results indicate no change in N2O emissions for conifer forest and grasslands.
21    The deciduous forest studied showed increased N mineralization, suggesting the system was
22    approaching N saturation. The additional lab study showed a significant and positive
23    relationship between N deposition and N2O efflux with N additions up to 10  g m"2 in both
24    coniferous and deciduous forests (Ambus and Robertson, 2006). Investigation of N2O emissions
25    from a 145 yr old Beech tree stand in Stollig Germany that compared ambient N deposition
26    (35 kg N ha"1 yr"1) to elevated N deposition (145 kg N ha"1 yr"1) indicated elevated N deposition
27    stimulated annual N2O emissions (5.6 to 7.8 kg N ha"1 yr"1, respectively [Brumme and Beese,
28    1992]). Investigation of sites with  similar species composition and climate across Europe, yet
29    with differing rates of wet N deposition (measured as NH4+) showed a significant and positive
30    correlations between increasing N deposition and increasing N2O flux (f(x) = 4.7 + 1.4x, r2 =
31    0.38, P < 0.001) (Butterbach-Bahl et al., 1998).
      December 2007                           4-177       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Other studies show N deposition to switch ecosystems from a sink to a source of biogenic
 2   N2O. For example, a study of a mixed spruce, fir and pine stand  (85-125 yrs old) showed the
 3   ecosystem was a sink on 7 of 9 sampling dates under ambient N deposition (10 kg N  ha l yr'1).
 4   However, the ecosystem was functioning as a source 6 of 9 sampling dates under elevated
 5   N deposition (150 kg ha l yr'1). This switch in ecosystem function from sink to source was
 6   attributed to a stimulation of nitrification rather than denitrification (Papen et al., 2001).
 7
 8   Soil Moisture and Rainfall
 9          Soil moisture plays an important role affecting N2O production.  A study of mixed
10   spruce, pine and birch forest (100 yrs old) under well- and poorly drained soil moisture
11   conditions indicated poorly drained soils produced 1/3 more N2O (118 g N2CTN ha"1  yr"1).
12   When N deposition was increased in the poorly drained soil from ambient (12 kg N ha l yr'1) to
13   elevated (42 kg N ha l yr'1), N2O emissions increased by a factor of more than 2 (254 kg N ha l
14   yr"1) (Klemedtsson et al., 1997).
15          Rainfall events are an important feature controlling N2O produced via denitrification.
16   Rainfall  inhibits oxygen diffusion into the soil creating anoxic conditions, which increases rates
17   of denitrification. A study of a spruce forest under ambient and elevated N deposition (20 and
18   30 kg N  ha"1 yr"1, respectively) revealed through most of the study period N2O emission was
19   equivalent (Mohn et al., 2000).  However, after rainfall events the maximum rate of N2O
20   emission was much higher for the +N plots, especially when rainfall caused low soil redox
21   potential (an indicator of anoxic conditions).
22
23   Modeling under Climate Variations
24          The PnET-N-DNDC model is designed to simulate and predict soil C and
25   N biogeochemistry in temperate forest ecosystems and to simulate the emissions of N2O and NO
26   from forest soils.  The model couples the PnET model (Photosynthesis-Evapotranspiartion-
27   Model),  the Denitrification-Decomposition (DNDC) model, and an N module that are further
28   described in Li et al. (1992, 1996, 2000), Li (2000), and Stange et al. (2000).  The capacity of
29   this model to simulate N trace gas emissions from forest soils was tested by comparing model
30   results with results form field measurements at 19 different field sites across Europe and 1 site in
31   the United States  (Kesik et al., 2005). Denitrification is described in the model as a series of
32   sequential reductions driven by microorganism using N oxides as electron acceptors under

     December 2007                           4-178       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    anaerobic conditions.  As intermediates of the processes, NO and N2O are tightly controlled by
 2    the kinetics of each step in the sequential reactions.  Possible feedbacks of temperature change
 3    on forest soil NO and N2O emissions in Europe were investigated using PnET-N-DNDC (Kesik
 4    et al., 2006).  Interactions between temperature, precipiationa, and forest soil NO and N2O
 5    emissions in Europe were investigated using PnET-N-DNDC (Kesik et al., 2006), abiotic
 6    parameters are summarized in Table 4.4-1.  The model results indicate areas with light texture
 7    soils (below 15%) that decreasing precipitation and increasing temperature resulted in decreased
 8    soil moisture values; in turn, soil aeration increased while N2O production by denitrification
 9    decreases.  Under these same environmental conditions, NO production by nitrification
10    increases. Most laboratory studies show increasing Temp increases N2O production, however if
11    water filled pore space (WFPS) increases to 70-80% then N2 rather than N2O is the main product
12    of denitrification and N2O emissions go down.
13
14    4.4.4     Atmospheric Sources of NC>3~ in Drinking Water
15          High-quality potable water is an ecosystem services that may be impaired by atmospheric
16    N pollution.  Elevated NOs  levels in drinking water have been link to human health risks
17    (Towsend et al., 2003). Elevated NOs  in stream and groundwater raise concerns about drinking
18    water quality (Fenn et al., 1998). In regions of the United States such as southern California,
19    MV concentrations in stream and groundwater from montane watersheds are the highest
20    reported in North America, with concentrations reaching as much as 370 |ieq/L (Fenn et al.,
21    2003a). Furthermore, ground water is  elevated in these areas (Towsend et al., 2003) and these
22    watersheds serve as sources of drinking water for nearby urban areas. Similar situations may
23    exist in other areas of the United States; however, there is little information available about the
24    extent to which atmospheric N deposition contributes to NOs  levels in groundwaters used for
25    drinking.
      December 2007                           4-179       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
   TABLE 4.2-1. EXAMPLES OF CHEMICAL INDICATORS OF EFFECTS FROM
            ACIDIC DEPOSITION ON TERRESTRIAL ECOSYSTEMS
Examples of Chemical Indicators
Soil base saturation
Soil solution Ca:Al ratio
Soil C:N ratio
Example Possible
Impact Threshold
10-20%
1.0
20-25
References
Lawrence et al. (2005)
Driscoll et al. (2001)
Cronanetal. (1990)
Cronan and Grigal (1995)
Aber et al. (2003)
        TABLE 4.2-2. EXAMPLE BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS INDICATORS IN
                        TERRESTRIAL ECOSYSTEMS
   Indicator
    Species
    Example of Health Indices
          References
 Red spruce
Percent dieback of canopy trees
 Shortleetal. (1997)
 DeHayesetal. (1999)
 Sugar maple     Basal area dead sugar maple (as %)
               Crown vigor index
               Fine twig dieback
                                Bailey etal. (1999)
                                Drohan and DeWalle (2002)
   TABLE 4.2-3. EXAMPLES OF CHEMICAL INDICATORS OF EFFECTS FROM
              ACIDIC DEPOSITION ON AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS
Chemical Indicator
Surface water pH
Surface water ANC
Inorganic Al
Examples of Potential
Thresholds
5.0-6.0
0-50 |ieq/L
2-4 |imol/L
References
Baker etal. (1990)
Bulger etal. (1999)
Wigington Jr. et al. (1996)
Driscoll etal. (2001)
Baldigo et al. (2007)
December 2007
                    4-180
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
o

O

to
O
O
oo
H

6
o


O
H

O


o
H
W

O


O
HH
H
W
  TABLE 4.2-4.  ESTIMATES OF CHANGE IN NUMBER AND PROPORTION OF ACIDIC SURFACE WATERS IN

ACID-SENSITIVE REGIONS OF THE NORTH AND EAST, BASED ON APPLYING CURRENT RATES OF CHANGE

 IN GRAN ANC TO PAST ESTIMATES OF POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS FROM PROBABILITY SURVEYS

Region
New England
Adirondacks
N. Appalachians
Ridge/Blue Ridge
Upper Midwest
Results
Population
Size
6,834 lakes
1830 lakes
42,426 km
32,687 km
8,574 lakes
of Regional Survey
Number
Acidic1
386 lakes
238 lakes
5,014km
1,634 km
25 Hakes
% Acidic2
5.6%
13.0%
11.8%
5.0%
2.9%
Time Period
of Estimate
1991-94
1991-94
1993-94
1987
1984
Rate of
ANC
change3
+0.3
+0.8
+0.7
-0.0
+1.0
Results of Monitoring during 1990s
Estimated Number
Acidic in 2000
374 lakes
149 lakes
3,600 km
1,634 km
80 lakes
% Acidic in
2000
5.5%
8.1%
8.5%
5.0%
0.9%
% Change in
Number of Acidic
Systems
-2%
-38%
-28%
0%
-68%
          Number of lakes/streams with Gran ANC < 0 in past probability survey by EPA (data collected at "Time Period of Estimate," in column 5)

          2 Percent of population (from Column 2) with Gran ANC < 0 in past probability survey (data collected at "Time Period of Estimate," in column 5)

          3 Based on regional trends presented in the Stoddard et al. (2003) report, in ueq/L/year, for the 1990s.




         Source:  Stoddard et al. (2003).
        H://dpc/1704/1704 NOx_SOx ECO Chapter4 2007 1213_ed.doc

-------
o
ft>
o

3
cr

to
o
o
^1



TABLE 4.2-5. REGIONAL TREND RESULTS FOR LONG-TERM MONITORING LAKES AND STREAMS FOR THE
PERIOD 1990 THROUGH 2000

Region
New England Lakes
Adirondack Lakes
Appalachian Streams
Upper Midwest Lakes
Ridge/Blue Ridge Streams
S042
(jieq/L/yr)
-1.77**
-2.26**
-2.27*
-3.36**
+0.29**
N03
(jieq/L/yr)
+0.01™
-0.47**
-1.37**
+0.02m
-0.07**
(values are median slopes for the group of sites in each region)
Base Cations
[Ca + Mg] (jieq/L/yr)
-1.48**
-2.29**
-3.40**
-1.42**
-o.or
Gran ANC
(jieq/L/yr)
+0.1 rs
+1.03**
+0.79*
+1.07**
-0.07ns
Hydrogen
(jieq/L/yr)
-0.01m
-0.19**
-0.08*
-0.01*
+0.01™
DOC
(mg/L/yr)
+0.03*
+0.06**
+0.03m
+0.06**
NA
Aluminum
OigfL/yr)
+0.09ns
-1.12**
+0.56ns
-0.06ns
NA
             °s Regional trend not significant (p > 0.05)

             * p < 0.05

             **p<0.01

             NA = insufficient data




           Source:  Stoddard et al. (2003).
 oo
 to
 H

 6
 o


 o
 H

O

 o
 H
 W

 O


 O
 HH
 H
 W

-------
    TABLE 4.2-6. REFERENCE LEVELS FOR THE ACIDIC STRESS INDEX (ASI)
    BASED ON LOGISTIC REGRESSION OF FISH PRESENCE AS A FUNCTION
       OF THE SENSITIVE INTERMEDIATE AND TOLERANT ASI VALUES
                              FOR FISH SPECIES
         Reference Acid Stress Index
                                Fish Response
       Lakes
 Tolerant ASI > 30
      Streams
Intermediate ASI > 30    Loss of all fish species
 Tolerant ASI > 10
Sensitive ASI > 30
Loss of brook trout
 Intermediate ASI > 80
                      Loss of other sport fish, such as
                      smallmouth bass and lake trout
 Sensitive ASI > 80
Sensitive ASI > 10
Loss of acid-sensitive species, such as
minnows
Source: Baker et al. (1990b).
             TABLE 4.2-7. OBSERVED RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN
          ZOOPLANKTON SPECIES RICHNESS AND LAKEWATER ANC
                      IN THE ADIRONDACK MOUNTAINS
Taxonomic Group
Total zooplankton
Crustaceans
Rotifers

Richness
Richness
Richness
Equation
= 15. 65 + 0.089 ANC
= 6.35 + 0.028 ANC
= 9.04 + 0.053 ANC
r2
0.46
0.47
0.30
P
0.001
0.001
0.001
Source: Sullivan et al. (2006b).
December 2007
              4-183
   DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
         TABLE 4.2-8.  STUDIES THAT EITHER DID (YES) OR DID NOT (NO)
        YIELD EVIDENCE THAT ACIDIC DEPOSITION AFFECTED CERTAIN
                                    SPECIES OF BIRDS
Species
Common loon
Arctic loon
Common merganser
Belted kingfisher
Osprey
Black duck
Common goldeneye
Ring-necked duck
Eurasian dipper
Eastern kingbird
Tree swallow
Diet/
Foraging
Yes No
X



X
X

X
X

X
Breeding
Distribution
Yes No
X X

X
X
X
X
xb

X
X
X
Reproductive
Measures
Yes No
X X
X
X

X
xb

X
X
X
X
Reference3
1-3, 22-24
4
5,22
6
7,8
9-12
5,10
13, 14
15-17
18
19-21
 al=Alvoetal. (1988)
 2 = Parker (1988)
 3 = Wayland and McNicol (1990)
 4 = Eriksson (1987)
 5 = McNicol etal. (1987b)
 6 = Goriup(1989)
 7 = Eriksson (1983)
 b The effect was beneficial.
 8 = Eriksson (1986)
 9 = Hunter et al. (1986)
10 = DesGranges and Darveau (1985)
11 =Rattneretal. (1987)
12 = Harasmis and Chu (1987)
13,14 = McAuley and Longcore (1988a,b)
15,16 = Ormerod etal. (1985,1986)
    17 = Ormerod and Tyler (1987)
    18 = Glooschenko et al. (1986)
    19,20 = Blancher and McNicol (1988, 1991)
    21 =St. Louis etal. (1990)
    22 = Blancher and McNicol (1991)
    23 = DesGranges and Houde (1989)
    24 = Blair (1990)
Source: Longcore and Gill (1993).
December 2007
               4-184
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
           TABLE 4.2-9. GENERAL SUMMARY OF BIOLOGICAL CHANGES
       ANTICIPATED WITH SURFACE WATER ACIDIFICATION, EXPRESSED
	AS A DECREASE IN SURFACE WATER pH	
 pH Decrease                                General Biological Effects
 6.5 to 6.0      Small decrease in species richness of plankton and benthic invertebrate communities resulting
               from the loss of a few highly acid-sensitive species, but no measurable change in total
               community abundance or production.

               Some adverse effects (decreased reproductive success) may occur for highly acid-sensitive fish
               species (e.g., fathead minnow, striped bass).

 6.0 to 5.5      Loss of sensitive species of minnows and dace, such as fathead minnow and blacknose dace; in
               some waters, decreased reproductive success of lake trout and walleye, which are important sport
               fish species in some areas.

               Visual accumulation of filamentous green algae in the near-shore zone of many lakes and in
               some streams.

               Distinct decrease in species richness and change in species composition of plankton and benthic
               invertebrate communities, although little if any change in total community abundance or
               production.

               Loss of some common invertebrate species from zooplankton and benthic communities,
               including many species of snails, clams, mayflies, and amphipods, and some crayfish.

 5.5 to 5.0      Loss of several important sport fish species, including lake trout, walleye, rainbow trout, and
               smallmouth bass, as well as additional nongame species such as creek chub.

               Further increase in the extent and abundance of filamentous green algae in lake near-shore areas
               and streams.

               Continued shift in species composition and decline in species richness of plankton, periphyton,
               and benthic invertebrate communities; decreases in total abundance and biomass of benthic
               invertebrates and zooplankton may occur in some waters.

               Loss of several additional invertebrate species common in surface waters, including all  snails,
               most species of clams, and many species of mayflies, stoneflies, and other benthic invertebrates.

               Inhibition of nitrification.
December 2007                               4-185        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
      TABLE 4.2-9 (cont'd). GENERAL SUMMARY OF BIOLOGICAL CHANGES
       ANTICIPATED EITH SURFACE WATER ACIDIFICATION, EXPRESSED
	AS A DECREASE IN SURFACE WATER pH	
 pH Decrease                                General Biological Effects
 5.0 to 4.5      Loss of most fish species, including most important sport fish species such as brook trout and
               Atlantic salmon. A few fish species are able to survive and reproduce in water below pH 4.5
               (e.g., central mudminnow, yellow perch, and in some waters, largemouthbass).

               Measurable decline in the whole-system rates of decomposition of some forms of organic matter,
               potentially resulting in decreased rates of nutrient cycling.

               Substantial decrease in number of species of plankton and benthic invertebrates and further
               decline in species richness of plankton and periphyton communities; measurable decrease in total
               community biomass of plankton and benthic invertebrates of most waters.

               Loss of additional species of plankton and benthic invertebrate species, including all clams and
               many insects and crustaceans.

               Reproductive failure of some acid-sensitive species of amphibians, such as spotted salamanders,
               Jefferson salamanders, and the leopard frog.

Source: Baker et al. (1990a).
December 2007                              4-186        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
o

O

to
O
O
TABLE 4.3-1.  ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF NITROGEN DEPOSITION IN TERRESTRIAL ECOSYSTEMS
                          DESCRIBED FOR STUDY SITES IN THE WESTERN UNITED STATES
               Ecological or Environmental
                         Impact
                                         Location
                                                                       Level of Uncertainty
                                                                                                         Possibility of Broader Occurrence
                                                                                                                  (at other sites)
                                                                                                                                               Reference
            N enrichment of soil and plants
                          Forests and chaparral ecosystems in the
                          Transverse Ranges of southern California
                          and in the southwest Sierra Nevada; coastal
                          sage scrub in southern California; incipient
                          responses reported for forests in the
                          Colorado Front Range
                                                                            Well-established response
N enrichment seems likely in other
areas of emissions sources because of
the expectation of high atmospheric
inputs (e.g., deposition data for the
Phoenix, Arizona, region in Fenn
et al., 2003a.)
Fenn et al. (1996, 2003c), Allen et al.
(1998), Fenn and Poth (1999),
Padgett and Allen (1999), Baron
et al. (2000), Rueth and Baron (2002)
            Increased fluxes of nitrogenous
            trace gases from soil
                          Forests and chaparral in southern California;
                          alpine soils in the Colorado Front Range
-^
oo
 H
 6
 o

 o
 H
O
 O
 H
 W
 O
 O
 HH
 H
 W
                                                                             Documented response in
                                                                             southern California
                                                                             chaparral and forests;
                                                                             experimentally shown in
                                                                             Colorado with N additions

Decreased diversity of mycorrhizal    White spruce in Kenai Peninsula, Alaska;       Documented response
communities                       coastal sage scrub and chaparral in southern
                                  California
            Alpine plant community changes      Colorado Front Range
            Enhanced growth of invasive
            species
            Lichen community changes
            Deleterious effects on threatened
            and endangered species
            Altered fire cycle
            Altered forest C cycling and fuel
            accumulation
                          Costal sage scrub, southern California; San
                          Francisco Bay area
                          Parts of the Pacific Northwest; many areas in
                          California; north and central Colorado
                          San Francisco Bay area; southern California
                          Coastal sage scrub in southern California
                                               San Bernardino Mountains
                                                                             Supported by long-term
                                                                             monitoring data and
                                                                             manipulative experiments;
                                                                             moderate level of
                                                                             uncertainty
                                                                             N deposition, fertilization
                                                                             studies, and plant
                                                                             community data supportive,
                                                                             but moderate uncertainty
                                                                             remains
                                                                             Well-established response;
                                                                             a highly sensitive air
                                                                             pollution indicator

                                                                             Supportive evidence, but
                                                                             high degree of uncertainty
                                                                             about the precise role of N
                                                                             deposition

                                                                             Hypothesis based on
                                                                             observations, fertilization
                                                                             studies, and N deposition
                                                                             and N cycling data; high
                                                                             level of uncertainty

                                                                             Documented response
This is a likely response from soils
receiving chronic N deposition
inputs.
                                                                                                This is a likely response from soils
                                                                                                and plants receiving chronic N
                                                                                                deposition inputs, but it has not been
                                                                                                studied elsewhere.

                                                                                                It is not known if this effect occurs
                                                                                                elsewhere in alpine plant
                                                                                                communities in the West.
It is not known if this effect occurs
elsewhere, but it is expected that
nitrophilous species will be selected
for if N accumulates in soil.

Because of the sensitivity of many
lichen species, it is likely that this
effect occurs elsewhere.

There is a high likelihood of effects
in some habitats where N
accumulates in soils
Because it has not been studied
elsewhere, it is uncertain whether this
effect occurs in other areas.
                                                                                                It is uncertain whether this effect
                                                                                                occurs in other areas.
Neff et al. (1994), Fenn et al. (1996),
Fenn and Poth (2001)
                                    Egerton-Warburton and Allen
                                    (2000), Siguenza (2000), Egerton-
                                    Warburton et al. (2001), Lilleskov
                                    et al. (2002)

                                    Bowman and Steltzer (1998);
                                    Bowman, (2000)
Allen et al. (1998), Weiss (1999),
Allen et al. (2007)
McCune et al. (1998), Nash and Sigal
(1999), Peterson and Neitlich (2001),
Geiser and Neitlich (2007)

Weiss (1999), Service (2002),
Brooks (2003)
Allen et al. (2007)
                                    Grulke and Balduman (1999), Fenn
                                    and Poth (2001)

-------
December 2007
TABLE 4.3-1 (cont'd). ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF NITROGEN DEPOSITION IN TERRESTRIAL ECOSYSTEMS
DESCRIBED FOR STUDY SITES IN THE WESTERN UNITED STATES
Ecological or
Environmental Impact Location
Physiological perturbation of San Bernardino Mountains
overstory species
Possibility of Broader
Level of Uncertainty Occurrence (at other sites)
Documented response This effect has not been widely
studied but is expected for
sensitive plant species exposed to
O3 and adapted to N limitation
but growing in N-enriched soils.
Reference
Grulke et al. (1998), Grulke and
Balduman (1999), Takemoto et al.
(2001)
 oo
 oo
 H
 6
 o
              Forest expansion into grasslands       Great Plains of western Canada
              N emissions as a major contributor    National forests and parks throughout
              to regional haze problem              California, the Pacific Northwest, and some
                                                  sites in the Interior West
              NOX emissions as precursors for       Southern California; Sierra Nevada
              phytotoxic levels of O3, leading to
              O3 injury to sensitive plant species
Supportive evidence found,
but high degree of
uncertainty as to the role of
N deposition

Well-established effect;
contribution from
nitrogenous pollutants has
been quantified

Well-established effect
It is not know whether this effect
occurs in other areas.
This is known to occur in areas
far removed from emissions
sources because of long-range
transport.

Significant O3 injury to
vegetation has not been reported
from other sites downwind of
urban centers but cannot be ruled
out as urban regions expand.
Kochy and Wilson (2001)
Fenn et al. (2003b), IMPROVE data,
http://vista. circa, colostate. edu/improve
(2003)
                                                                Miller and McBride (1999), Carroll et al.
                                                                (2003)
              C, carbon; N, nitrogen; NO3 , nitrate; NOX, nitrogen oxides; O3, ozone; P, phosphorus.
              Note:  Summary includes the degree of uncertainty regarding the role of N deposition in each effect and the likelihood that these effects may occur elsewhere in the West.
 o
 H
O
 C
 o
 H
 W
 O
 V
 O
 HH
 H
 W

-------
      TABLE 4.3-2. OVERVIEW OF MOST SENSITIVE AND MOST AFFECTED
                          ECOSYSTEMS TO N DEPOSITION
  Ecosystem
      Type
      Factors that Govern Vulnerability
 Terrestrial
Forest
Receives relatively high levels of N deposition
Naturally adapted to very low nutrient supply
Experienced depletion of soil base cations associated
with high levels of acidic deposition
                Grassland
                   •   Sensitive to N enrichment
                Alpine
                   •  Low rates of primary production
                   •  Short growing season
                   •  Low temperature
                   •  Wide variation in moisture availability
 Transitional   Peat-forming bog
                      Typically contain plants species that have evolved
                      under N-limited conditions
                Coastal marsh
                      Often receive large N inputs in tidal water,
                      groundwater, and surface runoff; thus, atmospheric
                      inputs are important because any N addition has the
                      potential to contribute to eutrophication
               Wetland
                      Typically contain plants species that have evolved
                      under N-limited conditions; thus, N additions may
                      lead to displacement of some species by others that
                      can utilize the excess N more efficiently
 Aquatic       Fresh waters        •   Low productivity
                                   •   Low nutrient levels
                                   •   Located in remote areas and/or high elevations
                                   •   Downwind of major urban and agricultural centers
               Estuarine and
               coastal waters
                      Tend to be N-limited and are therefore inherently
                      sensitive to increased N loading
                      The most eutrophic estuaries were generally those
                      that had large watershed-to-estuarine surface area,
                      high human population density, high rainfall and
                      runoff, low dilution, and low flushing rates
December 2007
                         4-189
               DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
o

O

to
O
O
TABLE 4.3-3.  CHANGES IN AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS ASSOCIATED WITH ELEVATED NITROGEN LOADINGS IN
                                                THE WESTERN UNITED STATES
       Ecological or
  Environmental Impact
Location
                                                                    Level of Uncertainty
 Possibility of Broader
      Occurrence
     (at other sites)
                                                                                                                                Reference
           Effects in Aquatic Systems
          Elevated NO3 in runoff;
          most severe in southern
          California and in chaparral
          catchments in the
          southwestern Sierra Nevada
                            Transverse ranges of
                            southern California; low-
                            elevation catchments in the
                            Sierra Nevada; high-
                            elevation catchments in the
                            Colorado Front Range
                   Well-documented response
                                                                                            It is unclear how
                                                                                            widespread this
                                                                                            phenomenon is outside
                                                                                            the ecosystems listed,
                                                                                            because there is littler
                                                                                            information from low-
                                                                                            elevation systems in the
                                                                                            Sierra Nevada and
                                                                                            elsewhere.
                         Williams et al. (1996b), Fenn and
                         Poth (1999), Fenn et al. (2003a)
-^

o
H
6
o

o
H
O
o
H
W
O
O
HH
H
W
          N enrichment and shifts in
          diatom communities in alpine
          lakes
          Reduced lake water clarity
          and increased algal growth
          Increased NO3
          concentrations in high-
          elevation lakes
                            Colorado Front Range; Lake
                            Tahoe (California/Nevada
                            border)
                                      Lake Tahoe
                                      (California/Nevada border);
                                      high-elevation lakes
                                      throughout central and
                                      southern Sierra Nevada
                            Several regions, mainly
                            downwind of urban centers
These effects seem likely
in other N-enriched lakes
but have not been
investigated.

Lake Tahoe is an unusual
case because of its
renowned lake clarity;
extent of occurrence
elsewhere in northern
Sierra Nevada is
unknown.
                   Fairly well established from   Evidence suggests that     Figure 2, Sickman et al. (2002)
                   Documented for two lakes
                   east of the Continental
                   Divide and Lake Tahoe
                                                       Well-documented response;
                                                       N and P deposition believed
                                                       to be important factors
                                                                                                                     Baron et al. (2000), Wolfe et al.
                                                                                                                     (2001), Goldman (1988)
                                                                      Jassby et al. (1994), Sickman et al.
                                                                      (2003)
                                                                 lake surveys, but more data
                                                                 needed for improved
                                                                 definition of frequency and
                                                                 severity
                                              urban plumes and
                                              agricultural emissions
                                              affect lake NO3" levels.
                                              There is also evidence of
                                              impacts on low-elevation
                                              lakes.
         Source: Fenn et al. (2003a).

-------
     TABLE 4.4-1. PARAMETERS INCLUDED IN THE PnET-N-DNDC MODEL
  	AS MODELED FOR EUROPEAN FOREST BY KESIK (2006)	
                                       Daily Climate Input
  Forest Properties   Soil Properties        Parameters         Tree Species/Genera
 Forest type

 Age

 Above- and below-
 ground biomass

 Plant physiology
 parameters
Texture
pH
Soil organic
carbon content

Stone content

Humus type
Precipitation
Pine
Clay content      Min and max air temps   Spruce
Inorganic [N] in precip    Hemlock


                       Fir


                       Oak

                       Birch

                       Beech
                                                            Slash Pine

                                                            Larch

                                                            Cypress

                                                            Evergreen Oak
December 2007
          4-191
      DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 i                      5.     FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS
 2
 O
 4    5.1     INTRODUCTION
 5          The previous chapters have presented the most policy-relevant science integrated across
 6    disciplines pertaining to sulfur and nitrogen oxides (SOX and NOX, respectively) and their
 7    ecological effects.  The goal of this chapter is to summarize key findings and draw conclusions
 8    from this information in part to help inform decisions related to ecological exposure and risk
 9    assessment.  This chapter has these sections:  (1) this introduction, (2) atmospheric sciences, (3)
10    emissions and exposures, (4) ecosystem acidification, (5) ecosystem nitrogen nutrification, and
11    (6) other welfare effects.
12          In this review of information pertinent to an environmental welfare standard, multiple
13    species of nitrogen and sulfur oxides were considered because of their complex multi-phase and
14    multi-component roles in ecological systems. For example, details of the atmospheric chemistry
15    of NOx and SOx would be incomplete with consideration only of gas-phase compounds; hence,
16    descriptions of present-day ambient concentrations and deposition amounts related to the
17    particulate forms of nitrogen (N) and sulfur (S) are given in Chapter 2 and supplemented in
18    Annex 2.  In this regard,  the roles of other atmospheric pollutants, including mercury (Hg),
19    ozone (63), ammonia (NH3) and ammonium ion (NH4+), that interact with NOx and SOx to
20    produce demonstrable welfare effects are also considered.
21
22
23    5.2     ATMOSPHERIC CHEMISTRY
24
25    5.2.1     Significant Chemical Species
26       •     NOX is the category label for oxides of nitrogen that includes a range of chemical
27             species, chief among which are nitric oxide (NO), nitrogen dioxide (NO2), nitric acid
28             (HNOs), and peroxyacetyl nitrate (PAN) in the gas phase, and particulate nitrate
29             (pNOs)  in the particle phase.  Some of these species are directly emitted; others are
30             formed  as secondary products from the emitted species.
31       •     SOx is the category label for oxides of sulfur including sulfur monoxide (SO), sulfur
32             dioxide  (802), sulfur trioxide (SOs), and disulfur monoxide (82©), though only  SO2 is

      December 2007                            5-1         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              present in concentrations relevant for atmospheric chemistry and ecological
 2              exposures.
 3              -  Aqueous oxidation dominates production of sulfate ion (SC>42 ) from SC>2; gas-
 4                 phase oxidation is responsible for only -20% of the SC>42  total. By contrast,
 5                 there is little aqueous-phase oxidation of NC>2 to nitrate (NOs ) owing to its low
 6                 solubility.
 7              -  NH3 and NH4+ (category label is NHx) play significant roles in controlling 862
 8                 oxidation by neutralizing acidity on particles and in cloud, fog, and rain water,
 9                 and in determining the range and extent of N deposition both in themselves as
10                 reduced N and through combining to form ammonium nitrate (NFLtNOs).
11              -  Oxidation of NH3 is a minor source of total NOX.
12              -  Excess NHs is an actor alone and with NOx in the N cascade leading to
13                 nitrification in aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems.
14       •      Nitrous oxide (N2O) is a constituent oxide of nitrogen having effectively no chemical
15              or ecological effects in the troposphere, thus giving it an atmospheric lifetime of
16              ~114 yr. N2O is also a greenhouse gas (GHG) with a greenhouse warming potential
17              (GWP) on the standard 100-year basis of -296 times that of carbon dioxide (CO2).
18       •      Sea salt and other natural and anthropogenic particles provide surfaces for conversion
19              of gas-phase N species to the particle phase, which can substantially alter the areal
20              extent and magnitude of N deposition to the environment.
21
22    5.2.2    Field Sampling and Analysis
23       •      Techniques for routine regulatory monitoring of gas-phase NOx and SC>2 are adequate
24              but have important limitations.
25              -  Routine NC>2 measurements by chemiluminescence (the Federal Register Method
26                 [FRM]) are contaminated by unknown and varying concentrations of higher-order
27                 oxidized N species (category label is NOz).
28              -  SO2 measurements by the FRM in the standard regulatory network are now
29                 mostly at or below the instrument's operating limit of detection, producing
30                 irresolvable uncertainty in these  data.
      December 2007                            5-2        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              -   Routine field sampling techniques for NH3 are at present limited to integrated
 2                 values-from several days to one week-because higher frequency semi-continuous
 3                 methods are not yet sufficiently robust to deploy in regulatory networks.
 4              -   Routine regulatory sampling and analysis for particulate-phase NOs , SC>42 , and
 5                 NH4+ are also subject to positive and negative errors, chiefly from the loss or
 6                 production of constituent species on the surface of the filter used for the
 7                 measurement.
 8       •      Despite the aforementioned limitations, for the purposes of identifying and
 9              quantifying the atmospheric concentrations and deposition totals causing ecological
10              effects, these measurement techniques and sampling frequencies are fully adequate.
11              Nevertheless, the coverage of the networks is very thin over large expanses of the
12              interior United States.
13
14
15    5.3    EMISSIONS AND EXPOSURES
16
17    5.3.1     Emissions and Atmospheric Concentrations  of NOX and SOX
18       •      Policy-relevant background concentrations of NC>2 (i.e., concentrations calculated to
19              exist without anthropogenic emissions from North America) are <300 parts per
20              trillion (ppt) over most of the conterminous United States (CONUS) and <100 ppt in
21              the eastern United States on an annual average basis.
22       •      24-h ambient NC>2 concentration in the consolidated metropolitan statistical areas
23              (CMSAs) where most monitors are located were, on average, <20 parts per billion
24              (ppb) with a 99%ile value <50 ppb for the years 2003-2005. Annual average NO2
25              concentrations ([NO2]) over the CONUS are calculated to be <5 ppb for nearly all
26              urban and rural and remote sites.
27       •      Annual average policy-relevant background [862] are  <10 ppt over most of the
28              CONUS, or <1% of observed [SO2] everywhere except areas in the Pacific Northwest
29              where geogenic SO2 sources are particularly strong.
30       •      Energy production at electrical generating units (EGUs) accounts for nearly all SOx
31              emissions in the United States; very little SOx is emitted by transportation-related and
32              other sources.  Ambient annual [SOx] has decreased -50% over the years 1990-2005.

      December 2007                           5-3        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1       •      Combustion at stationary sources, such as electrical utilities and industrial sites,
 2              contribute roughly one-half of the total anthropogenic NOx emissions; mobile source
 3              emissions make up most of the rest. Ambient annual [NOx] has decreased <35%
 4              over the years 1990-2005.
 5       •      Biogenic NOx sources are substantially smaller than anthropogenic ones and include
 6              biomass burning, lightning, and soils.  NO and N2O can be emitted from soils as
 7              intermediate products from denitrification, either naturally; or as stimulated by
 8              addition of N-containing fertilizers to crops and other soil management practices.
 9       •      N2O is a minor contributor to total U.S. GHG emissions:  -6.5% on a Tg
10              CO2-equivalent basis in 2005, and its U.S. emissions decreased -3% in the years
11              1990-2005, though there remains considerable interannual variation in this number.
12       •      NHa emissions are chiefly from livestock and from soils as stimulated by addition of
13              N-containing fertilizers to crops and other soil management practices.
14
15    5.3.2    Deposition of Nitrogen and Sulfur
16       •      Increasing trends in urbanization, agricultural intensity, and industrial expansion
17              during the previous 100 years have produced a nearly 10-fold increase in N deposited
18              from the atmosphere.
19       •      NOx, chiefly from fossil fuel combustion, often dominates total N pollution in the
20              United States and comprises -50 to 75% of the total.
21       •      Confined animal feeding operations and other intensified agricultural production
22              methods over a period of many decades have resulted in greatly increased volumes of
23              animal wastes that are high in N, of which 30% to  70% may be emitted as NH3.  This
24              increase in NH3 emissions, and consequent increase in NH4+ deposition,  correlates
25              well with the local and regional increases in agricultural intensity.
26       •      For 2004-2006, regulatory monitoring networks report the mean N deposition was
27              greatest in the Ohio River valley, specifically in the states of Indiana and Ohio, with
28              values as high as 9.2 and 9.6 kg ha l yr"1, respectively.
29              -  N deposition was lower in other parts of the East, including the Southeast and in
30                 northern New England. In the central United States, Kansas and Oklahoma
31                 reported the highest deposition, 7.0 and 6.5 kg  ha"1 yr"1, respectively.

      December 2007                            5-4        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              -  Deposition primarily occurred as wet NOs and NH4 followed by dry HNOs, dry
 2                 NH4, and dry NOs. Although deposition in most areas of the United States
 3                 occurred as wet deposition, there were some exceptions, including parts of
 4                 California where N deposition was primarily dry.
 5       •      For 2004-2006, mean S deposition in the United States was greatest east of the
 6              Mississippi River with the highest deposition amount (21.3 kg ha l yr *), in the
 7              Ohio River valley where most recording stations reported three-year averages
 8              MOkgha'V1-
 9              -  Numerous other stations in the East reported S deposition >5 kg ha"1 yr"1.
10              -  Data are sparse for the central United States between the 100th meridian and the
11                 Mississippi River; but, where available, deposition values there are lower than
12                 most of the eastern United States, ranging from 4.1 to 5.3 kg ha l yr"1.
13              -  Total S deposition in the United States west of the 100th meridian is relatively
14                 low, with all recording stations reporting less than 2 kg ha l yr"1 and many
15                 reporting less than 1.0 kg ha"1 yr"1.
16              -  S was primarily deposited as wet SO4 followed by a smaller proportion of dry SC>2
17                 and a much smaller proportion of deposition as dry 864.
18       •      N from atmospheric deposition is estimated to comprise 10% to 40% of the total input
19              of N to many coastal estuaries, and could be higher for some. Estimates of total N
20              loadings to estuaries,  or to other large-scale elements in the landscape are then
21              computed using measurements of wet and dry N deposition where these are available
22              and interpolated with or without a set of air quality model predictions.
23              -  Direct  atmospheric inputs (directly to the water surface) of reactive N to coastal
24                 waters are essentially equal to or greater than those contained in riverine flow in
25                 the absence of deposition and may contribute from 20 to >50% of external N
26                 loadings to these systems: 11, 5.6, and 5.6 kg N ha"1 for the northeast Atlantic
27                 coast of the United States, the southeast Atlantic coast of the United States, and
28                 the U.S. eastern Gulf of Mexico, respectively.
29              -  Atmospheric N loads to great waters and estuaries in the United States are
30                 estimated to range from 2 to 8% for Guadalupe Bay, TX on the lowest end to
31                 -72% for the Catherines-Sapelo estuary (Castro et al. 2003) on the highest.

      December 2007                            5-5        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              -  At Chesapeake Bay, where N and S deposition and ecological effects have been
 2                 extensively studied, total atmospheric deposition of atmospheric NOs is
 3                 estimated to contribute from 20% to 30% of total N and 14% of the NH4 loadings
 4                 to the Bay.
 5
 6
 7    5.4     ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF ACIDIFICATION
 8          Oxides of nitrogen and sulfur act in tandem to cause acidification of ecosystems.  The
 9    principal factor governing the sensitivity of terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems to acidification
10    from S and N deposition is geology. Geologic formations having low base cation supply
11    generally underlie the watersheds of acid-sensitive lakes and streams. Bedrock geology has been
12    used in numerous acidification studies (e.g., Bricker and Rice, 1989; Stauffer, 1990; Stauffer and
13    Wittchen, 1991; Vertucci and Eilers, 1993; Sullivan et al., 2007a). Other factors contribute to
14    the sensitivity of soils and surface waters to acidic deposition, including topography, soil
15    chemistry, land use, and hydrologic flowpath.  Vulnerability of ecosystems and regions to
16    acidification lies at the intersection between the inherent sensitivity and the atmospheric loading
17    of NOX and SOX.
18
19    5.4.1    Terrestrial
20          In the  1982 Air Quality Criteria Document (AQCD) for SOX, the foliar and root uptake
21    pathways for sulfur oxides were understood, as well as the role of S as a plant nutrient. Though
22    small amounts of SO2 may be beneficial, it was understood that large amounts and high
23    frequency of SO2 exposure and S deposition can be detrimental in the long run.  At that time,
24    there were no documented observations or measurements of changes in natural terrestrial
25    ecosystems that were directly attributed to acidic precipitation.  However, the AQCD authors
26    made it clear that this did not necessarily indicate that no change was occurring.
27          The 1993 NOx AQCD indicated that there were very few documented cases in which
28    excessive atmospheric N deposition was linked to soil acidification.  The process of soil
29    acidification was already well understood, whereby increased concentrations of NOs or other
30    mineral acid anions (e.g., SO42  or Cl) in soil  solution can lead to leaching of base cations from
31    soil in order to maintain charge balance in solution.  Since the preparation  of these assessments,
      December 2007                            5-6        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    direct links between NOx and SOx deposition and many adverse affects associated with
 2    ecosystem loading have been reported.
 3
 4    5.4.1.2     Ecological Effects
 5
 6    5.4.1.2.1    Biogeochemistry and Chemical Effects
 1           Soil acidification occurs in response to inputs of sulfuric acid (H2SO4) and nitric acid
 8    HNOs; the effect can be neutralized by weathering or base cation exchange.  Soil acidification
 9    is a natural process, but is often exacerbated by acidic deposition. Acidic deposition has been
10    shown to be an important factor causing decreases in concentrations of exchangeable base
11    cations in soils. The limited mobility of anions associated with naturally derived acidity (organic
12    acids and carbonic acid) controls the rate of base cation leaching from soil under conditions of
13    low atmospheric deposition of S and N. Because inputs of S and N in acidic deposition provide
14    anions that are more mobile in the soil environment than anions of naturally derived acids, these
15    mineral acid anions can accelerate natural rates of base-cation leaching.
16           The nitrification process is mediated by autotrophic bacteria that derive energy by
17    reducing NH4+ to NOs~. Nitrification produces acidity in the form of HNOs as a byproduct.
18    The HNOs produced contributes to the acidification of soils and surface waters.
19           There are three useful indicators of chemical changes and acidification effects on
20    terrestrial ecosystems:  soil base saturation, aluminum (Al) concentration in soil water, and soil
21    carbon-to-nitrogen (C:N) ratio.  In the United States, terrestrial  effects of acidification are best
22    described for forested ecosystems, with supplemental information on other plant communities,
23    including shrubs and lichens. Grasslands are thought to be less sensitive to acidification than
24    woodlands.
25       •      Soil base saturation expresses the concentration of exchangeable bases as a percent of
26              the total soil cation exchange capacity. Once base saturation decreases to a critical
27              level (approximately 15-20% see Table 5.4-1), inputs of H2SO4 and HNO3 are
28              increasingly buffered by release of inorganic Al through cation exchange.
29       •      Aluminum is toxic to tree roots.  Plants affected by high Al concentrations in soil
30              solution often have reduced root growth, which restricts the ability of the plant to take
31              up water and nutrients, especially calcium (Ca) (Parker et al., 1989; see Table 5.4-1).
      December 2007                             5-7         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1       •      The C:N ratio of soil indicates alterations to the nitrogen biogeochemical cycle. If the
 2              C:N ratio of soils falls below about 20 to 25, nitrification is stimulated and net
 3              nitrification and associated production of acidity occurs in soils (see Table 5.4-1).
 4
 5    5.4.1.2.2    Biological Effects
 6           Acidic deposition can affect terrestrial ecosystems by causing direct impacts on plant
 7    foliage and indirect effects associated with changes in soil chemistry.  Biological effects of
 8    acidification on terrestrial ecosystems are generally attributable to aluminum toxicity and
 9    decreased ability of plant roots to take up base cations. There are several indicators or indices of
10    stress on terrestrial vegetation (see Table 4.2-2), including percent dieback of canopy trees, dead
11    tree basal area (as a percent), crown vigor index, and fine twig dieback.
12
13    Species Level
14       •      Changes in soil chemistry (depletion of soil base cations, Al toxicity to tree roots,
15              leaching of base cations into drainage water) have contributed to high mortality rates
16              and decreasing growth trends of red spruce trees (Picea rubens) in some areas of the
17              East over the past three decades.
18       •      Acidic deposition, in combination with other stressors, is a likely contributor to the
19              decline of sugar maple {Acer saccharum) trees that occur at higher elevation, in some
20              portions of the eastern United States, on geologies dominated by sandstone or other
21              base-poor substrate, and that have base-poor soils.
22       •      Lichens and bryophytes are among the first components of the terrestrial ecosystem to
23              be affected by acidic deposition. Effects of SC>2 on lichens include reduced
24              photosynthesis and respiration, damage to the algal component of lichen, leakage of
25              electrolytes, inhibition of N fixation, reduced potassium (K) absorption and structural
26              changes.
27       •      There are insufficient data to draw conclusions for other species

28    Community Level
29       •      Species loss, and reduced biodiversity of forests, shrubs, and meadow plant
30              communities may occur, but have not been clearly demonstrated in the United States.
31

      December 2007                             5-8         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    5.4.1.2.3     Regional Trends
 2          There has been no systematic national survey of terrestrial ecosystems to determine the
 3    extent and distribution of terrestrial ecosystem sensitivity to the effects of acidic deposition.
 4    However, one preliminary national evaluation estimated that approximately 15% of forest
 5    ecosystems in the United States exceed the estimated critical load of wet and dry deposition of S
 6    and N by more than 250 eq ha * yr"1.
 7       •      Forest ecosystems of the Adirondack Mountains of New York, Green Mountains of
 8              Vermont, White Mountains of New Hampshire, the Allegheny Plateau of
 9              Pennsylvania, and high-elevation forests in the southern Appalachians are considered
10              to be the regions most sensitive to terrestrial acidification effects from acidic
11              deposition. It is not known if terrestrial acidification effects in these areas are
12              continuing to develop, or if some recovery is occurring in response to recent
13              reductions in acidic deposition.
14
15    5.4.2    Aquatic
16
17    5.4.2.1    1982 SOX and  1993 NOX AQCD
18          The 1982 AQCD  for SOX (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  1982c) discussed the
19    growing environmental concern about acidic deposition and its role in the acidification of aquatic
20    ecosystems in the United States.  As in the more recent 1993 AQCD for NOx (U.S.
21    Environmental Protection Agency,  1993a), chronic and episodic acidification were discussed and
22    the most vulnerable regions were identified, including the Adirondack Mountains of New York.
23    The following conclusions were drawn from the 1982 AQCD regarding significant changes that
24    have occurred in aquatic ecosystems with increasing acidity, particularly as the pH drops below
25    about 5.5.  Changes in community structure occur at all levels in the food web.  Bacterial
26    decomposition is reduced, and fungi that feed on organic debris may become dominant in aquatic
27    communities. Consequently, organic matter accumulates rapidly, tying up  nutrients and limiting
28    nutrient mineralization and cycling.  Phytoplankton productivity may be reduced because of
29    changes in nutrient cycling and increased acidity. Biomass and total productivity of benthic
30    macroscopic plants and algae may increase, in part because of increased lake transparency.
31    Species diversity and total numbers of species of aquatic plants and animals (especially
32    invertebrates and fish) are reduced.  Acid-tolerant species predominate.

      December 2007                            5-9        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          The 1993 AQCD for oxides of nitrogen expanded our knowledge of the role of N
 2    deposition in the acidification of aquatic ecosystems.  This was especially the case with respect
 3    to episodic acidification, which is far more common than chronic acidification and has been well
 4    documented for streams and lakes in the eastern United States. The most prominent examples
 5    exist in the Adirondack and Catskill Mountains of the Northeast as well as in the Great Smoky
 6    Mountains of the Southeast. Instances of episodic acidification were also reported in the western
 7    United States but to a much lesser extent than in the East.
 8
 9    5.4.2.2     Ecological Effects
10          The status of surface water chemistry can be examined and reported as chronic chemistry
11    or episodic chemistry. Chronic chemistry refers to annual average conditions, which are often
12    represented as summer and fall  chemistry for lakes and as spring baseflow chemistry for streams.
13    Episodic chemistry refers to conditions during rainstorms or snowmelt when proportionately
14    more drainage water is routed through upper soil horizons, which tend to provide less buffering
15    of atmospheric acidity as compared with deeper soil horizons. Surface water chemistry exhibits
16    lower pH and acid neutralizing  capacity (ANC) during episodes than during baseflow conditions.
17    One of the most significant impacts of acidic deposition on surface water chemistry is the short-
18    term change in chemistry that is termed "episodic acidification." Some streams may exhibit
19    chronic or average chemistry that is suitable for aquatic biota, but be subject to occasional
20    episodic acidification with lethal consequences.  Episodic declines in pH and ANC are nearly
21    ubiquitous in drainage waters throughout the eastern United States caused partly by acidic
22    deposition and partly by natural processes.
23
24    5.4.2.2.1     Biogeochemical Effects
25          Surface water chemistry integrates the sum of upstream soil and water processes; and
26    reflects the results of watershed-scale terrestrial effects of S and N deposition, including N
27    saturation, forest decline, and soil acidification (Stoddard et al., 2003). In many cases, surface
28    water chemistry indicates the adverse effects of acidification on the biotic species and
29    communities found in fresh water ecosystems. Changes in surface water chemistry include
30    concentrations of SO42 , N(V,  inorganic Al, and Ca, surface water pH, sum of base cations,
31    ANC, and the base cation surplus.
      December 2007                            5-10        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1           Acidification effects on aquatic life are most commonly evaluated using either Al or pH
 2    as the primary chemical indicator. ANC is also used because it integrates overall acid status
 3    (although ANC does not relate directly to the health of biota). The utility of the ANC criterion
 4    lies in the association between ANC and the surface water constituents that directly contribute to
 5    or ameliorate acidity-related stress, in particular pH, Ca, and inorganic Al.
 6
 7    Sulfate, Nitrate, and Base Cations
 8           Changes in water chemistry in response to acidic deposition typically include changes in
 9    sulfate, nitrate, and base cation concentrations.  Each plays an important role in the acid-base
10    chemistry of water, but none are directly toxic at levels commonly encountered in natural waters
11    (see Table 5.4-2).
12       •      Sulfate is the primary inorganic anion found in most acid sensitive waters. Continued
13              decreases in S emissions should cause further decreases in SO42  concentrations in
14              surface waters. However the rate of decrease in surface water sulfate concentrations
15              may be delayed as  accumulated S leaches from watershed soils in some regions of the
16              country, especially the Blue Ridge.
17       •      The importance of NOs  as an agent of acidification varies by region, but it is
18              particularly important during periods of high hydrologic flow from soils to streams
19              such as those that occur in snowmelt and rain runoff events.  The relationship
20              between atmospheric N deposition and surface water N(V concentration is complex
21              and involves the cycling of nitrogen and other elements in both terrestrial and aquatic
22              ecosystem compartments.  N(V  contributes to the acidity of many lakes and streams
23              in the eastern United States, but there is no apparent relationship between recent
24              trends in N deposition and trends in NOs concentrations in these surface waters (in
25              contrast to observed responses for S deposition and SO42 concentrations). This
26              suggests that the time scales  of N saturation may be longer than previously
27              considered (e.g., centuries  rather than decades). Nevertheless, long-term retention of
28              N deposited in forested regions and consequent dampening of deposition effects on
29              surface waters is unlikely to  continue indefinitely (Aber et al., 2003).
30       •      Decreases in base cation concentrations in eastern U.S. surface waters over the past
31              two to three decades are ubiquitous and are closely tied to trends in SO42

      December 2007                            5-11        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              concentrations.  Rates of decrease for base cations have been similar to those for
 2              SC>42  plus NOs in most areas (Shenandoah National Park is notable exception).
 3              Decreasing trends in base cation concentrations do not necessarily indicate further
 4              acidification or recovery of surface waters, but may indicate either lower base cation
 5              leaching rates in soils or depletion of base cations from the soil system.
 6
 7   pH, Acid Neutralizing Capacity, and Aluminum
 8          Changes in pH, ANC, and inorganic aluminum concentration accompany acidification of
 9    surface water. Low pH and high inorganic aluminum concentration can be directly toxic to
10    aquatic biota (see Table 5.4-2).
11       •      The pH of freshwater streams and lakes is a common metric used to link acidification
12              to adverse effects  on aquatic biota.  Decreases in pH of one  unit or more typically
13              result in species loss of benthic invertebrates, plankton species, and fish. A number
14              of synoptic surveys indicated loss of species diversity and absence of several fish
15              species in the pH range of 5.0 to 5.5. If pH decreases to lower values, there is a
16              greater likelihood that more aquatic species could be lost without replacement,
17              resulting in decreased richness and diversity. (See the following discussion on biota).
18       •      ANC is a variable that reflects the difference between base cations and anions of
19              strong acids in solution and is the most widely used measure of acid sensitivity,
20              acidification, and chemical recovery of surface waters in response to changes in
21              acidic deposition.  Acidic waters are defined as those having ANC at or below zero.
22              Waters with  ANC of <50 |ieq/L are considered "extremely acid sensitive" (Schindler,
23              1988) and are prone to episodic acidification in some regions (DeWalle et al., 1987;
24              Eshleman, 1988. Lake and stream ANC values decreased throughout much of the
25              20th century in a large number of acid-sensitive lakes and streams throughout the
26              eastern United States.  Since about 1990 the ANC of many affected lakes and streams
27              has shown some increase, but such increases have been relatively small.  The number
28              of acidic surface waters has decreased some areas of the Northeast, but not in the
29              mid-Appalachian Mountains.
30       •      Dissolved inorganic Al is an important chemical indicator of the effects of acidic
31              deposition on surface water because it is toxic to aquatic life and generally does not
      December 2007                            5-12        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              leach from soils in the absence of acidification. When pH values fall below
 2              approximately 5.5, inorganic Al generally becomes the greater health risk to biota.
 3              Limited data suggest that acid-sensitive regions of the northeastern United States
 4              have elevated inorganic Al concentrations induced by years of acidic deposition
 5              posing a threat to aquatic life. Concentrations have decreased slightly in some
 6              surface waters in the northeastern United States during the last two decades in
 7              response to decreased levels of acidic deposition.
 8
 9    5.4.2.2.2    Biological Effects
10           Acidification affects aquatic biota at virtually all levels of the food web in acid sensitive
11    aquatic ecosystems. Many species of phytoplankton, zooplankton, macroinvertebrates, and fish
12    are sensitive to acidification. Few studies have been conducted on the effects of acidic
13    deposition on higher trophic levels other than piscivorous birds.  Acidification can result in the
14    loss of acid-sensitive species, and more species are lost with higher degrees of acidification.
15    Biological effects are linked to changes in water chemistry that include ANC, pH, and Al.
16    Decreases in ANC and pH and increases in inorganic Al concentration contribute to declines in
17    taxonomic richness of zooplankton, macroinvertebrates, and fish. Chemical changes can occur
18    over both long- and short-term time scales, with further effects on biologic systems.  Short-term
19    (hours or days) episodic changes in water chemistry can have the most serious biological effects,
20    including reduced fish condition factor, changes in species composition, and declines in aquatic
21    species richness across multiple taxa, ecosystems and regions.
22
23    Species
24       •      Logistic regression modeling showed that the occurrence of two piscivorous birds,
25              common loons and common mergansers, are positively related to the pH of acid-
26              sensitive lakes in the Algoma region of Ontario.  Model estimates suggested that the
27              number of lakes projected to be suitable for supporting breeding pairs and broods of
28              these bird species increased with increasing lake pH.
29       •      High levels of acidification (to pH values below 5) virtually eliminate all mayflies,
30              crustaceans, and mollusks from French streams.
      December 2007                            5-13        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1       •      In general, populations of salmonid fish are not found at pH levels less than 5.0, and
 2              smallmouth bass (Micropterus dolomieu) populations are usually not found at pH
 3              values less than 5.2 to 5.5.
 4       •      Twenty percent mortality of brook trout young-of-the year was documented during a
 5              30-day period with a median inorganic Al concentration of 2 |imol/L (Baldigo et al.,
 6              2007). It was estimated that 90% mortality would occur over 30 days with a median
 7              inorganic Al concentration of 4.0 |imol/L.
 8
 9    Community
10          Community-level effects have been observed in the Adirondacks and  Shenandoah
11    National Park where taxonomic richness is lower in lakes and streams having low ANC and pH.
12       •      Decreases in pH and increases in inorganic Al concentrations have diminished the
13              species richness of plankton, invertebrates, and fish in acid-impacted surface waters.
14       •      Invertebrate taxa that are most sensitive to acidification include mayflies, amphipods,
15              snails, and clams.
16       •      In the Adirondacks, a significant positive relationship exists between the pH and
17              ANC in lakes and the number offish species present in those lakes.  A number of
18              synoptic surveys indicated suggested loss of species diversity and absence of several
19              sensitive fish species in the pH range of 5.0 to 5.5.
20       •      In Shenandoah National Park, the number of species offish present in streams
21              decreases with decreasing stream ANC. On average, richness is lower by one fish
22              species for every 21 |ieq/L decrease in ANC.
23       •      Short-term episodes of acidity are particularly harmful to aquatic biota. Early life
24              stages are more sensitive to acidic conditions  than the young-of-the-year, yearlings,
25              and adults. Episodes are most likely to affect biota if the water had pre-episode pH
26              above 5.5 and minimum pH during the episode of less than 5.0. Episodic
27              acidification can have long-term adverse effects on fish populations.
28
29    5.4.2.2.3    Regional Trends
30          The effects of acidifying deposition have been assessed by several national surveys since
31    the 1980s, including: the National Surface Water Survey (NSWS)  and the National Stream
32    Survey (NSS) in the mid 1980s; the Wadeable Streams Assessment (WSA) in 2004; U.S.

      December 2007                            5-14        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)'s Long-Term Monitoring (LTM) program since 1983;
 2    and Temporally Integrated Monitoring of Ecosystems (TIME) probability surveys since 1991.
 3    These surveys indicate that acidic deposition has acidified surface waters in the (1) southwestern
 4    Adirondacks, (2) New England uplands, (3) low-silica eastern Upper Midwest, (4) forested Mid-
 5    Atlantic Highlands, and (5) Mid-Atlantic Coastal Plain.
 6           The Northeast and mountainous West of the United States contain many of the surface
 7    waters most sensitive to potential acidification effects. Levels of acidic deposition in the West
 8    are low in most areas, acidic surface waters are rare, and the extent of chronic surface water
 9    acidification that has occurred to date has likely been very limited. Episodic acidification does
10    occur.  In both the West and the Northeast, the most severe acidification of surface waters
11    generally occurs during spring snowmelt.  On average, spring ANC values of acid-sensitive
12    surface waters in New England, the Adirondacks, and the northern Appalachian Plateau were
13    about 30 |ieq/L lower than summer values during the period 1990 to 2000. This implies that
14    lakes and streams in these regions would need to recover to chronic ANC  values above about
15    30 jieq/L or more before they could be expected not to experience acidic episodes (Stoddard
16    etal.,2003).
17           It is important to address whether or not surface waters recovered chemically in response
18    to reduced acidic deposition over the past few decades. The following section summarizes
19    recent regional trends in acidification recovery.
20       •      About one-quarter to one-third of the lakes and streams that were chronically acidic
21              in the 1980s were no longer chronically acidic in the year 2000. These improvements
22              in water chemistry are largely attributed to decreases in S deposition. Throughout the
23              northeastern United States, the concentration of SC>42 in surface waters has decreased
24              substantially in response to decreased emissions and atmospheric deposition of S.
25              Decreased concentrations of SC>42 in lakes and streams of a third, or more, have been
26              commonly observed.
27       •      EPA's LTM and TIME projects suggest that the following important changes in lake
28              and stream chemistry occurred during the 1990s in response to S and N emissions
29              reductions:  (1) SO42  concentration decreased as a percentage of total ion
30              concentration in surface waters, (2) ANC increased modestly in three of the five
31              regions included in surface water LTM efforts, (3) Dissolved organic carbon (DOC)

      December 2007                           5-15        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              and associated natural organic acidity increased, perhaps toward more natural pre-
 2              disturbance concentrations, as surface water acidity contributed from acidic
 3              deposition decreased, and (4) Inorganic, and potentially toxic, Al concentrations
 4              appear to have decreased slightly in some sensitive aquatic systems.
 5       •      In 2004, the EPA conducted a national WSA survey and found that, overall, less than
 6              1% of the 1,020,000 km of stream in the target population was acidic due to acidic
 7              deposition. No acidic streams were observed in the Mountainous West, Xeric West,
 8              Upper Midwest, Northern Plains, Southern Plains, or Temperate Plains ecoregions.
 9              Acidic streams attributable to acidic deposition were found in the (1) Northern
10              Appalachians (2.8% of 96,100 km of stream), and (2) the Southern Appalachians
11              (1.8% of 287,000 km). Very low ANC (0 to 25 |ieq/L) streams likely exposed to
12              episodic acidification were found in (1) the Northern Appalachians (2.7% of
13              96,100 km of stream), (2) the Coastal Plain (6.3% of 119,000 km), and (3) the
14              Mountainous West (0.6% of 204,000 km).
15
16    5.4.3    Case Studies
17
18    5.4.3.1     Adirondacks
19          The Adirondack region is presented as a case study in this ISA to demonstrate a
20    geographical region that continues to experience the adverse affects of acidification due to
21    atmospheric deposition of NOx and SOx. This region is particularly sensitive to acidic
22    deposition because it receives high precipitation, has shallow base-poor soils, and is underlain by
23    igneous bedrock with low weathering rates  and buffering capacity.
24          Hindcast modeling conducted  for the Adirondack ecoregion using Paleocological
25    Investigation of Recent Lake Acidification (PIRLA) diatom reconstructions, Model of
26    Acidification of Groundwater in Catchments (MAGIC) model, and Photosynthesis and
27    EvapoTranspiration-BioGeoChemical (PnET-BGC) model simulations are useful to understand
28    changes to surface water chemistry over decadal time scales.  .  Maximum past acidification
29    occurred by about 1980 or 1990, with median ANC of the lake population of about 61 |ieq/L
30    (reduced from a median of 92 |ieq/L estimated for the preindustrial period). Many lakes were
31    estimated to have had pre-industrial ANC below 50 |ieq/L, but this estimate more than doubled
32    by 1990.  During the 1990s, ANC increased in Adirondack lakes at a rate of about

      December 2007                           5-16        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    +1 jieq I/1 yr"1. Surface water pH also increased, and inorganic Al concentrations declined
 2    slightly in many of the most acid-impacted. Overall improvements in lake water acid-base
 3    chemistry have been modest. Dynamic model simulations estimate a limited chemical recovery
 4    (3 to 5 |ieq/L on average) and the ongoing trend of increasing lake water ANC for the most acid-
 5    sensitive Adirondack lakes would not continue under future emissions and deposition levels
 6    anticipated as of 2003 (modeled as a Base Case Scenario).
 7          Many acidic surface waters in this region are currently characterized by high levels of
 8    inorganic Al (66% of 188 streams in 2004). Forecasting projections show that lower deposition
 9    levels would lead to either stabilization of the number of chronically acidic lakes or increasing
10    levels of ANC and pH. In addition, a number of biological effects findings have been identified
11    between 1984 and 1987:
12       •      76% of lakes had fish; 24% (346 lakes) were fishless.
13       •      The most common fish caught were native acid-tolerant species:  brown bullhead,
14              brook trout, and white sucker.
15       •      As pH decreases, fish richness also decreases and the number of fishless lakes
16              increases.
17       •      After accounting for other conditions that could explain the absence offish, 32% of
18              the fishless lakes, or 8% of all the lakes sampled were considered fishless due to the
19              inputs of acids by acidic deposition.
20       •      Mean yellow perch mercury (Hg) conditions in the Adirondack hotspot were 1.5 to
21              2.5 times higher than the EPA and U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
22              reference dose used for fish consumption advisories, particularly due to the combined
23              effects of acidic deposition and Hg deposition.
24
25    5.4.3.2      Shenandoah National Park, Virginia
26          Shenandoah National Park (SNP) in Virginia received relatively high deposition of S and
27    N (and high 63 concentrations). Measured wet S deposition ranged from 8 to 10 kg S ha"1 yr"1
28    (in the early 1980s) to near 6 kg S ha l yr"1 since 2000. Dry S deposition may be nearly as high
29    as wet deposition (Sullivan et al., 2003).  Most acidification effects in the park have been linked
30    to S deposition.  One third of SNP streams drain watersheds with silica (Si)-based underlying
31    geology and consequently have low ANC. These streams have probably lost much of their

      December 2007                           5-17        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    natural ANC from the past century of acidifying deposition that came primarily from industrial
 2    sources.  Stream pH is now as low as 5 in many streams, versus an estimated 6 for most streams
 3    prior to elevated deposition from human sources of air pollution.
 4          High rates of atmospheric deposition of S, combined with naturally low contributions
 5    from some rock types of Ca and other base cations (that serve to neutralize acidity), are the most
 6    important causes of low stream water ANC in many park streams. In general, SNP streams do
 7    not show recent recovery from acidification despite reductions in deposition. In fact, many
 8    streams are expected to acidify more in the future unless deposition is further reduced. This is
 9    because: (1) S adsorption on soil has decreased due to the  cumulative effects of long-term S
10    deposition and (2) stored Ca and magnesium (Mg) is being depleted (due to acid deposition).
11
12
13    5.5     ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF NITROGEN NUTRIENT
14            ENRICHMENT
15          Terrestrial ecosystems typically respond to total reactive N loading and, with few
16    exceptions, have limited differential responses to the specific chemical species of deposited N.
17    Nitrogen compounds that are contained in atmospheric deposition, and that influence nutrient
18    dynamics, include both multiple oxidized and reduced forms of inorganic N. Excess N in
19    ecosystems causes inadvertent fertilization of trees and grasslands, creating unnatural growth
20    rates in some species and change in the competitive interactions among species, nutrient
21    imbalances, and ultimately decreasing ecosystem health and biodiversity.  Reactive nitrogen (Nr)
22    can leach from the soil and pollute groundwater and surface water.  Reactive nitrogen also
23    promotes eutrophication in coastal ecosystems, ultimately reducing biodiversity due in part to
24    depletion of oxygen needed for the survival of many species of aquatic plants and animals. The
25    cascade of N effects in the environment is interrupted only when Nr is stored in inaccessible
26    places or converted back to N2 gas through denitrification.  It is important to note that not all Nr
27    is converted to unreactive N2 in the process of denitrification; a portion is often converted to the
28    intermediate products, NO and N2O.
29
30    5.5.1     Terrestrial
31          The 1993 AQCD concluded that N deposition could have large impacts on terrestrial
32    systems and the impact of N deposition should consider total N in the system rather than just the

      December 2007                           5-18       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    oxidized forms. Nitrogen deposited to an N-deficient ecosystem is generally expected to
 2    increase growth.  If N is deposited on an ecosystem with adequate N or saturated with N,
 3    leaching is expected to occur.  Much of the information presented in the 1993 AQCD was based
 4    on results from studies of forest systems.  N saturation was known to be more common in older
 5    forests. Disturbances such as fire and harvesting would push ecosystems to a state of lower N
 6    saturation. Forest fertilization was known to produce growth increases in N-deficient forests in
 7    the short-term. However little was known about long-term effects of N fertilization and the
 8    differential growth effects on various tree and herbaceous plant species. It was known that plants
 9    do not necessarily benefit from added N.  When N is to the point that it no  longer limiting,
10    deficiencies of other nutrients can occur (Aber et al., 1989).  A few studies documented the
11    deleterious affects of excessive N on tree growth and grassland biodiversity. Alpine ecosystems,
12    were identified as particularly sensitive to N deposition. The studies published since the 1993
13    AQCD generally support the conclusions of the  1993  AQCD, provide  more information on the
14    long-term effects of N deposition, and expand the knowledge of effects to include more
15    ecosystems and species.
16
17    5.5.1.2    Ecological Effects
18           Factors that govern the sensitivity of terrestrial ecosystems to nutrient enrichment from N
19    deposition include the degree of N-limitation, rates and form of N deposition, elevation, species
20    composition, length of growing season, and soil N retention  capacity.  Very little is known about
21    the extent and distribution of the terrestrial ecosystems in the United States that are most
22    sensitive to adverse impacts due to nutrient enrichment from atmospheric N deposition.  Based
23    largely on results obtained in more extensive studies in Europe, it is expected that the more
24    sensitive ecosystems include hardwood forests, alpine meadows, arid and semi-arid lands, and
25    nutrient-poor grassland ecosystems. Effects are most likely  where areas of relatively high
26    atmospheric N deposition intersect with N-limited plant communities.  Table 4.3-1 summarizes
27    the ecological effects of N deposition on terrestrial ecosystems in the western United States
28    where N effects are likely to be important and have been studied in recent years.
29
30    5.5.1.2.1     Biochemical Effects
31           Decades of atmospheric deposition of N  have increased the availability  of NOs and
32    NH4+ in some terrestrial ecosystems. It is important to note that N saturation does not need to

      December 2007                            5-19       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    occur to cause adverse effects on terrestrial ecosystems. However, in some regions N saturation
 2    does occur to levels at which excess N availability results in net nitrification and associated NOs
 3    leaching in drainage water.  Substantial leaching of NOs from forest soils to streamwater can
 4    acidify downstream waters (See section 5.4.2) and deplete soils of nutrient base cations,
 5    especially Ca and Mg (Likens et al., 1998).
 6
 7    5.5.1.2.2    Biological Effects: Plant, Lichen, andMycorrhizae Communities
 8           Atmospheric inputs of N cause increased growth rates of some vascular and non-vascular
 9    plants species. Thus, N deposition can alter competitive relationships among species, which may
10    alter species composition and diversity of plant communities.  These kinds of species shifts and
11    ecosystem changes can occur even if the ecosystem does not exhibit signs of N saturation.  In
12    general, the most sensitive forest ecosystems in the United States are expected  to be those that
13    are naturally adapted to very low nutrient supply.
14
15    Forest Plant Communities
16           This section includes both woody and herbaceous vascular plants that occur in forest
17    ecosystems.  In general forest ecosystems in the United States that are most impacted by nutrient
18    enrichment from nitrogen deposition are expected to be those that now receive  high levels of N
19    deposition and that are naturally adapted to very low nutrient supply. Such forests are known to
20    exist in the greater Los Angeles area.  Nitrogen saturation has also been found  to occur in the red
21    spruce and northern hardwood forests of the northeastern United States, at high-elevation in the
22    southeastern United States, and in the unglaciated regions of the mid-Atlantic that have been
23    impacted by acidic deposition.
24       •     In most upland forested areas in the United States, most N received in atmospheric
25             deposition is retained in soil (Nadelhoffer et al., 1999).  Several different data
26             compilations indicate that 80% to 100% of N deposition is retained  or denitrified
27             within terrestrial ecosystems that receive less than about 10 kg N ha ~* yr"1 (Dise and
28             Wright, 1995; Sullivan, 2000; MacDonald et al.,  2002; Aber et al., 2003; Kristensen
29             et al., 2004).
30       •     Two of the primary indicators of N enrichment in forested watersheds are the
31             leaching of N(V in soil drainage waters and the  export of N(V in  stream water,
32             especially during the growing season (Stoddard,  1994). The concentration of N(V in

      December 2007                            5-20        DRAFT-DO NOT  QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              surface water provides an indication of the extent to which atmospherically deposited
 2              (or otherwise added) N leaches from the terrestrial ecosystem. In northeastern and
 3              some southeastern forests that receive atmospheric N deposition higher than about
 4              10 kg ha l yr"1, elevated concentrations of NOs in surface waters are common (Aber
 5              et al., 2003), which suggests that their watersheds are also receiving excess N input
 6              above vegetative demand.
 7       •      Experimental N additions to forest ecosystems have elicited positive growth
 8              responses in some, but not all, species (Emmett, 1999; Elvir et al., 2003; DeWalle
 9              et al., 2006; Hogberg et al., 2006).
10       •      Forest growth enhancement can potentially  exacerbate other nutrient deficiencies,
11              such as Ca, Mg, or K, thereby causing problems with forest health.
12       •      Enhanced growth generally occurs mainly above ground level.  This can cause
13              changes in the shoot-to-root ratio, which can be detrimental to the plant because of
14              decreased resistance to environmental stressors, such as drought.
15       •      In conifer forests, multiple long-term experiments have demonstrated transient
16              growth increases (generally at deposition lower than 10 kg N ha"1 yr"1) followed by
17              increased mortality, especially at higher rates of fertilization (Elvir et al., 2003;
18              Magill et al., 2004; McNulty  et al., 2005; Hogberg et al., 2006).
19       •      In the western United States,  atmospheric N deposition has been shown to cause
20              increased litter accumulation and carbon storage in above-ground woody biomass,
21              which in turn may lead to increased susceptibility to more severe fires (Fenn et al.,
22              2003a).
23       •      N deposition could be increasing growth of forest trees slightly in some regions,
24              especially in portions of the eastern United States where  Os levels and drought
25              occurrence are low.
26       •      Negative effects on understory herbaceous communities  of increasing N deposition
27              include species shifts towards nitrophilous and more acid-tolerant plant species along
28              a deposition gradient from 6 to 20 kg N ha'1 yr"1 in Swedish oak forests, decline in
29              abundance and cover of ericaceous shrubs along a deposition gradient from less than
30              3 to more than 12 kg N ha l yr"1 in the boreal forest in Sweden, and decline in
      December 2007                            5-21        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              herbaceous cover under hardwoods following 3 years of N additions applied as
 2              (NH4)2SO4 at rates ranging from 14 to 28 kg N ha"l yfl (Gilliam, 2006).
 3
 4    Grasslands
 5           Grasslands communities that are adapted to low nutrient supply can exhibit substantial
 6    sensitivity to nutrient enrichment effects of N deposition. Several grassland studies have
 7    demonstrated that increased N availability led to an overall decrease in plant species richness and
 8    an increase in exotic nitrophilous grasses that displace native species.
 9       •      In the San Francisco Bay area of California, which receives N deposition levels of 10
10              to 15 kg N ha"1 yr"1, exotic nitrophilous grasses have displaced native grass species,
11              likely due to greater N availability from deposition and from the cessation of grazing,
12              which previously exported N out of the system (Fenn et al., 2003a).
13       •      Change in species composition and richness in response to N deposition have been
14              observed regardless of soil type in European grasslands.  Such  effects have been
15              found in calcareous, neutral, and acidic environments, species-rich heaths, and
16              montane-subalpine grasslands (Stevens et al., 2004; Bobbink et al., 1992, 1998;
17              Bobbink, 1998). Stevens et al. (2004) report a linear relationship between species
18              diversity and N deposition.
19       •      In general, data with which to quantify grassland sensitivity in  the United States are
20              largely not available. Nevertheless, it is expected that increased N supply can alter
21              species composition, increase productivity, and contribute to increased herbivory
22              (Tilman and Wedin, 1991; Wedin and Tilman, 1996; Stevens et al., 2004; Throop and
23              Lerdau, 2004).
24
25    Arid and Semi-Arid Lands
26           Arid and semi-arid plant community changes resulting from experimental nitrogen
27    fertilization have been reported in the Chihuahuan Desert, Colorado Plateau, Mojave Desert,
28    Joshua Tree National Park in California, and the coastal sage shrub community of southern
29    California.
30       •      In semi-arid ecosystems, results from several N fertilization experiments showed (1)
31              increased biomass of non-native plant species over native species, (2) decreased soil
32              moisture under some conditions, and (3) increased fire risk where dense grasses

      December 2007                            5-22        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              replaced shrub cover. More than 30 kg N/ha/year of atmospheric nitrogen is
 2              deposited to this ecosystem in portions of the Los Angeles Air Basin (Bytnerowicz
 3              andFenn,  1996).
 4       •      In the coastal sage shrub community of southern California, dry N deposition is very
 5              high.  Native shrub and forb seedlings in this plant community are unable to compete
 6              with dense stands of exotic grasses, and thus are gradually replaced by the grasses,
 7              especially  following disturbances such as fire (Eliason and Allen, 1997; Yoshida and
 8              Allen, 2001; Clone et al., 2002). The coastal sage shrub community in California has
 9              been declining in land area and in shrub density over about the past 60 years and is
10              being replaced in many areas by Mediterranean annual grasses (Allen et al., 1998;
11              Padgett and Allen, 1999; Padgett et al., 1999).  N deposition is considered a possible
12              cause or contributor to this ecosystem alteration.
13       •      Several lines of evidence suggest that N deposition may be contributing to greater
14              fuel loads, thus altering the fire cycle in a variety of ecosystem types.  Invasive
15              grasses, which can be favored by high N deposition, promote a rapid fire cycle in
16              many locations. The increased productivity of flammable understory grasses
17              increases the spread of fire and has been hypothesized as one mechanism for the
18              recent conversion of shrub vegetation types to grassland in southern California.
19
20   Alpine Plant Communities
21          Alpine plant communities are considered among most sensitive  terrestrial communities to
22   nutrient-enrichment from atmospheric N deposition.
23       •      Factors that govern the sensitivity of alpine tundra to N deposition include low rates
24              of primary production, short growing season, low temperature, and wide variation in
25              moisture availability in the alpine environment (Bowman and Fisk, 2001). Alpine
26              plant communities have also developed under conditions of low nutrient supply, in
27              part because soil-forming processes are poorly developed, and this also contributes to
28              their N-sensitivity.
29       •      The western United States contains extensive land areas that receive low levels of
30              atmospheric N deposition, interspersed with hot spots of relatively higher N
      December 2007                            5-23        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              deposition downwind of large metropolitan centers and agricultural areas.  Some of
 2              these areas of higher nitrogen deposition occur at high elevation.
 3       •      Effects of N deposition on alpine ecosystems in the western United States are thought
 4              to include community-level changes in plants, lichens, and mycorrhizae. Subtle
 5              effects have been shown to occur at what would be considered relatively low levels of
 6              N deposition (about 3 to 5 kg N ha l yr'1).
 7       •      N deposition to the alpine tundra of Niwot Ridge in the Colorado Front Range altered
 8              N cycling and provided the potential for replacement of some native plant species by
 9              more competitive, faster growing species.
10
11   Lichens
12       •      Sensitive lichen species appear to be negatively affected by N inputs as low as 3 to 8
13              kgha^yr^CFennetal., 2003a).
14       •      In the San Bernardino Mountains, California, up to 50% of lichen species that
15              occurred in the region in the early 1900s have disappeared (Nash and Sigal, 1999;
16              Fenn et al., 2003a).
17       •      The Pacific Northwest retains widespread populations of pollution-sensitive lichens
18              (Fenn et al., 2003a). In this area, lichen communities are beginning to show evidence
19              of changes in response to increased N pollution, including decreased distribution of
20              sensitive lichen taxa, and their replacement with nitrophilous species (Geiser and
21              Neitlich, 2007).
22
23   Mycorrhizae
24       •      Biodiversity impacts on microbial communities have been documented in coastal
25              sage scrub ecosystems.  It has been hypothesized that the decline in coastal sage
26              shrub  species could be linked to  the decline of the arbuscular mycorrhizal community
27              (Egerton-Warburton and Allen, 2000).
28       •      Relationships among plant roots, mycorrhizal fungi,  and microbes are critical for N
29              cycling and for the growth and health  of plants. Changes in soil N can influence
30              mycorrhizal-plant relationships in the  rhizosphere. Mycorrhizal fungal diversity has
31              been shown to be associated with above-ground plant biodiversity and ecosystem
      December 2007                            5-24        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              productivity (Wall and Moore, 1999) and to be adversely affected by increased N
 2              availability (Egerton-Warburton and Allen, 2000).
 3
 4    5.5.2    Transitional
 5          Anaerobic conditions of water-logged soils in wetlands result in slow decomposition of
 6    organic matter and rapid denitrification. N cycles of two types of wetland, ombrotrophic bogs
 7    and coastal salt marshes, were discussed in 1993 AQCD for oxides of nitrogen.  Ombrotrophic
 8    bogs are generally considered the most sensitive to atmospheric N deposition because they are
 9    nutrient poor, with a closed N cycle in which the predominant source of N is rainfall.  The 1993
10    AQCD found that the three main ecological effects of N deposition on wetland ecosystem are:
11    (1) increasing primary production;  (2) modifying microbial processes; and (3) reducing
12    biodiversity and altering ecosystem structure. The studies since 1993 support and extend the
13    conclusions in the 1993 AQCD, especially with regard to the impacts of N deposition on species
14    diversity.
15
16    5.5.2.2    Ecological Effects
17
18    5.5.2.2.1     Biochemical Effects
19          N dynamics in wetland ecosystems are variable in time and with type of wetland and
20    environmental factors, especially water availability (Howarth et al., 1996). A wetland can act as
21    a source, sink, or transformer of atmospherically deposited N (Devito et al., 1989) and these
22    functions can vary with season and with hydrological conditions. Vegetation type,
23    physiography, local hydrology, and climate all play significant roles in determining source/sink
24    N dynamics in wetlands (Devito et al., 1989; Koerselman et al., 1993; Arheimer and Wittgren,
25    1994; Mitchell et al.,  1996).
26          Wetlands and other transitional ecosystems can remove NOs  via denitrification.
27    Previous studies suggest that elevated N inputs to wetlands will often increase the rate of
28    denitrification (Dierberg and Brezonik, 1983; Broderick et al., 1988; Cooper, 1990). This
29    process increases the contribution of NC>2 and NO to the atmosphere, each of which can have
30    adverse consequences. However, denitrification reduces MV levels in soils and leaching into
31    drainage waters and associated environmental effects.  Although denitrification has been
32    observed to increase with N addition, N mineralization has also been shown to increase, and this

      December 2007                             5-25         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    can cause a net increase in wetland N export to adjacent surface water (Groffman, 1994).
 2    Denitrification appears to be negligible in wetland environments that are typically nutrient
 3    (including N) poor, such as some bogs and fens (Morris, 1991).
 4
 5    5.5.2.2.2     Biological Effects
 6
 1    Ecosystem Function
 8       •      Primary production of transitional ecosystem is commonly limited by N availability.
 9              Typically, phosphorous is secondarily limiting after N. N fertilization experiments in
10              salt marsh ecosystems show biomass stimulation from 6 to 413% with application
11              rates ranging from 7 to 3120 kg N ha l yr"1, and the change of plant production is not
12              a linear function of the rate of N application (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
13              1993a).
14       •      The form of N applied is shown to regulate plants and microbial responses in
15              transitional ecosystem.  NH4+ produces a greater stimulation of plant productivity
16              than N(V does because plants have a preference for NH4+ over N(V as an N source.
17              Increasing soil NH4+ concentration inhibits the activity of N-fixing bacteria, whereas
18              increased NOs concentration favors N2O production and inhibits N2 production via
19              denitrification process.
20       •      Elevated atmospheric N deposition stimulates leaf growth more than root growth and
21              can cause changes in plant carbon allocation, such as increase plant shoot-to-root
22              ratio.  Increasing N availability can  also increase N concentration in leaf tissues,
23              which has been shown to increase microbial litter decomposition activity.
24       •      Increases in biomass linked to N deposition, have also increased evapotranspiration
25              (Howes, 1986).  This changed the soil water balance of water and may influence the
26              direction of plant community succession. Model results suggest 7 kg N ha"1 yr"1 is
27              the threshold in which an oligotrophic bog would be influenced to become a
28              mesotrophic bog dominated by trees (conclusion from 1993 NOx AQCD).
29
3 0    Species and Community-Level
31       •      Wetlands considered sensitive to nitrogen deposition typically contain plant species
32              that have evolved under nitrogen-limited conditions.

      December 2007                           5-26       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1       •      Wetlands contain a disproportionately high number of rare plant species. Excess N
 2              deposition can cause shifts in wetland communities composition by altering
 3              competitive relationships among species, which potentially leads to effects such as
 4              decreasing biodiversity, increasing non-native species establishment and increasing
 5              the risk of extinction for sensitive and rare species.
 6       •      Changes in plant species composition caused by elevated atmospheric N deposition
 7              haven been demonstrated in Europe.  Diverse plant communities have been converted
 8              into monospecific stands dominated by Molina caerulea or Deschampsia flexuosa in
 9              Dutch wet heathlands.  However, it is not clear to what extent such effects occur
10              under ambient N deposition levels in  the United States.
11       •      Some wetland species, such as Sphagnum squarrosum, Sphagnum fallax, and
12              Drosera rotundifolia, are adapted to low-N environments. High levels of
13              atmospheric N deposition will increase the risk of decline and extinction of those
14              sensitive species.
15       •      Sarracenia purpurea can be used as a biological indicator of local N deposition in
16              some locations (Ellison and Gotelli, 2002). S. purpurea is a perennial pitcher plant
17              native to Canada and the eastern United States that grows in nutrient-poor peatlands
18              and is sensitive to changes in N availability.  Within a single growing season,
19              increasing N availability switches the plant from producing carnivorous pitchers to
20              producing more photosynthetically efficient phyllodia.
21
22    5.5.2.2.3     Regional Trends
23       •      Bogs are among the most sensitive transitional  ecosystems to the effects of N
24              deposition.  In the CONUS, peat-forming bogs  are most common in areas that were
25              glaciated, especially in portions of the Northeast and Upper Midwest (U.S.
26              Environmental Protection Agency, 1993a).
27       •      N input and output rates of fens are intermediate between bogs and coastal marshes.
28              N deposition could drastically change species composition, increase primary
29              productivity and increase methane emission in fens (Pauli et al., 2002; Aerts and
30              de Caluwe, 1999).
      December 2007                           5-27        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1       •      Atmospheric N inputs probably contribute to eutrophication problems in coastal
 2              marshes at many locations, especially along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts.
 3       •      Table (5.5-1) compares N fluxes (g N nT2 yr"1) from wetlands classified according to
 4              the importance of atmospheric deposition to the total N budgets.
 5
 6    5.5.3    Freshwater Aquatic
 7          General conclusions of the 1993 AQCD for oxides of nitrogen indicated that productivity
 8    of fresh water is usually limited by the availability of phosphorus.  However, it was noted high
 9    inputs of phosphorus from anthropogenic sources could lead to N limitation occurring. The ratio
10    of dissolved organic N to total phosphorous was used as an indicator for nutrient limitation, with
11    values less than 2 indicating N limitation. The proportions of N limited lakes show wide
12    regional variation: Pacific Northwest (27.7%), Upper Midwest (19%), Northeast (5%),
13    Southeast (2.5%).  All sub regions of the West contain substantial numbers of N limited lakes.
14
15    5.5.3.2    Ecological Effects
16          A freshwater lake or stream must be N-limited in order to be sensitive to N-mediated
17    eutrophi cation. Although conventional wisdom holds that most lakes and streams in the United
18    States are limited by phosphorus, recent evidence illustrates examples of lakes and streams that
19    are limited by N and show symptoms of eutrophication.
20
21    5.5.3.2.1     Biogeochemcal Effects
22          In agreement with the 1993 AQCD, productivity of freshwater ecosystems is generally
23    limited by the availability of phosphorus.  However, new information indicates many surface
24    waters in remote locations are limited by nitrogen. Such waters receive low atmospheric inputs
25    of nitrogen, and  this may explain their nitrogen-limited condition.
26
27    5.5.3.2.2    Biological Effects
28          The following biological indicators can be used to assess the eutrophic condition of
29    aquatic ecosystems:
30       •      Chlorophyll a: Increased N deposition leads to increased productivity and increased
31              chlorophyll a, resulting in decreased water clarity as well as decreased dissolved
32              oxygen.
      December 2007                           5-28        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1       •      Phytoplankton Biomass: Increased N deposition leads to increased phytoplankton
 2              biomass.
 3       •      Periphyton Biomass:  N deposition generally stimulated periphyton biomass
 4              productivity in N-limited lakes.
 5       •      Nitrate Toxicity: Extremely high N(V concentrations can have direct adverse effects
 6              on fish, invertebrates  and amphibians, but the concentrations required to elicit such
 7              effects are typically more than 30 times higher than those that would commonly be
 8              attributable to atmospheric deposition. For example, mortality of rainbow trout eggs
 9              and fry occurred after 30-day incubations in concentrations greater than 79 jig N/L;
10              adverse effects on amphibians and insects occur at even higher concentrations.
11          Increased N deposition can cause a shift in community composition and reduce algal
12    biodiversity.
13       •      Elevated N deposition results in changes in algal species composition, especially at
14              sensitive high elevation lakes in the western United States.
15       •      Opportunistic algae, such as Asterionellaformosa and Fragilaria crotonensis,
16              respond rapidly  to nutrient enrichment and gain  competitive advantage over others
17              species.
18
19    5.5.3.2.3     Regional Trends
20          Eutrophi cation effects on freshwater ecosystems from atmospheric  deposition of N are of
21    greatest concern in lakes and streams that have very low productivity and nutrient levels and that
22    are located in remote areas.
23       •      In the western United States, high-elevation lakes are considered the most sensitive
24              aquatic ecosystems to N deposition. Some examples include the Snowy Range in
25              Wyoming, the Sierra Nevada Mountains, and Lake Tahoe in California, and the
26              Colorado Front Range.
27       •      The most severe eutrophication from N deposition effects are expected downwind  of
28              major urban and agricultural centers.
29       •      N deposition appears  to have stimulated productivity and altered algal species
30              assemblages in some high-elevation lakes in the western United States at low
31              deposition rates of 1.5 to 2.2 kg N ha"* yr~\  It appears that many high-elevation

      December 2007                            5-29         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              oligotrophic western lakes may be N limited, whereas lower elevation lakes are more
 2              typically phosphorus limited.
 3       •      The change in lake algae that occurred in Rocky Mountain National Park between
 4              1950 and 1964, based on the paleolimnological record, was associated with a level of
 5              wet N deposition that was estimated to have been only about 1.5 kg N/ha.
 6
 7    5.5.4    Estuarine Aquatic
 8          The 1993 AQCD for Oxides of Nitrogen concluded that the primary N nutrient addition
 9    effect on aquatic ecosystems is eutrophication of estuarine and near-coastal marine waters, which
10    results in an increase of algal biomass and changes in community composition.  Studies
11    published since  1996 generally support the conclusions of 1993 AQCD.  The data for estimating
12    the contribution of N deposition to the nutrient budget of aquatic ecosystems were very sparse
13    and mainly limited to the Chesapeake Bay before 1993.  The contribution of nitrogen deposition
14    to estuarine eutrophication is now better understood in the Chesapeake Bay and other estuaries.
15
16    5.5.4.2      Ecological Effects
17          A recent national assessment of eutrophic conditions in estuaries found that 65% of the
18    assessed systems had moderate to high overall eutrophic conditions and generally received the
19    greatest N  loads from all sources, including atmospheric and land-based sources (Bricker et al.,
20    2007). Estuarine and coastal marine ecosystems experience a range of ecological problems
21    associated  with nutrient enrichment. Because the productivity of estuarine and near shore marine
22    ecosystems is generally limited by the availability of Nr, excessive contribution of Nr from
23    sources of water and air pollution  can contribute to eutrophication.
24
25    5.5.4.2.1     Biogeochemical Effects
26          Estuaries and coastal waters tend to be N-limited and are therefore inherently sensitive to
27    increased atmospheric N loading (D'Elia et al., 1986; Howarth and Marino, 2006).  This is at
28    least partly because denitrification by microbes found in estuarine and marine sediments releases
29    much of the added N inputs back into the  atmosphere (Vitousek et al., 1997). However, other
30    limiting factors occur in some locations and during some seasons. Levels of N limitations are
31    affected by seasonal patterns. N-deficient conditions are likely to be found during the peak of
32    annual productivity in the summer.

      December  2007                            5-30        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Excess N inputs will affect the Si:N ratio in water.  If the Si:N ratio drops below about 1,
 2    the marine food web structure would be expected to change, with decreasing diatom-to-
 3    zooplankton-to-higher tropic level ratios and increasing abundance of flagellated algae.
 4
 5    5.5.4.2.2     Biological Effects
 6          Increased N deposition can cause shifts in community composition reduce algale
 7    biodiversity, and mortality of submerged aquatic vegetation (S AV).  The form of deposited N
 8    can significantly affect phytoplankton community composition in estuarine and marine
 9    environments.  Small diatoms are more efficient in using NOs  than NH4+. Increasing NH4+
10    deposition relative to N(V in the eastern United States favors small  diatoms at the expense of
11    large diatoms.  This alters the foundation of the food web.  SAV is important to the quality of
12    estuarine ecosystem habitats because it provides habitat for a variety of aquatic organisms,
13    absorbs excess nutrients, and traps sediments.  Nutrient enrichment is the major driving factor
14    contributing to declines in SAV coverage. The Mid-Atlantic region is the most heavily impacted
15    area in terms of moderate or high loss of SAV due to eutrophication.
16          The following biological measurements can be used to assess the eutrophic condition of
17    estuarine and coastal waters:
18       •      Chlorophyll a: excess N input will stimulate primary productivity. High levels of
19              chlorophyll a indicates a high phytoplankton biomass.
20       •      Macroalgal Abundance:  Macroalgal blooms were moderate or high for half of the
21              nation's assessed estuaries (Bricker et al., 2007). Macroalgal blooms can cause the
22              loss of important SAV by blocking sunlight.
23       •      Dissolved Oxygen: Dissolved oxygen concentration decreases with increasing algal
24              abundance under elevated N, because microbes consume  oxygen as they decompose
25              dead algae. Increased atmospheric N deposition if sufficiently high, could stimulate
26              the development of hypoxic or anoxic zones. The northern Gulf of Mexico is the
27              largest documented zone of hypoxic coastal water in United States.
28       •      Nuisance/Toxic Algal Blooms: Excess N input can cause nuisance or toxic algal
29              blooms, which release toxins in the water that can poison aquatic animals and
30              threaten human health. About one third of the nation's assessed estuary systems
      December 2007                           5-31        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1              exhibited a moderate or high symptom expression for nuisance or toxic algae (Bricker
 2              et al., 2007).
 3
 4    5.5.4.2.3     Regional Trends
 5          The most eutrophic estuaries were generally those that had large watershed-to-estuarine
 6    surface area,  high human population density, high rainfall and runoff, low dilution, and low
 7    flushing rates (Bricker et al., 2007). The national estuary condition assessment conducted by
 8    Bricker et al. (2007) found the most impacted estuaries occurred in the mid-Atlantic region and
 9    the estuaries with the lowest symptoms of eutrophication were in the North Atlantic.  Other
10    regions had mixtures of low, moderate, and high degree of eutrophi cation. The regional
11    assessment results from the report of Bricker et al. (2007) are summarized in Table 5.5-2.
12
13    5.5.5    Case Studies
14
15    5.5.5.1     Chesapeake Bay
16          The Chesapeake Bay is the largest estuary in United States. Its watershed covers 64,299
17    square miles  2 and the surface area of the bay and its major tributaries is 4,479 square miles
18    (Pyzik et al.,  2004). The Chesapeake Bay is perhaps the best-documented case study in the
19    United States of the effects of human activities on estuarine eutrophi cation.  Recent studies
20    (Boyer et al., 2002;  Howarth, 2007) indicated that atmospheric deposition makes a substantial
21    contribution (about  25%) to the overall N budget of Chesapeake Bay. Human disturbances, such
22    as landscape  changes, have exacerbated the negative impacts of N deposition by reducing N
23    removal and retention in the upper watershed region. Anthropogenic N inputs have substantially
24    altered the trophic condition of Chesapeake Bay over the last 50 to 100 years. Symptoms of
25    eutrophi cation in the bay include high algal production, low biodiversity,  and large hypoxia and
26    anoxia zones. SAV was once abundant in Chesapeake Bay, covering about 200,000 acres along
27    the shallows and shorelines.  Increased nutrient inputs caused SAV declines since the mid-1960s
28    and the SAV community had fallen to about 38,000 acres by  1984. Eutrophication has been
29    implicated in declines and disappearance of striped bass  (Morone  saxatilis) and blue crab
30    (Callinectes sapidus) in Chesapeake Bay.
      December 2007                           5-32        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    5.5.5.2    Alpine and Subalpine Communities of the Eastern Slope of the Rocky
 2              Mountains in Colorado
 3          Research on N enrichment effects on alpine and subalpine ecosystems in the western
 4    United States has mainly been limited to studies at the Loch Vale Watershed in Rocky Mountain
 5    National Park and the Niwot Ridge Long Term Ecosystem Research site, both located east of the
 6    Continental Divide in Colorado. Research has been conducted in this region on both the
 7    terrestrial and aquatic effects of nutrient enrichment. Some key findings are summarized below:
 8       •      Changes in plant species composition may be detectable at lower N deposition rates
 9              than the level at which the traditional soil indicators signal ecosystem responses to N
10              deposition, and changes in species composition are probably ongoing in alpine dry
11              meadows  of the Front Range of the Colorado Rocky Mountains at current ambient
12              atmospheric N deposition levels.
13       •      Results from several studies suggest that the capacity of Rocky Mountain alpine
14              catchments to  sequester N is exceeded at input levels less than 10 kg N ha"1 yr"1
15              (Baron et  al., 1994; Williams and Tonnessen, 1999).
16       •      Rocky Mountain National Park has been the site of research addressing the effects of
17              N deposition on algal species abundance in freshwater lakes. Two species of diatom,
18              Asterionella formosa and Fragilaria crotonensis, now dominate the flora of at least
19              several alpine  and montane lakes, and this has been attributed to atmospheric N
20              deposition.
21
22
23    5.6     OTHER WELFARE EFFECTS
24
25    5.6.1     Deposition of Sulfur Oxides Affect Mercury Methylation
26          S deposition contributes to secondary effects on the cycling and bioavailability of Hg, a
27    highly neurotoxic contaminant. Research suggests that S deposition influences the cycling of Hg
28    in wetland and aquatic ecosystems by stimulating SC>42 -reducing bacteria associated with Hg
29    methylation, a key process that increases the bioavailability of Hg. The rates of methylation are
30    influenced by oxygen content, temperature, pH, and the concentration of organic acids in
31    solution. Mercury methylation occurs in anoxic sediments that contain a sufficient carbon source
32    to support SC>42 -reducing bacterial activity along with an adequate supply of SC>42  . Wetland

      December 2007                            5-33         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    environments are significant areas of methylmercury (CH3Hg) production and sources of export
 2    to downstream receiving waters (St. Louis et al., 1994). The wetland ecosystems that are likely
 3    to exhibit high levels of Hg methylation can be found in the northeastern United States and
 4    southeastern Canada.
 5
 6    Chemical Indicators
 1       •      Studies have shown a strong negative correlation between surface water pH and Hg
 8              concentration in fish tissue, but the mechanisms responsible for this linkage are not
 9              clear.  Hg concentrations in fish have also been shown to be less strongly correlated
10              with a variety of other variables, including (DIG), Ca, Mg, (DOC), sodium, lake area,
11              and watershed area.
12       •      Total Hg and CH3Hg concentrations are often positively correlated with DOC in lake
13              waters. Dissolved organic carbon, in turn, has an important influence on pH. DOC
14              may bind with CH?Hg at very high DOC concentration, limiting the bioavailability of
15              theHg.
16       •      One study showed that lakes with Hg levels above the EPA criterion of 0.3 jig/g in
17              yellow perch had significantly higher DOC, and lower pH, ANC, and total
18              phosphorus than lakes with fish Hg concentrations below 0.3  |ig/g (Driscoll et al.,
19              2007b).
20
21    Case Study
22       •      Little Rock Lake is an 18 ha precipitation-dominated seepage lake located in a
23              forested and undisturbed catchment of north-central Wisconsin. Results from the
24              Little Rock Lake acidification experiments suggest that S deposition plays an
25              important role in the accumulation and methylation of Hg in freshwater ecosystems.
26
27    5.6.2    Direct Phytotoxic Effects of Gaseous Sulfur and Nitrogen on
28             Vegetation
29
30    5.6.2.1      SO2
31          The current secondary standard for SO2 is a 3-h average of 0.50 ppm, which is designed
32    to protect vegetation against acute foliar injury.  There has been limited research on acute foliar
     December 2007                           5-34        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    injury since the last 862 AQCD and there is no clear evidence of acute foliar injury below the
 2    level of the current standard.
 3          Effects on growth and yield of vegetation are associated with increased SO2 exposure
 4    concentration and time of exposure. The 1982 SC>2 AQCD concluded that more definitive
 5    concentration-response studies were needed before useable exposure metrics could be identified.
 6    Because of falling ambient SO2 concentrations and focus on Os vegetation effects research, few
 7    studies have emerged to better inform a metric and levels of concern for effects of SC>2 on
 8    growth and productivity of vegetation.
 9
10    5.6.2.2    NOandNO2
11          It has been well known that in sufficient concentrations NO and NC>2 have the potential to
12    have phytotoxic effects on plants through decreasing photosynthesis and induction of visible
13    foliar injury (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1993a).  The 1993 NOx AQCD concluded
14    that concentrations of NC>2 and NO in the atmosphere are rarely high enough to have phytotoxic
15    effects on vegetation (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1993a).  Since the 1993  AQCD,
16    very little new research has been done on these phytotoxic effects to alter this conclusion.
17
18    5.6.2.3    Peroxyacetyl Nitrate (PAN)
19          Although peroxyacetyl nitrate (PAN) remains an important component of photochemical
20    pollutant episodes and negative effects on plants have been observed, there is little evidence in
21    recent years suggesting that PAN poses a significant risk to vegetation in the United States.
22
23    5.6.3    N2O
24          N2O is a GHG with a global warming potential (GWP) on the conventional 100-year time
25    horizon of -296 (i.e., N2O is nearly 300 times more effective for trapping heat in the atmosphere
26    than CO2 over a 100-year period) (IPCC, 2007).  The largest U.S. emissions of GHGs are from
27    CO2, followed by CH4 and N2O (83.3%, 7.4%, and 6.5% of total GHG emissions from the
28    United States on a Tg CO2 equivalents basis, respectively) in 2005 (U.S. Environmental
29    Protection Agency, 2007b). GHGs work together to force global climate change. A rigorous
30    assessment of this process is provided by the International Panel on Climate Change (IPCC,
31    2007), and the adverse effects of climate change on welfare in North America are assessed in
32    chapter fourteen of the IPCC working group II assessment (Field et al., 2007).

      December 2007                           5-35        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    5.7     CONCLUSIONS
 2          In the review of the scientific literature for oxides of nitrogen and oxides of sulfur,
 3    evidence from the various disciplines of atmospheric sciences, environmental exposure, ecology,
 4    biogeochemistry, plant sciences, animal toxicology, limnology, and marine science were
 5    integrated and collectively considered in formulating conclusions. This draft ISA focused on
 6    scientific information that has become available since the last reviews and reflects the current
 7    state of knowledge on the most relevant issues pertinent to the review of the secondary NAAQS
 8    for NOx and SOx. Currently, the secondary NAAQS  for sulfur oxides uses SC>2 as the chemical
 9    indicator and has an annual 3-h maximum average of  0.5 ppm. The secondary NAAQS for
10    nitrogen oxides has NC>2 as the chemical indicator and is set same as the primary with an annual
11    average of 0.053ppm. These secondary NAAQS were set to protect against direct gas-phase
12    damage to vegetation. In the years since the current oxides of nitrogen and sulfur NAAQSs were
13    set, there is little new evidence on the direct gas-phase effects on vegetation; however evidence
14    describing and quantifying the effects of N and S deposition has grown substantially.  Overall,
15    we conclude that there is a causal relationship between current levels of N and S deposition and
16    numerous biologically adverse effects on ecosystems across the United States. The chemical and
17    biological effects are listed in Table 5.7-1.  The main effects may be broadly categorized as
18    acidification and  nitrogen enrichment/eutrophication.
19          It is important to note that the regulatory networks that monitor N and S deposition are
20    inadequate to characterize regional heterogeneity and  hotspots. Hotspots have been identified at
21    specific research  sites where deposition rates exceed the value of the nearest regulatory monitor
22    by as much as a factor of seven (cite).  Adverse ecosystem effects are directly linked to
23    deposition hotspots.
24          Acidification of ecosystems is caused by both  NOx and SOx deposition.  SOx deposition
25    is considered the  main cause of chronic acidification.  Decreases  in sulfur deposition have lead to
26    recovery with over one quarter to one third of lakes and streams that were chronically acidic in
27    the 1980s, but were no longer acidic in the year 2000. However,  a number of lakes and streams
28    remain acidic at current ambient deposition levels. NOX deposition is the leading cause of
29    episodic acidification, which despite its short duration has been shown to cause long-term
30    adverse effects on biota.  Vulnerability of a given ecosystem to acidification occurs at the
31    intersection of current loading, accumulation of NOx and SOx from past loading and the inherent

      December 2007                           5-36         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    ecosystem sensitivity, which is predominantly governed by the underlying geologic composition
 2    that serves as soil parent material. Regions where vulnerable ecosystems occur in the United
 3    States include New England, the Appalachian Mountains, and the Upper Midwest and high
 4    elevation areas of the East. The ISA focuses on two case studies for which to provide more
 5    detail: The Adirondacks (NY) and Shenandoah National Park.  In the Adirondacks, the current
 6    rates of NOx and SOx deposition exceed the level that would allow recovery of the most acid
 7    sensitive lakes. In the Shenandoah, sulfate has accumulated in the soil from past deposition
 8    making this region sensitive to current loading. The accumulated sulfur is slowly leaching from
 9    the soil into stream water,  where it causes acidification.  Modeling results suggest the number of
10    acidic streams will increase under the current deposition levels and re-acidification may be
11    prevented if deposition is kept between 9-15 kg N ha  l yr"1 and 0-6 kg S ha l yr"1.
12          Ecosystem nitrogen enrichment is caused  by atmospheric NOx and NHx deposition  in
13    combination with all other forms of reactive Nitrogen loading in ecosystems. Additions of N
14    promote growth in some ecosystems and causes significant biologically adverse effects in others.
15    For example, low-level chronic nitrogen deposition can act as a fertilizer and increase
16    productivity  of some forests, but cause the mortality of other organisms in that occur in the  same
17    forests, such as lichens.  In general, ecosystems adapted to low nitrogen availability or those that
18    are N limited are most sensitive to the effects of nitrogen deposition (e.g. Alpine ecosystems, CA
19    coastal sage scrub, ombrotrophic wetlands and  estuaries).  Excess nitrogen to vulnerable
20    ecosystems can cause "nitrogen pollution", resulting in a suite of terrestrial and aquatic
21    ecological problems including species mortality, biodiversity losses, altered community species
22    composition and biochemical function,  eutrophication and harmful algal blooms. Deposition
23    levels of approximately  2 kg N ha"1 yr"1 are reported to cause alterations in algal communities of
24    freshwater lakes (Colorado), changes in foliar N concentration (Colorado), and increased CC>2
25    emissions from peat bog wetlands (Europe).  Mortality of lichen species occurs at 3 kg N
26    ha l yfl (Wet coast). Deposition levels of 5 kg N ha  l yr~l correlate to the onset of declining
27    biodiversity within grasslands in the UK. At approximately 8 kg N ha l yr"1 many forest
28    ecosystems begin to leach nitrate into stream and  ground water.
29          Eutrophi cation of estuaries is a particularly detrimental ecological problem to which
30    atmospheric  deposition of NOx and NHx contribute. In highly eutrophic estuaries the
31    contribution  of atmospheric deposition to total loads can be greater than 40%. Eutrophi cation

      December 2007                           5-37        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
1    causes water quality deterioration, resulting in numerous adverse effects including (but not

2    limited to): hypoxic zones, species mortality, and harmful algal bloom.  The Chesapeake Bay is

3    an example of a large well-studied estuary that receives 21-30% of its total N load from the

4    atmosphere.
                TABLE 5.4-1.  CHEMICAL INDICATORS OF ACIDIFICATION TO
     	TERRESTRIAL ECOSYSTEMS	
      Soil Base Saturation
      Reuss (1983)
      Cronan and Grigal (1995)


      Lawrence et al. (2005)


      Bailey et al. (2004)
If base saturation is less than 15-20%, exchange ion chemistry is
dominated by inorganic Al.

Base saturations below about 15% in the soil B-horizon could lead to
impacts from Al stress.

Base saturation declines from 30% to 20% in the upper soil B-
horizon showed decreases in diameter growth of Norway spruce.

At Ca saturation less than 2% and Mg saturation less than 0.5% in
the upper soil B-horizon, found sugar maple mortality.
      Aluminum Concentrations
      Johnson etal. (1991);
      Joslin and Wolfe (1992);
      Eagaretal. (1996)
      Cronan and Grigal (1995)
      Johnson etal. (1994a,b)
      DeWittetal. (2001)
In soils with base saturation below about 20%, base cations reserves
are so low that Al exchange dominates.

50% risk of adverse effects on tree growth if the molar ratio of Ca to
Al in soil solution was as low as 1.0. 100% risk for adverse effects
on growth at molar ratio value below 0.2.

Ca:Al ratios above 1.0 through 4 years were found in a foreststand
experiencing high mortality.

Ca: Al ratios of Norway spruce stand below 0.5  showed reduced Mg
concentrations in needles in third year.
      C:N Ratio
      Aber et al. (2003)
      Ross et al. (2004)
Increased effects of nitrification occur only in soil with C:N ratio
below about 20-25.
     December 2007
        5-38
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
                TABLE 5.4-2.  STUDIES ON CHEMICAL INDICATORS OF
	ACIDIFICATION IN SURFACE WATER	
 Sulfate
   Driscoll et al. (2001a)                  Acidic deposition at Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest in New
                                       Hampshire contributed to a nearly four-fold increase in stream SO42
                                       concentration between 1850 and 1970.
   Stoddard et al. (2003)
Widespread decreasing trends in SO42 concentrations were
documented by EPA during the period 1990-2000 in the eastern
United States including New England lakes (1.77 ueq I/1 yr"1),
Adirondack lakes (2.26 ueq I/1 yr"1), Appalachian streams (2.27 ueq
                                      L  yr ), and Upper Midwest lakes (3.36 ueq L   yr  )
 Nitrate
   Driscoll and Newton (1985)
NO3 concentrations in 20 Adirondack lakes in the early 1980
averaged 12% of SO42~ concentrations.
   Lovett et al. (2000)
Baseflow NO3  concentrations in 1994-97 were an average of 37% of
SO42~ concentrations in 39 Catskill streams.
   Murdoch and Stoddard (1993)
During high-flows in Catskill streams concentrations periodically
equaled or exceeded SO42~ concentrations.
   Webb et al. (2004)
Average concentrations of NO3 in most southeastern streams also
tend to be considerably less than SO42~ concentrations.
   Cook etal. (1994)
Very high NO3 concentrations in streamwater documented at high
elevations in the Great Smoky Mountains in North Carolina.
 Base Cations
   Likens etal. (1996)
Approximately linear increasing relationship between concentrations
of base cations and [SO42~ + NO3~] in Hubbard Brook streams from
1964 to 1969, then a reversal in 1970 and a decreasing trend up to
1994.
   Lawrence et al. (1999)
Decreasing concentrations of base cations at a rate that exceeded
decreases in [SO42~ + NO3~] in Catskill Mountain streams from 1984
to 1997.
 Acid Neutralizing Capacity
   Sullivan et al. (2006)
Model simulations suggest that none of the lakes in the Adirondack
target lake population were chronically acidic or had ANC less than
20 ueq/L under preindustrial conditions.  By 1980, there were
hundreds of such lakes.
   Stoddard et al. (2003)
Tendencies during the 1990s toward increasing surface water Gran
ANC in all glaciated regions of the eastern United States (i.e., New
England, Adirondacks, Northern Appalachian Plateau) and Upper
Midwest; and decreasing Gran ANC in the Ridge/Blue Ridge
province.	
December 2007
          5-39
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
           TABLE 5.4-2 (cont'd). STUDIES ON CHEMICAL INDICATORS OF
	ACIDIFICATION IN SURFACE WATER	
 Surface Water Aluminum
   Gensemer and Playle (1999)           Found that organically complexed aluminum (organic Al) can occur in
                                      surface waters as a result of natural soil and hydrologic processes, but
                                      this form of Al is not harmful to aquatic life.
   Gensemer and Playle (1999)
Demonstrated that inorganic Al has been found to be toxic to plant
and animal species throughout the food web.
   Baldigo et al. (2007)
Documented 20% mortality of brook trout young-of-the yr in situ
during a 30-day period with a median inorganic Al concentration of 2
umol/L. 90% mortality occurs over 30 days with a median inorganic
Al concentration of 4.0 umol/L.
   Lawrence et al. (2007)
49 of 195 streams (25%) in the western Adirondack region had
inorganic Al concentrations above 2.0 uM during Aug. base flow.
 pH
   Haines and Baker (1986);
   Baker etal. (1990a)
Threshold pH levels for adverse biological effects have been
summarized for a variety of aquatic organisms. Common reference
values for pH are 5.0, 5.5, and 6.0.
   Charles etal. (1989);
   Sullivan etal. (1990);
   Cummingetal. (1992, 1994)
25 to 35% of the Adirondack lakes that are larger than 4 ha have
acidified since preindustrial time.  An estimated 80% of the
Adirondack lakes that had ambient pH less than 5.2 in the mid-1980s
were inferred to have experienced large declines in pH and ANC since
the previous century. About 30 to 45% of the lakes with ambient pH
between 5.2 and 6.0 have also acidified.
   Gbondo-Tugbawa et al. (2002)
PnET-BGC modeling at Hubbard Brook estimated that past stream pH
(circa 1850) was probably about 6.3, compared with just above 5.0 in
2000.
   Stoddard et al. (2003)
Reported an increase in the hydrogen ion concentration of
Appalachian streams (0.08 ueq L~: yr"1) and Upper Midwest lakes
(0.01 ueq L~: yr"1).  No trends were found in New England lakes or
Appalachian streams in this study.
December 2007
         5-40
DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
         TABLE 5.5-1. NITROGEN FLUXES FROM WETLANDS CLASSIFIED
  ACCORDING TO THE IMPORTANCE OF ATMOSPHERIC DEPOSITION TO THE
                             TOTAL NITROGEN BUDGETS

Wet deposition
Total N inputs
Total N exports
Precipitation
Intertidal Fresh and Salt
Water Mashes
0.8-1.1
57.6-74.4
54.6-79.7
Increasing in
Fens
4.2-4.4
5.3-7.6
4.9-8.8
Importance
Wet Heathland
and Bog
0.7-0.9
0.9-1.0
0.4
Source: Morris (1991).
	TABLE 5.5-2. CHESAPEAKE BAY VALUATION STUDY	
           Author                       Measure                        Findings
 Bockstael et al. (1989)           Aggregate willingness-to-pay for      $34.7 million, $4.7 million, and
                              20% water quality improvement.      $1.4 million for beach use, boating,
                                                             and sport fishing.

 Morgan and Owens (2001)        Lower bound aggregate benefits of    $288.8 million, $6.7 million, and
                              60% water quality improvement.      $288.8 million for beach use,
                                                             boating, and sport fishing.

 Lipton (2004)                  Willingness-to-pay for one unit       $7.3 million per yr with a
                              water quality improvements.         $146 million present value.
December 2007                             5-41        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
o
ft>
o
3
cr
'-i
to
o
o










1
[V
to
TABLE 5.7-1. SUMMARY OF


NITROGEN DEPOSITION LEVELS AND THE CORRESPONDING EFFECTS

OF ACIDIFICATION AND NUTRIENT ENRICHMENT ON


Type of
Ecosystem
Acidification
Forest

Forest



Forest



Meadow
(alpine)

Ambient N
Deposition N Additions
(kg N/ha'Vyr-1) (kg N/ha'Vyr"1)

7-10

25-35



25-35.5



5 20-60




Chemical Effects Biological Effects

increased NO3~ leaching

1 ) increased NO3~ leaching
and soil acidity;
2) decreased base cation
saturation
increased NO3~ concentrations
in soil water and stream water


increased NO3~ leaching and 1) caused changes of plant
NO3~ concentration in soil species composition within

ECOSYSTEMS


Study
Study Site Species

Northeastern
U.S.
Southern
California


Maine and hardwood
West Virginia


Colorado
Front Range





Citation

Aber et al.
(2003)
Fenn et al.
(2003a)


Kahl et al.
(1993);
Peterjohn et al.
(1996).
Bowman et al.
(2006)
water
   3 yrs of the initiation of the
   experiment;
2) net nitrification were
   detectable at levels above
   20 kg N/ha/yr
TI
_ 1

o
Cj
^^
0
H
O
CH
O
H
W
O
7s
O
i — i
H
W
Surface <5 increased NO3 leaching
waters




Surface 5.6 increased NO3~ leaching
waters



Surface 8-10 increased NO3~ leaching
waters


Western U.S. Baron et al.
(1994);
Williams et al.

(1996a)

Northeastern Driscoll et al.
U.S. (1989);
Stoddard et al.
(1994)

Eastern U.S. Stoddard et al.
(1994)



-------
Decem
{_} '
CD
^
to
o
o










1
OJ


o

M
H
1
0
O
2|
0
H

O
H
W
O
O
HH
H
W
TABLE 5.7-1 (cont'd). SUMMARY OF NITROGEN DEPOSITION LEVELS AND THE CORRESPONDING EFFECTS
OF ACIDIFICATION AND NUTRIENT ENRICHMENT ON ECOSYSTEMS
Ambient N
Type of Deposition N Additions
Ecosystem (kg N/ha'Vyr"1) (kg N/ha'Vyr"1)
Nitrogen enrichment
Forest 1-2

Forest 1-5



Forest 2.0 25


Forest 3-5

Forest 3-12
(boreal)

Forest 4-5 25




Forest 5


Forest 5-10


Forest 5.4 25






Chemical Effects Biological Effects

decreased foliar Mg concentration and
increased foliar N:Mg and N:Ca
decreased soil organic horizon C/N
and foliar C/N, and increased foliar N
concentration, foliar N/Mg, foliar N/P
and potential net mineralization
increased N concentration in foliar
and organic soil horizon

decreased foliar Mg concentration and
increased foliar N:Mg and N:Ca
decreased the abundance and cover of
ericaceous shrubs

doubled N mineralization rates and
stimulated nitrification



increased rates of nitrification


decreased the abundance of lichens
containing cyanobacteria

triggered net nitrification






Study Site

Western slope of
Rocky Mtns.
Continental
Divide,
Colorado

Fraser
Experimental
Forest, Colorado
Eastern slope of
Rocky Mtns.
Sweden


Loch Vale
watershed,
Colorado


Colorado


Northern Europe


Vermont






Study Species

Engelmann
Spruce
spruce



spruce


Engelmann
Spruce



old-growth
spruce



old-growth
forests

lichens


spruce






Citation

Baron et al.
(2000)
Rueth and
Baron (2002)


Rueth et al.
(2003)

Baron et al.
(2000)
Gilliam (2006)


Rueth et al.
(2003)



Rueth and
Baron (2002)

Bobbink et al.
(1998)

McNulty et al.
(1996)




-------
o

O

to
O
O
TABLE 5.7-1 (cont'd). SUMMARY OF NITROGEN DEPOSITION LEVELS AND THE CORRESPONDING EFFECTS

                 OF ACIDIFICATION AND NUTRIENT ENRICHMENT ON ECOSYSTEMS
H

6
o


O
H

O


o
H
W

O


O
HH
H
W
Ambient N
Type of Deposition N Additions
Ecosystem (kg N/ha'Vyr'1) (kg N/ha'Vyr"1)
Chemical Effects Biological Effects
Study Site
Study Species Citation
Nitrogen enrichment (cont'd)
Forest 6-20

Forest 9.8


Forest 14-28

Forest 25



Forest 30

Forest 35




Forest 35



species shifts towards nitrophilous
and more acid-tolerant plant species
stimulated productivity of forests in
high latitudes in the Northern
Hemisphere
decreased herbaceous cover under
hardwoods
basal area increment of sugar maple
was enhanced 13 to 104%, whereas
red spruce was not significantly
affected
stimulate stemwood production

enhanced growth of black cherry
and yellow poplar during the first
7 yrs, but reduced growth of these
species in years 9 to 12, with no
change in red maple or sweet birch
no significant impact on the
herbaceous layer under hardwoods


Sweden

Northern
Hemisphere

Adirondack
Park, New York
Bear Brook,
Maine


Northern
Sweden
Femow
Experimental
Forest, West
Virginia

Femow
Experimental
Forest, West
Virginia
oak Gilliam (2006)

Holland et al.
(2005)

hardwood Gilliam (2006)

sugar maple; Elvir et al.
red spruce (2003)


Scots pine Hogberg et al.
(2006)
DeWalle et al.
(2006)



hardwood Gilliam et al.
(2006)



-------
O
O
3
a"
^
to
O
O










L/l
1
£



O
>
H
6
O
2;
0
H
O
o
H
W
O
O
HH
H
W
TABLE 5.7-1 (cont'd). SUMMARY OF NITROGEN DEPOSITION LEVELS AND THE CORRESPONDING EFFECTS
OF ACIDIFICATION AND NUTRIENT

Ambient N
Type of Deposition N Additions
Ecosystem (kg N/ha'Vyr"1) (kg N/ha'Vyr"1) Chemical Effects
Nitrogen enrichment (cont'd)
Forest 50 concentrations of NH4+ plus
NO3~ were not detected in soil
water until the 15th yr
Forest 50- 1 50 elevated NH4+ plus NO3~ in soil
water were detected after 1 yr of
150 kg N/ha/yr doses, and after
5 yrs of 50 kg N/ha/yr doses
Forest 90

Forest 100-200
(alpine)

Forest 150 concentrations of NH4+ plus
NO3~ were not detected in soil
water until the 7th yr

Oak savanna 54-170



Coastal sage 2-57
shrub









ENRICHMENT ON ECOSYSTEMS



Biological Effects








decreased stem volume
growth
marginally increased plant
foliage productivity but
reduced species richness




decreased ectomycorrhizal
fungal diversity and changed
species composition

caused a shift in arbuscular
mycorrhizal community
composition with decreased
species richness and diversity










Study Site Study Species

Harvard hardwood
Forest

Harvard red pine
Forest


Northern Scots pine
Sweden
Niwot Ridge,
Colorado

Harvard hardwood
Forest


Minnesota ectomycorrhizal
fungi


California













Citation

Magill et al.
(2004)

Magill et al.
(2004)


Hogberg
et al. (2006)
Seastedt and
Vaccaro
(2001)
Magill et al.
(2004)


Avis et al.
(2003)


Egerton-
Warburton
and Allen
(2000)








-------
Decemtx
^
to
O
O


TABLE

Type of
Ecosystem
5.7-1 (cont'd). SUMMARY OF NITROGEN DEPOSITION LEVELS AND THE CORRESPONDING EFFECTS
OF ACIDIFICATION AND NUTRIENT ENRICHMENT ON ECOSYSTEMS
Ambient N
Deposition N Additions
(kg N/ha'Vyr'1) (kg N/ha'Vyr'1)

Chemical Effects Biological Effects Study Site

Study Species Citation
Nitrogen enrichment (cont'd)
Costal sage
shrub
Coastal sage
shrub

30
30

native shrub and forb seedlings Southern California
replaced by the grasses, especially
following disturbances such as fire
1 ) decreased the diversity of native Los Angeles Air
plants; Basin
2) increased exotic grass biomass;
3) changed the biodiversity of
microbial communities
Eliason and
Allen (1997);
Yoshida and
Allen (2001)
Bytnerowicz
and Fenn
(1996)

Grassland
5-30
                                                                                      increased non-native grass biomass
                                                                                      at sites that received 30 kg N/ha/yr,
                                                                                      but not at the sites that received 5 kg
                                                                                      N/ha/yr
                                     Joshua Tree National
                                     Park, California
                                                                             Allen et al.
                                                                             (2007)
Grassland
10-15
decreased populations of the bay
checkerspot butterfly
                                                                                                                           California
checkerspot
butterfly
                                                                             Weiss (1999)
 H
 6
 o

 O
 H
O
 o
 H
 W
 O
 O
 HH
 H
 W
Grassland
Grassland
10-15
Grassland
                  0-100
                    70
displaced native grass species by
exotic nitrophilous grasses

1) increased growth;
2) native species did not
   consistently grow better at low
   nitrogen levels than the exotic
   species

decreased forb production
concomitant with increased grass
productivity
                                     San Francisco Bay
                                     area, California

                                     Greenhouse study
                                     Jasper Ridge
                                     Biological Preserve,
                                     California
                 Fenn et al.
                 (2003a)

                 Lowe et al.
                 (2002)
                 Zavaleta et al.
                 (2003)

-------
December 2007




L/l
|y

O
H
1
O
H
O
O
O
o
HH
H
W
TABLE 5.7-1 (cont'd). SUMMARY OF NITROGEN DEPOSITION LEVELS AND THE CORRESPONDING
OF ACIDIFICATION AND NUTRIENT ENRICHMENT ON ECOSYSTEMS
Ambient N
Type of Deposition N Additions
Ecosystem (kg N/ha'Vyr"1) (kg N/ha'Vyr"1) Chemical Effects Biological Effects
Nitrogen enrichment (cont'd)
Meadow 5 20-60 increased plant biomass and tissue N
concentration

Meadow 25 1 ) caused a community shift towards
greater dominance of hairgrass in
wet alpine meadows,
2) increased in plant biomass
Desert 32 increased biomass of non-native
plants by 54%, decreased native
species biomass by about 39%
Desert 100 increased the cover of warm season
grasses and decreased the cover of
legumes
Wetland 30 increased CH4 emissions
Wetland 240 increased CH4 emissions increased abundance ofDeyeucia
angustifolia
Lake 1.3-2.2 increased lake algal productivity
Lake 1 . 5 caused a shift in algae community
composition

Lake <2 observed diatom shifts in alpine lakes


Study
Study Site Species

Niwot Ridge,
Colorado

Niwot Ridge,
Colorado
Mojave desert
Chihuahuan
Desert
Eastern Finland
Northeast China
Sweden
Beartooth algae
Mountains,
Wyoming

Rocky Mountain, diatom
Colorado


EFFECTS
Citation

Seastedt and
Vaccaro
(2001)
Bowman et al.
(1995); Burns
(2004)
Brooks (2003)
Baez et al.
(2007)
Saamio et al.
(2003)
Zhang et al.
(2007)
Bergstrom
et al. (2005)
Saros et al.
(2003)

Interlandi and
Kilham(1998)



-------
                                    6. REFERENCES
 4    Aber, J. D.; Nadelhoffer, K. I; Steudler, P.; Melillo, J. M. (1989) Nitrogen saturation in northern
 5          forest ecosystems: excess nitrogen from fossil  fuel combustion may stress the biosphere.
 6          BioScience 39: 378-386.
 7    Aber, J.; McDowell, W.; Nadelhoffer, K.; Magill, A.;  Berntson, G.; Kamakea, M.; McNulty, S.;
 8          Currie, W.; Rustad, L.; Fernandez, I. (1998) Nitrogen saturation in temperate forest
 9          ecosystems. BioScience 48: 921-934.
10    Aber, J. D.; Ollinger, S. V.; Driscoll, C. T.; Likens, G. E.; Holmes, R. T.; Freuder, R. J.;
11          Goodale, C. L. (2002) Inorganic nitrogen losses from a forested ecosystem in response to
12          physical, chemical, biotic, and climatic perturbations. Ecosystems 5: 648-658.
13    Aber, J. D.; Goodale, C. L.; Ollinger, S. V.; Smith, M.-L.; Magill, A. H.; Martin, M. E.; Hall, R.
14          A.; Stoddard, J. L. (2003) Is nitrogen deposition altering the nitrogen status of
15          northeastern forests? Bioscience 53: 375-389.
16    Achermann, B.; Bobbink, R. (2003) Empirical critical loads for nitrogen: proceedings of an
17          expert workshop held under the UNECE Convention on Long-range Transboundary Air
18          Pollution; November, 2002; Berne, Switzerland. Berne, Switzerland:  Swiss Agency for
19          the Environment, Forests, and Landscape (SAEFL), Environmental Documentation No.
20          164, pp. 327.
21    Adams, M. B. (2003) Ecological issues related to N deposition to natural  ecosystems: research
22          needs. Environ. Int. 29: 189-199.
23    Adams, M. B.; Angradi, T. R.; Kochenderfer,  J. N. (1997) Steam water and soil solution
24          responses to 5 years of nitrogen and sulfur additions at the Fernow Experimental Forest,
25          West Virginia. Forest Ecol. Manage. 95: 79-91.
26    Adams, M. B.; Burger, J. A.; Jenkins, A. B.; Zelazny,  L. (2000) Impact of harvesting and
27          atmospheric pollution on nutrient depletion of eastern U.S. hardwood forests. For. Ecol.
28          Manage.  138: 301-319.
29    Adams, R. M.; Horst, R. L., Jr. (2003) Future  directions in air quality research: economic issues.
30          Environ.  Int. 29: 289-302.
31    Aerts, R. (1990) Nutrient use efficiency in evergreen and deciduous species from heathland.
32          Oecologia 84: 391-397.
33    Aerts, R.; Berendse, F. (1988) The effect of increased nutrient availability on vegetation
34          dynamics in wet heathlands. Vegetatio 76: 63-69.
35    Aerts R, De Caluwe H. (1999) Nitrogen deposition effects on carbon dioxide and methane
36          emissions from temperate peatland soils. Oikos 84: 44-54.
37    Aerts, R.; Berendse, F.; De Caluwe, H.; Schmits, M. (1990) Competition in heathland along an
38          experimental gradient of nutrient availability. Oikos 57: 310-318.
     December 2007                            6-1        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Alcorn, S. H.; Lurmann, F. W. (2004) Southern California children's health study exposure
 2          database (final report). Petaluma, CA: Sonoma Technology, Inc., report no. STI-95230-
 3          2453-FR3; prepared for University of Southern California School of Medicine, Division
 4          of Environmental Health.
 5    Alicke, B.; Hebestreit, K.; Stutz, J.; Platt, U. (1999) Iodine oxide in the marine boundary layer.
 6          Nature (London, U.K.) 397: 572-573.
 7    Allan, B. J.; McFiggans, G.; Plane, J. M. C.; Coe, H. (2000) Observations of iodine monoxide in
 8          the remote marine boundary layer. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 105: 14,363-14,369.
 9    Allen, N. S.; Hershey, A. E. (1996) Seasonal changes in chlorophyll a response to nutrient
10          amendments in a North Shore tributary of Lake Superior. J. N. Am. Benthol. Soc. 15:
11          170-178.
12    Allen, E. B.; Padgett, P. E.;  Bytnerowicz, A.; Minich, R. (1998) Nitrogen deposition effects on
13          coastal sage vegetation of southern California. USDA Forest Service Gen.  Tech. Rep.
14          PSW-GTR-166, pp.  131-139.
15    Allen, E. B.; Rao, L. E.; Steers, R. J. (2007) Impacts of atmospheric nitrogen deposition on
16          vegetation and soils  at Joshua Tree National Park. In: Webb, R. H.; Fenstermaker, J. S.;
17          Heaton, J. S.; Hughson, D. L.; McDonald, E. V.; Miller, D. M., eds. The Mojave Desert:
18          Ecosystem Processes and Sustainability. Las Vegas: University of Nevada Press (in
19          press).
20    Alvo, R.; Hussell, D. J. T.; Berrill, M. (1988) The breeding success of common loons (Gavia
21          immer) in relation to alkalinity and other lake characteristics in Ontario. Can. J. Zool. 66:
22          746-752.
23    Ambus, P.; Robertson, G. P. (2006) The effect of increased N deposition on nitrous oxide,
24          methane, and carbon dioxide fluxes from unmanaged forest and grassland communities in
25          Michigan. Biogeochemistry 79: 315-337.
26    Amundson, R. G.; MacLean, D. C. (1982) Influence of oxides of nitrogen on crop growth and
27          yield: an overview. In: Schneider, T.; Grant, L., eds. Air pollution by nitrogen oxides:
28          proceedings of the US-Dutch international symposium; May; Maastricht, The
29          Netherlands. Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company; pp.
30          501-510. (Studies in environmental  science 21).
31    Anderson, N. J.; Renberg, I; Segerstrom, U. (1995) Diatom production responses  to the
32          development of early agriculture in a boreal forest lake-catchment (Kassjon, Northern
33          Sweden). J. Ecol. 83: 809-822.
34    Andreae, M. O. (1991) Biomass burning: its history, use, and distribution and its impact on
35          environmental  quality and global climate. In: Levine, J. S., ed. Global biomass burning:
36          atmospheric, climatic, and biospheric implications. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press; pp. 1-
37          21.
38    Antoine, M. E. (2001) Ecophysiology of the cyanolichen, Lobaria oregana [thesis]. Corvallis,
39          Oregon: Oregon State University.
40    Appel, B. R.; Tokiwa, Y.; Haik, M. (1981)  Sampling of nitrates in ambient air. Atmos. Environ.
41          15:283-289.
     December 2007                            6-2        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Appel, K. W.; Gilliland, A.; Eder, B. (2005) An operational evaluation of the 2005 release of
 2          models-3 CMAQ version 4.5. Washington, DC: National Oceanic and Atmospheric
 3          Administration (NOAA) Air Resources Laboratory, Atmospheric Sciences Modeling
 4          Division.
 5    Arheimer, B.; Wittgren, H. B. (1994) Modelling the effects of wetlands on regional nitrogen
 6          transport. Ambio 23(6): 378-386.
 7    Arnold, J. R.; Dennis, R. L.; Tonnesen, G. S. (2003) Diagnostic evaluation of numerical air
 8          quality models with specialized ambient observations: testing the Community Multiscale
 9          Air Quality modeling system (CMAQ) at selected SOS 95 ground sites. Atmos. Environ.
10          37:1185-1198.
11    Arnold, J. R.; Hartsell, B. E.; Luke, W. T.; Ullah,  S. M. R.; Dasgupta, P. K.; Huey, L. G.; Tate,
12          P. (2007) Field test of four methods for gas-phase ambient nitric acid. Atmos. Environ.
13          41:4210-4226.
14    Ashworth, S. H.; Allan, B. J.; Plane, J. M. C. (2002) High resolution spectroscopy of the OIO
15          radical: implications for the ozone-depleting potential of iodine. Geophys. Res. Lett. 29:
16          10.1029/GL013851.
17    Avis, P. G.; McLaughlin, D. J.; Dentinger, B. C.; Reich, P. B. (2003) Long-term increases in
18          nitrogen supply alters above and belowground ectomycorrhizal communities and
19          increases dominance of Russula species. NewPhytol. 160(1): 239-253.
20    Axler, R. P.; Reuter, J. E. (1996) Nitrate uptake by phytoplankton and periphyton: whole-lake
21          enrichments and mesocosm-N-15 experiments in an oligotrophic lake. Limnol. Oceanogr.
22          41:659-671.
23    Babich, P.; Davey, M.; Allen, G.; Koutrakis, P. (2000) Method comparisons for particulate
24          nitrate, elemental carbon, and PM25 mass in  seven U.S. cities.  J. Air Waste Manage.
25          Assoc. 50: 1095-1105.
26    Baez, S.; Fargione, J.; Moore, D. L; Collins, S. L.; Gosz, J. R. (2007) Atmospheric nitrogen
27          deposition in the northern Chihuahuan  desert: temporal trends  and potential
28          consequences. J. Arid Environ. 68: 640-651.
29    Bailey, S. W.; Horsley, S. B.; Long, R. P.; Hallett, R. A. (2004) Influence of edaphic factors on
30          sugar maple nutrition and health on the Allegheny Plateau.  Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J. 68: 243-
31          252.
32    Bailey, S. W.; Horsley, S. B.; Long, R. P. (2005) Thirty years of change in forest soils of the
33          Allegheny Plateau, Pennsylvania. Soil  Sci. Soc. Am. J. 69:  681-690.
34    Baker, L.  A.; Christensen,  S. W.  (1991) Effects of acidification on biological communities. In:
35          Charles, D. F., ed. Acidic deposition and aquatic ecosystems: regional case studies. New
36          York, NY: Springer-Verlag; pp. 83-106.
37    Baker, J. L.; Laflen, J. M. (1983) Water quality consequences of conservation tillage. J. Soil
3 8          Water Conserv. 38:186-193.
39    Baker, J. P.; Schofield, C. L. (1982) Aluminum toxicity to fish in acidic waters. Water Air Soil
40          Pollut. 18: 289-309.
      December 2007                            6-3         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Baker, J. P.; Schofield, C. L. (1985) Acidification impacts on fish populations: a review. In:
 2          Adams, D. D.; Page, W. P., eds. Acid deposition: environmental, economic, and policy
 3          issues. New York, NY: Plenum Press; pp. 183-221.
 4    Baker, J. P.; Bernard, D. P.; Christensen, S. W.; Sale, M. J. (1990a) Biological effects of changes
 5          in surface water acid-base chemistry. Washington, DC: National Acid Precipitation
 6          Assessment Program. State of Science/Technology Report 13.
 7    Baker, J. P.; Gherini, S. A.; Christensen,  S. W.; Driscoll, C. T.; Gallagher, J.; Munson, R. K.;
 8          Newton, R. M.; Reckhow, K. H.;  Schofield, C. L. (1990b) Adirondack lakes survey: an
 9          interpretive analysis offish communities and water chemistry,  1984-1987. Ray Brook,
10          NY: Adirondack Lakes Survey Corporation.
11    Baker, L. A.; Kauffman, P. R.; Herlihy, A. T.; Eilers, J. M. (1990c) Current status of surface
12          water acid-base chemistry. Washington, DC: National Acid Precipitation Assessment
13          Program; state of science/technology report 9.
14    Baker, L. A.; Herlihy, A. T.; Kaufmann, P. R.; Eilers, J. M. (1991) Acidic lakes and streams in
15          the United States: the role of acidic deposition. Science (Washington, DC, U.S.) 252:
16          1151-1154.
17    Baker, J. P.; Van Sickle, J.; Gagen, C. J.; DeWalle, D. R.; Sharpe, W. E.;  Carline, R. F.; Baldigo,
18          B. P.; Murdoch, P.  S.; Bath, D. W.; Kretser, W. A.; Simonin, H. A.; Wigington, P.  J., Jr.
19          (1996) Episodic acidification of small streams in the northeastern United States: effects
20          on fish populations. Ecol. Appl. 6: 423-437.
21    Baldigo, B. P.; Murdoch, P. S.  (1997) Effect of stream acidification and inorganic aluminum on
22          mortality of brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) in the Catskill Mountains, New York. Can.
23          J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 54:603-615.
24    Baldigo, B. P.; Lawrence, G. B.; Simonin, H. A. (2007) Persistent mortality of brook trout in
25          episodically acidified streams of the southwestern Adirondack  Mountains, New York.
26          Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 136: 121-134.
27    Banzhaf, H. S.; Burtraw, D.; Evans, D.; Krupnick, A. J. (2006) Valuation of natural resource
28          improvements in the Adirondacks. Land Econ. 82: 445-464.
29    Bardwell, C. A.; Maben, J. R.;  Hurt, J. A.; Keene, W. C.; Galloway, J. N.; Boatman, J. F.;
30          Wellman, D. L. (1990)  A technique using high-flow, dichotomous filter packs for
31          measuring major atmospheric chemical constituents. Global Biogeochem. Cycles 4: 151-
32          163.
33    Barmuta, L. A.; Cooper, S. D.; Hamilton, S. K.; Kratz, K. W.; Melack, J.  M. (1990) Responses
34          of zooplankton and zoobenthos to experimental acidification in a high-elevation lake
35          (Sierra Nevada, California, U.S.A.). Freshwater Biol. 23: 571-586.
36    Barnes, L; Bastian, V.; Becker, K. H.; Overath, R. D. (1991) Kinetic studies of the reactions of
37          IO, BrO and CIO with Dimethylsulfide. Int. J. Chem. Kinet. 23: 579-591.
38    Baron, J. (1992) Surface waters. In: Baron, J.; Arthur, M. A.;  Denning, S.; Harris, M. A.; Mast,
39          M. A.; Mcknight, D. M.; Mclaughlin, P.; Rosenlund, B. D.; Spaulding, S. A.; Walthall, P.
40          M., eds. Biogeochemistry of a subalpine ecosystem. Loch Vale watershed. New York:
41          Springer-Verlag; pp. 142-186.
      December 2007                            6-4         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Baron, J. S. (2006) Hindcasting nitrogen deposition to determine ecological critical load. Ecol.
 2          Appl. 16: 433-439.
 3    Baron, J. S.; Ojima, D. S.; Holland, E. A.; Parton, W. J. (1994) Analysis of nitrogen saturation
 4          potential in Rocky Mountain tundra and forest: implications for aquatic systems.
 5          Biogeochemistry 27: 61-82.
 6    Baron, J. S.; Rueth, H. M.; Wolfe, A. M.; Nydick, K. R.; Allstott, E. J.; Minear, J. T.; Moraska,
 7          B. (2000) Ecosystem responses to nitrogen deposition in the Colorado Front Range.
 8          Ecosystems 3: 352-368.
 9    Beamish, R. J. (1976) Acidification of lakes in Canada by acid precipitation and the resulting
10          effects on fishes. Water Air Soil Pollut. 6: 501-514.
11    Beamish, R. J.; Harvey, H. H. (1972) Acidification of the La Cloche mountain lakes, Ontario,
12          and resulting fish mortalities. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 29: 1131-1143.
13    Bedford, B. L.; Godwin, K. S.  (2003) Fens of the United States: distribution, characteristics, and
14          scientific connection versus legal isolation. Wetlands 23(3): 608-629.
15    Bedford, B. L.; Walbridge, M.  R.; Aldous,  A. (1999) Patterns in nutrient availability and plant
16          diversity of temperature North American wetlands. Ecol. Soc. Am. 80(7): 2151-2169.
17    Beggs, G. L.; Gunn, J. M.  (1986) Response of lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush) and brook trout
18          (S.  fontinalis) to surface water acidification in Ontario. Water Air Soil Pollut. 30: 711-
19          717.
20    Behnke, W.; George, C.; Sheer, V.; Zetzsch, C. (1997) Production and decay of C1NO2 from the
21          reaction of gaseous N2O5 with NaCl solution: bulk and aerosol experiments. J.  Geophys.
22          Res. [Atmos.] 102: 3795-3804.
23    Benoit, J. M.; Gilmour, C. C.; Mason, R. P.; Heyes, A. (1999) Sulfide controls on mercury
24          speciation and bioavailability to methylating bacteria in sediment pore waters. Environ.
25          Sci. Tech. 33:951-957.
26    Benoit, J. M.; Gilmour, C.; Heyes, A.; Mason, R. P.; Miller, C. (2003) Geochemical and
27          biological controls over methylmercury production and degradation in aquatic
28          ecosystems. In: Chai, Y.; Braids, O. C., eds. Biogeochemistry of environmentally
29          important trace elements. Washington, D.C.: American Chemical Society; pp. 262-297.
30          (ACS Symposium  Series no. 835).
31    Bentley, J.; Horst, R. (1998) Commercial forestry benefits of alternative emission controls for
32          the NOX SIP Call. Research Triangle Park, NC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
33          Office of Air Quality Planning and  Standards, Science Applications International
34          Corporation (SAIC) Contract #68-D-98-l 13.
35    Berendse, F.; Breemen, N. V.;  Rydin, H.; Buttler, A.; Heijmans, M.; Hoosbeek, M. R.; Lee, J.
36          A.; Mitchell, A.; Saarinen, T.; Vassander, H.; Wallen, B. (2001) Raised atmospheric CO2
37          levels and increased N deposition cause shifts in plant species composition and
38          production in Sphagnum bogs. Glob. Change Biol. 7(5): 591-598.
39    Bergman, H. L.; Mattice, J. S.; Brown, D. J. A. (1988) Lake acidification and fisheries project:
40          adult brook trout (Salvelinusfontinalis). Can. J. Fish. Aquat.  Sci. 45: 1561-1562.
      December 2007                            6-5        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Bergstrom, A.-K.; Jansson, M. (2006) Atmospheric nitrogen deposition has caused nitrogen
 2          enrichment and eutrophication of lakes in the northern hemisphere. Glob. Change Biol.
 3          12:635-643.
 4    Bergstrom, A.; Blomqvist, P.; Jansson, M. (2005) Effects of atmospheric nitrogen deposition on
 5          nutrient limitation and phytoplankton biomass in unproductive Swedish lakes. Limnol.
 6          Oceanogr. 50(3): 987-994.
 7    Berresheim, H.; Eisele, F. L.; Tanner, D. J.; Mclnnes, L. M.; Ramsey-Bell, D. C.; Covert, D. S.
 8          (1993) Atmospheric sulfur chemistry and cloud condensation nuclei (CCN)
 9          concentrations over the northeastern Pacific coast. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 98: 12,701-
10          12,711.
11    Berresheim, H.; Wine, P. H.; Davis, D. D. (1995) Sulfur in the atmosphere. In: Singh, H. B., ed.
12          Composition, chemistry, and climate of the atmosphere. New York, NY: Van Nostrand
13          Reinhold; pp. 251-307.
14    Bey, L; Jacob, D. J.; Yantosca, R. M.; Logan, J. A.; Field, B.; Fiore, A. M.; Li, Q.; Liu, H.;
15          Mickley, L. J.; Schultz, M. G. (2001) Global modeling of tropospheric chemistry with
16          assimilated meteorology:  model description and evaluation. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]
17          106:23,073-23,095.
18    Blair, R. B. (1990) Water quality and the summer distribution of common loons in Wisconsin.
19          Passenger Pigeon 52: 119-126.
20    Blake, L.; Goulding, K. W. T.; Mott, C. J. B.; Johnston, A.  E. (1999) Changes in soil chemistry
21          accompanying acidification over more than 100 years under woodland and grass at
22          Rothamsted Experimental Station, UK. Eur. J. Soil  Sci. 50: 401-412.
23    Blancher, P. J.; McNicol, D. K. (1988) Breeding biology of tree swallows in relation to wetland
24          acidity. Can. J. Zool. 66: 842-849.
25    Blancher, P. J.; McNicol, D. K. (1991) Tree swallow diet in relation to wetland activity. Can. J.
26          Zool. 69: 2629-2637.
27    Blett, T.; Geiser, L.; Porter, E. (2003) Air pollution-related lichen monitoring in national parks,
28          forests, and refuges: guidelines for studies intended for regulatory and management
29          purposes. Denver, CO: U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service, Air
30          Resources Division; report NFS D2292. Available:
31          http://www2.nature.nps.gov/air/Pubs/pdf/Lichen_Studies.pdf [6 December, 2007].
32    Bloom, N. S. (1992) On the chemical form of mercury in edible fish and marine invertebrate
33          tissue. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 49: 1010-1017.
34    Bobbink, R. (1998) Impacts of tropospheric ozone and airborne nitrogenous pollutants on natural
35          and semi-natural ecosystems: a commentary. NewPhytol.  139: 161-168.
36    Bobbink, R.; Boxman, D.; Fremstad, E.; Heil, G.; Houdijk, A.; Roelofs, J. (1992) Critical loads
37          for nitrogen eutrophi cation of terrestrial and wetland ecosystems based upon changes in
38          vegetation and fauna. In: Grennfelt, P.; Thornelof, E., eds. Critical loads for nitrogen.
39          Nord 92:41. Nordic Council of Ministers, Copenhagen, pp. 111-159.
40    Bobbink, R.; Hornung, M.; Roelofs, J. G. M.  (1996) Empirical nitrogen critical loads for natural
41          and semi-natural ecosystems. Annex III. In: Manual on methodologies and criteria for
      December 2007                            6-6         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          mapping critical levels/loads and geographical areas where they are exceeded. Berlin,
 2          Germany: UNECE Convention on Long-Range Transboundary Air Pollution. Umvelt
 3          Bundes Arnt.
 4   Bobbink, R.; Hornung, M.; Roelofs, J. G. M. (1998) The effects of air-borne nitrogen pollutants
 5          on species diversity in natural and semi-natural European vegetation. J. Ecol. 86: 717-
 6          738.
 7   Bobrowski, N.; Honninger, G.; Galle, B.; Platt, U. (2003) Detection of bromine monoxide in a
 8          volcanic plume. Nature (London, U.K.) 423: 273-276.
 9   Bockstael, N. E.; McConnell, K. E.; Strand, I. E. (1989) Measuring the benefits of improvements
10          in water quality: the Chesapeake Bay. Mar. Resour. Econ. 6(1): 1-18.
11   Bodelier, P. L. E.; Roslev, P.; Heckel, T.; Frenzel, P. (2000) Stimulation by ammonium-based
12          fertilizers of methane oxidation in soil around rice roots. Nature 403: 421-424.
13   Boesch, D. F.; Brinsfield, R.  B.; Magnien, R. E. (2001) Chesapeake Bay eutrophication:
14          scientific understanding, ecosystem restoration, and challenges for agriculture. J.
15          Environ. Qual. 30: 303-320.
16   Boggs, J. L.; McNulty, S. G.; Gavazzi, M. J.; Myers, J. M. (2005) Tree growth, foliar chemistry,
17          and nitrogen cycling across a nitrogen deposition gradient in southern Appalachian
18          deciduous forests. Can.  J. Forest Res. 35:  1901-1913.
19   Boring, C. B.; Al-Horr, R.; Genfa, Z.; Dasgupta, P. K.; Martin, M. W.; Smith, W. F. (2002) Field
20          measurement of acid gases and soluble anions in atmospheric particulate matter using
21          parallel plate wet denuder and alternating  filter-based automated analysis system. Anal.
22          Chem. 74: 1256-1268.
23   Bovensmann, H.; Burrows, J. P.; Buchwitz, M.; Frerick, J.; Noel, S.; Rozanov, V. V. (1999)
24          SCIAMACHY: mission objectives and mesurement modes. J. Atmos. Sci. 56: 127-150.
25   Bowman, W. D. (2000) Biotic controls over ecosystem response to environmental change in
26          alpine tundra of the Rocky Mountains. Ambio 29: 396-400.
27   Bowman, W. D.; Steltzer, H. (1998) Positive feedbacks to anthropogenic nitrogen deposition in
28          Rocky Mountain alpine tundra. Ambio 27: 514-517.
29   Bowman, W. D.; Theodose, T.  A.; Schardt,  J. C.; Conant, R. T. (1993) Constraints of nutrient
30          availability on primary production in two  alpine tundra communities. Ecology 74: 2085-
31          2097.
32   Bowman, W. D.; Theodose, T.  A.; Fisk, M.  C. (1995) Physiological and production responses of
33          plant growth forms to increases in limiting resources in alpine tundra: implications for
34          differential community  response to environmental change. Oecologia 101: 217-227'.
35   Bowman, W. D.; Fisk, M. C. (2001) Primary production. In: Bowman, W. D.; Seastedt, T. R.,
36          eds. Structure and function of an alpine ecosystem: Niwot Ridge, Colorado. Oxford, UK:
37          Oxford University Press; pp. 177-197.
38   Bowman, W. D.; Gartner, J. R.; Holland, K.; Wiedermann, M. (2006) Nitrogen critical loads for
39          alpine vegetation and terrestrial ecosystem response: are we there yet? Ecol. Appl. 16:
40          1183-1193.
     December 2007                            6-7        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Boyer, E. W.; Howarth, R. W. (2002) The nitrogen cycle at regional to global scales: report of
 2          the International SCOPE Nitrogen Project. Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer
 3          Academic Publishers.
 4    Boyer, E. W.; Goodale, C. L.; Jaworski, N. A.; Howarth, R. W. (2002) Anthropogenic nitrogen
 5          sources and relationships to riverine nitrogen export in the northeastern U.S.A.
 6          Biogeochemistry 57/58: 137-169.
 7    Boynton, W. R.; Garber, J. H.; Summers, R.; Kemp, W. M. (1995) Inputs, transformations, and
 8          transport of nitrogen and phosphorus in Chesapeake Bay and selected tributaries.
 9          Estuaries 18: 285-314.
10    Brander, L. M.; Florax, R. J. G. M.; Vermaat, J. E. (2006) The empirics of wetland valuation: a
11          comprehensive summary and a meta-analysis of the literature. Environ. Res. Econ. 33:
12          223-250.
13    Branfireun, B. A.; Heyes, A.; Roulet, N. T. (1996) The hydrology and methylmercury dynamics
14          of a Precambrian Shield headwater peatland. Water Resour. Res. 32(6): 1785-1794.
15    Branfireun, B. A.; Roulet, N. T.; Kelly, C. A.; Rudd, J. W. M. (1999) In situ sulphate stimulation
16          of mercury methylation in a boreal peatland: toward a link between acid rain and
17          methylmercury contamination in remote environments. Glob. Biogeochem. Cycles 13:
18          743-750.
19    Brauer, M.; Koutrakis, P.; Keeler, G. J.; Spengler, J. D. (1991) Indoor and outdoor
20          concentrations of inorganic  acidic aerosols and gases. J. Air Waste Manage. Assoc. 41:
21          171-181.
22    Bricker, O. P.; Rice, K. C. (1989) Acidic deposition to streams: a geology-based method predicts
23          their sensitivity. Environ. Sci. Technol. 23: 379-385.
24    Bricker, S. B.; Clement, C. G; Pirhalla, D. E.; Orlando, S. P.; Farrow, D. G. G. (1999) National
25          estuarine eutrophication assessment: effects of nutrient enrichment in the nation's
26          estuaries. Silver Spring, MD: Special Projects Office and the National Centers for Coastal
27          Ocean Science, National Ocean Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric
28          Administration.
29    Bricker, S.; Longstaff,  B.; Dennison, W.; Jones, A.;  Boicourt, K.; Wicks, C.; Woerner, J. (2007)
30          Effects of nutrient enrichment in the nation's estuaries: a decade of change. Silver Spring,
31          MD: National Centers for Coastal Ocean Science. (NOAA Coastal Ocean Program
32          Decision Analysis Series no. 26). Available:
33          http://ccmaserver.nos.noaa.gov/publications/eutroupdate/ [30 October, 2007].
34    Broderick, S. J.; Cullen, P.; Maher, W. (1988) Denitrification in a natural wetland receiving
35          secondary treated effluent. Water Res. 4: 431-439.
36    Brook, J. R.; Sirois, A.; Clarke, J. F. (1996) Comparison of dry deposition velocities for SO2,
37          HNO3, and SO42" estimated  with two inferential models. Water Air Soil Pollut. 87: 205-
38          218.
39    Brooks, M. L. (2003) Effects of increased soil nitrogen on the dominance of alien annual plants
40          in the Mojave Desert. J. Appl. Ecol. 40:  344-353.
      December 2007                            6-8        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Brooks, P. D.; Williams, M. W.; Schmidt, S. K. (1996) Microbial activity under alpine
 2          snowpacks, Niwot Ridge, Colorado. Biogeochemistry 32: 93-113.
 3    Brouwer, R.; Langford, I. H.; Bateman, I. J.; Turner, R. K. (1999) A meta-analysis of wetland
 4          contingent valuation studies. Reg. Environ. Change 1: 47-57.
 5    Brown, S. S.; Neuman, J. A.; Ryerson, T. B.; Trainer, M.; Dube, W. P.; Holloway, J. S.;
 6          Warneke, C.; De Gouw, J. A.; Donnelly, S. G.; Atlas, E.; Matthew, B.; Middlebrook, A.
 7          M.; Peltier, R.; Weber, R. J.; Stohl, A.; Meagher, J. F.;  Fehsenfeld, F. C.; Ravishankara,
 8          A. R. (2006a) Nocturnal odd-oxygen budget and its implications for ozone loss in the
 9          lower troposphere. Geophys. Res. Lett. 33(L08801): 10.1029/2006GL025900.
10    Brown, S. S.; Ryerson, T. B.; Wollny, A. G.; Brock, C. A.; Peltier, R.; Sullivan, A. P.; Weber, R.
11          J.; Dube, W. P.; Trainer, M.; Meagher, J. F.; Fehsenfeld, F. C.; Ravishankara, A. R.
12          (2006b) Variability in nocturnal nitrogen oxide processing and its role in regional air
13          quality. Science (Washington, DC, U.S.) 311: 67-70.
14    Brumme, R.; Beese, F. (1992) Effects of liming and nitrogen fertilization on emission of CO2
15          and N2O from a temperate forest. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 97: 12,851-12,858.
16    Brunet, J.; Diekmann, M.; Falkengren-Grerup, U.  (1998) Effects of nitrogen deposition on field
17          layer vegetation in south Swedish oak forests. Environ. Pollut. (Oxford, U.K.) 102(suppl.
18          1): 35-40.
19    Buhr, M.  P.; Trainer, M.; Parrish, D. D.;  Sievers, R. E.; Fehsenfeld, F. C. (1992) Assessment of
20          pollutant emission inventories by principal component  analysis of ambient air
21          measurements. Geophys. Res. Lett.  19: 1009-1012.
22    Buhyoff,  G. J., Leuschner, W. A.; Wellman, J. D.  (1979) Aesthetic impacts of southern pine
23          beetle damage. J. Environ. Manage. 8: 261-267.
24    Buhyoff,  G. J.; Wellman, J. D.  (1980) The specification of a non-linear psychophysical function
25          for visual landscape dimensions. J. Leisure Res. 12(3):  257-272.
26    Bukaveckas, P.; Shaw, W. (1998) Phytoplankton responses to nutrient and grazer manipulations
27          among northeastern lakes of varying pH. Can. J. Fish. Aquat.  Sci. 55: 958-966.
28    Bulger, A. J. (1986) Coincident peaks in serum osmolality and heat-tolerance rhythms in
29          seawater-acclimated killifish (Fundulus heteroclitus). Physiol. Zool. 59:  169-174.
30    Bulger, A. J.; Dolloff, C. A.; Cosby, B. J.; Eshleman, K. N.; Webb, J. R.; Galloway, J. N. (1995)
31          The  Shenandoah National Park: fish in sensitive habitats (SNP:FISH) project. An
32          integrated assessment offish community responses to stream  acidification. Water Air
33          Soil  Pollut. 85: 309-314.
34    Bulger, A. J.; Cosby, B. J.; Dolloff, C. A.; Eshleman, K. N.; Webb, J. R.; Galloway, J. N. (1999)
35          SNP:FISH, Shenandoah National Park: fish in sensitive habitats. Project final report.
36          Volume I: project description  and summary of results; Volume II: stream water chemistry
37          and discharge, and synoptic water quality surveys. Volume III: basin-wide habitat and
38          population inventories,  and behavioral responses to acid in a laboratory stream. Volume
39          IV: stream bioassays, aluminum toxicity, species richness and stream chemistry, and
40          models of susceptibility to acidification. Charlottesville, VA:  University of Virginia,
      December 2007                            6-9         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Department of Environmental Sciences. Project Completion Report to the National Park
 2          Service. Cooperative Agreement CA-4000-2-1007, Supplemental Agreement #2.
 3   Bulger, A. J.; Cosby, B. J.; Webb, J. R. (2000) Current, reconstructed past, and projected future
 4          status of brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) streams in Virginia. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci.
 5          57:1515-1523.
 6   Burns, D. A. (2004) The effects of atmospheric nitrogen deposition in the Rocky Mountains of
 7          Colorado and southern Wyoming, USA—a critical review. Environ. Pollut. 127: 257-
 8          269.
 9   Burrows, J. P.; Weber, M.; Buchwitz, M.; Rozanov, V.; Ladstatter-WeiBenmayer, A.; Richter,
10          A.; DeBeek, R.; Hoogen, R.; Bramstedt, K.; Eichmann, K.-U.; Eisinger, M. (1999) The
11          Global Ozone Monitoring Experiment (GOME): mission concept and first scientific
12          results. J. Atmos. Sci. 56:  151-175.
13   Burton, T. M.; Stanford, R. M.; Allan, J. W. (1985) Acidification effects on stream biota and
14          organic matter processing. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 42: 669-675.
15   Burtraw, D.; Krupnick, A.; Mansur, E.; Austin, D.; Farrell, D. (1997) The costs and benefits of
16          reducing acid rain. Washington, DC: Resources for the Future. Discussion Paper 97-31-
17          REV.
18   Bushong, S. J.; Bachmann, R. W. (1989) In situ nutrient enrichment experiments with periphyton
19          in agricultural streams. Hydrobiologia 178: 1-10.
20   Butterbach-Bahl, K.; Gasche, R.;  Huber, C. H.; Kreutzer, K.; Papen, H. (1998) Impact of N-input
21          by wet deposition on N-trace gas fluxes and CFLt-oxidation in spruce forest ecosystems of
22          the temperate zone in Europe. Atmos. Environ. 32: 559-564.
23   Butterbach-Bahl, K.; Breuer, L.; Gasche, R.; Willibald, G.; Papen, H. (2002) Exchange  of trace
24          gases between soils and the atmosphere in Scots pine forest ecosystems of the
25          northeastern German lowlands. 1. Fluxes of N2O, NO/NO2 and CH4 at forest sites with
26          different N-deposition. For. Ecol. Manage. 167: 123-134.
27   Bytnerowicz, A.; Fenn, M. E. (1996) Nitrogen deposition in  California forests: a review.
28          Environ. Pollut. 92: 127-146.
29   Bytnerowicz, A.; Arbaugh, M. J.; Schilling, S. L. (1998) Proceedings of the international
30          symposium on air pollution and climate change: effects on forest ecosystems; February
31          1996; Riverside, CA. Albany, CA: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service,
32          Pacific Southwest Research Station; general technical report PSW-GTR-166. Available:
33          http://www.fs.fed.us/psw/publications/documents/gtr-166/ [22 August, 2005].
34   Byun, D.; Schere, K. L. (2006) Review of the governing equations, computational algorithms,
35          and other components of the models-3 community multiscale air quality (CMAQ)
36          modeling system. Appl. Mech. Rev. 59: 51-77'.
37   Byun, D. W.; Ching, J.  K. S., eds. (1999) Science algorithms of the EPA models-3 community
38          multiscale air quality model (CMAQ) modeling system. Washington, DC:  U.S.
39          Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development; EPA/600/R-
40          99/030. Available: http://www.epa.gov/asmdnerl/CMAQ/CMAQscienceDoc.html  [4
41          October, 2006].
     December 2007                            6-10       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Cairns, J., Jr.; Pratt, J. R. (1993) A history of biological monitoring using benthic
 2          macroinvertebrates. In: Rosenberg, D. M.; Resh, V. H., eds. Freshwater biomonitoring
 3          and benthic macroinvertebrates. New York, NY: Chapman and Hall; pp.  10-28.
 4    Callaway, J. M.; Darwin, R. F.; Nesse, R. J. (1986) Economic valuation of acidic deposition
 5          damages: preliminary results from the 1985 NAPAP assessment.  In: Proceedings of
 6          International Symposium on Acidic Precipitation; September; Muskoka, Ontario,
 7          Canada. Richland, WA: U. S. Environmental Protection Agency;  Pacific Northwest
 8          Laboratory. Water Air Soil Pollut. 31: 1019-1034.
 9    Cameron, T. A.; Englin, J. (1997) Welfare effects of changes in environmental quality under
10          individual uncertainty  about use. Rand J. Econ. 28:  S45-S70.
11    Campbell, D. H.; Baron, J. S.; Tonnessen, K. A.; Brooks, P. D.; Schuster, P. F. (2000) Controls
12          on nitrogen flux in  alpine/subalpine watersheds. Water Resour. Res. 36: 37-48.
13    Campbell, D. H.; Kendall,  C.; Chang, C. C. Y.; Silva, S. R.; Tonnessen, K. A. (2002) Pathways
                                                                       IS        IS
14          for nitrate release from an alpine watershed: determination using  5 N and 5 O. Water
15          Resour. Res. 31:2811-2821.
16    Cape, J. N. (1997) Photochemical oxidants—what else is in the atmosphere besides ozone?
17          Phyton (Horn, Austria) 37: 45-57.
18    Cape, J. N. (2003) Effects of airborne volatile organic compounds on plants. Environ. Pollut.
19          122:145-157.
20    Cape, J. N.; Sheppard, L. J.; Fowler, D.; Harrison, A. F.; Parkinson, J. A.; Dao, P.; Paterson, I. S.
21          (1992) Contribution of canopy leaching to sulphate deposition in  a Scots pine forest.
22          Environ. Pollut. 75:229-236.
23    Cardelino, C. A.; Chameides,  W. L. (2000) The application of data from  photochemical
24          assessment monitoring stations to the observation-based model. Atmos. Environ. 34:
25          2325-2332.
26    Carpenter, L. J. (2003) Iodine in the marine boundary layer. Chem. Rev.  (Washington, DC, U.S.)
27          103:4953-4962.
28    Carpenter, L. J.; Sturges, W. T.; Penkett, S. A.; Liss, P. S.;  Alicke, B.; Hebestreit, K.; Platt, U.
29          (1999) Short-lived alkyl iodides and bromides at Mace Head,  Ireland: links to biogenic
30          sources and halogen oxide production. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 104: 1679-1689.
31    Carroll, M. A.; Bertman, S. B.; Shepson, P. B. (2001) Overview of the program for research on
32          oxidants, photochemistry, emissions and transport (PROPHET) summer 1998
33          measurements intensive. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 106: 24,275-24,288.
34    Carroll, J. J.;  Miller, P. R.; Pronos, J. (2003) Historical perspectives on ambient ozone and its
35          effects on the Sierra Nevada. In: Bytnerowicz, A.; Arbaugh, M. J.; Alonso, R., eds.
36          Ozone air pollution in  the Sierra Nevada:  distribution and effects  on forests; pp. 33-54.
37          New York, NY: Elsevier. (Developments in Environmental Science:  v. 2).
38    Caspersen, J. P.; Pacala, S. W.; Jenkins, J. C.; Hurtt, G. C.; Moorcroft, P. R.; Birdsey, R. A.
39          (2000) Contributions of land-use history to carbon accumulation in U.S. forests. Science
40          290:1148-1151.
     December 2007                           6-11        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Castro, M. S.; Driscoll, C. T. (2002) Atmospheric nitrogen deposition has caused nitrogen
 2          enrichment and eutrophication of lakes in the northern hemisphere. Environ. Sci.
 3          Technol. 36: 3242-3249.
 4    Ceccotti, S. P.; Messick, D. L. (1997) A global review of crop requirements, supply, and
 5          environmental impact on nutrient sulphur balance. In: Cram, W. J.; De Kok, L. J.; Stulen,
 6          L; Brunold, C.; Rennenberg, H., eds. Sulphur metabolism in higher plants. Leiden, The
 7          Netherlands: Backhuys Publishers; pp. 155-163.
 8    Chameides, W. L. (1984) The photochemistry of a remote marine stratiform cloud. J. Geophys.
 9          Res. [Atmos.]  89: 4739-4755.
10    Chameides, W. L.; Stelson, A. W. (1992) Aqueous-phase chemical processes in deliquescent
11          sea-salt aerosols: a mechanism that couples the atmospheric cycles of S and sea salt. J.
12          Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 97: 20,565-20,580.
13    Charles, D. F., ed. (1991) Acidic deposition and aquatic eosystems: regional case studies. New
14          York, NY: Springer-Verlag.
15    Charles, D. F.; Batarbee, R. W.; Renberg, L; Dam, H. V.; Smol, J. P.; Norton, S. A.; Linberg,  S.
16          E.; Pages, A. L. (1989) Paleoecological analysis of lake acidification trends in North
17          America and Europe using diatoms and chrysophytes. In: Aquatic processes and lake
18          acidification. New York, NY: Springer-Verlag; pp. 207-276.
19    Chen, L.; Driscoll, C.  T. (2004) A regional  assessment of the response of the acid-base status of
20          lake-watersheds in the Adirondack region of New York to changes in atmospheric
21          deposition using PnET-BGC. Syracuse, NY: Department of Civil and Environmental
22          Engineering; pp. 1-27.
23    Chen, L.; Driscoll, C.  T. (2005) Regional assessment of the response of the acid-base status of
24          lake-watersheds in the Adirondack region of New York to changes in atmospheric
25          deposition using PnET-BGC. Environ. Sci. Technol. 39: 787-794.
26    Chen, C. W.; Gherini, S. A. P. N. E.; Murdoch, P. S.; Newton, R. M.; Goldstein, R. A. (1984)
27          Hydrologic analyses of acidic and alkaline lakes. Water Resour. Res. 20: 1875-1882.
28    Chen, C. Y.; Stemberger, R. S.; Kamman, N.  C.; Mayes, B. M.; Folt, C. L. (2005) Patterns of Hg
29          bioaccumulation and transfer in aquatic food webs across multi-lake studies in the
30          Northeast US.
31    Choi, S.; Chase Jr., T.; Bartha, R. (1994) Metabolic pathways leading to mercury methylation in
32          Desulfovibrio desulfuricansLS. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60: 4072-4077.
33    Christensen, S. W.; Beauchamp, J. J.; Shaakir-Ali, J. A.; Coe, J.; Baker, J. P.; Smith, E. P.;
34          Gallagher, J. (1990) Patterns offish distribution in relation to lake/watershed
35          characteristics: regression analyses and diagnostics. In: Interpretative analysis of the
36          Adirondack Lakes Survey. Final report to the Adirondack Lakes Survey Corporation; pp.
37          A-l-A-62.
38    Clone, N. K.; Padgett, P. E.; Allen, E. B. (2002) Restoration of a native shrubland impacted by
39          exotic grasses, frequent fire and nitrogen deposition in southern California. Restor. Ecol.
40          10: 376-384.
      December 2007                           6-12        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Clegg, N. A.; Toumi, R. (1998) Non-sea-salt-sulphate formation in sea-salt aerosol. J. Geophys.
 2          Res. [Atmos.] 103: 31,095-31,31,102.
 3    Clemitshaw, K. C. (2004) A review of instrumentation and measurement techniques for ground-
 4          based and airborne field studies of gas-phase tropospheric chemistry. Crit. Rev. Environ.
 5          Sci. Technol. 34: 1-108.
 6    Cloern, J. E.; Jassby, A. D.; Schraga, T. S.; Dalls, D. L. (2006) What is causing the
 7          phytoplankton increase in San Francisco Bay? In: The pulse of the estuary: monitoring
 8          and managing water quality in the San Francisco Estuary. Oakland, CA: San Francisco
 9          Estuary Institute; SFEI contribution 517; pp. 62-70. Available:
10          http://www.sfei.org/rmp/pulse/2006/ThePulse2006_LowRes-Screen.pdf [6 December,
11          2007].
12    Code of Federal Regulations. (2006) Lower detectable limit—(1) technical definition. C. F. R.
13          40: §53.23c.
14    Compeau, G. C.; Bartha, R. (1985) Sulfate-reducing bacteria: principal methylators of mercury
15          in anoxic estuarine sediment. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 50: 498-502.
16    Compton, J. E.; Watrud, L. S.; Porteous, A.; DeGrood, S. (2004) Response of soil microbial
17          biomass and community composition to chronic nitrogen additions at Harvard forest. For.
18          Ecol. Manage.  196: 143-158.
19    Confer, J. L.; Kaaret, T.; Likens, G. E. (1983) Zooplankton diversity and biomass in recently
20          acidified lakes. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 40: 36-42.
21    Cook, R. B.; Elwood, J. W.; Turner, R. R.; Bogle, M. A.; Mulholland, P. J.; Palumbo, A. V.
22          (1994) Acid-base chemistry of high-elevation streams in the Great Smoky Mountains.
23          Water Air Soil Pollut. 72: 331-356.
24    Cooper, A. B. (1990) Nitrate depletion in the riparian zone and stream channel of a small
25          headwater catchment. Hydrobiologia 202: 13-26.
26    Cooper, S. R.; Brush, G. S. (1991) Long-term history of Chesapeake Bay anoxia. Science
27          (Washington, DC) 254: 992-996.
28    Cosby, B. J.; Hornberger, G. M.; Galloway, J. N.; Wright, R. F. (1985) Time scales of catchment
29          acidification: a quantitative model for estimating freshwater acidification. Environ. Sci.
30          Technol. 19: 1144-1149.
31    Cosby, B. J.; Webb, J. R.; Galloway, J. N.; Deviney, F. A. (2006) Acidic deposition impacts on
32          natural resources in Shenandoah National Park. Philadelphia: U.S. Department of the
33          Interior, National Park Service, Northeast Region. Technical Report NPS/NER/NRTR-
34          2006/066. Available:
35          http://www.nps.gov/nero/science/FINAL/SHEN_acid_dep/SHEN_acid_dep.htm (3
36          December, 2007).
37    Crocker, T. D. (1985) On the value of the condition of a forest stock. Land Econ. 61: 244-254.
38    Crocker, T. D.; Forster, B.  A. (1986) Atmospheric deposition and forest decline. Water Air Soil
39          Pollut. 31: 1007-1017.
     December 2007                            6-13        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Cronan, C. S.; Grigal, D. F. (1995) Use of calcium/aluminum ratios as indicators of stress in
 2          forest ecosystems. J. Environ. Qual. 24: 209-226.
 3    Cronan, C. S.; Perdue, E. M.; Gjessing, E. T. (1990) Patterns of organic acid transport from
 4          forested watersheds to aquatic ecosystems. In: Organic acids in aquatic ecosystems. New
 5          York, NY: John Wiley and Sons, Ltd.; pp. 245-260.
 6    Crosley, D. R. (1996) NO^ blue ribbon panel. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 101: 2049-2052.
 7    Crutzen, P. J. (1976) Upper limits on atmospheric ozone reductions following increased
 8          application of fixed nitrogen to the soil. Geophys. Res. Lett. 3: 169-172.
 9    Gumming, B. F.; Smol, J. P.; Kingston, J. C.; Charles, D. F.; Birks, H. J. B.; Camburn, K. E.;
10          Dixit, S. S.; Uutala, A. J.; Selle, A. R. (1992) How much acidification has occurred in
11          Adirondack region lakes (New York, USA) since preindustrial times? Can. J. Fish.
12          Aquat. Sci. 49: 128-141.
13    Cumming, B. F.; Davey, K. A.; Smol, J. P.; Birks, H. J. B. (1994) When did acid-sensitive
14          Adirondack lakes (New York, USA) begin to acidify and are they still acidifying? Can. J.
15          Fish. Aquat. Sci. 51: 1550-1568.
16    D'Elia, C. F.; Sanders, J. G.; Boynton, W. R. (1986) Nutrient enrichment studies in a coastal
17          plain estuary: phytoplankton growth in large-scale, continuous cultures. Can. J. Fish.
18          Aquat. Sci. 43:397-406.
19    Dalsgaard, T.; Tharndrup, B.; Canfield, D. E. (2005) Anaerobic ammonium oxidation
20          (anammox) in the marine environment. Res. Microbiol. 156:  457-464.
21    Daum, P. H.; Kleinman, L. I; Hills, A. J.; Lazrus, A. L.; Leslie, A. C. D.; Busness, K.; Boatman,
22          J. (1990) Measurement and interpretation of concentrations of H2O2 and related species
23          in the upper midwest during summer. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 95: 9857-9871.
24    Daum, P. H.; Kleinman, L. L; Newman, L.; Luke, W. T.; Weinstein-Lloyd, J.; Berkowitz, C. M.;
25          Busness, K. M. (1996) Chemical and physical properties of plumes of anthropogenic
26          pollutants transported over the North Atlantic during the North Atlantic Regional
27          Experiment. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]  101: 29,029-29,042.
28    David, M. B.; Lawrence, G. B. (1996) Soil  and soil solution chemistry under red spruce stands
29          across the northeastern United States. Soil Sci.  161:314-328.
30    Davidson, E. A.; Kingerlee, W. (1997) A global inventory of nitric oxide emissions from soils.
31          Nutr. Cycling Agroecosyst. 48: 37-50.
32    Davidson, E. A.; Schimel, J. P. (1995) Microbial processes of production and consumption of
33          nitric oxide, nitrous oxide and methane. In: Matson, P. A.; Harriss, R. C., eds. Biogenic
34          Trace Gases:  Measuring Emissions from Soil and Water. New York, NY: Blackwell
35          Science, pp. 327-357.
36    Davies, L.; Bates, J. W.; Bell, J. N. B.; James, P. W.; Purvis, O. W. (2007) Diversity and
37          sensitivity of epiphytes to oxides of nitrogen in London. Environ. Pollut. 146: 299-310.
38    Day, D. A.; Wooldridge, P. J.; Dillon, M. B.; Thornton, J. A.; Cohen, R. C. (2002) A thermal
39          dissociation laser-induced fluorescence instrument for in situ detection of NC>2, peroxy
     December 2007                           6-14        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          nitrates, alkyl nitrates, and HNOs. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 107(D6):
 2          10.1029/2001JD000779.
 3   Day, D. A.; Dillon, M. B.; Wooldridge, P. J.; Thornton, J. A.; Rosen, R. S.; Wood, E. C.; Cohen,
 4          R. C. (2003) On alkyl nitrates, O3, and the "missing NO/. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]
 5          108(D16): 10.1029/2003 JD003685.
 6   DeCaria, A. J.; Pickering, K. E.; Stenchikov, G. L.; Scala, J. R.; Stith, J. L.; Dye, J. E.; Ridley, B.
 7          A.; Laroche, P. (2000) A cloud-scale model study of lightning-generated NOX in an
 8          individual thunderstorm during STERAO-A. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 105: 11,601-
 9          11,616.
10   DeCaria, A. J.; Pickering, K. E.; Stenchikov, G. L.; Ott, L. E.  (2005) Lightning-generated NOX
11          and its impact on tropospheric ozone production: a three-dimensional modeling study of a
12          stratosphere-troposphere experiment: radiation, aerosols and ozone (STERAO-A)
13          thunderstorm. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]  110(D14303):  10.1029/2004JD005556.
14   DeHayes, D. H.; Schaberg, P. G.; Hawley, G. J.;  Strimbeck, G. R. (1999) Acid rain impacts on
15          calcium nutrition and forest health. BioScience 49: 789-800.
16   Delmas, R. (1982) On the emission of carbon, nitrogen and sulfur in the atmosphere during
17          bushfires in intertropical savannah zones. Geophys. Res. Lett. 9: 761-764.
18   Dennis, R. (1997) Using the regional acid deposition model to determine the nitrogen deposition
19          airshed of the Chesapeake Bay watershed. In: Baker, J. E., ed. Atmospheric Deposition of
20          Contaminants to the Great Lakes and Coastal Waters. Pensacola, FL: Society of
21          Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry Press; p. 393-413.
22   Dennis, T. E.;  Bulger, A. J. (1995) Condition factor and whole-body sodium concentrations in a
23          freshwater fish: evidence for acidification stress and possible ionoregulatory over-
24          compensation. Water Air  Soil Pollut. 85: 377-382.
25   Dennis, T. E.;  Bulger, A. J. (1999) The susceptibility of blacknose dace (Rhinichthys atratulus)
26          to acidification in Shenandoah National Park. In: Bulger, A. J.;  Cosby, B. J.; Dolloff, C.
27          A.; Eshleman, K. N.;  Galloway, J. N.; Webb., J. R., eds. Shenandoah National Park: fish
28          in sensitive habitats. Project final  report, Volume IV: stream bioassays, aluminum
29          toxicity, species richness and stream chemistry, and models of susceptibility to
30          acidification. Chapter 6B. Project completion report to the National Park Service.
31          Cooperative agreement CA-4000-2-1007.
32   Dennis, R. L.;  Binkowski, F. S.; Clark, T. L.; McHenry, J. N.; McHenry, S. J.; Raynolds, S. K.
33          (1990) Selected applications of the regional acid deposition model and engineering
34          model, Appendix 5F (Part 2) of NAPAP SOS/T Report 5. In: Irving,  P. M., ed. National
35          Acid Precipitation Assessment Program: State of Science and Technology, Volume 1.
36          Washington, DC: National Acid Precipitation Assessment Program.
37   Dennis, T. D.; MacAvoy, S. E.; Steg, M.  B.; Bulger, A. J. (1995) The association of water
38          chemistry variables and fish condition in streams of Shenandoah National Park (USA).
39          Water Air Soil Pollut. 85: 365-370.
40   Dentener, F.; Stevenson, D.; Ellingsen, K.; VanNoije, T.; Schultz, M.; Amann, M.; Atherton, C.;
41          Bell, N.; Bergmann, D.; Bey, L; Bouwman, L.; Butler, T.; Cofala, J.; Collins, B.; Drevet,
42          J.; Doherty, R.; Eickhout, B.; Eskes, H.; Fiore, A.; Gauss, M.; Hauglustaine, D.;


     December 2007                            6-15       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Horowitz, L.; Isaksen, I. S. A.; Josse, B.; Lawrence, M.; Krol, M.; Lamarque, J. F.;
 2          Montanaro, V.; Muller, J. F.; Peuch, V. H.; Pitari, G.; Pyle, J.; Rast, S.; Rodriguez, J.;
 3          Sanderson, M.; Savage, N. H.; Shindell, D.; Strahan, S.; Szopa, S.; Sudo, K.; Van
 4          Dingenen, R.; Wild, O.; Zeng, G. (2006a)  The global atmospheric environment for the
 5          next generation. Environ. Sci. Technol. 40: 3586-3594.
 6    Dentener, F.; Drevet, J.; Lamarque, J. F.; Bey, I; Eickhout, B.; Fiore, A. M.; Hauglustaine, D.;
 7          Horowitz, L. W.; Krol, M.; Kulshrestha, U. C.; Lawrence, M.; Galy-Lacaux, C.; Rast, S.;
 8          Shindell, D.; Stevenson, D.; Van Noije, T.; Atherton, C.; Bell, N.; Bergman, D.; Butler,
 9          T.; Cofala, J.; Collins, B.; Doherty, R.; Ellingsen, K.; Galloway, J.; Gauss, M.;
10          Montanaro, V.; Muller, J. F.; Pitari, G.; Rodriguez, J.; Sanderson, M.; Solman,  F.;
11          Strahan, S.; Schultz, M.; Sudo, K.; Szopa,  S.; Wild, O. (2006b) Nitrogen and sulfur
12          deposition on regional and global scales: a multi-model evaluation. Global Biogeochem.
13          Cycles: 20(GB4003): 10.1029/2005GB002672.
14    DesGranges, J.-L.; Darveau, M. (1985) Effect of lake acidity and morphometry on the
15          distribution of aquatic birds in southern Quebec. Holarctic Ecol. 8: 181-190.
16    DesGranges, J.-L.; Houde, B. (1989) Effects of acidity and other environmental parameters on
17          the distribution of lacustrine birds in Quebec. In: DesGranges, J.-L., ed. Studies of the
18          effects of acidification on aquatic wildlife  in Canada: lacustrine birds and their  habitats in
19          Quebec. Ottawa, ON, Canada: Canadian Wildlife Service; pp. 7-41. (Occasional paper
20          series no. 57).
21    De Steiguer, J. E.;  Pye, J. M. (1988) Using scientific opinion to conduct forestry air pollution
22          economic analysis. In: Jobstl, A., ed. Proceedings of symposium on the economic
23          assessment: of damage caused to forests by air pollutants. IUFRO Working Party S4.04-
24          02, September; Austria, Gmunden.
25    De Steiguer, J. E.;  Pye, J. M.; Love, C. S. (1990) Air pollution damage to U.S. forests:  a survey
26          of perceptions and estimates of scientists. J. For.  88: 17-22.
27    Deviney, F.  A. J.; Rice, K. C.; Hornberger, G. M.  (2006) Time series and recurrence interval
28          models to predict the vulnerability of streams to episodic acidification in Shenandoah
29          National Park, Virgnia. Water Resour. Res. 42(W09405): 10.1029/2005WR004740.
30    Devito, K. J.; Dillon, P. J.; LaZerte, B. D. (1989) Phosphorus and nitrogen retention in five
31          Precambrian shield wetlands. Biogeochemistry 8: 185-204.
32    Devol, A. (2003) Solution to a marine mystery.  Nature 422: 575-576.
33    DeWalle, D. R.; Dinicola, R. S.; Sharpe, W. E. (1987) Predicting baseflow alkalinity as an index
34          to episodic stream acidification and fish presence. Water Resour. Bull. 23: 29-35.
35    DeWalle, D. R.; Kochenderfer, J. N.; Adams, M. B.; Miller, G. W.; Gilliam, F. S.; Wood,  F.;
36          Odenwald-Clemens, S. S.; Sharpe, W. E. (2006) Vegetation and acidification. In: Adams,
37          M. B.; DeWalle, D. R.; Horn, J. L., eds.  The Fernow watershed acidification study.
38          Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Springer; pp. 137-188.
39    De Witt, H.  A.; Mulder, J.; Nygaard, P. H.; Aamlid, D. (2001) Testing  the aluminium toxicity
40          hypothesis: A field manipulation experiment in mature spruce forest in Norway. Water
41          Air Soil Pollut. 130: 995-1000.
      December 2007                           6-16        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Diaz, R. J.; Solow, A. (1992) Ecological and economic consequences of hypoxia. Topic 2 report
 2          for the integrated assessment on hypoxia in the Gulf of Mexico. In: Hypoxia in the Gulf
 3          of Mexico. Progress towards the completion of an integrated assessment. Silver Spring,
 4          MD: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
 5   Dierberg, F. E.; Brezonik, P. L. (1983) Nitrogen and phosphorus mass balances in natural and
 6          sewage-enriched cypress domes. J. Appl. Ecol. 20(1): 323-337.
 7   Dillon, P. J.; Reid, R. A.; Girard, R. (1986) Changes in the chemistry of lakes near Sudbury,
 8          Ontario, following reduction of SO2 emissions. Water Air Soil Pollut. 31: 59-65.
 9   Dise, N. B.; Wright, R. F. (1995) Nitrogen leaching from European forests in relation to nitrogen
10          deposition. For. Ecol. Manage. 71: 153-161.
11   Dommen, J.; Prevot,  A. S. H.; Hering, A. M.; Staffelbach, T.; Kok, G. L.; Schillawski, R. D.
12          (1999) Photochemical production and aging of an urban air mass. J. Geophys. Res.
13          [Atmos.] 104: 5493-5506.
14   Doskey, P. V.; Kotamarthi, V. R.; Fukui,  Y.; Cook, D. R.; Breitbeil, F. W., Ill; Wesely, M. L.
15          (2004) Air-surface exchange of peroxyacetyl nitrate at a grassland site. J. Geophys. Res.
16          [Atmos.] 109(D10310): 10.1029/2004JD004533.
17   Downing, J. A.; McCauley,  E. (1992) The nitrogen-phosphorus relationship in lakes. Limnol.
18          Oceanogr. 37: 936-945.
19   Driscoll, C. T. (1984) A procedure for the fractionation of aqueous aluminum in dilute acidic
20          waters. Int. J. Environ. Anal. Chem. 16: 267-283.
21   Driscoll, C. T.; Newton, R. M. (1985) Chemical characteristics of Adirondack lakes. Environ.
22          Sci. Technol.  19: 1018-1024.
23   Driscoll, C. T.; Wyskowski, B. J.; Consentini, C. C.; Smith, M. E. (1987a) Processes regulating
24          temporal and  longitudinal variations in the chemistry of a low-order woodland stream in
25          the Adirondack region of New York. Biogeochemistry 3: 225-241.
26   Driscoll, C. T.; Yatsko, C. P.; Unangst, F. J. (1987b) Longitudinal and temporal trends in the
27          water chemistry of the north branch of the Moose River. Biogeochemistry 3: 37-61.
28   Driscoll, C. T.; Johnson, N.  M.; Likens, G. E.; Feller, M. C. (1988) Effects of acidic deposition
29          on the  chemistry of headwater streams: a comparison between Hubbard Brook, New
30          Hampshire, and Jamieson Creek, British Columbia. Water Resour. Res. 24: 195-200.
31   Driscoll, C. T.; Likens, G. E.; Hedin, L. O.; Eaton, J. S.; Bormann, F. H.  (1989) Changes in the
32          chemistry of surface waters. Environ. Sci. Tech. 23: 137-143.
33   Driscoll, C. T.; Newton, R. M.; Gubala, C. P.; Baker, J. P.; Christensen, S. W. (1991)
34          Adirondack mountains. In:  Charles, D. F., ed. Acidic deposition and aquatic ecosystems:
35          regional case  studies. New York, NY: Springer-Verlag; pp. 133-202.
36   Driscoll, C. T.; Yan,  C.; Schofield, C. L.; Munson, R.; Holsapple, J.  (1994) The mercury cycle
37          and fish in the Adirondack lakes. Environ. Sci. Tech. 28: 136A-143A.
38   Driscoll, C. T.; Postek, K. M.; Kretser, W.; Raynal, D. J. (1995) Long-term trends in the
39          chemistry of precipitation and lake water in the Adirondack region of New York, USA.
40          Water  Air Soil Pollut. 85: 583-588.
     December 2007                            6-17       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Driscoll, C. T.; Likens, G. E.; Church, M. R. (1998) Recovery of surface waters in the
 2          northeastern U.S. from decreases in atmospheric deposition of sulfur. Water Air Soil
 3          Pollut. 105:319-329.
 4    Driscoll, C. T.; Lawrence, G. B.; Bulger, A. J.; Butler, T. J.; Cronan, C. S.; Eagar, C.; Lambert,
 5          K. F.; Likens, G. E.; Stoddard, J. L.; Weathers, K. C. (200la) Acidic deposition in the
 6          northeastern United States: sources and inputs, ecosystem effects, and management
 7          strategies. BioScience 51: 180-198.
 8    Driscoll, C. T.; Lawrence, G. B.; Bulger, A. J.; Butler, T. J.; Cronan, C. S.; Eagar, C.; Lambert,
 9          K. F.; Likens, G. E.; Stoddard, J. L.; Weather, K. C. (2001b) Acid rain revisited:
10          advances in scientific understanding since the passage of the 1970 and 1990 Clean Air
11          Act Amendments. Hanover, NH: Hubbard Brook Research Foundation. Science links
12          publication vol. 1, no. 1.
13    Driscoll, C. T.; Driscoll, K. M.; Mitchell, M. J.; Raynal, D. J. (2003a) Effects of acidic
14          deposition on forest and aquatic ecosystems in New York State. Environ. Pollut. 123:
15          327-336.
16    Driscoll, C. T.; Driscoll, K. M.; Roy, K. M.; Mitchell, M. J. (2003b) Chemical response of lakes
17          in the Adirondack region of New York to declines in acidic deposition. Environ. Sci.
18          Technol. 37:  2036-2042.
19    Driscoll, C.; Whitall, D.; Aber, J.; Boyer, E.; Castro, M.; Cronan, C.; Goodale, C.; Groffman, P.;
20          Hopkinson, C.; Lambert, K.; Lawrence, G.; Ollinger, S. (2003c) Nitrogen pollution:
21          sources and consequences in the U.S. Northeast. Environment 45: 8-22.
22    Driscoll, C. T.; Whitall, D.; Aber, J.; Boyer, E.; Castro, M.; Cronan, C.; Goodale, C. L.;
23          Groffman, P.; Hopkinson, C.; Lambert, K.; Lawrence, G.; Ollinger, S. (2003d) Nitrogen
24          pollution in the northeastern United States: sources, effects, and management options.
25          BioScience 53: 357-374.
26    Driscoll, C. T.; Driscoll, K. M.; Roy, K. M.; Dukett, J. (2007a) Changes in the chemistry of lakes
27          in the Adirondack Region of New York following declines in acidic deposition. Appl.
28          Geochem. 22: 1181-1188.
29    Driscoll, C. T.; Han, Y.-J.; Chen, C. Y.; Evers, D. C.; Lambert, K. F.; Holsen, T. M.; Kamman,
30          N. C.; Munson, R. K. (2007b) Mercury contamination in forest and freshwater
31          ecosystems in the Northeastern United States. BioScience 57: 17-28.
32    Driscoll, C. T.; Fallon-Lambert, K.;  Chen, L. (2007c) Acidic deposition: sources and ecological
33          effects. In: Visgilio, G. R.; Whitelaw, D. M., eds. Acid in the environment: lessons
34          learned and future prospects. New York, NY: Springer; pp.  332-ff
35    Drohan, J.  R.; Sharpe, W. E. (1997) Long-term changes in forest soil acidity in Pennsylvania,
36          U.S.A. Water Air Soil Pollut. 95: 299-311.
37    Drohan, P. J.;  Stout,  S. L.; Petersen, G. W. (2002) Sugar maple (Acer saccharum Marsh.) decline
38          during 1979-1989 in northern Pennsylvania. For. Ecol. Manage. 170: 1-17.
39    Dunlea, E. J.; Herndon,  S. C.; Nelson, D. D.; Volkamer, R. M.; San Martini, F.; Sheehy, P. M.;
40          Zahniser, M.  S.;  Shorter, J. H.; Wormhoudt, J. C.; Lamb, B. K.; Allwine, E. J.; Gaffney,
41          J. S.; Marley, N. A.; Grutter, M.; Marquez, C.; Blanco, S.; Cardenas, B.; Retama, A.;
      December 2007                           6-18        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Ramon Villegas, C. R.; Kolb, C. E.; Molina, L. T.; Molina, M. J. (2007) Evaluation of
 2          nitrogen dioxide chemiluminescence monitors in a polluted urban environment. Atmos.
 3          Chem. Phys. 7: 2691-2704.
 4    Dupont, J.; Clair, T. A.; Couture, S.; Estabrook, R.; Gagnon, C.; Godfrey, P. J.; Jeffries, D. S.;
 5          Kahl, S.; Khan, H.; Nelson, S.; Peckenharn, J.; Pilgrim, W.; Stacey, P.; Taylor, D.; Van
 6          Arsdale, A.  (2005) Critical loads of acidity and water sensitivity in New England states
 7          and eastern Canadian provinces. Environ. Monitor. Assess. 109: 275-292.
 8    Eadie, B. J.; McKee, B. A.; Lansing, M. B.; Robbins, J. A.; Metz, S.; Trefry, J. H. (1994)
 9          Records of nutrient-enhanced coastal productivity in sediments from the Louisiana
10          continental shelf. Estuaries 17: 754-765.
11    Eagar, C.; Van Miegroet, H.; McLaughline, S. B.; Nicholas, N. S. (1996) Evaluation of effects of
12          acidic deposition to terrestrial ecosystems in class I areas of the Southern Appalachians.
13          Southern Appalachian Mountains Initiative; technical report.
14    Eder, B.; Yu, S. (2005) A performance evaluation of the 2004 release of Models-3 CMAQ.
15          Atmos. Environ. 40: 4811-4824.
16    Edwards, P. J.; Helvey, J. D. (1991) Long-term ionic increases from a central Appalachian
17          forested watershed.  J. Environ. Qual. 20: 250-255.
18    Egerton-Warburton, L. M.; Allen, E. B. (2000) Shifts in arbuscular mycorrhizal communities
19          along an anthropogenic nitrogen deposition gradient. Ecol. Appl. 10: 484-496.
20    Egerton-Warburton, L. M.; Graham, R. C.; Allen, E. B.; Allen, M. F. (2001) Reconstruction of
21          the historical changes in mycorrhizal fungal communities under anthropogenic nitrogen
22          deposition. Proc. R. Soc. B 268: 2479-2484.
23    Eilers, J. M.; Glass, G. E.; Webster, K. E.; Rogalla, J. A. (1983) Hydrologic control of lake
24          susceptibility to acidification. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 40: 1896-1904.
25    Eilers, J. M.; Kanciruk, P.; McCord, R. A.; Overton, W. S.; Hook, L.; Blick, D. J.; Brakke, D.  F.;
26          Kellar, P.  E.; DeHaan, M. S.; Silverstein, M. E.; Landers, D. H. (1987) Western lake
27          survey phase I: characteristics of lakes in the western United States, volume II: data
28          compendium for selected physical and chemical variables. Washington, DC: U.S.
29          Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Acid Deposition, Environmental Monitoring
30          and Quality Assurance; EPA report no. EPA/600/3-86/054B. Available from: NTIS,
31          Springfield, VA; PB88-146832/REB.
32    Eilers, J. M.; Brakke, D. F.; Landers, D. H. (1988) Chemical and physical characteristics of lakes
33          in the upper midwest, United States. Environ. Sci. Technol. 22: 164-172.
34    Ekstrom, E. B.; Morel, F. M. M.; Benoit, J. M. (2003) Mercury methylation independent of the
35          acetyl-coenzyme a pathway in sulfate-reducing bacteria. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 69:
36          5414-5422.
37    Ekstrom, E. B.; Morel, F. M. M. (2004) Mercury methylation by sulfate-reducing bacteria
38          independent of vitamin b!2. Materials and Geoenvironment 51: 968-970.
39    Eliason, S. A.; Allen, E. B.  (1997) Exotic grass competition in suppressing native shrubland re-
40          establishment. Restor. Ecol. 5: 245-255.
      December 2007                           6-19        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Ellenberg, H. (1985) Veranderungen der floa mitteleuropas unter dem einfluss von diingiing und
 2          immissionen. Schweiz. Z. Forstw.  136: 19-39.
 3    Ellenberg, H. (1987) Floristic changes due to eutrophication. In: Asman, W. A. H.; Diederen, S.
 4          M. A., eds. Ammonia and acidification: proceedings of a symposium of the European
 5          Association for the Science of Air Pollution (EURASAP); April; Bilthoven, The
 6          Netherlands. European Association for the Science of Air Pollution; pp. 301-308.
 7    Ellison, A. M.; Gotelli, N. J. (2002) Nitrogen availability alters the expression of carnivory in the
 8          northern pitcher plant, Sarraceniapurpurea. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 99: 4409-4412.
 9    Elser, J. J.; Marzolf, E. R.; Goldman, C. R. (1990) Phosphorus and nitrogen limitation of
10          phytoplankton growth in the freshwaters of North America: a review and critique of
11          experimental enrichments.  Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 47: 1468-1477.
12    Elser, J. J.; Bracken, M. E. S.; Cleland, E.  E.; Gruner, D. S.; Harpole, W. S.; Hillebrand, H., II;
13          Ngai, J. T.; Seabloom, E. W.; Shurin, J. B.; Smith, J. E. (2007) Global analysis of
14          nitrogen and phosphorus limitation of primary producers in freshwater,  marine, and
15          terrestrial ecosystems. Ecol. Lett.: submitted.
16    Elvir, J. A.; Wiersma, G. B.; White, A. S.; Fernandez, I. J. (2003) Effects of chronic ammonium
17          sulfate treatment on basal area increment in red spruce and sugar maple at the Bear Brook
18          Watershed in Maine. Can. J. Forest. Res. 33: 862-869.
19    Elwood, J. W.; Sale, M. J.; Kaufmann, P. R; Cada, G. F.; Charles, D. F. (1991) Acidic
20          deposition and aquatic ecosystems: regional case studies. New York, NY: Springer-
21          Verlag.
22    Emmett, B. A. (1999) The impact of nitrogen on forest soils and feedbacks on tree growth. Water
23          Air Soil Pollut. 116:65-74.
24    Emmons, L. K.; Hauglustaine, D. A.; Muller, J.-F.; Carroll, M. A.; Brasseur, G. P.; Brunner, D.;
25          Staehelin, J.;  Thouret, V.; Marenco, A.  (2000) Data composites of airborne observations
26          of tropospheric ozone and its precursors. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 105: 20,497-20,538.
27    Englin, J. E.; Cameron, T. A.; Mendelsohn, R.  E.; Parsons, G. A.; Shankle, S. A. (1991)
28          Valuation of damages to recreational trout fishing in the upper northeast due to acidic
29          deposition. Richland, WA: Pacific  Northwest Laboratory, report no. PNL-7683.
30    Engstrom, D. R.; Swain, E.  B.; Henning, T. A.; Brigham, M. A.; Brezonik, P. L. (1994)
31          Atmospheric mercury deposition to lakes and watersheds: A quantitative reconstruction
32          from multiple sediment cores.  In: Baker, L. A., ed. Environmental chemistry of lakes and
33          reservoirs. Washington, DC: American Chemical Society; pp. 33-66. (Advances in
34          Chemistry Series No. 237).
35    Erickson, D. J., Ill; Seuzaret, C.; Keene, W.  C.; Gong, S. L.  (1999) A general circulation model
36          based calculation of HC1 and CINO2 production from sea-salt dechlorination: reactive
37          chlorine emissions inventory. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 104: 8347-8372.
38    Eriksson, M. O. G. (1983) The role offish in the selection of lakes by non-piscivorous ducks:
39          mallard, teal and goldeneye. Wildfowl 34:  27-32.
40    Eriksson, M. O. G. (1986) Fish delivery, production of young, and nest density of Osprey
41          (Pandion haliaetus) in southwest Sweden.  Can. J. Zool. 64: 1961-1965.
      December 2007                           6-20        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Eriksson, M. O. G. (1987) Some effects of freshwater acidification on birds in Sweden. In:
 2          Diamond, A. W.; Filion, F., eds. The value of birds. Cambridge, United Kingdom:
 3          International Council for Bird Preservation; pp. 183-190. (ICBP technical publication no.
 4          6).
 5    Eshleman, K. N. (1988) Predicting regional episodic acidification of surface waters using
 6          empirical models. Water Resour. Res. 24: 1118-1126.
 7    Eshleman, K. N.; Davies, T. D.; Tranter, M.; Wigington, P. J., Jr. (1995) A two-component
 8          mixing model for predicting regional episodic acidification of surface waters during
 9          spring snowmelt periods. Water Resour. Res. 31: 1011-1021.
10    Eshleman, K. N.; Morgan II, R. P.; Webb, J. R.; Deviney, F. A.; Galloway, J. N. (1998)
11          Temporal patterns of nitrogen leakage from mid-Appalachian forested watersheds:  role of
12          insect defoliation. Water Resour. Res. 34(8): 2005-2116.
13    Eshleman, K. N.; Hyer, K. E. (2000) Discharge and water chemistry at the three intensive sites.
14          In: Bulger, A. J.; Cosby, B. J.; Dolloff, C. A.; Eshleman, K. N.; Webb, J. R.; Galloway, J.
15          N., eds. Shenandoah National Park: fish in sensitive habitats. Project Final Report  - Vol.
16          II. Stream water chemistry and discharge, and synoptic water quality surveys; pp. 51-92.
17    Everhart, W. H.; Youngs, W. D. (1981) Principles of fishery science. Ithaca, NY: Cornell
18          University Press.
19    Evers, D. C.; Kaplan, J. D.; Meyer, M.  W.; Reaman, P. S.; Braselton, W. E.; Major, A.; Burgess,
20          N.; Scheuhammer, A. M. (1998) A geographic trend in mercury measured in common
21          loon feathers and blood. Environ. Toxicol. Chem.  17: 173-183.
22    Evers, D. C.; Taylor, K. M.; Major, A.;  Taylor, R. J.; Poppenga, R. H.; Scheuhammer, A. M.
23          (2003) Common loon eggs as bioindicators  of methylmercury availability in North
24          America. Ecotoxicology 12: 69-81.
25    Evers, D. C.; Burgess, N. M.; Champoux, L.; Hoskins, B.; Major, A.; Goodale, W. M.; Taylor,
26          R. J.; Poppenga, R. (2005) Patterns and interpretation of mercury exposure in freshwater
27          avian communities in northeastern North America. Ecotoxicology 14: 193-222.
28    Evers, D. C.; Han, Y.; Driscoll, C. T.; Kamman, N. C.; Goodale, M. W.; Lambert, K. F.; Holsen,
29          T. M.; Chen, C. Y.; Clair, T. A.; Butler, T. (2007) Biological mercury hotspots in the
30          northeastern United States and southeastern Canada. BioScience 57: 29-43.
31    Exley, C.; Phillips, M. J. (1988) Acid rain: implications for the farming of salmonids. In: Muir, J.
32          F.; Roberts, R. J., eds. Recent advances in aquaculture. London, United Kingdom: Croom
33          Helm; pp. 225-342.
34    Falkengren-Grerup, U. (1986) Soil acidification and vegetation changes in deciduous forest in
35          southern Sweden. Oecologia 70: 339-347.
36    Falkengren-Grerup, U. (1989) Soil acidification and its impact on ground vegetation. Ambio 18:
37          179-183.
38    Falkengren-Grerup, U. (1998) Nitrogen response of herbs and graminoids in experiments with
39          simulated acid soil solution. Environ. Pollut. 102(suppl. 1): 93-99.
      December 2007                           6-21        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Farag, A. M.; Woodward, D. F.; Little, E. E.; Steadman, B.; Vertucci, F. A. (1993) The effects of
 2          low pH and elevated aluminum on Yellowstone cutthroat trout (Oncorhynchus clarki
 3          bouvierf). Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 12: 719-731.
 4   Farmer, G. J.; Beamish, F. W. H. (1969) Oxygen consumption of Tilapia nilotica in relation to
 5          swimming speed and salinity. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 26: 2807-2821.
 6   Farmer, A. M.; Bates, J. W.; Bell, J. N. B. (1992) Ecophysiological effects of acid rain on
 7          bryophytes and lichens. In: Bates, J. W.; Farmer, A. M., eds. Bryophytes and lichens in a
 8          changing environment. Oxford: Claredon Press.
 9   Fast, J. D.; Zaveri, R. A.; Bian, R. X.; Chapman, E. G.; Easter, R. C. (2002) Effect of regional-
10          scale transport on oxidants in the vicinity of Philadelphia during the 1999 NE-OPS Field
11          Campaign. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]  107(D16): 10.1029/2001JD000980.
12   Federal Register. (1996) National ambient air quality standards for nitrogen dioxide: final
13          decision. F. R. (October 8) 61: 52852-52856.
14   Federal Register. (2007) Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; designation of critical
15          habitat for the bay checkerspot butterfly (Euphydryas editha bayensis). F. R. (August 22)
16          50:48177-48218.
17   Federal/Provincial Research and Monitoring Coordinating Committee (RMCC). (1990) The
18          1990 Canadian long-range transport of air pollutants and acid deposition assessment
19          report, part 4: aquatic effects. Ottawa, Ontario,  Canada: Federal/Provincial Research and
20          Monitoring Coordinating  Committee.
21   Fehsenfeld, F. C.; Dickerson, R. R.; Hiibler, G.; Luke,  W. T.; Nunnermacker, L. J.; Williams, E.
22          J.; Roberts, J. M.; Calvert, J. G.; Curran, C. M.; Delany, A. C.; Eubank, C. S.; Fahey, D.
23          W.; Fried, A.; Gandrud, B. W.; Langford, A. O.; Murphy, P. C.; Norton, R. B.; Pickering,
24          K. E.; Ridley, B. A. (1987) A ground-based intercomparison of NO, NOX, and NO^
25          measurement techniques.  J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 92: 14,710-14,722.
26   Fehsenfeld, F. C.; Daum, P.; Leaitch, W. R.; Trainer, M.; Parrish, D. D.; Hubler, G. (1996)
27          Transport and processing  of Os and Os precursors over the North Atlantic: an overview of
28          the 1993  North Atlantic Regional Experiment (NARE) summer intensive. J. Geophys.
29          Res. [Atmos.]  101: 28,877-28,891.
30   Fehsenfeld, F. C.; Huey, L. G.; Sueper, D. T.; Norton,  R. B.; Williams, E. J.; Eisele, F. L.;
31          Mauldin, R. L., Ill; Tanner, D. J. (1998) Ground-based intercomparison of nitric acid
32          measurement techniques.  J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 103: 3343-3353.
33   Fenn, M. E.; Poth, M. A. (1999) Temporal and spatial trends in streamwater nitrate
34          concentrations in the San  Bernardino Mountains, southern California.  J. Environ. Qual.
35          28: 822-836.
36   Fenn, M. E.; Poth, M. A. (2001) A case study of nitrogen saturation in western U.S. forests. Sci.
37          World J.  1:433-439.
38   Fenn, M. E.; Poth, M. A.; Johnson, D. W. (1996) Evidence for nitrogen saturation in the San
39          Bernardino Mountains in  southern California. For. Ecol. Manage. 82:  211-230.
40   Fenn, M. E.; Poth, M. A.; Aber, J. D.; Baron, J. S.; Bormann, B. T.;  Johnson,  D. W.; Lemly, A.
41          D.; McNulty, S. G.; Ryan, D. F.; Stottlemyer, R. (1998) Nitrogen excess in North


     December 2007                            6-22         DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          American ecosystems: predisposing factors, ecosystem responses, and management
 2          strategies. Ecol. Appl. 8: 706-733.
 3    Fenn, M. E.; Baron, J. S.; Allen, E. B.; Rueth, H. M.; Nydick, K. R.; Geiser, L.; Bowman, W. D.;
 4          Sickman, J. O.; Meixner, T.; Johnson, D. W.; Neitlich, P. (2003a) Ecological effects of
 5          nitrogen deposition in the western United States. BioScience 53: 404-420.
 6    Fenn, M. E.; Haeuber, R.; Tonnesen, G. S.; Baron, J. S.; Grossman-Clarke, S.; Hope, D.; Jaffe,
 7          D. A.; Copeland, S.; Geiser, L.; Rueth, H. M.; Sickman, J. O. (2003b) Nitrogen
 8          emissions, deposition, and monitoring in the western United States. BioScience 53: 391-
 9          403.
10    Field, C. B.; Mooney, H. A. (1986) The photosynthesis-nitrogen relationship in wild plants. In:
11          Givnish, T. J., ed. On the economy of plant form and function. Cambridge, UK:
12          Cambridge University Press.
13    Field, C. B.; Mortsch, L. D.; Brklacich, M.; Forbes, D. L.; Kovacs, P.; Patz, J. A.; Running, S.
14          W.;  Scott, M. J. (2007) North America. In: Climate change 2007: impacts, adaptation and
15          vulnerability. Contribution of Working Group II to the fourth assessment report of the
16          Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge
17          University Press; pp. 617-852. Available: http://www.ipcc.ch/pdf/assessment-
18          report/ar4/wg2/ar4-wg2-chapter!4.pdf [6 December, 2007].
19    Fields, R. F. (1988) Physiological responses of lichens to air pollutant fumigations. In: Nash, T.
20          H. L; Wirth, V., eds. Lichens, bryophytes and air quality. Berlin-Stuttgart, Germany: J.
21          Cramer. (Bibliotheca lichenologica: bd.  30).
22    Findlay, D.  L.; Kasian, S. E. M. (1996) The effect of incremental pH recovery on the Lake 223
23          phytoplankton community. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 53:  856-864.
24    Findlay, D.  L.; Hecky, R. E.; Kasian, S. E. M.; Stainton, M. P.;  Hendzel, L. L.; Schindler, E. U.
25          (1999) Effects on phytoplankton of nutrients added in conjunction with acidification.
26          Freshwater Biol. 41: 131-145.
27    Finlayson-Pitts, B. J.; Pitts, J. N., Jr. (2000) Chemistry of the upper and lower atmosphere:
28          theory, experiments and applications. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
29    Finlayson-Pitts, B. J.; Ezell, M. J.; Pitts, J. N., Jr. (1989) Formation of chemically active chlorine
30          compounds by reactions of atmospheric  NaCl particles with gaseous ^Os and C1ONO2.
31          Nature (London) 337: 241-244.
32    Fiore, A.; Jacob, D. J.; Liu, H.; Yantosca, R. M.; Fairlie, T. D.;  Li, Q. (2003) Variability in
33          surface ozone background over the United States: implications for air quality policy. J.
34          Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 108(D24): 10.1029/2003JD003855.
35    Firestone, M. K.; Davidson, E. A. (1989) Microbiological basis of NO and N2O production and
36          consumption in soil. In: Andreae, M. O.; Schimel, D. S., eds. Exchange of Trace Gases
37          between Terrestrial Ecosystems and the  Atmosphere: report of the Dahlem workshop on
38          exchange of trace gases between terrestrial ecosystems and the atmosphere; February;
39          Berlin. New York, NY: Wiley,  pp. 7-21.
      December 2007                           6-23        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Fischer, E.; Pszenny, A.; Keene, W.; Maben, J.; Smith, A.; Stohl, A.; Talbot, R. (2006) Nitric
 2          acid phase partitioning and cycling in the New England coastal atmosphere. J. Geophys.
 3          Res. [Atmos.] 111(D23S09): 10.1029/2006JD007328.
 4    Fisher, D. C.; Oppenheimer, M. (1991) Atmospheric nitrogen deposition and the Chesapeake
 5          Bay estuary. Ambio 20: 102-108.
 6    Fisk, M. C.; Schmidt, S. K.; Seastedt, T. R. (1998) Topographic patterns of above- and
 7          belowground production and nitrogen cycling in Alpine tundra. Ecology 79: 2253-2266.
 8    Fjeld, E.; Haugen, T. O.; V011estad, L. A. (1998) Permanent impairment in the feeding behavior
 9          of grayling (Thymallus thymallus) exposed to methylmercury during embryogenesis. Sci.
10          Total Environ. 213: 247-254.
11    Flowers, P. J.; Vaux, H. J.; Gardner, P. D.; Mills, T. J. (1985) Changes in recreation values after
12          fire in the northern Rocky Mountains. Berkeley, CA: U.S. Department of Agriculture
13          Forest Service, Pacific Southwest Forest and Range Experiment Station; Research Note
14          PSW-373.
15    Frederick,  P. C.; Spalding, M. G.; Dusek, R. (2002) Wading birds as bioindicators of mercury
16          contamination in Florida, USA: annual  and geographic variation. Environ. Toxicol.
17          Chem. 21: 163-167.
18    Fremstad, E.; Paal, J.; Mols, T. (2005) Impacts of increased nitrogen supply on Norwegian
19          lichen-rich alpine communities: a 10-year experiment. J. Ecol. 93: 471-481.
20    Frenette, J. J.; Richard, Y.; Moreau, G. (1986) Fish responses to acidity in Quebec lakes: a
21          review. Water Air Soil Pollut. 30: 461-475.
22    Friedmann, A. S.; Watzin, M. C.; Brinck-Johnsen, T.; Leiter, J. C. (1996) Low levels of dietary
23          methylmercury inhibit growth and gonadal development in juvenile walleye (Stizostedion
24          vitreum). Aquat. Toxicol. 35: 265-278.
25    Frost, T. M.; Fischer, J. M.; Klug, J. L.; Arnott, S. E.; Montz, P. K. (2006)  Trajectories of
26          zooplankton recovery in the Little Rock Lake whole-lake acidification experiment. Ecol.
27          Appl. 16: 353-367.
28    Fuentes, M.; Raftery, A. E. (2005) Model evaluation and spatial interpolation by Bayesian
29          combination of observations with outputs from numerical models. Biometrics 61: 36-45.
30    Furutani, H.; Akimoto, H. (2002) Development and characterization of a fast measurement
31          system for gas-phase nitric acid with a chemical ionization mass spectrometer in the
32          marine boundary layer. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 107(D2):  10.1029/2000JD000269.
33    Gaffney, J. S.; Bornick, R. M.; Chen, Y.-H.; Marley, N. A. (1998) Capillary gas
34          chromatographic analysis of nitrogen dioxide and pans with luminol chemiluminescent
35          detection. Atmos. Environ. 32: 1445-1454.
36    Gagen, C.  J.; Sharpe, W. E.; Carline, R. F. (1993) Mortality of brook trout, mottled sculpins, and
37          slimy sculpins during acidic episodes. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 122: 616-628.
38    Gallagher,  J.; Baker, J. L. (1990) Current status offish communities in Adirondack lakes. In:
39          Adirondack Lakes survey: an interpretative  analysis offish communities and water
      December 2007                           6-24        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          chemistry, 1984-87. Ray Brook, NY: Adirondack Lake Survey Corporation; pp. 3-11 - 3-
 2          48.
 3    Galloway, J. N. (1996) Anthropogenic mobilization of sulphur and nitrogen: immediate and
 4          delayed consequences. Annu. Rev. Energy Environ. 21: 261-292.
 5    Galloway, J. N. (1998) The global nitrogen cycle: changes and consequences. Environ. Pollut.
 6          102(suppl. 1): 15-24.
 7    Galloway, J. N.; Cowling, E. B. (2002) Reactive nitrogen and the world: 200 years of change.
 8          Ambio 31: 64-71.
 9    Galloway, J. N.; Norton, S. A.; Church, M. R. (1983) Freshwater acidification from atmospheric
10          deposition of sulfuric acid: a conceptual model. Environ. Sci. Technol. 17: 541A-545A.
11    Galloway, J. N.; Aber, J. D.; Erisman, J. W.; Seitzinger, S. P.; Howarth, R. W.; Cowling, E. B.;
12          Cosby, B. J. (2003) The nitrogen cascade. BioScience 53: 341-356.
13    Gao, W.; Wesely, M. L.; Lee, I. Y. (1991) A numerical study of the effects of air chemistry on
14          fluxes of NO, NO2, and O3 near the surface. J. Geophys. Res. 96: 18,761-18,769.
15    Gao, W.; Wesely, M. L.; Doskey, P. V. (1993) Numerical modeling of the turbulent diffusion
16          and chemistry of NOX, Os, isoprene, and other reactive trace gases in and above a forest
17          canopy. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 98: 18339-18353.
18    Gates, D.  M. (1968) Transpiration and leaf temperature. Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol. 19: 211-238.
19    Gbondo-Tugbawa, S. S.; Driscoll, C. T.; Mitchell, M. J.; Aber, J. D.; Likens, G E. (2002) A
20          model to simulate the response of a northern hardwood forest ecosystem to changes in S
21          deposition. Ecol. Appl.  12: 8-23.
22    Geiser, L.; Neitlich, P. (2007) Air pollution and climate gradients in western Oregon and
23          Washington indicated by epiphytic macrolichens. Environ. Pollut.  145: 203-218.
24    Gensemer, R. W.; Playle, R. C. (1999) The bioavailability and toxicity of aluminum in aquatic
25          environments. Crit. Rev. Environ. Sci. Tech. 29: 315-450.
26    Gerlach, T. M. (2004) Volcanic sources of tropospheric ozone-depleting trace gases. Geochem.
27          Geophys. Geosys. 5: 10.1029/2004GC000747.
28    Geyer, A.; Alicke, B.; Konrad,  S.; Schmitz, T.; Stutz, J.; Platt, U. (2001) Chemistry and
29          oxidation capacity of the nitrate radical in the continental boundary layer near Berlin. J.
30          Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 106:  8013-8025.
31    Gilliam, F. S. (2006) Response of the herbaceous layer of forest ecosystems  to excess nitrogen
32          deposition. J. Ecol. 94(6): 1176-1191.
33    Gilliam, F. S.; Adams, M. B.; Yurish, B. M. (1996) Ecosystem nutrient responses to chronic
34          nitrogen inputs at Fernow Experimental Forest, West Virginia. Can. J. For. Res. 26: 196-
35          205.
36    Gilliam, F. S.; Hockenberry, A. W.; Adams, M. B. (2006) Effects of atmospheric deposition on
37          the herbaceous layer of a central Appalachian hardwood forest. J. Torrey Bot. Soc. 133:
38          240-254.
     December 2007                            6-25        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Gilmour, C. C.; Henry, E. A. (1991) Mercury methylation in aquatic systems affected by acid
 2          deposition. Environ. Pollut. 71: 131-169.
 3    Gilmour, C. C.; Henry, E. A.; Mitchell, R. (1992) Sulfate stimulation of mercury methylation in
 4          freshwater sediments. Environ. Sci. Technol. 26:  2281-2287.
 5    Gitay, H.; Brown, S.; Easterling, W.; Jallow, B. (2001) Ecosystems and their goods and services.
 6          In: Climate change 2001: impacts, adaptation and vulnerability. Contribution of working
 7          group II to the third assessment report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
 8          Change. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press; pp. 237-342.
 9          Available: http://www.ipcc.ch/ipccreports/tar/wg2/pdf/wg2TARchap5.pdf [6 December,
10          2007].
11    Glooschenko, V.; Blancher, P.; Herskowitz, J.; Fulthorpe, R.; Rang, S. (1986) Association of
12          wetland acidity with reproductive parameters and insect prey of the Eastern Kingbird
13          (Tyrannus tyrannus) near Sudbury, Ontario. Water Air Soil. Pollut. 30: 553-567.
14    Goede, R. W.; Barton, B. A. (1990) Organismic indices and an autopsy-based assessment as
15          indicators of health and condition offish. Am. Fish. Soc. Symp. 8: 80-93.
16    Goldan, P. D.; Kuster, W. C.;  Albritton, D. L.; Fehsenfeld, F. C.; Connell, P. S.; Norton, R. B.;
17          Huebert, B. J. (1983) Calibration and tests of the  filter-collection method for measuring
18          clean-air,  ambient levels of nitric acid. Atmos. Environ. 17: 1355-1364.
19    Goldman, C. R. (1988) Primary productivity, nutrients, and transparency during the early onset
20          of eutrophication in ultra-oligotrophic Lake Tahoe, California-Nevada. Limnol.
21          Oceanogr. 33:  1321-1333.
22    Goodale, C. L.; Aber,  J. D. (2001) The long-term effects of land-use history on nitrogen cycling
23          in northern hardwood forests. Ecol. Appl. 11: 253-267.
24    Goodale, C. L.; Aber,  J. D.; McDowell,  W. H. (2000) The long-term effects of disturbance on
25          organic and inorganic nitrogen export in the White Mountains, New Hampshire.
26          Ecosystems 3:  433-450.
27    Goodale, C. L.; Aber,  J. D.; Vitousek, P. M. (2003) An unexpected nitrate decline in New
28          Hampshire streams. Ecosystems 6: 75-86.
29    Gordon, C.; Wynn, J. M.; Woodin, S. J.  (2001) Impacts of increased nitrogen  supply on high
30          Arctic heath: the importance of bryophytes and phosphorus availability. New Phytol.
31          149:461-471.
32    Goriup, P. D. (1989) Acidic air pollution and birds in Europe. Oryx 23: 82-86.
33    Gotelli, N. J.; Ellison,  A. M. (2002) Nitrogen deposition and extinction risk in the northern
34          pitcher plant, Sarraceniapurpurea. Ecology 83: 2758-2765.
35    Granberg, G.; Sundh, L; Svensson, B. H.; Nilsson, M. (2001) Effects of temperature and nitrogen
36          and sulfur deposition, on methane emission from a boreal mire. Ecology 82: 1982-1998.
37    Grieb, T. M.; Driscoll, C. T.; Gloss, S. P.; Schofield, C. L.; Bowie, G. L.; Porcella, D. B. (1990)
38          Factors affecting mercury accumulation in fish in the upper Michigan peninsula. Environ.
39          Toxicol. Chem. 9: 919-930.
      December 2007                           6-26        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Griffiths, R. W.; Keller, W. (1992) Benthic macroinvertebrate changes in lakes near Sudbury,
 2          Ontario following a reduction in acid emissions. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 49(suppl. 1):
 3          63-75.
 4    Grill, D. (1971) Pufferkapazitat gesunder und rauchgeschadigter Fichtennadeln. Z.
 5          Pflanzenkrankh. 78: 612-622.
 6    Grippo, M. A.; Heath, A. G. (2003) The effect of mercury on the feeding behavior of fathead
 7          minnows (Pimephalespromelets). Ecotoxicol. Environ. Safety 55: 187-198.
 8    Groffman, P. M. (1994) Denitrification in freshwater wetlands. Curr. Topics Wetland
 9          Biogeochem. 1: 15-35.
10    Grossenbacher, J. W.; Couch, T.; Shepson, P. B.; Thornberry, T.; Witmer-Rich, M.; Carroll, M.
11          A.; Faloona, I; Tan, D.; Brune, W.; Ostling, K.; Bertman, S. (2001) Measurements of
12          isoprene nitrates above a forest canopy. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 106: 24,429-24,438.
13    Grulke, N. E.; Balduman, L. (1999) Deciduous conifers: high N deposition and Os exposure
14          effects on growth and biomass allocation in ponderosa pine. Water Air Soil Pollut. 116:
15          235-248.
16    Grulke, N. E.; Andersen,  C. P.; Fenn, M. E.; Miller, P. R. (1998) Ozone  exposure and nitrogen
17          deposition lowers root biomass of ponderosa pine in the San Bernardino Mountains,
18          California. Environ. Pollut. 103: 63-73.
19    Guenther, F. R.; Dorko, W. D.; Miller, W. R.; Rhoderick, G. C. (1996) The NIST traceable
20          reference material program for gas standards.  Washington, DC: U.S. Department of
21          Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology; NIST special publication
22          260-126.
23    Guerold, F.; Boudot, J. P.; Jacqumin, G.; Vein, D.;  Merlet, D.; Rouiller,  J. (2000)
24          Macroinvertebrate community loss as a result of headwater stream acidification in the
25          Vosges Mountains (N-E France). Biodiversity Conserv. 9: 767-783.
26    Gulledge, J.; Doyle, A. P.; Schimel, J. P. (1997) Different NH4+-inhibition patterns of soil CH4 -
27          oxidizer populations across sites. Soil Biol.  Biochem 29: 13-21.
28    Gunn, J. M.; Keller, W. (1984) In situ manipulation of water chemistry using crushed limestone
29          and observed effects on fish.  Fisheries 9:  19-24.
30    Gunn, J. M.; Keller, W. (1984) Spawning site water chemistry and lake trout (Salvelinus
31          namaycush) sac fry survival during spring snowmelt. Can. J. Fish. Aquat.  Sci. 41: 319-
32          329.
33    Gunn, J. M.; Keller, W. (1990) Biological recovery of an acid lake after  reductions in industrial
34          emissions of sulphur. Nature (London,  U.K.) 355: 431-433.
35    Gunn, J. M.; Mills, K. H. (1998) The potential for restoration of acid-damaged lake trout lakes.
36          Restor. Ecol. 6: 390-397.
37    Gunn, J. M.; Noakes, D. L. G. (1987) Latent effects of pulse exposure to aluminum and low pH
38          on size, ionic composition and feeding  efficiency of lake trout (Salvelinus fontinalis)
39          alevins. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 44: 1418-1424.
      December 2007                           6-27        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Gunn, J. M.; McMurtry, M. I; Casselman, J. M.; Keller, W.; Powell, M. J. (1988) Changes in
 2          the fish community of a limed lake near sudbury, Ontario: effects of chemical
 3          neutralization or reduced atmospheric deposition of acids? Water Air Soil Pollut. 41:
 4          113-136.
 5    Gunn, J.; Keller, W.; Negusanti, J.; Potvin, R.; Beckett, P.; Winterhalder, K. (1995) Ecosystem
 6          recovery after emission reductions: Sudbury, Canada. Water Air Soil Pollut. 85: 1783-
 7          1788.
 8    Haefele, M.; Kramer, R. A.; Holmes, T. P. (1992) Estimating the total value of forest quality in
 9          high-elevation spruce-fir forests. In: The Economic Value of Wilderness: Proceedings of
10          the Conference; May, 1991; Jackson, WY. Asheville, NC: USD A Forest Service,
11          Southeastern Forest Experiment Station; General Technical Report SE-78, pp. 91-96.
12    Haines, T. A.; Baker, J. P. (1986) Evidence offish population responses to acidification in the
13          eastern United States. Water Air Soil Pollut. 31: 605-629.
14    Hains, J. C.; Chen, L.-W. A.; Taubman, B. F.; Doddridge, B. G.; Dickerson, R. R. (2007) A side-
15          by-side comparison of filter-based PM2.5 measurements at a suburban site: a closure
16          study. Atmos. Environ. 41: 6167-6184.
17    Hall, R. J.; Ide, F. P. (1987) Evidence of acidification effects on stream insect communities in
18          central Ontario between 1937 and 1985. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 44: 1652-1657.
19    Hall, R. J.; Likens, G.  E.; Fiance, S. B.; Hendrey, G. R. (1980) Experimental acidification of a
20          stream in the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest, New Hampshire. Ecology 61: 976-
21          989.
22    Hallett, R. A.; Bailey,  S. W.; Horsley, S. B.; Long, R. P. (2006) Influence of nutrition and stress
23          on sugar maple at a regional scale. Can. J. For. Res. 36: 2235-2246.
24    Hallingback, T. (1991) Blue-green algae and cyanophilic lichens threatened by air pollution and
25          fertilization. Sven. Bot. Tidskr. 85: 87-104.
26    Hamburg, S. P.; Yanai, R. D.; Arthur, M. A.; Blum, J. D.; Siccama,  T.  G. (2003) Biotic control
27          of calcium cycling in northern hardwood forests: acid rain and aging forests. Ecosystems
28          6: 399-406.
29    Hanley, N.;  Shogren, J.; White, B. (1997) Environmental economics in theory and practice. New
30          York: Oxford University Press.
31    Harasmis, G. M.; Chu, D. S. (1987) Acid rain effects on waterfowl: use of black duck broods to
32          assess food resources of experimentally acidified wetlands. In: Diamond, A. W.; Filion,
33          F. L., eds. The value of birds. Cambridge, United Kingdom: International Council for
34          Bird Preservation; pp. 173-181. (ICBP technical publication no. 6).
35    Harding, L. W.; Perry, E. S. (1997) Long-term increase of phytoplankton biomass in Chesapeake
36          Bay, 1950-1994. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser.  157: 39-52.
37    Harmon, S. M.; King,  J. K.; Gladden,  J. B.; Chandler, G. T.; Newman, L. A. (2004)
38          Methylmercury formation in a wetland mesocosm  amended with sulfate. Environ. Sci.
39          Technol. 38: 650-656.
     December 2007                           6-28        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Harris, G. W.; Carter, W. P. L.; Winer, A. M.; Pitts, J. N., Jr.; Platt, U.; Perner, D. (1982)
 2          Observations of nitrous acid in the Los Angeles atmosphere and implications for
 3          predictions of ozone-precursor relationships. Environ. Sci. Technol. 16: 414-419.
 4    Harris, H. H.; Pickering, I. J.; George, G. N. (2003) The chemical form of mercury in fish.
 5          Science (Washington, DC) 301: 1203.
 6    Harrison, R. M.; Kitto,  A.-M. N. (1994) Evidence for a surface source of atmospheric nitrous
 7          acid. Atmos. Environ. 28: 1089-1094.
 8    Harvey, H.; Lee, C. (1982) Historical fisheries changes related to surface water pH changes in
 9          Canada. In: Johnson, R. E., ed. Acid rain/fisheries. Bethesda, MD: American Fisheries
10          Society; pp. 44-55.
11    Hassan, R.; Scholes, R.; Ash, N. (2005) Ecosystems and human well-being: current state and
12          trends, volume 1. Washington, DC:  Island Press. Available:
13          http://www.millenniumassessment.org/en/Condition.aspx [6 December, 2007].
14    Havas, M.  (1986) Effects of acid deposition on aquatic ecosystems. In: Stern, A., ed. Air
15          pollution. New York, NY: Academic Press; pp. 351-389.
16    Havas, M.; Woodfme, D. G; Lutz, P.; Yung, K.; Maclsaac, H. J.; Hutchinson, T. C. (1995)
17          Biological recovery of two previously acidified, metal-contaminated lakes near Sudbury,
18          Ontario, Canada. Water Air Soil Pollut. 85:  791-796.
19    Havens, K. E.; Carlson, R. E. (1998) Functional complementarity in plankton communities along
20          a gradient of acid stress. Environ. Pollut.  101: 427-436.
21    Havens, K. E.; Yan, N. D.; Keller, W. (1993) Lake acidification: effects on crustacean
22          zooplankton populations. Environ. Sci. Technol. 27: 1621-1624.
23    Hawksworth, D. L. (2002) Bioindication calibrated scales and their utility. In:  Nimis, P. L.;
24          Scheidegger, C.; Wolseley, P. A., eds. Monitoring with lichens-monitoring lichens:
25          proceedings of the NATO advanced research workshop on lichen monitoring. The
26          Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publishers;  pp. 11-20.
27    Hawley, G. J.; Schaberg, P. G.; Eagar, C.; Borer, C. H. (2006) Calcium addition  at the Hubbard
28          Brook Experimental Forest reduced winter injury to red spruce in a high-injury year. Can.
29          J. For. Res. 36: 2544-2549.
30    Haya, K.; Waiwood, B. A. (1981) Acid pH  and chorionase activity of Atlantic salmon (Salmo
31          salar) eggs. Bull. Environ.  Contam.  Toxicol. 27: 7-12.
32    Hayden, M. J.; Ross, D. S. (2005) Denitrification as a nitrogen removal mechanism in a Vermont
33          peatland. J. Environ. Qual.  34(6): 2052-2061.
34    Hayden, K. L.; Anlauf, K. G.; Hastie, D.  R.; Bottenheim, J. W. (2003) Partitioning of reactive
35          atmospheric nitrogen oxides at an elevated site in southern Quebec, Canada. J. Geophys.
36          Res. [Atmos.] 108(D19): 10.1029/2002JD003188.
37    Haynes, R. W.; Adams, D. M. (1992) Assessing economic impacts of air pollution damage to
38          U.S. forests. In: de Steiguer, J. E., ed. The economic impact of air pollution on timber
39          markets: studies from North America and Europe. Asheville, NC: U.S. Department of
40          Agriculture, Southeastern Forest Experiment Station; general technical report no. SE-75.
      December 2007                           6-29        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Heal, G. M.; Barbier, E. B.; Boyle, K. J. (2005) Valuing ecosystem services: toward better
 2          environmental decision making. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press.
 3          Available: http://www.nap.edu/openbook.php?isbn=030909318X [6 November, 2007].
 4    Hebestreit, K.; Stutz, J.; Rosen, D.; Matveiv, V.; Peleg, M.; Luria, M.; Platt, U. (1999) DOAS
 5          measurements of tropospheric bromine oxide in mid-latitudes. Science (Washington, DC)
 6          283: 55-57.
 7    Hedin, L. O.; Armesto, J. J.; Johnson, A. H. (1995) Patterns of nutrient loss from unpolluted, old-
 8          growth temperate forests: evaluation of biogeochemical theory. Ecology 76: 493-509.
 9    Heil, G. W.; Diemont, W. H. (1983) Raised nutrient levels change heathland in grassland.
10          Vegetation 53: 113-120.
11    Henriksen, A.; Skogheim, O. K.; Rosseland, B. O. (1984) Episodic changes in pH and
12          aluminium-speciation kill fish in a Norwegian salmon river. Vatten 40: 255-260.
13    Hering, S.; Cass, G. (1999) The magnitude of bias in the measurement of PM2.5 arising from
14          volatilization of particulate nitrate from Teflon filters. J. Air Waste Manage. Assoc. 49:
15          725-733.
16    Hering, S. V.; Lawson, D. R.; Allegrini, I; Febo, A.; Perrino, C.; Possanzini, M.; Sickles, J. E.,
17          II; Anlauf, K. G; Wiebe, A.; Appel, B. R.; John, W.; Ondo, J.; Wall,  S.; Braman, R. S.;
18          Sutton, R.; Cass, G. R.; Solomon, P. A.; Eatough, D. J.; Eatough, N. L.; Ellis, E. C.;
19          Grosjean, D.; Hicks, B. B.; Womack, J. D.; Horrocks, J.; Knapp, K. T.; Ellestad, T. G.;
20          Paur, R. J.; Mitchell, W. J.; Pleasant, M.; Peake, E.; MacLean, A.; Pierson, W. R.;
21          Brachaczek, W.; Schiff, H. I.; Mackay, G. L;  Spicer, C. W.; Stedman, D. H.; Winer, A.
22          M.; Biermann, H. W.;  Tuazon, E. C. (1988) The nitric acid shootout:  field comparison of
23          measurement methods. Atmos. Environ. 22:  1519-1539.
24    Herlihy, A.  T.; Kaufman, P. R.; Mitch, M. E. (1991)  Stream chemistry in the eastern United
25          States. 2. Current sources of acidity in acidic and low acid-neutralizing capacity streams.
26          Water Resour. Res. 27: 629-642.
27    Herlihy, A.  T.; Kaufmann, P. R.; Church, M. R.; Wigington, P. J., Jr.; Webb, J. R.; Sale, M. J.
28          (1993) The effects of acidic deposition on streams in the Appalachian Mountain and
29          Piedmont Region of the mid-Atlantic United States. Water Resour. Res. 29: 2687-2703.
30    Hess, P.  G.  (2001) Model and measurement analysis of springtime transport and chemistry of the
31          Pacific Basin. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 106: 12,689-12,717.
32    Hicke, J. A.; Asner, G. A.; Randerson, J. T.; Tucker, C. J.; Los, S.; Birdsey, R. A.; Jenkins, J. C.;
33          Field, C. B. (2002) Trends in North American net primary productivity derived from
34          satellite observations, 1982-1998. Glob. Biogeochem. Cycles 16(1018):
35          10.1029/2001GB001550.
36    Hicks, B. B.; Baldocchi, D. D.; Meyers, T. P.; Hosker, R. P., Jr.; Matt, D. R.  (1987) A
37          preliminary multiple resistance routine for deriving dry deposition velocities from
38          measured quantities. Water Air Soil Pollut. 36: 311-330.
39    Hill, B. H.; Elonen, C. M.; Jicha, T. M.; Cotter, A. M.; Trebitz, A. S.; Danz, N. P. (2006)
40          Sediment microbial enzyme activity as an indicator of nutrient limitation in Great Lakes
41          coastal wetlands. Freshwater Biol. 51: 1670-1683.
      December 2007                           6-30        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Hintelmann, H.; Evans, R. D. (1997) Application of stable isotopes in environmental tracer
 2          studies—measurement of monomethylmercury (CH3Hg+) by isotope dilution ICP-MS
 3          and detection of species transformation. Fresenius' J. Anal. Chem. 358: 378-385.
 4   Hoell, J. M.; Davis, D. D.; Liu, S. C.; Newell, R. E.; Akimoto, H.; McNeal, R. J.; Bendura, R. J.
 5          (1997) The Pacific exploratory mission-west phase B: February-March, 1994. J.
 6          Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 102: 28,223-28,239.
 7   Hoell, J. M.; Davis, D. D.; Jacob, D. J.; Rodgers, M. O.; Newell, R. E.; Fuelberg, H. E.; McNeal,
 8          R. J.; Raper, J. L.; Bendura, R. J. (1999) Pacific exploratory mission in the tropical
 9          Pacific: PEM-Tropics A, August-September 1996. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 104: 5567-
10          5583.
11   Hofmann, D.; Butler, J.; Dutton, E.; Elkins, J.; Ogren, J.; Oltmans, S.; Tans, P.; Schnell, R.
12          (2004) Variation in the direct radiative climate forcing by well-mixed greenhouse gases
13          over the past 25 years. Geophys. Res. Abst. 6: 00545.
14   Hogan, K.; Marcus, A.; Smith, R.; White, P. (1998) Integrated exposure uptake biokinetic model
15          for lead in children: empirical comparisons with epidemiologic data. Environ. Health
16          Perspect. 106(suppl. 6): 1557-1567.
17   Hogberg, P.; Fan, H.; Quist, M.; Binkleys, D.; Oloftamm, C. (2006) Tree growth and soil
18          acidification in response to 30 years of experimental nitrogen loading on boreal forest.
19          Glob. Change Biol. 12: 489-499.
20   Holland, H. D.  (1978) The chemistry of the atmosphere and oceans. New York, NY: Wiley.
21   Holland, E. A.; Braswell, B. H.; Lamarque, J. F.; Townsend, A.; Sulzman, J.; Muller, J. F.;
22          Dentener, F.; Brasseur, G.; Levy, H.; Penner, J. E.; Roelofs, G. J. (1997) Variations in the
23          predicted spatial distribution of atmospheric nitrogen deposition and their impact on
24          carbon uptake by terrestrial ecosystems. J.  Geophys. Res. 102: 15849-15866.
25   Holland, E. A.; Dentener, F. J.; Braswell, B. H.; Sulzman, J. M. (1999) Contemporary and pre-
26          industrial global reactive nitrogen budgets. Biogeochemistry 46: 7-43.
27   Holland, E. A.; Braswell, B. H.; Sulzman, J.; Lamarque, J.-F. (2005) Nitrogen deposition onto
28          the United States and Western Europe: synthesis of observations and models. Ecol. Appl.
29          15:38-57.
30   Hollenhorst, S. J.; Brock, S. M.; Freimund, W. A.; Twery, M. J. (1993) Predicting the effects of
31          gypsy moth on near-view aesthetic preferences and recreation appeal. For. Sci. 39(1): 28-
32          40.
33   Hollwedel, J.; Wenig, M.; Beirle, S.; Kraus, S.; Kiihl, S.; Wilms-Grabe, W.; Platt, U.; Wagner,
34          T. (2004) Year-to-year variations of spring time polar tropospheric BrO as seen by
35          GOME. Adv. Space Res. 34: 804-808.
36   Holmes, T. P.; Kramer, R. A. (1996) Contingent valuation of ecosystem health. Ecosyst. Health
37          2: 56-60.
38   Holt, C.; Yan, N. D. (2003) Recovery of crustacean zooplankton communities from acidification
39          in Killarney Park, Ontario, 1971-2000: pH 6 as a recovery goal. R. Swed. Acad. Sci. 32:
40          203-207.
     December 2007                           6-31        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Holt, C. A.; Yan, N. D.; Somers, K. M. (2003) pH 6 as the threshold to use in critical load
 2          modeling for zooplankton community change with acidification in lakes of south-central
 3          Ontario: accounting for morphometry and geography. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 60: 151-
 4          158.
 5   Hoppel, W. A.; Caffrey, P. F. (2005) Oxidation of S(IV) in sea-salt aerosol at high pH: ozone
 6          versus aerobic reaction. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 110(D23202):
 7          10.1029/2005JD006239.
 8   Horii, C. V. (2002) Tropospheric reactive nitrogen speciation, deposition, and chemistry at
 9          Harvard Forest [dissertation]. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University.
10   Horii, C. V.; Munger, J. W.; Wofsy, S. C.; Zahniser, M.; Nelson, D.; McManus, J. B. (2004)
11          Fluxes of nitrogen oxides over a temperate deciduous forest. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]
12          109(D08305): 10.1029/2003 JD004326.
13   Horii, C.; Munger, J. W.; Wofsy, S.; Zahniser, M.; Nelson, D.; McManus, J. B. (2006)
14          Atmospheric reactive nitrogen concentrations and flux budgets at a northeastern U.S
15          forest site. Agric. For. Meteorol. 136:  159-174.
16   Hornung, M.; Bull, K. R.; Cresser, M.; Hall, J.; Langan, S. J.; Loveland, P.; Smith, C. (1995) An
17          empirical map of critical loads of acidity for soils in Great Britain. Environ. Pollut. 90:
18          301-310.
19   Horowitz, L. W.; Walters, S.; Mauzerall, D. L.; Emmons, L. K.; Rasch, P. J.; Granier, C.; Tie,
20          X.; Lamarque, J.-F.; Schultz, M. G.; Tyndall, G. S.; Orlando, J. J.; Brasseur, G. P. (2003)
21          A global simulation of tropospheric ozone and related tracers: description and evaluation
22          of MOZART, version 2. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 108(D24): 10.1029/2002JD002853.
23   Horowitz, L. W.; Fiore, A. M.; Milly, G. P.; Cohen, R. C.; Perring, A.; Wooldridge, P. J.; Hess,
24          P. G.; Emmons, L. K.; Lamarque, J. F. (2007) Observational constraints on the chemistry
25          of isoprene nitrates over the eastern United States. J. Geophys. Res. (Atmos.)
26          112(D12S08): 10.1029/2006JD007747.
27   Horsley, S. B.; Long, R. P.; Bailey, S. W.; Hallett, R. A.; Hall,  T. J. (2000) Factors associated
28          with the decline disease of sugar maple on the Allegheny Plateau. Can. J. Forest. Res. 30:
29          1365-1378.
30   Houdijk, A.; Verbeek, P. J. M.; Van Dijk, H. F. G; Roelofs, J.  G. M. (1993) Distribution and
31          decline of endangered herbaceous heathland species in relation to the chemical
32          composition of the soil. Plant Soil 148: 137-143.
33   Howarth, R. W. (2007) Atmospheric deposition and nitrogen pollution in coastal marine
34          ecosystems.  In: Visgilio, G. R.; Whitelaw, D. M., eds. Acid in the Environment. New
35          York, NY: Springer.
36   Howarth, R. W.; Marino, R. (2006) Nitrogen as the limiting nutrient for eutrophication in coastal
37          marine ecosystems: evolving views over three decades. Limnol. Oceanogr. 51: 364-376.
38   Howarth, R. W.; Billen, G.; Swaney, D.; Twonsend, A.; Jaworski, N.; Lajtha, K.; Downing, J.
39          A.; Elmgren, R.; Caraco, N.; Jordan, T.; Ferendse, F.; Freney, J.; Kudeyarov, V.;
40          Murdoch, P.; Zhu, Z.-L. (1996) Regional nitrogen budgets and riverine N &  P fluxes for
     December 2007                           6-32        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          the drainages to the North Atlantic Ocean: natural and human influences.
 2          Biogeochemistry 35: 75-139.
 3    Howes, B. L.; Dacey, J. W.  H.; Goehringer, D. D. (1986) Factors controlling the growth form of
 4          Spartina alterniflora: feedbacks between above-ground production, sediment oxidation,
 5          nitrogen and salinity. J. Ecol. 74: 881-898.
 6    Hrabik, T. R.; Watras, C. J.  (2002) Recent declines in mercury concentration in a freshwater
 7          fishery: isolating the effects of de-acidification and decreased atmospheric mercury
 8          deposition in Little Rock Lake. Sci. Total Environ. 297: 229-237.
 9    Huberty, L. E.; Gross, K. L.; Miller, C. J. (1998) Effects of nitrogen addition on successional
10          dynamics and species diversity in Michigan old-fields.  J. Ecol. 86: 794-803.
11    Hiibler, G.; Alvarez, R., II; Daum, P.; Dennis, R.; Gillani, N.; Kleinman, L.; Luke, W.; Meagher,
12          J.; Rider, D.; Trainer, M.; Valente, R. (1998) An overview of the airborne activities
13          during the Southern  Oxidants Study (SOS) 1995 Nashville/Middle Tennessee ozone
14          study. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 103: 22,245-22,259.
15    Hudman, R. C.; Jacob, D. J.; Cooper, O. R.; Evans, M. J.; Heald, C. L.; Park, R. J.; Fehsenfeld,
16          F.;  Flocke, F.; Holloway, J.; Hubler, G.; Kita, K.; Koike, M.; Kondo, Y.; Neuman, A.;
17          Nowak, J.; Oltmans, S.; Parrish, D.; Roberts, J. M.; Ryerson, T. (2004) Ozone production
18          in transpacific Asian pollution plumes and implications for ozone air quality in
19          California. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]  109(D23): 10.1029/2004JD004974.
20    Huebert, B. J.; Zhuang, L.; Howell, S.; Noone, K.; Noone, B. (1996) Sulfate, nitrate,
21          methanesulfonate, chloride, ammonium, and sodium measurements from ship, island, and
22          aircraft  during the Atlantic Stratocumulus Transition Experiment/Marine Aerosol Gas
23          Exchange. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 101: 4413-4423.
24    Huey, L. G.; Dunlea, E. J.; Lovejoy, E. R.; Hanson, D. R.; Norton, R. B.; Fehsenfeld, F.  C.;
25          Howard, C. J. (1998) Fast time response measurements of HNOs in air with a chemical
26          ionization mass spectrometer. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 103: 3355-3360.
27    Hultberg, H.; Andersson, I.  (1982) Liming of acidified lakes: induced long-term changes. Water
28          Air Soil Pollut. 18:311-331.
29    Humphreys, F.  R.; Lambert, M. J.; Kelly, J. (1975) The occurrence of sulphur deficiency in
30          forests.  In: McLachlan, K. D., ed. Sulphur in Australasian agriculture. Sydney, Australia:
31          Sydney University Press; pp. 154-162.
32    Hunter, M. L.; Jones, J. J.; Gibbs, K. E.; Moring, J. R. (1986) Duckling responses to lake
33          acidification: do black ducks and fish compete? Oikos 47: 26-32.
34    Huntrieser, H.;  Feigl, C.;  Schlager, H.; Schroder, F.; Gerbig, C.; Van Velthoven, P.; Flatey, F.;
35          Thery, C.; Petzold, A.; Holler, H.; Schumann, U. (2002) Airborne measurements of NOX,
36          tracer species, and small particles during the European  Lightning Nitrogen Oxides
37          Experiment. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 107(D11): 10.1029/2000JD000209.
38    Husar, R. B.; Sullivan, T. J. (1991) Historical trends in atmospheric sulfur deposition and
39          methods for assessing long-term trends in surface water chemistry. In: Charles, D. F., ed.
40          Acidic deposition and aquatic ecosystems: regional case studies. New York, NY:
41          Springer-Verlag; pp. 65-82.
      December 2007                           6-33        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Hyer, K. E.; Webb, J. R.; Eshleman, K. N. (1995) Episodic acidification of three streams in
 2          Shenandoah National Park, Virginia, USA. Water Air Soil Pollut. 85: 523-528.
 3   Industrial Economics, Inc. (1999a) Characterizing the commercial timber benefits from
 4          tropospheric ozone reduction attributable to the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments, 1990-
 5          2010. Washington, DC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Policy.
 6   Industrial Economics, Inc. (1999b) Characterizing the forest aesthetics benefits attributable to the
 7          1990 Clean Air Act Amendments, 1990-2010. Washington, DC: U.S. Environmental
 8          Protection Agency, Office of Policy.
 9   Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). (1996) Climate change 1995: the science of
10          climate change: contribution of working group I to the second assessment of the
11          Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge
12          University Press.
13   Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). (200la) Climate change 2001: the scientific
14          basis. Contribution of working group I to the third assessment report of the
15          Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge
16          University Press.
17   Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). (2001b) Climate change 2001: impacts,
18          adaptation, and vulnerability. Contribution of working group II to the third assessment
19          report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge, United Kingdom:
20          Cambridge University Press.
21   Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). (2007) Climate change 2007: the physical
22          science basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the fourth assessment report of the
23          Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge
24          University Press. Available: http://www.ipcc.ch/ipccreports/ar4-wgl.htm [6 December,
25          2007].
26   Interlandi, S. J.; Kilham, S. S. (1998) Assessing the effects of nitrogen deposition on mountain
27          waters: a study of phytoplankton community dynamics. Water Sci. Technol. 38: 139-146.
28   Interlandi, S. J.; Kilham, S. S. (2001) Limiting resources and the regulation of diversity in
29          phytoplankton communities. Ecology 82: 1270-1282.
30   Ito, M.; Mitchell, M. J.; Driscoll, C. T. (2002) Spatial patterns of precipitation quantity and
31          chemistry and air temperature in the Adirondack region of New York. Atmos. Environ.
32          36:  1051-1062.
33   Izuta, T. (1998) Ecopysiological responses of Japanese forest tree species to ozone, simulated
34          acid rain and soil acidification. J. Plant Res. Ill: 471-480.
35   Jackson, D.  A.; Harvey, H. H. (1995) Gradual reduction and extinction offish populations in
36          acid lakes. Water Air Soil Pollut. 85: 389-394.
37   Jacob, D. J.  (1999) Introduction to atmospheric chemistry. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton
38          University Press.
39   Jacob, D. J.  (2000) Heterogeneous chemistry and tropospheric ozone. Atmos. Environ. 34: 2131-
40          2159.
     December 2007                            6-34        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Jacobson, M. Z. (2002) Atmospheric pollution: history, science, and regulation. New York, NY:
 2          Cambridge University Press.
 3    Jager, H.-J.; Klein, H. (1980) Biochemical and physiological effects of 862 on plants. Angew.
 4          Bot. 54: 337-348.
 5    Jakus, P.; Smith, V. K. (1991) Measuring use and nonuse values for landscape amenities: a
 6          contingent behavior analysis of gypsy moth control. Washington, DC: Resources for the
 7          Future; Discussion Paper no. QE92-07.
 8    Jassby, A. D.; Reuter, J. E.; Axler, R. P.; Goldman, C. R.; Hackley, S. H. (1994) Atmospheric
 9          deposition of N and phosphorus in the annual nutrient load of Lake Tahoe (California-
10          Nevada). Water Resour. Res. 30: 2207-2216.
11    Jaworski, N. A.; Howarth, R. W.; Hetling, L. J. (1997) Atmospheric deposition of nitrogen
12          oxides onto the landscape contributes to coastal eutrophication in the northeast United
13          States. Environ. Sci. Technol. 31: 1995-2004.
14    Jeffries, D. S., ed. (1997) Canadian acid rain assessment. Volume 3. The effects on Canada's
15          lakes, rivers and wetlands. Burlington, Ontario, Canada: Environment Canada.
16    Jeffries, D. S.; Lam, C. C. L. (1993) Assessment of the effect of acidic deposition on Canadian
17          lakes: determination of critical loads for sulphate deposition. Water Sci. Technol. 28:
18          183-187.
19    Jeffries, D. S.; Clair, T. A.; Couture, S.; Dillon, P. J.; Dupont, J.; Keller, W.; McNicol, D. K.;
20          Turner, M. A.; Vet, R.; Weeber, R. (2003) Assessing the recovery of lakes in
21          southeastern Canada from the effects of acidic deposition. R. Swedish Acad. Sci. 32(3):
22          176-182.
23    Jeremiason, J. D.; Engstrom, D. R.; Swain, E. B.; Nater, E. Q.; Johnson, B. M.; Almendinger, J.
24          E.; Monson, B. A.; Kolka, R. K. (2006) Sulfate addition increases methylmercury
25          production in an experimental wetland. Environ. Sci. Technol. 40: 3800-3806.
26    Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL). (2003) Chemical kinetics and photochemical data for use in
27          atmospheric studies. Pasadena, CA: California Institute of Technology; JPL publication
28          no. 02-25. Available: http://jpldataeval.jpl.nasa.gov/pdf/JPL_02-25_l_intro_rev0.pdf (18
29          December, 2003).
30    Johannessen, M.; Henriksen, A. (1978) Chemistry of snow meltwater: changes in concentration
31          during melting. Water Resour. Res.  14: 615-619.
32    Johnson, D. W. (1984) Sulfur cycling in forests. Biogeochemistry 1: 29-43.
33    Johnson, D. W.; Fernandez, I. J. (1992) Soil-mediated effects of atmospheric deposition on
34          eastern U.S. spruce-fir forests. In: Eagar,  C.; Adams, M. B., eds. Ecology and decline of
35          red spruce in the eastern United States. New York, NY:  Springer-Verlag; pp. 235-270.
36          (Ecology studies: v. 96).
37    Johnson, D. W.; Mitchell, M. J. (1998) Responses of forest ecosystems to changing sulfur inputs.
38          In: Maynard, D. G., ed. Sulfur in the environment. New York, NY: Marcel Dekker, Inc;
39          pp. 219-262. (Books in soils, plants,  and the environment v. 67).
      December 2007                           6-3 5        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Johnson, D. W.; Cole, D. W.; Bledsoe, C. S.; Cromack, K.; Edmonds, R. L.; Gessel, S. P.; Grier,
 2          C. C.; Richards, B. N.; Vogt, K. A. (1982a) Nutrient cycling in forests of the Pacific
 3          Northwest. In: Edmonds, R. L., ed. Analysis of coniferous forest ecosystems in the
 4          Western United States. Stroudsburg, PA: Hutchinson Ross Publishing Company; pp.  186-
 5          232. (US/IBP synthesis series: v.  14).
 6    Johnson, D. W.; Henderson, G. S.; Huff,  D. D.; Lindberg, S. E.; Richter, D. D.; Shriner, D. S.;
 7          Todd, D. E.; Turner, J. (1982b) Cycling of organic and inorganic sulphur in a chestnut
 8          oak forest. Oecologia 54: 141-148.
 9    Johnson, D. W.; Simonin, H. A.; Colquhoun, J. R.; Flack, F. M. (1987) In situ toxicity tests of
10          fishes in acid waters. Biogeochemistry  3: 181-208.
11    Johnson, D. W.; Van Miegroet, H.; Lindberg, S. E.; Todd, D. E.; Harrison, R. B. (1991) Nutrient
12          cycling in red spruce forests of the Great Smoky Mountains. Can. J. For. Res. 21:  769-
13          787.
14    Johnson, A. H.; Andersen, S. B.; Siccama, T. G. (1994a) Acid rain and soils of the Adirondacks.
15          I. Changes in pH and available calcium, 1930-1984. Can. J. For. Res. 24: 39-45.
16    Johnson, A. H.; Friedland, A. J.; Miller, E. K.; Siccama, T. G. (1994b) Acid rain and soils of the
17          Adirondacks. III. Rates of soil acidification in a montane spruce-fir forest at Whiteface
18          Mountain, New York. Can. J. For. Res. 24: 663-669.
19    Johnston, R. J.; Besedin, E. Y.; Ranson, M. H.; Helm, E. C. (2005) What determines willingness
20          to pay per fish? A meta-analysis of recreational fishing values. Mar. Resour. Econ. 21:1-
21          32.
22    Joseph, D. W.; Spicer, C. W. (1978) Chemiluminescence method for atmospheric monitoring of
23          nitric acid and nitrogen oxides. Anal. Chem.  50: 1400-1403.
24    Joslin, J. D.; Wolfe, M. H. (1992) Red spruce soil chemistry and root distribution across a cloud
25          water deposition gradient. Can. J. For. Res. 22: 893-904.
26    Junge, C. E.; Chagnon, C. W.; Manson, J. E. (1961) Stratospheric aerosols. J. Meteorol. 18: 81-
27          108.
28    Justic, D.; Rabalais, N. N.; Turner, R. E.; Wiseman Jr., W. J. (1993) Seasonal coupling between
29          riverborne nutrients, net productivity and hypoxia. Mar. Pollut. Bull. 26: 184-189.
30    Justic, D.; Rabalais, N. N.; Turner, R. E.  (1997) Impacts of climate change on net productivity of
31          coastal waters: implications for carbon budget and hypoxia. Clim. Res. 8: 225-237.
32    Kahl, J. S.; Norton, S. A.; Fernandez, I. J.; Nadelhoffer, K. J.; Driscoll, C. T.; Aber, J. D.  (1993)
33          Experimental inducement of nitrogen saturation at the watershed scale. Environ. Sci.
34          Technol. 27: 565-568.
35    Kamman, N. C.; Lorey, P. M.; Driscoll, C. T.;  Estabrook, R.; Major, A.; Pientka, B.; Glassford,
36          E. (2004) Assessment of mercury in waters, sediments and biota of New Hampshire and
37          Vermont lakes sampled using a geographically randomized design. Environ. Toxicol.
38          Chem.  23: 1172-1186.
39    Kaoru, Y. (1995) Measuring marine recreation benefits of water quality improvements by the
40          nested  random utility model.  Resour. Energy Econ. 17(2): 119-136.
      December 2007                           6-36        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Kaoru, Y.; Smith, V. K.; Liu, J. L. (1995) Using random utility models to estimate the
 2          recreational value of estuarine resources. Am. J. Agric. Econ. 77: 141-151.
 3   Kaufmann, P. R.; Herlihy, A. T.; Elwood, J. W.; Mitch, M. E.; Overton, W. S.; Sale, M. J.;
 4          Messer, J. J.; Cougan, K. A.; Peck, D. V.; Reckhow, K. H.; Kinney, A. J.; Christie, S. J.;
 5          Brown, D. D.; Hagley, C. A.; Jager, H. I. (1988) Chemical characteristics of streams in
 6          the mid-Atlantic and southeastern United States (national stream survey - phase I).
 7          Volume I: population descriptions and physico-chemical relationships. Washington, DC:
 8          U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency, Office  of Acid Deposition, Environmental
 9          Monitoring and Quality Assurance; EPA report no. EPA-600/3-88-021a.
10   Kaufmann, P. R.; Herlihy, A. T.; Mitch, M. E.; Messer, J. J.; Overton, W. S. (1991) Stream
11          chemistry in the eastern United States: 1. synoptic survey design, acid-base status, and
12          regional patterns. Water Resour. Res. 27: 611-627.
13   Kauppi, P. E.; Mielikaeinen, K.; Kuusela, K. (1992) Biomass and carbon budget of European
14          forests, 1971 to 1990. Science (Washington, DC) 256: 70-74.
15   Keck, L.; Wittmaack, K. (2005) Effect of filter type and temperature on volatilisation losses from
16          ammonium salts in aerosol matter. Atmos. Environ. 39: 4093-4100.
17   Keck, L.; Wittmaack, K. (2006) Simplified approach to measuring semivolatile inorganic
18          particulate matter using a denuded cellulose filter without backup filters.  Atmos. Environ.
19          40:7106-7114.
20   Keene, W. C.; Jacob, D. J.; Fan, S.-M. (1996) Reactive chlorine: a potential sink for
21          dimethylsulfide and  hydrocarbons in the marine boundary layer. Atmos. Environ. 30(6):
22          i-iii.
23   Keene, W. C.; Savoie, D. L. (1998) The pH of deliquesced sea-salt aerosol in polluted marine
24          air. Geophys. Res. Lett. 25: 2181-2194.
25   Keene, W. C.; Sander, R.; Pszenny, A. A. P.; Vogt, R.; Crutzen, P. J.; Galloway, J. N.  (1998)
26          Aerosol pH in the marine boundary layer: a review and model evaluation. J. Aerosol Sci.
27          29: 339-356.
28   Keene, W. C.; Khalil, M. A. K.; Erickson, D. J., Ill; McCulloch, A.; Graedel, T.  E.; Lobert, J.
29          M.; Aucott, M. L.; Gong, S. L.; Harper, D. B.; Kleiman,  G.; Midgley, P.; Moore, R. M.;
30          Seuzaret, C.; Sturges, W. T.; Benkovitz, C. M.; Koropalov, V.; Barrie, L. A.; Li, Y. F.
31          (1999) Composite global emissions of reactive  chlorine from anthropogenic and natural
32          sources: reactive chlorine emissions inventory.  J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 104: 8429-
33          8440.
34   Keene, W. C.; Pszenny, A. A. P.; Maben, J. R.; Sander, R. (2002) Variation of marine aerosol
35          acidity with particle  size. Geophys. Res. Lett. 29(7): 10.1029/2001GLO13881.
36   Keene, W. C.; Pszenny, A. A. P.; Maben, J. R.; Stevenson, E.; Wall, A.  (2004) Closure
37          evaluation of size-resolved aerosol pH in the New England coastal atmosphere during
38          summer. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 109(D23307):  10.1029/2004JD004801.
39   Keene, W. C.; Lobert, R. M.; Crutzen, P. J.; Maben, J.  R.; Scharffe, D. H.; Landmann, T.; Hely,
40          C.; Brain, C. (2006)  Emissions of major gaseous and parti culate species during
     December 2007                           6-37        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          experimental burns of southern African biomass. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]
 2          111(D04301): 10.1029/2005 JD006319.
 3   Keene, W. C.; Stutz, J.; Pszenny, A. A. P.; Maben, J. R.; Fischer, E. V.; Smith, A. M.; Von
 4          Glasow, R.; Pechtl, S.; Sive, B. C.; Varner, R. K. (2007) Inorganic chlorine and bromine
 5          in coastal New England air during summer. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 112(D10S12):
 6          10.1029/2006JD007689.
 7   Keller, W.; Gunn, J. M. (1995) Lake water quality improvements and recovering aquatic
 8          communities. In: Gunn, J. M.,  ed. Restoration and recovery of an industrial region:
 9          progress in restoring the smelter-damaged landscape near Sudbury, Canada. New York,
10          NY: Springer-Verlag; pp. 67-80.
11   Keller, W.; Pitblado, J. R. (1986) Water quality changes in Sudbury area lakes: a comparison of
12          synoptic surveys in 1974-1976 and 1981-1983. Water Air Soil Pollut. 29: 285-296.
13   Keller, W.; Yan, D.  (1991) Recovery of crustacean zooplankton species richness in Sudbury area
14          lakes following water quality improvements. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 48: 1635-1644.
15   Keller, W.; Pitblado, J. R.; Conroy, N. I. (1986) Water quality improvements in the Sudbury,
16          Ontario, Canada area related to reduced smelter emissions. Water Air Soil Pollut. 31:
17          765-774.
18   Kelly, J.; Lambert, M. J. (1972) The relationship between sulphur and nitrogen in the foliage of
19          Pinus radiata. Plant Soil 37: 395-407.
20   Kelly, C. A.; Rudd,  J. W. M.; Hesslein, R. H.; Driscoll, C. T.; Gherini, S. A.; Hecky, R. E.
21          (1987) Prediction of biological acid neutralization in acid sensitive lakes.
22          Biogeochemistry 3: 129-140.
23   Kelly, T. J.; Spicer,  C. W.; Ward, G. F. (1990) An assessment of the luminol chemiluminescence
24          technique for measurement of NC>2 in ambient air. Atmos. Environ. Part A 24: 2397-
25          2403.
26   Kelso, J. R. M.; Jeffries, D. S. (1988) Response of headwater lakes to varying atmospheric
27          deposition in north-central Ontario. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 45: 1905-1911.
28   Kemp, W. M.; Twilley, R. R.; Stevenson, J. C.; Boynton, W. R.; Means, J. C. (1983) The decline
29          of submerged vascular plants in upper Chesapeake Bay: summary of results concerning
30          possible causes. Mar. Technol. Soc. J. 17: 78-89.
31   Kenk, G.; Fischer, H. (1988) Evidence from nitrogen fertilisation in the forests of Germany.
32          Environ. Pollut. 54: 199-218.
33   Kesik, M.; Ambus, P.; Baritz, R.; Briiggemann, N.; Butterbach-Bahl, K.; Damm, M.; Duyzer, J.;
34          Horvath, L.;  Kiese, R.; Kitzler, B.; Leip, A.; Li, C.; Pihlatie, M.; Pilegaard, K.; Seufert,
35          S.; Simpson, D.;  Skiba, U.; Smiatek, G.; Vesala, T.; Zechmeister-Boltenstern, S. (2005)
36          Inventories of N2O and NO emissions from European forest soils. Biogeosciences 2: 353-
37          375.
38   Kesik, M.; Briiggemann, N.; Forkel, R.; Kiese, R.; Knoche, R.; Li, C.; Seufert, G.; Simpson, D.;
39          Butterbach-Bahl, K. (2006) Future scenarios of N2O and NO emissions from European
40          forest soils. J. Geophys. Res. [Biogeosci.] 111(G02018): 10.1029/2005JG000115.
     December 2007                            6-3 8       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Kimmel, W. G.; Murphey, D. I; Sharpe, W. E.; DeWalle, D. R. (1985) Macroinvetebrate
 2          community structure and detritus processing rates in two southwestern Pennsylvania
 3          streams acidified by atmospheric deposition. Hydrobiologia 124: 97-102.
 4   King, G. M.; Schnell, S. (1994) Ammonium and nitrate inhibition of methane oxidation by
 5          Methylobacter albus BG8 and Methylosinus trichosporium OB3b atlow methane
 6          concentrations. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 60(10): 3508-3513.
 7   Kirchner, J. W.; Lydersen, E. (1995) Base cation depletion and potential long-term acidification
 8          of Norwegian catchments. Environ. Sci. Technol. 29: 1953-1960.
 9   Kleindienst, T. E. (1994) Recent developments in the chemistry and biology of peroxyacetyl
10          nitrate. Res. Chem. Intermed. 20: 335-384.
11   Kleinman, L. I; Daum, P. H.; Imre, D. G.; Lee, J. H.; Lee, Y.-N.; Nunnermacker, L. J.;
12          Springston, S. R.; Weinstein-Lloyd, J.; Newman, L. (2000) Ozone production in the New
13          York City urban plume. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 105: 14,495-14,511.
14   Kleinman, L. L; Daum, P. H.; Lee, Y.-N.; Nunnermacker, L. J.; Springston, S. R.; Weinstein-
15          Lloyd, J.; Rudolph, J. (2001) Sensitivity of ozone production rate to ozone precursors.
16          Geophys. Res. Lett. 28: 2903-2906.
17   Klemedtsson, L.; Klemedtsson, A. K.; Moldan, F.; Weslien, P. (1997) Nitrous oxide emission
18          from Swedish forest soils in relation to liming and simulated increased N-deposition.
19          Biol. Fertil. Soils 25: 290-295.
20   Knights, J. S.; Zhao, F.  J.; Spiro, B.; McGrath,  S. P. (2000) Long-term effects of land use and
21          fertilizer treatments on sulfur cycling. J. Environ. Qual. 29: 1867-1874.
22   Kobe, R. K.; Likens, G. E.; Eagar, C. (2002) Tree seedling growth and mortality responses to
23          manipulations of calcium and aluminum in a northern hardwood forest. Can. J.  Forest.
24          Res. 32: 954-966.
25   Kochy, M.; Wilson, S. D. (2001) Nitrogen deposition and forest expansion in the Northern Great
26          Plains. J. Ecol. 89: 807-817.
27   Koerselman, W.; Van Kerkhoven, M. B.; Verhoeven, J. T. A. (1993) Release of inorganic N, P,
28          and K in peat soils; effect of temperature, water chemistry and water level.
29          Biogeochemistry 20: 63-81.
30   Kooijman, A. M.; Bakker, C. (1994) The acidification capacity of wetland bryophytes  as
31          influenced by simulated clean and polluted rain. Aquat. Bot. 48(2): 133-144.
32   Korb, J. E.; Ranker, T. A. (2001)  Changes in stand composition and structure between  1981 and
33          1996 in four Front Range plant communities in Colorado. Plant Ecol. 157: 1-11.
34   Korhonen, P.; Kulmala, M.; Laaksonen, A.; Viisanen, Y.; McGraw, R.; Seinfeld, J. H.  (1999)
35          Ternary nucleation of H2SO4, NH3, and H2O in the atmosphere. J. Geophys. Res.
36          [Atmos.] 104: 26,349-26,353.
37   Kotchenruther, R. A.; Jaffe, D. A.; Jaegle, L. (2001) Ozone photochemistry and the role of
38          peroxyacetyl nitrate in the springtime northeastern Pacific troposphere: results from the
39          Photochemical Ozone Budget of the Eastern North Pacific Atmosphere (PHOBEA)
40          campaign. J. Geophys. Res.  [Atmos.]  106: 28,731-28,742.
     December 2007                            6-39       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Koutrakis, P.; Wolfson, J. M.; Slater, J. L.; Brauer, M.; Spengler, J. D.; Stevens, R. K.; Stone, C.
 2          L. (1988a) Evaluation of an annular denuder/filter pack system to collect acidic aerosols
 3          and gases. Environ.  Sci. Technol. 22: 1463-1468.
 4    Koutrakis, P.; Wolfson, J. M.; Spengler, J. D. (1988b) An improved method for measuring
 5          aerosol strong acidity: results from a nine-month study in St. Louis, Missouri and
 6          Kingston, Tennessee. Atmos. Environ. 22: 157-162.
 7    Koutrakis, P.; Thompson, K. M.; Wolfson, J. M.; Spengler, J. D.; Keeler, G. J.; Slater, J. L.
 8          (1992) Determination of aerosol strong acidity losses due to interactions of collected
 9          particles: results from laboratory and field studies. Atmos. Environ. Part A 26: 987-995.
10    Kramer, R. A.; Holmes, T. P.; Haefele, M. (2003) Contingent valuation of forest ecosystem
11          protection. In: Sills, E. O.; Abt, K. L., eds. Forests in  a Market Economy. New York, NY:
12          Kluwer Academic Publishers; pp.  303-320.
13    Kratz, K. W.; Cooper, S.  D.; Melack, J. M. (1994) Effects of single and repeated experimental
14          acid pulses on invertebrates in a high altitude Sierra Nevada stream. Freshwater Biol.  32:
15          161-183.
16    Kristensen, H. L.; Gundersen, P.; Callesen, L; Reinds, G. J. (2004) Throughfall nitrogen
17          deposition has different impacts on soil solution nitrate concentration in European
18          coniferous and deciduous forests. Ecosystems 7: 180-192.
19    Kropff, M. J. (1991) Long-term effects of SO2 on plants, SO2 metabolism and regulation of
20          intracellular pH. Plant Soil. 131: 235-245.
21    Krug, E. C.; Isaacson, P.  J.; Frink, C. R. (1985) Appraisal of some current hypotheses describing
22          acidification of watersheds. J. Air  Pollut. Control Assoc. 35: 109-114.
23    Krupa, S. V. (2003) Effects of atmospheric ammonia (NHa) on terrestrial vegetation: a review.
24          Environ. Pollut. 124: 179-221.
25    Krupa, S. V.; Legge, A. H. (1986) Single  or joint effects of coarse and fine particulate sulfur
26          aerosols and ozone on vegetation.  In: Lee, S. D.; Schneider, T.; Grant, L. D.; Verkerk, P.
27          J., eds. Aerosols:  research, risk assessment and control strategies, proceedings of the
28          second U.S.-Dutch international symposium;  May 1985; Williamsburg, VA. Chelsea, MI:
29          Lewis Publishers, Inc.; pp. 879-887.
30    Krupa, S. V.; Legge, A. H. (1998) Sulphur dioxide, particulate sulphur and its impacts on a
31          boreal forest ecosystem. In: Ambasht, R. S., ed. Modern trends in ecology and
32          environment. Leiden, The Netherlands: Backhuys Publishers; pp. 285-306.
33    Kulmala, M.; Pirjola, L.;  Makela, J. M. (2000) Stable sulphate clusters as a source of new
34          atmospheric particles. Nature (London, U.K.) 404: 66-69.
35    Kuypers, M. M. M.; Lavik, G.; Woebken, D.;  Schmid, M.; Fuchs, B.; Amann, R.; Jorgensen, B.
36          B.; Jetten, M. S. M.  (2005) Massive nitrogen loss from the Benguela upwelling system
37          through anaerobic ammonium oxidation. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 102(18): 6478-3483.
38    Lacroix, G. L. (1985) Survival of eggs and alevins of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) in relation to
39          the chemistry of interstitial water in redds in some acidic streams of Altantic Canada.
40          Can. J. Fish. Aquat.  Sci. 42: 292-299.
      December 2007                           6-40        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Lafrancois, B. M.; Nydick, K. R.; Caruso, B. (2003) Influence of nitrogen on phytoplankton
 2          biomass and community composition in fifteen Snowy Range lakes (Wyoming, U.S.A.).
 3          Arct. Anarct. Alp. Res. 35(4): 499-508.
 4    Lafrancois, B. M.; Nydick, K. R.; Johnson, B. M.; Baron, J. S. (2004) Cumulative effects of
 5          nutrients and pH on the plankton of two mountain lakes. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 61:
 6          1153-1165.
 7    Landers, D. H.; Eilers, J. M.; Brakke, D. F.; Overton, W. S.; Kellar, P. E.; Silverstein, W. E.;
 8          Schonbrod, R. D.; Crowe, R. E.; Linthurst, R. A.; Omernik, J. M.; league, S. A.; Meier,
 9          E. P. (1987) Characteristics of lakes in the western United States - volume I: population
10          descriptions and physico-chemical relationships. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Environmental
11          Protection Agency. Available from: NTIS, Springfield, VA; PB88-146824.
12    Landers, D. H.; Overton, W. S.; Linthurst, R. A.; Brakke, D. F. (1988) Eastern lake survey:
13          regional estimates of lake chemistry. Environ. Sci. Technol. 22: 128-135.
14    Lane, D. R.; BassiriRad, H. (2002) Differential responses of tallgrass prairie species to nitrogen
15          loading and varying ratios of NO3" to NH4+. Funct. Plant Biol. 29: 1227-1235.
16    Laudon, H.; Clair, T. A.; Hemond, H. F. (2002) Long-term response in episodic acidification to
17          declining SC>42"  deposition in two streams in Nova Scotia. Hydrol. Earth Syst. Sci. 6: 773-
18          782.
19    Lawrence, G. B. (2002) Persistent episodic acidification of streams linked to acid rain effects on
20          soil. Atmos. Environ. 36: 1589-1598.
21    Lawrence, G. B.; Fuller, R. D.; Driscoll, C. T. (1987) Release of aluminum following whole-tree
22          harvesting at the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest, New Hampshire. J. Environ. Qual.
23          16: 383-390.
24    Lawrence, G. B.; David, M. B.;  Shortle, W. C. (1995) A new mechanism for calcium loss in
25          forest-floor soils. Nature (London) 378: 162-165.
26    Lawrence, G. B.; David, M. B.;  Shortle, W. S.; Bailey, S. W.; Lovett, G. M. (1999) Mechanisms
27          of base-cation depletion by acid deposition in forest soils of the northeastern US. In:
28          Horsely,  S. B.; Long, R.  P., eds. Sugar maple ecology and health: proceedings of an
29          international symposium; June 2-4 1998. Radner, PA: U.S. Department of Agriculture,
30          Forest Service; pp. 75-87.
31    Lawrence, G. B.; Lapenis, A. G.; Berggren, D.; Aparin, B. F.;  Smith, K. T.;  Shortle, W. C.;
32          Bailey, S. W.; VarlyGuin, D. L.; Babikov, B. (2005) Climate dependency of tree growth
33          suppressed by acid deposition effects on soils in northwest Russia. Environ. Sci. Technol.
34          39:2004-2010.
35    Lawrence, G. B.; Sutherland, J. W.; Boylen, C. W.; Nierzwicki-Bauer, S. A.; Momen, B.;
36          Baldigo,  B. P.; Simonin, H. A. (2007) Acid rain effects on aluminum mobilization
37          clarified by inclusion of strong organic acids. Environ. Sci. Technol. 41: 93-98.
38    Lawson, D. R. (1990) The Southern California Air Quality Study. J. Air Waste Manage. Assoc.
39          40: 156-165.
40    Leivestad, H. (1982) Physiological effects of acid stress on fish. In: Haines, T. A.; Johnson, E.,
41          eds. Acid rain/fisheries. Bethesda, MD: American Fisheries Society; pp. 157-164.
      December 2007                           6-41        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Lendzian, K. J.; Kerstiens, G. (1988) Interactions between plant cuticles and gaseous air
 2          pollutants. Aspects Appl. Biol. 17: 97-104.
 3   Lerdau, M. T.; Munger, J. W.; Jacob, D. J. (2000) The NO2 flux conundrum. Science 289: 2291,
 4          2293.
 5   Leung, F.-Y. T.; Colussi, A. J.; Hoffmann, M. R. (2002) Isotopic fractionation of carbonyl
 6          sulfide in the atmosphere: implications for the source of background stratospheric sulfate
 7          aerosol. Geophys. Res. Lett. 29: 10.1029/2001GL013955.
 8   Levelt, P. F.; Yen Den Oord, G. H. J.; Dobber, M. R.; Malkki, A.; Visser, H.; De Vries, J.;
 9          Stammes, P.; Lundell, J. O. V.; Saari, H. (2006) The ozone monitoring instrument. IEEE
10          Trans. Geosci. Remote Sens. 44: 1093-1101.
11   Levine, M. A.; Whalen, S.  C. (2001) Nutrient limitation of phytoplankton production in Alaskan
12          arctic foothill lakes. Hydrobiologia 455:  189-201.
13   Levine, S. N.; Shambaugh, A. D.; Pomeroy, S. E.; Braner, M. (1997) Phosphorus, nitrogen, and
14          silica as controls on phytoplankton biomass and species composition in Lake Champlain
15          (USA-Canada). Intern. Assoc. for Great Lakes Res. 23(2): 131-148.
16   Levine, J. S.; Bobbe, T.; Ray, N.; Witt, R. G.; Singh, A. (1999) Wildland fires and the
17          environment: a global synthesis. Nairobi, Kenya: United Nations Environment
18          Programme (UNEP), Division of Environmental Information, Assessment an Early
19          Warning (DEIA&EW); report no. UNEP/DEIAEW/TR.99.1. Available:
20          http://www.na.unep.net/publications/wildfire.pdffl7 August, 2007].
21   Li, C.; Frolking, S.; Frolking, T. A.  (1992) A model of nitrous-oxide evolution from soil driven
22          by rainfall events. 1. Model structure and sensitivity. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 97: 9759-
23          9776.
24   Li, C.; Narayanan, V.; Harriss, R. C. (1996) Model  estimates of nitrous oxide emissions from
25          agricultural lands in the United States. Global Biogeochem. Cycles  10: 297-306.
26   Li, C.; Aber, J.; Stange, F.; Butterbach-Bahl, K.; Papen, H. (2000) A process-oriented model of
27          N2O and NO emissions from forest soils: 1. Model development. J. Geophys. Res.
28          [Atmos.] 105: 4369-4384.
29   Li, J. H.; Tang, H. X.; Bai, Q. Z.; Me, Y. F.; Luan, Z. K. (2000) Aquatic acidification sensitivity
30          for regional environment: a multi-indicator evaluation approach. Water Air Soil Pollut.
31          11:251-261.
32   Liang, J.; Horowitz, L. W.; Jacob, D. J.; Wang, Y.;  Fiore, A. M.; Logan, J.  A.; Gardner, G. M.;
33          Munger, J. W. (1998) Seasonal budgets of reactive nitrogen species and ozone over the
34          United States, and export fluxes to the global atmosphere. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 103:
35          13,435-13,450.
36   Likens, G. E.; Driscoll, C. T.; Buso, D. C. (1996) Long-term effects  of acid rain: response and
37          recovery of a forest ecosystem. Science (Washington, DC) 272:  244-246.
38   Likens, G. E.; Driscoll, C. T.; Buso, D. C.; Siccama, T. G.; Johnson, C.  E.;  Lovett, G. M.; Fahey,
39          T. J.; Reiners, W. A.; Ryan, D. F.; Martin, C. W.; Bailey, S. W. (1998) The
40          biogeochemistry of calcium  atHubbard Brook. Biogeochemistry 41: 89-173.
     December 2007                           6-42       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Lilleskov, E. A.; Fahey, T. J.; Horton, T. R.; Lovett, G. M. (2002) Belowground ectomycorrhizal
 2          fungal community change over a nitrogen deposition gradient in Alaska. Ecology 83:
 3          104-115.
 4    Lindberg, S. E. (1992) Atmospheric deposition and canopy interactions of sulfur. In: Johnson, D.
 5          W.; Lindberg, S. E., eds. Atmospheric deposition and forest nutrient cycling: a synthesis
 6          of the integrated forest study. New York, NY: Springer-Verlag, Inc.; pp. 74-90. (Billings,
 7          W. D.; Golley, F.; Lange, O. L.; Olson, J. S.; Remmert, H., eds. Ecological studies:
 8          analysis and synthesis: v. 91).
 9    Linthurst, R. A.; Landers, D. H.; Eilers, J. M.; Brakke, D. F.; Overton, W. S.;  Meier, E. P.;
10          Crowe, R. E. (1986a) Characteristics of lakes in the eastern United States. Volume I.
11          Population descriptions and physico-chemical relationships. Washington, DC: U.S.
12          Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Acid Deposition, Environmental
13          Monitoring, and Quality Assurance; EPA report no. EPA-600/4-86-007a. Available from:
14          NTIS, Springfield, VA; PB87-1103 83.
15    Linthurst, R. A.; Landers, D. H.; Eilers, J. M.; Kellar, P. E.; Brakke, D. F.; Overton, W. S.;
16          Crowe, R.; Meier, E. P.; Kanciruk, P.; Jeffries, D.  S. (1986b) Regional chemical
17          characteristics of lakes in North America part II: eastern United States. Water Air Soil
18          Pollut. 31: 577-591.
19    Lipton, D. (2004) The value of improved water quality to Chesapeake Bay boaters. Mar. Resour.
20          Econ. 19: 265-270.
21    Little, E. L., Jr. (1971) Atlas of United States trees, v.  1. conifers and important hardwoods.
22          Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service. [Miscellaneous
23          Publication, no. 1146].
24    Lobert, J. M.; Scharffe, D. H.; Hao, W.-M.; Kuhlbusch, T. A.; Seuwen, R.; Warneck, P.;
25          Crutzen, P. J. (1991) Experimental evaluation of biomass burning emissions: nitrogen
26          and carbon containing compounds. In: Levine, J. S., ed. Global biomass burning:
27          atmospheric, climatic, and biospheric implications. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press; pp. 289-
28          304.
29    Lobert, J. M.; Keene, W. C.; Logan, J.  A.; Yevich, R. (1999) Global chlorine  emissions from
30          biomass burning: Reactive Chlorine Emissions Inventory. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]  104:
31          8373-8389.
32    Locke, A.; Sprules, W. G. (1994) Effects of lake acidification and recovery on the stability of
33          zooplankton food webs. Ecology 75: 498-506.
34    Lohrenz, S. E.; Fahnenstiel, G. L.; Redakje, D. G.; Lang, G. A.; Chen, X.; Dagg, M. J. (1997)
35          Variations in primary production of northern Gulf of Mexico continental shelf waters
36          linked to nutrient inputs from the Mississippi River. Mar.  Ecol. Prog. Ser. 155: 445-454.
37    Longcore, J. R.; Gill, J. D. (1993) Acidic depositions: effects on wildlife and habitats. Bethesda,
38          MD: The Wildlife Society. (Wildlife Society technical review 93-1).
39    Lovett, G. M.; Weathers, K. C.; Sobczak, W. V.  (2000) Nitrogen saturation and retention in
40          forested watersheds of the Catskill Mountains, New York. Ecol. Appl. 10:  73-84.
      December 2007                           6-43        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Lowe, P. N.; Lauenroth, W. K.; Burke, I. C. (2002) Effects of nitrogen availability on the growth
 2          of native grasses and exotic weeds. J. Range Manage. 55(1): 94-98.
 3   Luke, W. T. (1997) Evaluation of a commercial pulsed fluorescence detector for the
 4          measurement of low-level SC>2 concentrations during the Gas-Phase Sulfur
 5          Intercomparison Experiment. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 102: 16,255-16,265.
 6   Lynch, J. A.; Corbett, E. S. (1989) Hydrologic control of sulfate mobility in a forested
 7          watershed. Water Resour. Res. 25:  1695-1703.
 8   MacAvoy,  S. W.; Bulger, A. J. (1995) Survival of brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) embryos
 9          and fry in streams of different acid  sensitivity in Shenandoah National Park, USA. Water
10          Air Soil Pollut.  85: 445-450.
11   MacDonald, J. A.; Dise, N. B.; Matzner, E.; Arbruster, M.; Gundersen, P.; Forsius, M. (2002)
12          Nitrogen input together with ecosystem nitrogen enrichment predict nitrate leaching from
13          European forests. Glob. Change Biol. 8: 1028-1033.
14   MacLean, D. C.; McCune, D.  C.; Weinstein, L. H.; Mandl, R. H.; Woodruff, G N. (1968)
15          Effects of acute hydrogen fluoride and nitrogen dioxide exposures on citrus and
16          ornamental plants of central Florida. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2: 444-449.
17   MacMillan, D.; Ferrier, B.; Hanley, N.  (2001) Valuation of air pollution effects  on ecosystems: a
18          scoping study. Aberdeen, Scotland: University of Aberdeen, Department for
19          Environment, Food and Rural Affairs.
20   Magill, A. H.; Aber, J. D.; Currie, W. S.; Nadelhoffer, K. J.; Martin, M. E.; McDowell, W. H.;
21          Melillo, J. M.; Steudler, P. (2004) Ecosystem response to 15 years of chronic nitrogen
22          additions at the  Harvard Forest LTER, Massachusetts, USA. For. Ecol. Manage. 196: 7-
23          28.
24   Magnani, F. (2007) The human footprint in the carbon cycle of temperate and boreal forests.
25          Nature (London, U.K.) 447: 848-850
26   Mahrt, L. (1998) Stratified atmospheric boundary layers and breakdown of models. Theor.
27          Comput. Fluid Dyn. 11: 263-279.
28   Malley, D.  F.; Chang, P. S. (1995) Assessing the health of a zooplankton community in a small
29          Precambrian Shield lake  during recovery from experimental acidification. J. Aquat.
30          Ecosyst. Health 3: 273-286.
31   Malone, T. C. (1991) River flow, phytoplankton production and oxygen depletion in Chesapeake
32          Bay. In: Tyson,  R. V.;  Peason, T. H., eds. Modern and ancient continental shelf anoxia.
33          Geological  Society special publication no. 58. London, England: The Geological Society;
34          pp.  83-93.
35   Malone, T. C. (1992) Effects of water column processes on dissolved oxygen, nutrients,
36          phytoplankton and zooplankton. In: Smith, D. E.; Leffler, M.; Makiernan, G., eds.
37          Oxygen dynamics in Chesapeake Bay: a synthesis of recent research. College Park, MD:
38          Maryland Sea Grant College Program; pp. 61-112.
39   Marler, R. J.; Stromberg, J. C.; Pattern, D.  T. (2001) Growth response ofPopulusfremontii,
40          Salix gooddingii, and Tamarix mmosissimi seedlings under different nitrogen and
41          phosphorus concentrations. J. Arid  Environ. 49: 133-146.
     December 2007                            6-44       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Marschner, H. (1995) Sulfur. In: Mineral nutrition of higher plants. 2nd ed. London, United
 2          Kingdom: Academic Press; pp. 255-265.
 3   Martilli, A.; Neftel, A.; Favaro, G.; Kirchner, F.; Sillman, S.; Clappier, A. (2002) Simulation of
 4          the ozone formation in the northern part of the Po Valley. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]
 5          107(D22): 10.1029/2001JD000534.
 6   Martin, D.; Tsivou, M.; Bonsang, B.; Abonnel, C.; Carsey, T.; Springer-Young, M.; Pszenny, A.;
 7          Suhre, K. (1997) Hydrogen peroxide in the marine atmospheric boundary layer during the
 8          Atlantic Stratocumulus Transition Experiment/Marine Aerosol and Gas Exchange
 9          experiment in the eastern subtropical North Atlantic. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 102:
10          6003-6015.
11   Martin, R. V.; Chance, K.; Jacob, D. J.; Kurosu, T. P.; Spurr, R. J.  D.; Bucsela, E.; Gleason, J.
12          F.; Palmer, P. I.; Bey, I; Fiore, A. M.; Li,  Q.; Yantosca, R. M.; Koelemeijer, R. B. A.
13          (2002) An improved retrieval of tropospheric nitrogen dioxide from GOME. J. Geophys.
14          Res. [Atmos.] 107(D20): 10.1029/2001DOO1027.
15   Martin, R. V.; Jacob, D. J.; Chance, K. V.; Kurosu, T. P.; Palmer, P. I; Evans, M. J. (2003)
16          Global inventory of nitrogen oxide emissions constrained by space-based observations of
17          NO2 columns. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]  108(D17): 10.1029/2003JD003453.
18   Martin, R. V.; Fiore,  A. M.; Van Donkelaar, A. (2004) Space-based diagnosis of surface ozone
19          sensitivity to anthropogenic emissions. Geophys. Res. Lett. 31(L06120):
20          10.1029/2004GL019416.
21   Martin, R. V.; Parrish, D.  D.; Ryerson, T. B.; Nicks, D. K., Jr.; Chance, K.; Kurosu, T. P.; Jacob,
22          D. J.; Sturges, E. D.; Fried, A.; Wert, B. P. (2004) Evaluation of GOME satellite
23          measurements of trophospheric NO2 and HCHO using regional data from aircraft
24          campaigns in the southeastern United States. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 109(D24307):
25          10.1029/2004JD004869.
26   Martin, R. V.; Sioris, C. E.; Chance, K.; Ryerson, T. B.; Bertram, T. H.; Wooldridge, P. J.;
27          Cohen, R. C.; Neuman, J. A.; Swanson, A.; Flocke, F. M. (2006) Evaluation of space-
28          based constraints on nitrogen oxide emissions with regional aircraft measurements over
29          and downwind of eastern North America. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]  111(D15308):
30          10.1029/2005 JD006680.
31   Martinson, L.; Lamersdorf, N.; Warfvinge, P. (2005) The Soiling roof revisited - slow recovery
32          from acidification  observed and modeled despite a decade of "clean-rain" treatment.
33          Environ. Pollut. 135: 293-302.
34   Massman, W. J.; Pederson, J.; Delany, A.; Grantz, D.; Denhartog,  G.; Neumann, H. H.; Oncley,
35          S.  P.; Pearson, R.;  Shaw, R. H. (1994) An evaluation of the regional acid deposition
36          model surface module for ozone uptake at 3 sites in the San-Joaquin valley of California.
37          J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 99: 8281-8294.
38   Mathur, R.; Dennis, R. L.  (2000) A regional modeling analysis of reduced nitrogen cycling in the
39          eastern United States, p. 85-88. In: Preprints of the Symposium on Atmospheric
40          Chemistry: Issues  in the 21st Century; January; Long Beach, CA.  Boston, MA: American
41          Meteorological Society.
     December 2007                            6-45        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Matson, P. A.; Volkmann, C.; Grier, C. C.; Gower, S. T.; Billow, C. (1992) Soil nitrogen cycling
 2          and nitrous oxide flux in a Rocky Mountain Douglas-fir forest: effects of fertilization,
 3          irrigation and carbon addition. Biogeochemistry 18: 101-117.
 4   Matuszek, J. E.; Beggs, G. L. (1988) Fish species richness in relation to lake area, pH, and other
 5          abiotic factors in Ontario lakes.  Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 45: 1931-1941.
 6   Mauldin, R. L., Ill; Tanner,  D. J.; Eisele, F. L. (1998) A new chemical ionization mass
 7          spectrometer technique for the fast measurement of gas phase nitric acid in the
 8          atmosphere. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 103: 3361-3367.
 9   May, P. F.; Till, A. R.; Cumming, M. J. (1972) Systems analysis of 35sulphur kinetics in pastures
10          grazed by sheep. J. Appl. Ecol. 9: 25-49.
11   McAuley, D. G.; Longcore,  J. R. (1988) Survival of juvenile ring-necked ducks on wetlands of
12          different pH. J. Wildlife Manage. 52: 169-176.
13   McAuley, D. G.; Longcore,  J. R. (1988) Foods of juvenile ring-necked ducks: relationship to
14          wetland pH. J. Wildlife Manage. 52: 177-185.
15   McClain, M. E.; Boyer, E. W.; Dent, C. L.; Gergel, S. E.; Grimm, N. B.; Groffman, P. M.; Hart,
16          S.  C.; Harvey, J. W.; Johnston, C. A.; Mayorga, E.; McDowell, W. H.; Pinay, G. (2003)
17          Biogeochemical hot  spots and hot moments at the interface of terrestrial and aquatic
18          ecosystems. Ecosystems 6: 301-312.
19   McClenny, W. A.,  ed. (2000) Recommended methods for ambient air monitoring of NO, NO2,
20          NOy, and individual  NOZ species. Research Triangle Park, NC: U.S. Environmental
21          Protection Agency, National Exposure Research Laboratory; report no. EPA/600/R-
22          01/005.
23   McClenny, W. A.;  Williams, E. J.; Cohen, R. C.; Stutz, J. (2002)  Preparing to measure the
24          effects of the NOX SIP Call—methods for ambient air monitoring of NO, NO2, NOy, and
25          individual NOZ species. J. Air Waste Manage. Assoc. 52: 542-562.
26   McConnell, V.; Walls, M. (2005) The value of open space: evidence from studies of nonmarket
27          benefits. Washington, DC: Resources for the Future; RFF Report.
28   McCune, B. (1988) Lichen communities along Os and SO2 gradients in Indianapolis. Bryologist
29          91(3): 223-228.
30   McCune, B.; Geiser, L. (1997) Macrolichens of the Pacific Northwest. Corvallis, OR: Oregon
31          State University Press.
32   McDonald, D. G. (1983) The effects of H+ upon the gills of freshwater fish. Can. J. Zool. 61:
33          691-703.
34   McFiggans, G. (2005) Marine aerosols  and iodine emissions. Nature (London, U.K.) 433(7026):
35          E13.
36   McFiggans, G; Plane, J. M. C.; Allan, B.; Carpenter, L. J.; Coe, H.; O'Dowd, C. (2000) A
37          modeling study of iodine chemistry in the marine boundary layer. J. Geophys. Res.
38          [Atmos.]  105: 14,371-14,385.
39   McFiggans, G.; Coe,  H.; Burgess, R.; Allan, J.; Cubison, M.; Alfarra, M. R.; Saunders, R.; Saiz-
40          Lopez, A.; Plane, J. M. C.; Wevill, D.; Carpenter, L. J.; Rickard, A. R.; Monks, P. S.
     December 2007                            6-46        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          (2004) Direct evidence for coastal iodine particles from Laminaria macroalgae — linkage
 2          to emissions of molecular iodine. Atmos. Chem. Phys. 4: 701-713.
 3   McKenna, D. S.; Konopka, P.; Groofi, J.-U.; Gunther, G.; Miiller, R.; Spang, R.; Offermann, D.;
 4          Orsolini, Y. (2002) A new chemical Lagrangian model of the stratosphere (CLaMS) 1.
 5          formulation of advection and mixing. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 107(D16):
 6          10.1029/2000JD000114.
 7   McKnight, D. M.; Smith, R. L.; Bradbury, J. P.; Baron, J. S.; Spaulding, S. (1990) Phytoplankton
 8          dynamics in 3 Rocky Mountain Lakes, Colorado USA. Arct. Alp. Res. 22: 264-274.
 9   McLaughlin, S.; Percy, K. (1999) Forest health in North America:  some perspectives on actual
10          and potential roles of climate and air pollution. Water Air Soil Pollut. 116: 151-197.
11   McLaughlin, S. B.; Tjoelker, M. J. (1992) Growth and physiological changes in red spruce
12          saplings associated with acidic deposition at high elevations in the southern
13          Appalachians, USA. For. Ecol. Manage. 51: 43-51.
14   McNicol, D. K. (2002) Relation of lake acidification and recovery to fish, common loon and
15          common merganser occurrence in Algoma Lakes. Water Air Soil Pollut: Focus 2: 151-
16          168.
17   McNichol, D. K.; Bendell, B. E.; McAuley, D. (1987) Avian Trophic Relationships and Wetland
18          Acidity. Transcr. N. Amer. Wildlife Nat. Resour. Conf. 52: 619-627.
19   McNicol, D. K.; Mallory, M. L.; Wedeles, C. H. R. (1995) Assessing biological recovery of
20          acid-sensitive lakes in Ontario, Canada. Water Air Soil Pollut. 85: 457-462.
21   McNulty, S. G.; Aber, J. D.; Newman,  S. D. (1996) Nitrogen saturation in a high elevation New
22          England spruce-fir stand. For. Ecol. Manage. 84: 109-121.
23   McNulty, S. G.; Boggs, J.; Aber, J. D.; Rustad, L.; Magill, A. (2005) Red spruce ecosystem level
24          changes following 14 years of chronic N fertilization. For. Ecol. Manage. 219: 279-291.
25   McNulty, S. G.; Cohen, E. C.; Myers, J. A. M.; Sullivan, T. J.; Li,  H. (2007) Estimates of critical
26          acid loads and exceedances for forest soils  across the conterminous United States.
27          Environ. Pollut. 149: 281-292.
28   Me Williams, P. G.; Potts, W. T. W. (1978) The effects of pH and calcium concentrations on gill
29          potentials in the brown trout, Salmo trutta.  J.  Comp. Physiol. B  126: 277-286.
30   Meagher, J. F.; Cowling, E. B.; Fehsenfeld, F. C.; Parkhurst, W. J. (1998) Ozone formation and
31          transport in southeastern United States: overview of the SOS Nashville/Middle Tennessee
32          Ozone Study. J. Geophys. Res.  [Atmos.] 103: 22,213-22,223.
33   Meili, M. (1991) Fluxes, pools and turnover of mercury in Swedish forest lakes. Water Air Soil
34          Pollut. 56: 719-727.
35   Meiwes, K. J.; Khanna, P. K. (1981) Distribution and cycling of sulphur in the vegetation of two
36          forest ecosystems in an acid rain environment. Plant Soil 60: 369-375.
37   Melack, J. M.; Stoddard, J. L. (1991) Sierra Nevada, California. In: Charles, D. F., ed. Acidic
38          deposition and aquatic ecosystems: regional case studies. New York, NY: Springer-
39          Verlag; pp. 503-530.
     December 2007                            6-47       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Meng, Z.; Seinfeld, J. H. (1996) Time scales to achieve atmospheric gas-aerosol equilibrium for
 2          volatile species. Atmos. Environ. 30: 2889-2900.
 3    Michel, T. J.; Saros, J. E.; Interlandi, S. J.; Wolfe, A. P. (2006) Resource requirements of four
 4          freshwater diatom taxa determined by in situ growth bioassays using natural populations
 5          from alpine lakes. Hydrobiologia 568: 235-243.
 6    Mierle, G. (1990) Aqueous inputs of mercury to Precambrian Shield Lakes in Ontario. Environ.
 7          Toxicol. Chem. 9: 843-851.
 8    Mierle, G.; Ingram, R. (1991) The role of humic substances in the mobilization of mercury from
 9          watersheds. Water Air Soil Pollut. 56: 349-357.
10    Milberg, P.; Lamont, B. B.; Perez-Fernandez, M. A. (1999) Survival and growth of native and
11          exotic composites in response to a nutrient gradient. Plant Ecol. 145: 125-132.
12    Miller, J. D.; Lindsay, B. E (1993) Willingness to pay for a state gypsy moth control program in
13          New Hampshire: a contingent valuation case study. J. Econ. Entomol. 86: 828-837.
14    Miller, P. R.; McBride, J. R., eds. (1999) Oxidant air pollution impacts in the Montane forests of
15          southern California: a case study of the San  Bernardino Mountains. New York, NY:
16          Springer-Verlag. (Ecological Studies: v.  134.)
17    Minocha, R.; Shortle, W.  C.; Lawrence, G. B.; David, M. B.; Minocha, S. C. (1997)
18          Relationships among foliar chemistry, foliar polyamines, and soil chemistry in red spruce
19          trees growing across the northeastern United States. Plant Soil  191: 109-122.
20    Mitchell, M. J.; Harrison, R. B.; Fitzgerald, J. W.; Johnson, D. W.; Lindberg, S. E.; Zhang, Y.;
21          Autry, A. (1992a) Sulfur distribution and cycling  in forest ecosystems. In: Johnson, D.
22          W.; Lindberg, S. E., eds. Atmospheric deposition and forest nutrient cycling: a synthesis
23          of the integrated forest study. New York, NY: Springer-Verlag; pp. 90-129. (Billings, W.
24          D.; Golley, F.; Lange, O. L.; Olson, J. S.; Remmert, H., eds. Ecological studies: analysis
25          and synthesis: v. 91).
26    Mitchell, M. J.; Lindberg, S. E.; Johnson, D. W.; Lindberg, S. E. (1992b)  Sulfur, chemistry,
27          deposition, and cycling in forests. In: Johnson, D. W.; Lindberg, S. E., eds. Atmospheric
28          deposition and forest nutrient cycling: a synthesis of the integrated forest study. New
29          York: Springer-Verlag; pp. 72-149. (Billings, W.  D.; Golley, F.; Lange, O. L.; Olson, J.
30          S.; Remmert, H., eds. Ecological studies:  analysis and synthesis: v. 91).
31    Mitchell, M. J.; Driscoll, C. T.; Kahl, J. S.; Likens,  G. E.; Murdoch, P. S.; Pardo, L. H. (1996)
32          Climatic control of nitrate loss from forested watersheds in the northeast United States.
33          Environ. Sci. Technol. 30: 2609-2612.
34    Mitchell, R. J.; Sutton, M. A.; Truscott, A.-M.; Leith, I. D.; Cape, J. N.; Pitcairn, C. E. R.; Van
35          Dijk, N. (2004) Growth and tissue nitrogen  of epiphytic Atlantic bryophytes: effects of
36          increased and decreased atmospheric N deposition. Funct. Ecol. 18: 322-329.
37    Mocker, D.; Jung,  K.; Forstel, H.; Schuiirmann, G.  (1998) Isotopic and enzymatic investigations
38          into the assimilation and effect of NO2 on Cs and  C$ plants. J. Appl. Bot. 72:  186-190.
39    Mohn, J.; Schurmann, A.; Hagedorn, F.; Schleppi, P.; Bachofen, R. (2000) Increased rates of
40          denitrification in nitrogen-treated forest soils. For. Ecol. Manage. 137: 113-119.
      December 2007                            6-48        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Molot, L. A.; Dillon, P. J.; LaZerte, B. D. (1989) Changes in ionic composition of streamwater
 2          during snowmelt in central Ontario. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 46: 1658-1666.
 3   Momen, B.; Lawrence, G. B.; Nierzwicki-Bauer, S. A.; Sutherland, J. W.; Eichler, L. W.;
 4          Harrison, J. P.; Boylen, C. W.  (2006) Trends in summer chemistry linked to productivity
 5          in lakes recovering from acid deposition in the Adirondack region of New York.
 6          Ecosystems 9: 1306-1317.
 7   Moncoulon, D.; Probst, A.; Party, J. (2004) Weathering, atmospheric deposition and vegetation
 8          uptake: role for ecosystem sensitivity to acid deposition and critical load. C.R. Geosci.
 9          336: 1417-1426.
10   Moore, J. D.; Ouimet, R. (2006) Ten-year effect of dolomitic lime on the nutrition, crown vigor,
11          and growth of sugar maple. Can. J. For. Res. 36(7): 1834-1841.
12   Moore, D. R. J.; Keddy, P. A.; Gaudet, C. L.; Wisheu, I. C. (1989) Conservation of wetlands: do
13          infertile wetlands deserve a higher priority? Biol. Conserv. 47: 203-217.
14   Morey, E. R.;  Shaw, W. D. (1990) An economic model to assess the impact of acid rain: a
15          characteristics approach to estimating the demand for and benefits from recreational
16          fishing. In: Link, A. N.; Smith, V. K., eds. Recent Developments in the Modeling of
17          Technical Change and Modeling Demand for and Valuation of Recreation Resources.
18          Greenwich, CT: JAI Press Inc., pp. 195-216. (Advances in Applied Microeconomics, v.
19          5).
20   Morgan, C.; Owens, N. (2001) Benefits of water quality policies: the Chesapeake Bay. Ecol.
21          Econ. 39: 271-284.
22   Morris, J. T. (1991) Effects of nitrogen loading on wetland ecosystems with particular reference
23          to atmospheric deposition. Annu. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 22: 257-279.
24   Morth, C. M.; Torssander, P.; Kj0naas, O.  J.; Stuanes, A. O.; Moldan, F.; Giesler, R.  (2005)
25          Mineralization of organic sulfur delays recovery from anthropogenic acidification.
26          Environ. Sci. Tech. 39:  5234-5240.
27   Moss, M. R. (1978) Sources of sulfur in the environment; the global sulfur cycle. In: Nriagu, J.
28          O., ed. Sulfur in the environment: part I: the atmospheric cycle. New York, NY: John
29          Wiley and Sons, Inc.; pp. 23-50.
30   Mullen, J. K.;  Menz, F. C. (1985) The effect of acidification damages on the economic value of
31          the Adirondack Fishery to New York anglers. Am. J. Agric. Econ. 67: 112-119.
32   Munger, J. W.; Wofsy, S. C.; Bakwin, P. S.; Fan, S.-M.; Goulden, M. L.; Daube, B. C.;
33          Goldstein, A.  H. (1996) Atmospheric deposition of reactive nitrogen oxides and ozone in
34          a temperate deciduous forest and a subarctic woodland. 1. Measurements and
35          mechanisms. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 101: 12639-12657.
36   Munger, J. W.; Fan, S.-M.; Bakwin, P. S.;  Goulden, M. L.; Goldstein, A. H.; Colman, A. S.;
37          Wofsy, S. C. (1998) Regional budgets of nitrogen oxides from continental sources:
38          variations of rates for oxidation and deposition with season and distance from source
39          regions. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 103: 8355-8368.
     December 2007                           6-49        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Muniz, I. P. (1991) Freshwater acidification: its effects on species and communities of
 2          freshwater microbes, plants and animals. R. Soc. Edinburgh Sect. B: Biol. Sci. 97: 227-
 3          254
 4    Murdoch, P. S.; Stoddard, J. L. (1992) The role of nitrate in the acidification of streams in the
 5          Catskill Mountains of New York. Water Resour. Res. 28: 2707-2720.
 6    Murdoch, P. S.; Stoddard, J. L. (1993) Chemical characteristics and temporal trends in eight
 7          streams of the Catskill Mountains, New York. Water Air Soil Pollut. 67: 367-395.
 8    Murdoch, P. S.; Burns, D. A.; Lawrence, G. B. (1998) Relation of climate change to the
 9          acidification of surface waters by nitrogen deposition. Environ. Sci. Technol. 32: 1642-
10          1647.
11    Musselman, R. C.; Hudnell, L.; Williams, M. W.; Sommerfeld, R. A. (1996) Water chemistry of
12          Rocky Mountain Front Range aquatic ecosystems. Ft. Collins, CO: USD A Rocky
13          Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station; research paper RM-RP-325.
14    Myhre, G.; Berglen, T. F.; Myhre, C. E.; Isaksen, I. S. A. (2004) The radiative effect of the
15          anthropogenic influence on the stratospheric sulfate aerosol layer. Tellus Ser. B 56: 294-
16          299.
17    Nadelhoffer, K.; Downs, M.; Fry, B.; Magill, A.; Aber, J. (1999) Controls on N retention and
18          exports in a forested watershed. Environ. Monit. Assess. 55:  187-210.
19    NARSTO. (2005) Improving emission inventories for effective air quality management across
20          North America. A NARSTO assessment. Pasco, WA: The NARSTO Emission Inventory
21          Assessment Team; report no. NARSTO-05-001. Available:
22          http://www.narsto.org/section.src?SID=8 [18 April, 2006].
23    Nash, T. H., Ill; Sigal, L. L. (1999) Epiphytic lichens in the San Bernardino mountains in
24          relation to oxidant gradients. In:  Miller, P.R.; McBride, J.R. ,eds. Oxidant air pollution
25          impacts in the montane forests of southern California: a case study of the San Bernardino
26          Mountains. New York, NY: Springer-Verlag;  pp 223-234. (Ecological studies: v. 134).
27    National Acid Precipitation Assessment Program. (1998) NAPAP biennial report to Congress: an
28          integrated assessment. Silver Spring, MD:  National Science  and Technology Council,
29          Committee on Environment and  Natural Resources.
30    National Research Council. (1998) Research priorities for airborne particulate matter. I.
31          Immediate priorities and a long-range research portfolio. Washington, DC: National
32          Academy  Press. Available: http://www.nap.edu/catalog/6131.html [4 June 2003].
33    National Research Council. (2000) Clean coastal waters: understanding and reducing the effects
34          of nutrient pollution. Washington, DC:  National Academy Press. Available:
35          http://www.nap.edu/openbook.php?isbn=0309069483 [21 November, 2007].
36    National Science  and Technology Council (NSTC). (2000) Integrated assessment of hypoxia in
37          the northern Gulf of Mexico [draft]. Washington, DC: U.S. National Science and
38          Technology Council, Committee on Environment and Natural Resources.
39    Neff, J. S.; Bowman, W. D.; Holland, E. A.; Fisk, M.  C.; Schmidt, S. K. (1994) Fluxes of nitrous
40          oxide and methane from nitrogen-amended soils in a Colorado alpine ecosystem.
41          Biogeochemistry 27: 23-33.
      December 2007                           6-50        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   NEG/ECP Forest Mapping Group. (2001) Protocol for assessment and mapping of forest
 2          sensitivity to atmospheric S and N deposition. Boston, MA: New England
 3          Governors/Eastern Canadian Premiers: acid rain action plan. Action item 4: forest
 4          mapping research project. Available: http://www.ecosystems-
 5          research.com/fmi/Protocol.pdf [3 December,  2007].
 6   Nellemann, C.; Thomsen, M. G. (2001) Long-term changes in forest growth: potential effects of
 7          nitrogen deposition and acidification. Water Air Soil Pollut. 128: 197-205.
 8   Nelson, P. O. (1991) Cascade Mountains: lake chemistry and sensitivity of acid deposition. In:
 9          Charles, D. F., ed. Acidic deposition and aquatic ecosystems: regional case studies. New
10          York, NY: Springer-Verlag; pp. 531-563.
11   Newman, D. H. (1987) An econometric analysis of the southern softwood stumpage
12          market: 1950-1980. For.  Sci. 33: 932-945.
13   Neuman, J. A.; Huey, L. G; Dissly, R. W.;  Fehsenfeld, F. C.; Flocke, F.; Holecek, J. C.;
14          Holloway, J. S.; Hubler, G.; Jakoubek, R.; Nicks, D. K., Jr.; Parrish, D. D.; Ryerson, T.
15          B.; Sueper, D. T.; Weinheimer, A. J. (2002) Fast-response airborne in-situ measurements
16          of HNO3 during the Texas 2000 Air Quality Study. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 107:
17          10.1029/2001JD001437.
18   Nicholls, K. H.; Hopkins, G.  J.; Standke, S. J.; Nakamoto, L. (2001) Trends in total phosphorus
19          in Canadian nearshore waters of Laurentian Great Lakes:  1976-1999. Great Lakes Res.
20          27:402-422.
21   Nilsson, J., ed. (1986) Critical loads of nitrogen and sulphur. Copenhagen, Denmark: Council of
22          Ministers; environmental report 1986:11.
23   Nilsson, J.; Grennfelt, P., eds. (1988) Critical loads for sulphur and nitrogen: report from a
24          workshop; March; Skokloster, Sweden. Copenhagen, Denmark: Nordic Council of
25          Ministers; Milj0rapport 1988:15.
26   Nouchi, L; Mayumi, H.; Yamazoe, F. (1984) Foliar injury response of petunia and kidney bean
27          to simultaneous and alternate exposures to ozone and PAN. Atmos. Environ. 18: 453-
28          460.
29   Nriagu, J. O. (1978) Production and uses of sulfur. In: Nriagu, J. O., ed. Sulfur in the
30          environment, Part 1: the atmospheric cycle. New York: Wiley; pp.  1-21.
31   Nunnermacker,  L. J.; Imre, D.; Daum, P. H.; Kleinman, L.; Lee, Y.-N.; Lee, J. H.; Springston,
32          S. R.; Newman, L.; Weinstein-Lloyd, J.; Luke, W. T.; Banta, R.; Alvarez, R.; Senff, C.;
33          Sillman, S.; Holdren,  M.; Keigley, G. W.; Zhou, X. (1998) Characterization of the
34          Nashville urban plume on July 3 and July 18, 1995. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 103:
35          28,129-28,148.
36   Nydick, K. R.; Lafrancois, B. M.; Baron, J.  S.; Johnson, B. M. (2003) Lake-specific responses to
37          elevated atmospheric  nitrogen deposition in the Colorado Rocky Mountains, U.S.A.
38          Hydrobiologia 510: 103-114.
39   Nydick, K. R.; Lafrancois, B. M.; Baron, J.  S. (2004a) NOs uptake in shallow, oligotrophic,
40          mountain lakes: the influence of elevated NOs concentrations. J. North Am. Benthol. Soc.
41          23:397-415.
     December 2007                            6-51        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Nydick, K. R.; Lafrancois, B. M.; Baron, J. S.; Johnson, B. M. (2004b) Nitrogen regulation of
 2          algal biomass, productivity, and composition in shallow mountain lakes, Snowy Range,
 3          Wyoming, USA. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 61: 1256-1268.
 4   O'Dowd, C.; McFiggans, G.; Creasey, D. J.; Pirjola, L.; Hoell, C.; Smith, M. H.; Allan, B. J.;
 5          Plane, J. M. C.; Heard, D. E.; Lee, J. D.; Pilling, M. J.; Kulmala, M. (1999) On the
 6          photochemical production of new particles in the  coastal boundary layer. Geophys. Res.
 7          Lett. 26: 1707-1710.
 8   O'Dowd, C. D.; Jimenez, J. L.; Bahrein!, R.; Flagan, R. C.; Seinfeld, J. H.; Hameri, K.; Pirjola,
 9          L.; Kulmala, M.; Jennings, S. G.; Hoffman, T. (2002) Marine aerosol formation from
10          biogenic iodine emissions. Nature (London, U.K.) 417: 632-636.
11   Officer, C. B.; Ryther, J. H. (1980) The possible importance of silicon in marine eutrophication.
12          Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 3: 83-91.
13   Officer, C. B.; Biggs, R. B.; Taft, J. L.; Cronin, L. E.; Tyler, M. A.; Boynton, W. R. (1984)
14          Chesapeake Bay anoxia: origin, development, and significance. Science (Washington,
15          DC) 223: 22-27.
16   Oliver, B. G.; Thurman, E. M.; Malcolm, R. L. (1983) The contribution of humic substances to
17          the acidity of colored natural waters. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 47: 2031-2035.
18   Ollinger, S. V.; Smith, M. L.; Martin, M. E.; Hallett, R. A.; Goodale, C. L.;  Aber, J. D. (2002)
19          Regional variation in foliar chemistry and N cycling among forests of diverse history and
20          composition. Ecology 83: 339-355.
21   Ordonez, C.; Richter, A.; Steinbacher, M.; Zellweger, C.; NuB, H.; Burrows, J. P.; Prevot, A. S.
22          H. (2006) Comparison of 7 years of satellite-borne and ground-based tropospheric NO2
23          measurements around Milan, Italy. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 111(D05310):
24          10.1029/2005JD006305.
25   Ormerod, S. J.; Tyler, S. J. (1987) Dippers (Cinclus cinclus) and grey wagtails (Motacilla
26          cinered) as indicators of stream acidity in upland  Wales. In: Diamond, A. W.; Filion, F.
27          L., eds. The value of birds. Cambridge, United Kingdom: International Council for Bird
28          Preservation;  pp. 191-208. (ICBP technical publication no. 6).
29   Ormerod, S. J.; Tyler, S. J.; Lewis, J. M. S. (1985) Is the  breeding distribution of dippers
30          influenced by stream acidity? Bird Study 32: 32-39.
31   Ormerod, S. J.; Allinson, N.; Hudson, D.; Tyler, S. J. (1986) The distribution of breeding dippers
32          {Cinclus cinclus [L.]; Aves) in relation to stream acidity in upland Wales. Freshwater
33          Biol. 16: 501-507.
34   Orth, R. J.; Moore, K. A. (1984) Distribution and abundance of submerged aquatic vegetation in
35          Chesapeake Bay:  an historical prespective. Estuaries 7: 531-540.
36   Ott, L. E.; Pickering, K. E.; Stenchikov, G. L.; Huntrieser, H.; Schumann, U. (2007) Effects of
37          lightning NOX production during the July 21 European Lightning Nitrogen Oxides Project
38          storm studied with a three-dimensional cloud-scale chemical transport model. J.
39          Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 112(D05307): 10.1029/2006JD007365.
      December 2007                           6-52        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Padgett, P.; Allen, E. B. (1999) Differential responses to nitrogen fertilization in native shrubs
 2           and exotic annuals common to Mediterranean coastal sage scrub of California. Plant
 3           Ecol. 144:93-101.
 4    Padgett, P. E.; Allen, E. B.; Bytnerowicz, A.; Minich,  R. A. (1999) Changes in soil inorganic
 5           nitrogen as related to atmospheric nitrogenous pollutants in southern California. Atmos.
 6           Environ. 33: 769-781.

 7    Padro, J. (1996) Summary of ozone dry deposition velocity measurements and model estimates
 8           over vineyard, cotton, grass and deciduous forest in summer. Atmos. Environ. 30: 2363-
 9           2369.
10    Paerl, H. (1995) Coastal eutrophication in relation to atmospheric nitrogen deposition: current
11           perspectives. Ophelia 41: 237-259.
12    Paerl, H. (1997) Coastal eutrophi cation and harmful algal blooms: importance of atmospheric
13           deposition and groundwater as "new" nitrogen and other nutrient sources. Limnol.
14           Oceanogr. 42:  1154-1162.
15    Paerl, H. W. (2002) Connecting atmospheric nitrogen deposition to coastal eutrophication.
16           Environ. Sci. Technol. 36:  323A-326A.

17    Paerl, H.; Pinckney, J.; Fear, J.; Peierls, B.  (1998) Ecosystem responses to internal and watershed
18           organic matter loading: Consequences for hypoxia in the eutrophying Neuse River
19           Estuary, NC, USA. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 166:  17-25.
20    Paerl, H. W.; Boynton, W. R.; Dennis, R. L.; Driscoll, C. T.; Greening, H. S.; Kremer, J. N.;
21           Rabalais, N. N.; Seitzinger, S. P. (2000) Atmospheric deposition of nitrogen in coastal
22           waters: biogeochemical and ecological implications. In: Valigura, R. W.; Alexander, R.
23           B.; Castro, M.  S.; Meyers,  T. P.; Paerl, H. W.;  Stacey, P. E.; Turner, R. E., eds. Nitrogen
24           loading in coastal water bodies:  an atmospheric perspective. Washington, DC: American
25           Geophysical Union; pp. 11-52. (Coastal and Estuarine Series, Volume 57).
26    Paerl, H. W.; Dennis, R. L.; Whitall, D. R.  (2002) Atmospheric deposition of nitrogen:
27           implications for nutrient over-enrichment of coastal waters. Estuaries 25: 677-693.
28    Paerl, H. W.; Valdes, L. M.; Pinckney, J. L.; Piehler, M. F.; Dyble, J.; Moisander, P. H. (2003)
29           Phytoplankton photopigments as indicators of estuarine and coastal eutrophication.
30           BioScience 53: 953-964.
31    Palmer, S. M.; Driscoll, C. T.; Johnson, C.  E. (2004) Long-term trends in soil solution and
32           stream water chemistry at the Hubbard Brrok Experiment Forest: relationship with
33           landscape position. Biogeochemistry 68: 51-70.
34    Papen,  H.; Daum, M.; Steinkamp, R.; Butterbach-Bahl, K. (2001) N2O- and CH4-fluxes from
35           soils of a N-limited and N-fertilized spruce forest ecosystem of the temperate zone. J.
36           Appl.Bot. 75:  159-163.

37    Paquet, J.; Belanger, L. (1997) Public acceptability thresholds of clearcutting to maintain visual
38           quality of boreal balsam fir landscapes. For. Sci. 43(1): 46-55.
39    Pardo, L.  H.; Driscoll, C. T. (1996) Critical loads for nitrogen deposition: case studies at two
40           northern hardwood forests. Water Air Soil Pollut. 89: 105-128.
      December 2007                           6-53        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Parker, K. E. (1988) Common loon reproduction and chick feeding on acidified lakes in the
 2          Adirondack Park, New York. Can. J. Zool. 66: 804-810.
 3   Parker, D. R.; Zelazny, L. W.; Kinraide, T. B. (1989) Chemical speciation and plant toxicity of
 4          aqueous aluminum. In: Lewis, T. E., ed. Environmental chemistry and toxicology of
 5          aluminum. Washington, DC: American Chemical Society; pp. 117-145.
 6   Parrish, D. D.; Fehsenfeld, F. C. (2000) Methods for gas-phase measurements of ozone, ozone
 7          precursors and aerosol precursors. Atmos. Environ. 34: 1921-1957.
 8   Parrish, D. D.; Trainer, M.; Young, V.; Goldan, P. D.; Kuster, W. C.; Jobson, B. T.; Fehsenfeld,
 9          F. C.; Lonneman, W. A.; Zika, R. D.; Farmer, C. T.; Riemer, D. D.; Rodgers, M. O.
10          (1998) Internal consistency tests for evaluation of measurements of anthropogenic
11          hydrocarbons in the troposphere. J. Geophys. Res.  [Atmos.] 103: 22,339-22,359.
12   Parrish, D. D.; Trainer, M.; Hereid, D.; Williams, E. J.; Olszyna,  K. J.; Harley, R. A.; Meagher,
13          J. F.; Fehsenfeld, F. C. (2002) Decadal change in carbon monoxide to nitrogen oxide
14          ratio in U.S. vehicular emissions J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 107(D13):
15          10.1029/2001JD000720.
16   Paschke, M. W.; McLendon, T.; Redente, E. F. (2000) Nitrogen availability and old-field
17          succession in a shortgrass steppe. Ecosystems 3: 144-158.
18   Pauli D.; Peintinger M.; Schmid B. (2002) Nutrient enrichment in calcareous fens: effects on
19          plant species and community structure. Basic Appl. Ecol. 3: 255-266.
20   Peierls, B. L.; Paerl, H. W. (1997) The bioavailability of atmospheric organic nitrogen deposition
21          to coastal phytoplankton. Limnol. Oceanogr. 42: 1819-1880.
22   Pembrook, H. (2004) 2004 update: calculating critical loads of acidity and exceedances for acid-
23          impaired lakes in Vermont using the steady-state water chemistry (SSWC) model.
24   Peterjohn, W. T.; Adams, M. B.; Gilliam, F. S. (1996) Symptoms of nitrogen saturation in two
25          central Appalachian hardwood forest ecosystems. Biogeochemistry  35: 507-522.
26   Peterson, E. B.; Neitlich, P. (2001) Impacts of two coal-fired power plants on lichen
27          communities of northwestern Colorado. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of
28          Agriculture Forest Service (USDA), Forest Health Monitoring Program.
29   Peterson, R. H.; Martin-Robichaud, D. J. (1986) Growth and major inorganic cation budgets of
30          Atlantic salmon alevins at three ambient acidities. Trans. Am. Fish.  Soc. 115: 220-226.
31   Peterson, R. H.; Van Eechhaute, L. (1992) Distributions of Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, and
32          Trichoptera of three maritime catchments differing in pH. Freshwater Biol.  27: 65-78.
33   Peterson, R. H.; Daye, P. G.; Metcalfe, J. L. (1980) Inhibition of Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar)
34          hatching at low pH. Can. J. Fish. Aquat.  Sci. 37: 770-774.
35   Peterson, D. L.; Arbaugh, M. J.; Wakefield, V. A.; Miller, P. R. (1987) Evidence for growth
36          reduction in ozone injured Jeffrey pine in Sequoia and Kings Canyon National Parks.  J.
37          Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 37: 908-912.
38   Peterson, S. A.; Van Sickle, J.; Herlihy, A. T.; Hughes, R. M. (2007) Mercury concentration in
39          fish from streams and rivers throughout the western United States. Environ. Sci. Technol.
40          41:58-65.
     December 2007                            6-54       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Pickering, K. E.; Wang, Y.; Tao, W.-K.; Price, C.; Muller, J.-F. (1998) Vertical distributions of
 2          lightning NOX for use in regional and global chemical transport models. J. Geophys. Res.
 3          [Atmos.] 103:31,203-31,216.
 4    Pike, L. H. (1978) The importance of epiphytic lichens in mineral cycling. Bryologist 81: 247-
 5          257.
 6    Pikelnaya, O.; Hurlock, S. C.; Trick, S.; Stutz, J. (2005) Measurements of reactive iodine species
 7          on the Isles of Shoals, Gulf of Maine. EOS Trans. Am. Geophys. Union 86(Fall suppl.):
 8          A14A-06. Available: http://www.agu.org/meetings/fm05/fm05-
 9          sessions/fm05_A14A.html [30 August, 2007].
10    Pinto, J. P.; Turco, R. P.; Toon, O. B. (1989) Self-limiting physical and chemical effects in
11          volcanic eruption clouds. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 94: 11,165-11,174.
12    Pokharel, S. S.; Bishop, G. A.; Stedman, D. H. (2002) An on-road motor vehicle emissions
13          inventory for Denver: an efficient alternative to modeling. Atmos. Environ. 36: 5177-
14          5184.
15    Possanzini, M.; De Santis, F.; Di Palo, V. (1999) Measurements of nitric acid and ammonium
16          salts in lower Bavaria. Atmos. Environ. 33: 3597-3602.
17    Power, S. A.; Green, E. R.; Barker, C. G.; Bell, J. N. B.; Ashmore, M. R. (2006) Ecosystem
18          recovery: heathland response to a reduction in nitrogen deposition. Glob. Change Biol.
19          12:  1241-1252.
20    Prevot, A. S. H.; Staehelin, J.; Kok, G. L.; Schillawski, R. D.; Neininger, B.; Staffelbach, T.;
21          Neftel, A.; Wernli, H.; Dommen, J. (1997) The Milan photooxidant plume. J. Geophys.
22          Res. [Atmos.] 102: 23,375-23,388.
23    Price, C.; Penner, J.; Prather, M. (1997) NOX from lightning: 1. Global distribution based on
24          lightning physics. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 102: 5929-5941.
25    Pryor, S. C.; S0rensen, L. L. (2000) Nitric acid—sea salt reactions: implications for nitrogen
26          deposition to water surfaces. J. Appl. Meteorol. 39: 725-731.
27    Pszenny, A. A. P.; Moldanova, J.; Keene, W. C.; Sander, R.; Maben, J. R.; Martinez, M.;
28          Crutzen, P. J.; Perner, D.; Prinn, R. G. (2004) Halogen cycling and aerosol pH in the
29          Hawaiian marine boundary layer. Atmos. Chem. Phys.  4: 147-168.
30    Pyzik, L.; Caddick, J.; Marx, P. (2004) Chesapeake Bay: introduction to an ecosystem.
31          Annapolis, MD: Chesapeake Bay Program, EPA report no. 903-R-04-003.
32    Rabalais, N. N. (1998) Oxygen depletion in coastal waters. NOAA state of the coast report.
33          Silver Springs, MD: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Available:
34          http://oceanservice.noaa.gov/websites/retiredsites/sotc_pdf/HYP.PDF [21 November,
35          2007].
36    Rabalais, N. N. (2002) Nitrogen in aquatic ecosystems. Ambio 31: 102-112.
37    Rabalais, N. N.; Turner, R. E.; Justic, D.; Dortch, Q.; Wiseman, W. J., Jr.; Sen Gupta, B. K.
38          (1996) Nutrient changes in the Mississippi River and system responses on the adjacent
39          continental shelf. Estuaries 19: 386-407.
      December 2007                           6-55        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Raddum, G. G.; Fjellheim, A. (1984) Acidification and early warning organisms in freshwater in
 2          western Norway. Verh. - Int. Ver. Theor. Angew. Limnol. 22: 1973-1980.
 3   Raddum, G. G.; Brettum, P.; Matzow, D.; Nilssen, J. P.; Skov, A.; Svealy, T.; Wright, R. F.
 4          (1986) Liming the acid lake Hovvatn, Norway: a whole lake study. Water Air Soil Pollut.
 5          31:721-763.
 6   Radke, L. F.; Hegg, D. A.; Hobbs, P. V.; Nance, J. D.; Lyons, J. H.; Laursen, K. K.; Weiss, R.
 7          E.; Riggan, P. J.; Ward, D. E. (1991) Particulate and trace gas emissions from large
 8          biomass fires in North America. In: Levine, J. S.,  ed. Global biomass burning:
 9          atmospheric, climatic, and biospheric implications. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press; pp. 209-
10          224.
11   Rago, P. J.; Wiener, J. G. (1986) Does pH affect fish species richness when lake area is
12          considered? Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 115: 438-447.
13   Randall, A.; Kriesel, W. (1990) Evaluating national policy proposals by contingent valuation. In:
14          Johnson, G. V., Johnson, R. L., eds. Economic Valuation of Natural Resources: issues,
15          theory and applications. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, pp. 153-178.
16   Rattner, B. A.; Haramis, G. M.; Chu, D. S.; Bunck, C. M.; Scanes, C. G. (1987) Growth and
17          physiological condition of black ducks reared on acidified wetlands. Can. J. Zool. 65:
18          2953-2958.
19   Ravishankara, A. R. (1997) Heterogeneous and multiphase chemistry in the troposphere. Science
20          (Washington, DC) 276: 1058-1065.
21   Reader, J. P.; Dalziel,  T. R. K.; Morris, R. (1988) Growth, mineral uptake and skeletal calcium
22          deposition in brown trout, Salmo trutta L., yolk-sac fry exposed to aluminum and
23          manganese in soft acid water. J. Fish Biol. 32: 607-624.
24   Reavie, E. D.; Smol, J. P. (2001) Diatom-environmental relationships in 64 alkaline
25          southwestern Ontario (Canada) lakes: a diatom-based model for water quality
26          reconstructions. J. Paleolimnol. 25: 27-44.
27   Reckhow, K. H.; Black, R. W.; Stockton, T.  B., Jr.; Vogt, J. D.; Wood, J. G. (1987) Empirical
28          models offish  response to lake acidification.  Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 44: 1432-1442.
29   Redbo-Torstensson, P. (1994) The demographic consequences of nitrogen fertilization of a
30          population of sundew, Drosera rotundifolia. Acta Bot. Neerl. 43(2): 175-188.
31   Reich, P. B.; Grigal, D. F.; Aber,  J. D.; Gower, S. T.  (1997a) Nitrogen mineralization and
32          productivity in 50 hardwood and conifer stands on diverse soils. Ecology 78: 335-347.
33   Reich, P. B.; Walters, M. B.; Ellsworth,  D. S. (1997b) From tropics to tundra: global
34          convergence in plant functioning. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 94:  13730-13734.
35   Reithmeier, C.; Sausen, R. (2002) ATTILA: atmospheric tracer transport in a Lagrangian model.
36          Tellus 54B: 278-299.
37   Renberg, I; Korsman, T.; Anderson, N.  J. (1993) A temporal perspective of lake acidification in
38          Sweden. Ambio 22: 264-271.
39   Rennenberg, H. (1984) The fate of excess sulfur in higher plants. Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol. 35:
40          121-153.
     December 2007                           6-56        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Reuss, J. O. (1983) Implications of the calcium-aluminum exchange system for the effect of acid
 2          precipitation on soils. J. Environ. Qual. 12: 591-595.
 3    Reuss, J. O.; Johnson, D. W. (1985) Effect of soil processes on the acidification of water by acid
 4          deposition. J. Environ. Qual.  14: 26-31.
 5    Richardson, D. H. S.; Cameron, R. P. (2004) Cyanolichens: their response to pollution and
 6          possible management strategies for their conservation in notheastern North America.
 7          Northeast. Nat. 11: 1-22.
 8    Roberts, J. M.; Williams, J.; Baumann, K.; Buhr, M. P.; Goldan, P. D.; Holloway, J.; Hubler, G.;
 9          Kuster, W. C.; McKeen, S. A.; Ryerson, T. B.; Trainer, M.; Williams, E. J.; Fehsenfeld,
10          F. C.; Bertman, S. B.; Nouaime, G.; Seaver, C.; Grodzinsky, G.; Rodgers, M.; Young, V.
11          L. (1998) Measurements of PAN, PPN, and MPAN made during the 1994  and 1995
12          Nashville Intensives of the Southern Oxidant Study: implications for regional ozone
13          production from biogenic hydrocarbons. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 103: 22,473-22,490.
14    Rodgers, M. O.; Davis, D. D. (1989) A UV-photofragmentation/laser-induced fluorescence
15          sensor for the atmospheric detection of HONO. Environ. Sci. Technol. 23: 1106-1112.
16    Roelofs, J. G.  M. (1986) The effect of airborne sulphur and nitrogen deposition on aquatic and
17          terrestrial heathland vegetation. Experientia 42: 372-377.
18    Roem, W. J.; Berendse, F. (2000) Soil acidity and nutrient supply ratio as possible factors
19          determining changes in plant species diversity in grassland and heathland communities.
20          Biol. Cons. 92: 151-161.
21    Rose, C.; Axler, R. P. (1998) Uses of alkaline phosphatase activity in evaluating phytoplankton
22          community phosphorous deficiency. Hydrobiologia 361: 145-156.
23    Rosemond, A. D.; Reice, S. R.; Elwood, J. W.; Mulholland, P. J. (1992) The effects of stream
24          acidity on benthic invertebrate communities in the south-eastern United States.
25          Freshwater Biol. 27: 193-209.
26    Rosenberger, R.; Loomis, J. (2001) Benefit transfer of outdoor recreation use values: a technical
27          document supporting the Forest Service Strategic Plan, (2000 revision). Fort Collins, CO:
28          U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Rocky Mountain Research Station.
29          General Technical Report RMRS-GTR-72.
30    Ross, D. S.; Lawrence, G. B.; Fredriksen, G. (2004) Mineralization and nitrification patterns at
31          eight northeastern USA forested research sites. For. Ecol. Manage. 188: 317-335.
32    Rosseland, B.  O. (1986) Ecological effects of acidification on tertiary consumers:  fish population
33          response. Water Air Soil Pollut. 30: 451-460.
34    Ruddell, E. J.; Gramann,  J. H.; Rudis, V. A.; Westphal, J. M. (1989) The psychological utility of
35          visual  penetration in near-view forest scenic-beauty models. Environ. Behav. 21:  393-
36          412.
37    Rueth, H.; Baron, J. S. (2002) Differences in Englemann spruce forest biogeochemistry east and
38          west of the Continental Divide in Colorado, USA. Ecosystems 5: 45-57.
39    Rueth, H. M.;  Baron, J. S.; Allstott, E. J. (2003) Responses of Engelmann  spruce forests to
40          nitrogen fertilization in the Colorado Rocky Mountains. Ecol. Appl. 13: 664-673.
      December 2007                           6-57        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   Runn, P.; Johansson, N.; Milbrink, G. (1977) Some effects of low pH on the hatchability of eggs
 2          of perch, Percafluviatilis L. Zoon 5: 115-125.

 3   Russell, A.; Dennis, R. (2000) NARSTO critical review of photochemical models and modeling.
 4          Atmos. Environ. 34: 2283-2324.

 5   Russell, K. M.; Keene, W. C.; Maben, J. R.; Galloway, J. N.; Moody, J. L. (2003) Phase-
 6          partitioning and dry deposition of atmospheric nitrogen at the mid-Atlantic U.S. coast. J.
 7          Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 108(D21): 10.1029/2003JD003736.
 8   Russell, L. M.; Mensah, A. A.; Fischer, E. V.; Sive, B. C.; Varner, R. K.; Keene, W. C.; Stutz, J.;
 9          Pszenny, A. A. P.  (2006) Nanoparticle growth following photochemical a- and p-pinene
10          oxidation at Appledore Island during International Consortium for Research on Transport
11          and Transformation/Chemistry of Halogens at the Isles of Shoals 2004. J. Geophys. Res.
12          [Atmos.] 112: 10.1029/2006JD007736.

13   Saarnio,  S.; Saarinen, T.;  Vasander, H.; Silvola, J. (2000) A moderate increase in the annual CH4
14          efflux by raised CC>2 or NH4NO3 supply in a boreal oligotrophic mire. Glob. Change
15          Biol. 6:  137-144.
16   Saarnio,  S.; Jarvio, S.; Saarinen, T.; Vasander, H.; Silvola, J. (2003)  Minor changes in vegetation
17          and carbon gas balance in a boreal mire under a raised CC>2 or NFLJSTOs supply.
18          Ecosystems 6: 46-60.
19   Saiz-Lopez, A.; Plane, J. M. C.; Shillito, J. A. (2004) Bromine oxide in the mid-latitude marine
20          boundary layer. Geophys. Res. Lett. 31(L03111): 10.1029/2003GL018956.
21   Samson, J. C.; Shenker, J. (2000) The teratogenic effects of methylmercury on early
22          development  of the zebrafish, Danio rerio. Aquat. Toxicol. 48: 343-354.

23   Sander, R.; Rudich, Y.; Von Glasow, R.; Crutzen, P. J. (1999) The role of BrNO3 in marine
24          tropospheric chemistry: a model study. Geophys. Res. Lett. 26: 2858-2860.
25   Sander, R.; Keene, W. C.; Pszenny, A. A. P.; Arimoto, R. Ayers, G.  P.; Chainey, J. M.; Crutzen,
26          P. J.; Duce, R. A.; Huebert, B. J.; Maenhaut, W.; Turekian, V. C.; Van Dingenan, R.
27          (2003) Inorganic bromine in the marine boundary layer: a critical review. Atmos. Chem.
28          Phys. 3: 1301-1336.

29   Saros, J.  E.; Interlandi, S. J.; Wolfe, A. P.; Engstrom, D. R. (2003) Recent changes in the diatom
30          community structure of lakes in the Beartooth Mountain Range, USA. Arct. Anarct. Alp.
31          Res. 35: 18-23.
32   Saros, J.  E.; Michel, T. J.; Interlandi, S. J.; Wolfe, A. P. (2005) Resource requirements of
33          Asterionellaformosa and Fragilaria crotonensis in oligotrophic alpine lakes:
34          implications for recent phytoplankton community reorganizations. Can. J. Fish. Aquat.
35          Sci. 62:  1681-1689.
36   Sawyer, R. F.; Harley, R.  A.; Cadle,  S. H.; Norbeck, J. M.; Slott, R.; Bravo, H. A. (2000) Mobile
37          sources critical review: 1998  NARSTO assessment. Atmos. Environ. 34: 2161-2181.
38   Saxe, H. (1986) Stomatal-dependent and stomatal-independent uptake of NOX. New Phytol. 103:
39          199-205.
     December 2007                            6-58       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Schelske, C. L. (1991) Historical nutrient enrichment of Lake Ontario: paleolimnological
 2          evidence. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 48: 1529-1538.
 3    Scheuhammer, A. M.; Blancher, P. J. (1994) Potential risk to common loons (Gavia immer) from
 4          methylmercury exposure in acidified lakes. Hydrobiologia 279/280: 445-455.
 5    Scheuhammer, A. M.; Meyer, M. W.; Sandheinrich, M. B.; Murray, M. W. (2007) Effects of
 6          environmental methylmercury on the health of wild birds, mammals, and fish. Ambio 36:
 7          12-18.
 8    Schindler, D. W. (1980) The effect of fertilization with phosphorous and nitrogen versus
 9          phosphorus alone on eutrophication of experimental lakes. Limnol. Oceanogr. 25: 1149-
10          1152.
11    Schindler, D. W. (1988) Effects of acid rain on freshwater ecosystems. Science (Washington,
12          DC) 239: 232-239.
13    Schindler, D. W.; Mills, K. H.; Malley, D. F.; Findlay, D. L.; Schearer, J. A.; Davies, I. J.;
14          Turner, M. A.; Lindsey, G. A.; Cruikshank, D. R. (1985) Long-term ecosystem stress:
15          effects of years of experimental acidification on a small lake. Science (Washington, DC,
16          1979-1986)228:1395-1401.
17    Schlegel, H.; Amundson, R. G.; Hiittermann, A. (1992) Element distribution in red spruce (Picea
18          rubens) fine roots; evidence for aluminum toxicity at Whiteface Mountain. Can. J. Forest.
19          Res. 22: 1132-1138.
20    Schnug,  E. (1997) Significance of sulphur for the quality of domesticated plants. In: Cram, W. J.;
21          De Kok, L. J.; Stulen, L; Brunold, C.; Rennenberg, H., eds. Sulphur metabolism in higher
22          plants: molecular, ecophysiological and nutritional aspects. Leiden, The Netherlands:
23          Backhuys Publishers; pp.  109-130.
24    Schofield, C. L. (1993) Habitat suitability for Brook Trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) reproduction in
25          Adirondack lakes. Water Resour. Res. 29: 875-879.
26    Schofield, C. L.; Driscoll, C. T. (1987) Fish species distribution in relation to water quality
27          gradients in the North Branch of the Moose River Basin. Biogeochemistry 3: 63-85.
28    Schreck, C. B. (1981) Stress and rearing of salmonids. Aquaculture 28: 241-249.
29    Schreck, C. B. (1982) Stress and compensation in teleostean fishes: response to social and
30          physical factors.  In: Pickering, A. D., ed.  Stress and fish. New York, NY: Academic
31          Press; pp. 295-321.
32    Schrimpf, W.; Lienaerts, K.; Muller, K. P.; Rudolph, J.; Neubert, R.; SchuBler, W.; Levin, I.
33          (1996) Dry deposition of peroxyacetyl nitrate (PAN): determination of its deposition
34          velocity at night from measurements of the atmospheric PAN and 222radon concentration
35          gradient. Geophys. Res. Lett. 23:  3599-3602.
36    Scott, M. G.; Hutchinson, T. C.; Feth, M. J. (1989a) A comparison of the effects on Canadian
37          boreal forest lichens of nitric and sulphuric acids as sources of rain acidity. New Phytol.
38          111:663-671.
      December 2007                           6-59        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Scott, M. G.; Hutchinson, T. C.; Feth, M. J. (1989b) Contrasting responses of lichens and
 2          Vaccinium angustifolium to long-term acidification of a boreal forest ecosystem. Can. J.
 3          Bot. 67: 579-588.
 4    Seastedt, T. R.; Vaccaro, L. (2001) Plant species richness, productivity, and nitrogen and
 5          phosphorus limitations across a snowpack gradient in alpine tundra, Colorado, USA.
 6          Arct. Anarct. Alp. Res. 33: 100-106.
 7    Segschneider, H.-J.; Wildt, J.; Forstel, H. (1995) Uptake of 15NO2 by sunflower (Helianthus-
 8          annuus) during exposures in light and darkness: quantities, relationship to stomatal
 9          aperture and incorporation into different nitrogen pools within the plant. New Phytol.
10          131:109-119.
11    Seinfeld, J. H.; Pandis, S. N. (1998) Atmospheric chemistry and  physics: from air pollution to
12          climate change. New York, NY: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
13    Seitzinger, S.; Harrison,  J. A.; Bohlke, J. K.; Bouwman, A. F.; Lowrance, R.; Peterson, B.;
14          Tobias, C.; Van Drecht, G. (2006) Denitrification across  landscapes and waterscapes: a
15          synthesis. Ecol. Appl. 16: 2064-2090.
16    Shaw, W. D. (1989) Valuing the effect of acidification damages  on the Adirondack Fishery:
17          Comment. Am. J. Agric. Econ. 71: 217-220.
18    Shepson, P. B.; Bottenheim, J. W.; Hastie, D. R.; Venkatram, A. (1992) Determination of the
19          relative ozone and PAN deposition velocities at night. Geophys. Res. Lett.  19: 1121-
20          1124.
21    Shepson, P. B.; Mackay, E.; Muthuramu, K.  (1996) Henry's Law constants and removal
22          processes for several atmospheric p-hydroxy alkyl nitrates. Environ. Sci. Technol. 30:
23          3618-3623.
24    Sherrod, S. K.; Seastedt, T. R. (2001) Effects of the northern pocket gopher (Thomomys
25          talpoides) on alpine soil characteristics, Niwot Ridge, CO. Biogeochemistry 55:  195-218.
26    Shindell, D. T.; Faluvegi, G.; Stevenson, D.  S.; Krol, M. C.; Emmons, L. K.; Lamarque, J.-F.;
27          Petron, G.; Dentener, F. J.; Ellingsen, K.; Schultz,  M. G.; Wild, O.; Amann, M.;
28          Atherton, C. S.; Bergmann, D. J.; Bey, L; Butler, T.; Cofala, J.; Collins, W. J.; Derwent,
29          R. G.; Doherty, R. M.; Drevet, J.; Eskes, H. J.; Fiore, A. M.; Gauss, M.; Hauglustaine, D.
30          A.; Horowitz, L.  W.; Isaksen, I. S. A.; Lawrence, M. G.;  Montanaro, V.; Miiller, J.-F.;
31          Pitari, G.; Prather, M. J.; Pyle, J. A.; Rast, S.; Rodriguez, J. M.; Sanderson, M. G.;
32          Savage, N. H.; Strahan, S. E.; Sudo, K.; Szopa, S.; Unger, N.; Van Noije, T. P. C.; Zeng,
33          G. (2006) Multimodel simulations of carbon monoxide: comparison with observations
34          and projected near-future changes. J.  Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 111(D19306):
35          10.1029/2006JD007100.
36    Shortle, W. C.; Smith, K. T. (1988) Aluminum-induced calcium  deficiency syndrome in
37          declining red spruce. Science (Washington, DC) 240: 1017-1018.
38    Shortle, W. C.; Smith, K. T.; Minocha, R.; Lawrence, G. B.; David, M. B. (1997) Acidic
39          deposition, cation mobilization, and biochemical indicators of stress in healthy red
40          spruce. J. Environ. Qual. 26:  871-876.
      December 2007                           6-60        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Shriner, D. S.; Henderson, G. S. (1978) Sulfur distribution and cycling in a deciduous forest
 2           watershed. J. Environ. Qual. 7: 392-397.
 3    Siciliano, S. D.; O'Driscoll, N. J.; Tordon, R.; Hill, J.; Beauchamp, S.; Lean, D. R. S. (2005)
 4           Abiotic production of methylmercury by solar radiation. Environ. Sci. Tech. 39: 1071-
 5           1077.
 6    Sickman, J.; Melack, J.; Stoddard, J. (2002) Regional analysis of inorganic nitrogen yield and
 7           retention in high-elevation ecosystems of the Sierra Nevada and Rocky Mountains.
 8           Biogeochemistry 57/58: 341-374.
 9    Sickman, J. O.; Melack, J. M.; Clow, D. W. (2003) Evidence for nutrient enrichment of high-
10           elevation lakes in the Sierra Nevada, California. Limnol. Oceanogr. 48(5): 1885-1892.
11    Siegfried, C.  A.; Bloomfield, J. A.; Sutherland, J. W. (1989) Planktonic rotifer community
12           structure in Adirondack lakes: effects of acidity, trophic status,  and related water quality
13           characteristics. In: Sutherland, J. W., ed. Field Studies of the Biota and Selected Water
14           Chemistry Parameters in 50 Adirondack Mountain Lakes. Albany, NY: New York State
15           Department of Environmental Conservation.
16    Siegwolf, R.  T. W.; Matyssek, R.; Sauer, M.; Maurer, S.; Gunthardt-Goerg, M. S.; Schmutz, P.;
17           Bucher, J. B. (2001) Stable isotope analysis reveals differential effects of soil nitrogen
18           and nitrogen dioxide on the water use efficiency in hybrid poplar leaves. New Phytol.
19           149:233-246.
20    Siguenza, C.  (2000) Nitrogen deposition and soil microorganisms of Artemisia californica and
21           exotic grasses in southern California, (dissertation). Riverside, CA: University of
22           California.
23    Silvola, J.; Saarnio, S.; Foot, J.; Sundh, I; Greenup, A.; Heijmans, M.; Ekberg, A.; Mitchell, E.;
24           van Breeman, N. (2003) Effects of elevated CC>2 and N deposition on CH4 emissions
25           from European mires. Glob. Biogeochem. Cycles 17(2): 1068-1079.
26    Siminon, H. A.; Kretser, W. A.; Bath, D. W.; Olson, M.; Gallagher, J. (1993) In situ bioassays of
27           brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) and blacknose dace (Rhinichthys atratulus) in
28           Adirondack streams affected by episodic acidification. Can. J. Forest. Res. 50: 902-912.
29    Singh, H. B.; Kasting, J. F.  (1988) Chlorine-hydrocarbon photochemistry in the marine
30           troposphere and lower stratosphere. J. Atmos. Chem. 7: 261-285.
31    Singh, H. B.; Salas, L.; Herlth, D.; Kolyer, R.; Czech, E.; Avery, M.; Crawford, J. H.; Pierce, R.
32           B.; Sachse, G. W.; Blake, D. R.; Cohen, R. C.; Bertram, T. H.; Perring, A.; Wooldridge,
33           P. J.; Dibb, J.; Huey, G.; Hudman, R. C.; Turquety, S.; Emmons, L. K.; Flocke, F.; Tang,
34           Y.; Carmichael, G. R.; Horowitz, L. W. (2007) Reactive nitrogen distribution and
35           partitioning in the North American troposphere and lowermost stratosphere.  J. Geophys.
36           Res. [Atmos.] 112(D12S04): 10.1029/2006JD007664.
37    Smidt,  S.  (1994) Gefahrdung von Waldbaumen durch organische Luftschadstoffe [Endangering
38           of forest trees by organic air pollutants]. Z. Pflanzenkranks. Pflanzenschutz 101: 423-
39           445.
40    Smith, M. D.; Crowder, L. B. (2005) Valuing ecosystem services with fishery rents: a lumped-
41           parameter approach to hypoxia in the Neuse River Estuary. Milan, Italy: Fondazione Eni
      December 2007                           6-61        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Enrico Mattel (FEEM), NRM Nota di Lavoro (Natural Resources Management Working
 2          Papers), 115.05. Available at SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=825587 [5 November,
 3          2007].
 4    Smith, S. M.; Lee, K. D. (2006) Responses of periphyton to artificial nutrient enrichment in
 5          freshwater kettle ponds of Cape Cod National Seashore. Hydrobiologia 571: 201-211.
 6    Smith, V. K.; Palmquist, R. B.; Jakus, P. (1991) Combining Farrell Frontier and Hedonic Travel
 7          Cost models for valuing estuarine quality. Rev. Econ.  Stat. 73: 694-699.
 8    Smith, R. A.; Schwarz, G. E.; Alexander, R. B. (1997) Regional interpretation of water-quality
 9          monitoring data. Water Resour. Res. 33(12): 2781-2798.
10    Smith, M.-L.; Ollinger, S. V.; Martin, M. E.; Aber, J. D.; Hallett, R. A.; Goodale, C. L. (2002)
11          Direct estimation of aboveground forest productivity through hyperspectral remote
12          sensing of canopy nitrogen. Ecol. Appl. 12: 1286-1302.
13    Smith, A. M.; Keene, W.  C.; Maben, J. R.; Pszenny, A. A. P.; Fischer, E.; Stohl, A. (2007)
14          Ammonia sources, transport, transformation, and deposition in coastal New England
15          during summer. J. Geophys. Res.  [Atmos.] 112(D10S08): 10.1029/2006JD007574.
16    Smock, L. A.; Gazzera, S. B. (1996) Effects of experimental episodic acidification on a
17          southeastern USA blackwater stream. J. Freshwater Ecol. 11: 81-90.
18    Sollins, P.; Grier, C. C.; McCorison, F. M.; Cromack, K., Jr.; Fogel, R.; Fredriksen, R. L. (1980)
19          The internal  element cycles of an old-growth Douglas-fir ecosystem in western Oregon.
20          Ecol. Monogr. 50: 261-285.
21    Solomon, P. A.; Salmon, L. G.; Fall, T.; Cass, G. R. (1992) Spatial and temporal distribution of
22          atmospheric nitric acid and particulate nitrate concentrations in the Los Angeles area.
23          Environ. Sci. Technol. 26: 1596-1601.
24    Soulsby, C.; Turnbull, D.; Langan, S. J.; Owen, R.; Hirst, D. (1995) Long-term trends in stream
25          chemistry and biology in northeast Scotland: evidence for recovery. Water Air Soil
26          Pollut. 85: 689-694.
27    Southern Appalachian Man and the  Biosphere (SAMAB). (1996) The Southern Appalachian
28          Assessment. Aquatics technical report. Knoxville, TN: SAMAB Cooperative. Available:
29          http://samab.org/saa/reports/aquatic/aquatic.html [29 November, 2007].
30    Sparks, J. P.; Roberts, J. M.; Monson, R. K. (2003) The uptake of gaseous organic nitrogen by
31          leaves: a significant global nitrogen transfer process. Geophys. Res. Lett. 30(23):
32          10.1029/2003GL018578.
33    Spiecker, H.; Meielikainen, K.; Kohl, M.; Skovsgaard, J. (1996) Growth trends in European
34          forests: studies from 12 countries. New York, NY: Springer-Verlag. [European Forest
35          Research Institute Report 5].
36    Spurny, K. R. (1989) On the release of asbestos fibers from weathered and corroded asbestos
37          cement products. Environ. Res. 48: 100-116.
38    St. Louis, V. L.; Breebaart, L.; Barlow, J. C.  (1990) Foraging behaviour of tree swallows over
39          acidified and nonacidic lakes. Can. J. Zool. 68: 2385-2392.
     December 2007                           6-62        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    St. Louis, V. L.; Rudd, J. W. M.; Kelly, C. A.; Beaty, K. G.; Bloom, N. S.; Flett, R. J. (1994)
 2          Importance of wetlands as sources of methyl mercury to boreal forest ecosystems. Can. J.
 3          Fish. Aquat. Sci. 51(5): 1065-1076.
 4    St. Louis, V. L.; Rudd, J. W. M.; Kelly, C. A.; Beaty, K. G.; Flett, R. J.; Roulet, N. T. (1996)
 5          Production and loss of methylmercury and loss of total mercury from boreal forest
 6          catchments containing different types of wetlands. Environ. Sci. Tech. 30: 2719 -2729.
 7    Staffelbach, T.; Neftel, A.; Blatter, A.; Gut, A.; Fahrni, M.; Stahelin, J.; Prevot, A.; Hering, A.;
 8          Lehning, M.; Neininger, B.; Baumle, M.; Kok, G. L.; Dommen, J.; Hutterli, M.; Anklin,
 9          M. (1997) Photochemical oxidant formation over southern Switzerland 1. results from
10          summer 1994. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 102: 23,345-23,362.
11    Staudt, A. C.; Jacob, D. J.; Ravetta, F.; Logan, J. A.; Bachiochi, D.; Krishnamurti,  T. N.;
12          Sandholm, S. T.; Ridley, B.  A.; Singh, H. B.; Talbot, B. (2003) Sources and chemistry of
13          nitrogen oxides over the tropical Pacific. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]  108(8239):
14          10.1029/2002JD002139.
15    Stauffer, R.  E. (1990) Granite weathering and the sensitivity of alpine lakes to acid deposition.
16          Limnol. Oceanogr. 35: 1112-1134.
17    Stauffer, R.  E.; Wittchen, B. D. (1991) Effects of silicate weathering on water chemistry in
18          forested, upland, felsic terrain of the USA. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 55: 3253-3271.
19    Stein, A. F.; Lamb, D.; Draxler, R. R. (2000) Incorporation of detailed chemistry into a three-
20          dimensional Lagrangian-Eulerian hybrid model: application to regional tropospheric
21          ozone. Atmos. Environ. 34:  4361-4372.
22    Steltzer, H.; Bowman, W. D. (1998) Differential influence of plant species on soil nitrogen
23          transformations within moist meadow alpine tundra. Ecosystems 1: 464-474.
24    Steudler, P.  A.; Bowden, R. D.; Mellilo, J. M.; Aber, J. D. (1989) Influence of nitrogen
25          fertilization on methane uptake in temperate forest soil. Nature 341:314-316.
26    Stevens, C. J.; Dise, N. B.; Mountford, J. O.; Gowing, D. J. (2004) Impact of nitrogen deposition
27          on the species richness of grasslands. Science 303: 1876-1879.
28    Stevenson, D.; Dentener, F. J.; Schultz, M. G.; Ellingsen, K.; Van Noije, T. P. C.; Wild, O.;
29          Zeng, G.; Amann, M.; Atherton, C. S.; Bell, N.; Bergmann, D. J.; Bey, L; Butler, T.;
30          Cofala, J.; Collins, W. J.; Derwent, R. G.; Doherty, R. M.; Drevet, J.; Eskes, H. J.; Fiore,
31          A. M.; Gauss, M.; Hauglustaine, D. A.; Horowitz, L. W.; Isaksen, I. S. A.; Krol, M. C.;
32          Lamarque, J.-F.; Lawrence,  M. G.; Montanaro, V.; Miiller, J.-F.; Pitari, G.; Prather, M. J.;
33          Pyle, J. A.; Rast, S.; Rodriguez, J. M.; Sanderson, M. G. (2006) Multimodel ensemble
34          simulations of present-day and near-future tropospheric ozone. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]
35          111(D08301): 10.1029/2005JD006338.
36    Steyn, D. J.; Bottenheim, J. W.;  Thomson, R. B. (1997) Overview of tropospheric ozone in the
37          Lower Fraser Valley, and the Pacific '93 field study. Atmos. Environ. 31: 2025-2036.
38    Stith, J.; Dye, J.; Ridley, B.; Laroche, P.; Defer, E.; Baumann, K.; Hubler, G.; Zerr, R.;
39          Venticinque, M. (1999) NO signatures from lightning flashes. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]
40          101: 16081-16089.
      December 2007                           6-63        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Stoddard, J. L. (1991) Trends in Catskill stream water quality: evidence from historical data.
 2          Water Resour. Res. 27: 2855-2864.
 3    Stoddard, J. L. (1994) Long-term changes in watershed retention of nitrogen: its causes and
 4          aquatic consequences. In: Baker, L. A., ed. Environmental chemistry of lakes and
 5          reservoirs. Washington, DC: American Chemical Society; pp. 223-284. (Advances in
 6          chemistry series no. 237).
 7    Stoddard, J. L. (1995) Episodic acidification during snowmelt of high elevation lakes in the
 8          Sierra Nevada mountains of California. Water Air Soil Pollut. 85: 353-358.
 9    Stoddard, J. L.; Murdoch, P. S. (1991) Catskill Mountains. In: Charles, D. F., ed. Acidic
10          deposition and aquatic ecosystems: regional case studies. New York, NY: Springer-
11          Verlag; pp. 237-271.
12    Stoddard, J. L.; Jeffries, D. S.; Lukewille, A.; Clair, T. A.; Dillon, P. J.; Driscoll, C. T.; Forsius,
13          M.; Johannessen, M.; Kahl, J.  S.; Kellogg, J. H.; Kemp, A.; Mannio, J.; Monteith, D. T.;
14          Murdoch, P. S.; Patrick, S.; Rebsdorf, A.; Skjelkvale, B. L.; Stainton, M. P.; Traaen, T.;
15          Van Dam, H.; Webster, K. E.; Wieting, J.; Wilander, A. (1999) Regional trends in
16          aquatic recovery from acidification in North American and Europe. Nature (London,
17          U.K.) 401:  575-578.
18    Stoddard, J.; Kahl, J. S.; Deviney, F. A.; DeWalle, D. R.; Driscoll, C. T.; Herlihy, A. T.;
19          Kellogg, J. H.; Murdoch, P. S.; Webb, J. R.; Webster, K. E. (2003) Response of surface
20          water chemistry to the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. Research Triangle Park, NC:
21          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, National
22          Health and Environmental Effects Research Laboratory. EPA 620/R-03.001.
23    Stoklasa, J.  (1923) Die Beschadigungen der Vegetation durch Rauchgase und Fabriksexhalation
24          [Damage to vegetation from flue-gas and factory emissions]. Berlin, Germany: Urban
25          and  Schwarzenberg; pp. 101-131.
26    Stolte, W.; McCollin, T.; Noordeloos, A.; Riegman, R.  (1994) Effects of nitrogen source  on the
27          size distribution within marine phytoplankton populations. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 184:
28          83-97.
29    Strengbom, J.; Nordin, A.; Nasholm, T.; Ericson, L. (2001) Slow recovery of boreal forest
30          ecosystem following decreased nitrogen input. Funct. Ecol. 15: 451-457.
31    Stutz, J.; Hebestreit, K.; Alicke, B.; Platt, U. (1999) Chemistry of halogen ozides in the
32          troposphere: comparison of model calculations with recent field data. J. Atmos. Chem.
33          34: 65-85.
34    Stutz, J.; Ackermann, R.; Fast, J. D.; Barrie, L. (2002) Atmospheric reactive chlorine and
35          bromine  at the Great Salt Lake, Utah.  Geophys.  Res. Lett. 29: 10.1029/2002GL014812.
36    Stutz, J.; Alicke, B.; Ackermann, R.; Geyer, A.; Wang,  S.; White, A. B.; Williams, E. J.;  Spicer,
37          C. W.; Fast, J. D. (2004) Relative humidity dependence of HONO chemistry in urban
38          areas. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 109: 10.1029/2003JD004135.
39    Suding, K. N.; Miller, A. E.; Bechtold, H.; Bowman, W. D. (2006) The consequence of species
40          loss on ecosystem nitrogen cycling depends on community compensation. Ocecologia
41          149:141-149.
      December 2007                           6-64        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Suh, H. H.; Spengler, J. D.; Koutrakis, P. (1992) Personal exposures to acid aerosols and
 2          ammonia. Environ. Sci. Technol. 26: 2507-2517.
 3    Suh, H. H.; Koutrakis, P.; Spengler, J. D. (1994) The relationship between airborne acidity and
 4          ammonia in indoor environments. J. Exposure Anal. Environ. Epidemiol. 4: 1-23.
 5    Sullivan, T. J. (2000) Aquatic effects  of acidic deposition. Boca Raton, FL: Lewis Publishers.
 6    Sullivan, T. J.; Seip,  H. M.; Muniz, I.  P. (1986) A comparison of frequently used methods for the
 7          determination of aqueous aluminum. Int. J. Environ. Anal. Chem. 26: 61-75.
 8    Sullivan, T. J.; Charles, D. F.; Smol, J. P.; Gumming, B. F.; Selle, A. R.; Thomas, D. R.; Bernert,
 9          J. A.; Dixit, S. S. (1990) Quantification of changes in lakewater chemistry in response to
10          acidic deposition. Nature (London, U.K.) 345: 54-58.
11    Sullivan, T. J.; Cosby, B. J.; Webb, J. R.; Snyder,  K. U.; Herlihy, A. T.; Bulger, A. J.; Gilbert, E.
12          H.; Moore, D. (2002) Assessment of the effects  of acidic deposition on aquatic resources
13          in the Southern Appalachian Mountains. Report prepared for the Southern Appalachian
14          Mountains Initiative (SAMI).  Corvallis, OR: E&S Environmental Chemistry, Inc.
15    Sullivan, T. J.; Cosby, B. J.; Laurence, J. A.; Dennis, R. L.; Savig, K.; Webb, J. R.; Bulger, A. J.;
16          Scruggs, M.;  Gordon, C.; Ray, J.; Lee, H.; Hogsett, W. E.; Wayne, H.; Miller, D.; Kern,
17          J. S. (2003) Assessment of air quality and related values in Shenandoah National Park.
18          Philadelphia, PA: U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service, Northeast
19          Region; technical report NPS/NERCHAL/NRTR-03/090. Available:
20          http://www.nps.gov/nero/science/FINAL/shen_air_quality/shen_airquality.html  [19 June,
21          2006].
22    Sullivan, T. J.; Cosby, B. J.; Herlihy,  A. T.; Webb, J. R.; Bulger, A. J.; Snyder, K. U.; Brewer, P.
23          F.;  Gilbert, E. H.; Moore, D. L. (2004) Regional model projections of future effects of
24          sulfur and nitrogen deposition on streams in the southern Appalachian Mountains. Water
25          Resour. Res.  40(W02101): 10.1029/2003WR001998.
26    Sullivan, T. J.; Cosby, B. J.; Tonnessen, K. A.; Clow, D. W. (2005) Surface water acidification
27          responses and critical loads of sulfur and nitrogen deposition in Loch Vale Watershed,
28          Colorado. Water Resour. Res.  41(W01021): 10.1029/2004WR003414.
29    Sullivan, T. J.; Driscoll, C. T.; Cosby, B. J.; Fernandez, I. J.; Herlihy, A. T.; Zhai, J.; Stemberger,
30          R.; Snyder, K. U.; Sutherland, J. W.; Nierzwicki-Bauer, S. A.; Boylen, C. W.;
31          McDonnell, T. C.; Nowicki, N. A. (2006a) Assessment of the extent to which
32          intensively-studied lakes are representative of the Adirondack Mountain region.  Final
33          report. Albany, NY: New York State Energy Research and Development Authority
34          (NYSERDA); report 06-17. Available:
35          http://nysl.nysed.gOv/uhtbin/cgisirsi/Qcwd6NzFby/NYSL/138650099/8/4298474fl
36          November, 2007].
37    Sullivan, T. J.; Fernandez, I. J.; Herlihy, A. T.; Driscoll, C. T.; McDonnell, T. C.; Nowicki, N.
38          A.; Snyder, K. U.; Sutherland, J. W.  (2006b) Acid-base characteristics of soils in the
39          Adirondack Mountains, New York. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J. 70: 141-152.
40    Sullivan, T. J.; Cosby, B. J.; Webb, J. R.; Dennis,  R. L.; Bulger, A. J.; Deviney JR., F. A.
41          (2007a) Streamwater acid-base chemistry and critical loads of atmospheric sulfur
      December 2007                           6-65        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          deposition in Shenandoah National Park, Virginia. Environ. Monit. Assess. DOT
 2          10.1007/sl0661-007-9731-l.
 3    Sullivan, T. I; Webb, J. R.; Snyder, K. U.; Herlihy, A. T.; Cosby, B. J. (2007b) Spatial
 4          distribution of acid-sensitive and acid-impacted streams in relation to watershed features
 5          in the southern Appalachian mountains. Water Air Soil Pollut. 182: 57-71.
 6    Suns, K.; Hitchin, G. (1990) Interrelationships between mercury levels in yearling yellow perch,
 7          fish condition and water quality. Water Air Soil Pollut. 50: 255-265.
 8    Sutton, M. A.; Dragosits, U.; Tang, Y. S.; Fowler, D. (2000) Ammonia emissions from non-
 9          agricultural sources in the UK. Atmos. Environ. 34: 855-869.
10    Sverdrup, H.; Warfvinge, P. (1993) The effect of soil acidification on the growth of trees, grass
11          and herbs as expressed by the  (Ca+ Mg+ K)/A1 ratio. Lund, Sweden: Lund University,
12          Department of Chemical Engineering (Reports in ecology and environmental engineering
13          2).
14    Sverdrup, H.; Warfvinge, P.; Rabenhorst, M.; Janicki, A.; Morgan, R.; Bowman, M. (1992)
15          Critical loads and steady-state chemistry for streams in the state of Maryland. Environ.
16          Pollut. 77: 195-203.
17    Swackhamer, D. L., Paerl, H.  W.; Eisenreich, S. J.; Hurley, J.; Hornbuckle, K. C.; McLachlan,
18          M.; Mount, D.; Muir, D.; Schindler, D. (2004) Impacts of atmospheric pollutant on
19          aquatic ecosystems. Issues in Ecology 12. Washington, DC: Ecological Society of
20          America.
21    Swain, R. E. (1949) Smoke fume investigations: a historical review. Ind. Eng. Chem. 41: 2384-
22          2388.
23    Takemoto, B. K.; Bytnerowicz, A.; Fenn, M. E. (2001) Current and future effects of ozone and
24          atmospheric nitrogen deposition on California's mixed conifer forests. For. Ecol. Manage.
25          144:159-173.
26    Talbot, R. W.; Vijgen, A. S.; Harriss,  R. C. (1990) Measuring tropospheric HNO3: problems and
27          prospects for nylon filter and mist chamber techniques. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 95:
28          7553-7561.
29    Tanner, R. L.; Kelly, T. J.; Dezaro, D. A.; Forrest, J. (1989) A comparison of filter,  denuder, and
30          real-time chemiluminescence techniques for nitric acid determination in ambient air.
31          Atmos. Environ. 23: 2213-2222.
32    Taylor, O.  C.; MacLean, D. C. (1970) Nitrogen oxides and the peroxyacyl nitrates. In: Jacobson,
33          J. S.; Hill, A. C., eds. Recognition of air pollution injury to vegetation: a pictorial atlas.
34          Pittsburgh, PA: Air Pollution Control Association; pp. E1-E14.
35    Teklemariam, T. A.; Sparks, J. P. (2004)  Gaseous fluxes of peroxyacetyl nitrate (PAN) into plant
36          leaves. Plant Cell Environ. 27: 1149-1158.
37    Teklemariam, T. A.; Sparks, J. P. (2006) Leaf fluxes of NO and NC>2 in four herbaceous plant
38          species: the role of ascorbic acid. Atmos. Environ. 40: 2235-2244.
39    Temple, P. J.; Taylor, O. C. (1983) World-wide ambient measurements of peroxyacetyl nitrate
40          (PAN) and implications for plant injury. Atmos. Environ. 17: 1583-1587.
      December 2007                           6-66        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Temple, P. J.; Riechers, G. H.; Miller, P. R. (1992) Foliar injury responses of ponderosa pine
 2          seedlings to ozone, wet and dry acidic deposition, and drought. Environ. Exp. Bot. 32:
 3          101-113.
 4    Thielman, A.; Prevot, A. S. H.; Griiebler, F. C.; Staelhelin, J. (2001) Empirical ozone isopleths
 5          as a tool to identify ozone production regimes. Geophys. Res. Lett. 28: 2369-2372.
 6    Thomas, M. D. (1951) Gas damage to plants. Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol. 2: 293-322.
 7    Thomas, M. D.; Hendricks, H. R.; Hill, G. R. (1944) Some chemical reactions of sulfur dioxide
 8          after absorption by alfalfa and sugarbeets. Plant Physiol. 19: 212-226.
 9    Thompson, A. M.; Singh, H. B.;  Schlager, H. (2000) Subsonic assessment ozone and nitrogen
10          oxide experiment (SONEX) and pollution from aircraft emissions in the North Atlantic
11          Flight Corridor (POLINAT 2). J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]  105: 3595-3603.
12    Thornton, D. C.; Bandy, A. R. (1993) Sulfur dioxide and dimethyl sulfide in the central Pacific
13          troposphere. J. Atmos. Chem. 17: 1-13.
14    Thornton, D. C.; Bandy, A. R.; Blomquist, B. W.; Anderson, B. E. (1996) Impact of
15          anthropogenic and biogenic sources and sinks on carbonyl sulfide in the North Pacific
16          troposphere. J. Geophys.  Res. [Atmos.] 101: 1873-1881.
17    Thornton, D. C.; Bandy, A. R.; Blomquist, B. W.; Driedger, A. R.; Wade, T. P. (1999) Sulfur
18          dioxide distribution over  the Pacific Ocean  1991-1996. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 104:
19          5845-5854.
20    Thornton, D. C.; Bandy, A. R.; Tu, F. H.; Blomquist, B. W.; Mitchell, G. M.; Nadler, W.;
21          Lenschow, D. H. (2002) Fast  airborne sulfur dioxide measurements by atmospheric
22          pressure ionization mass  spectrometry (APIMS). J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.]  107(D22):
23          10.1029/2002JD02289.
24    Throop, H. L.; Lerdau, M. T. (2004) Effects of nitrogen deposition on insect herbivory:
25          implications for community and ecosystem processes. Ecosystems 7: 109-133.
26    Tilman, D.; Wedin, D. (1991) Dynamics of nitrogen competition between successional grasses.
27          Ecology 72: 1038-1049.
28    Tingey, D. T.; Hodsett, W. E.; Henderson,  S. (1990) Definition of adverse effects for the purpose
29          of establishing secondary national ambient air quality standards. J. Environ.  Qual. 19:
30          635-639.
31    Tomassen, H. B. M.; Smolders, A. J.  P.; Limpens, J.; Lamers, L. P. M.; Roelofs, J. G. M. (2004)
32          Expansion of invasive species on ombrotrophic bogs: dessication or high N deposition? J.
33          Appl.Ecol. 41(1): 139-150.
34    Toumi, R. (1994) BrO as  a sink for dimethylsulfide in the marine atmosphere. Geophys. Res.
35          Lett. 21: 117-120.
36    Townsend, C. R.; Hildrew, A. G.; Francis, J. (1983) Community structure in some southern
37          English streams: the influence of physiochemical factors. Freshw. Biol. 13: 521-544.
38    Townsend, A. R.; Braswell, B. H.; Holland, E. A.; Penner, J. E. (1996) Spatial and temporal
39          patterns in terrestrial carbon storage due to deposition of fossil fuel nitrogen. Ecol. Appl.
40          6(3): 806-814.
     December 2007                           6-67        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Townsend, A. R.; Howarth, R. W.; Bazzaz, F. A.; Booth, M. S.; Cleveland, C. C.; Collinge, S.
 2          K.; Dobson, A. P.; Epstein, P. R.; Holland, E. A.; Keeney, D. R.; Mallin, M. A.; Rogers,
 3          C. A.; Wayne, P.; Wolfe, A. H. (2003) Human health effects of a changing global
 4          nitrogen cycle. Front. Ecol. Environ. 1: 240-246.
 5    Trainer, M.; Parrish, D. D.; Golday, P. D.; Roberts, 1; Fehsenfeld, F. C. (2000) Review of
 6          observation-based analysis of the regional factors influencing ozone concentrations.
 7          Atmos. Environ. 34: 2045-2061.
 8    Treiman, T.;  Gartner,  J. (2006) Are residents willing to pay for their community forests? Results
 9          of a contingent valuation survey in Missouri, USA. Urban Stud. 43: 1537-1547.
10    Treves, K.; Shragina,  L.;  Rudich, Y. (2000) Henry's Law constants of some P-, y-, and 5-hydroxy
11          alkyl  nitrates of atmospheric interest. Environ. Sci. Technol. 34: 1197-1203.
12    Turekian, V.  C.; Macko,  S. A.; Keene, W. C. (2001) Application of stable sulfur isotopes to
13          differentiate sources of size-resolved paniculate sulfate in polluted marine air at Bermuda
14          during spring.  Geophys. Res. Lett. 28: 1491-1494.
15    Turk, J. T.; Spahr, N.  E. (1991) Rocky Mountains. In: Charles, D. F., ed. Acidic deposition and
16          aquatic ecosystems: regional case studies. New York, NY:  Springer-Verlag, Inc.; pp.
17          471-501.
18    Turner, J.; Lambert, M. J. (1980) Sulfur nutrition of forests. In: Shriner, D. S.; Richmond, C. R.;
19          Lingberg, S. E., eds. Atmospheric sulfur deposition: environmental impact and health
20          effects, proceedings of the second life sciences symposium; October 1979; Gatlinburg,
21          TN. Ann Arbor, MI: Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Inc.; pp. 321-333.
22    Turner, J.; Lambert, M. J.; Gessel, S.  P. (1977) Use of foliage sulphate concentrations to predict
23          response to urea application by Douglas-fir. Can. J. For. Res. 7: 476-480.
24    Turner, R. S.; Cook, R. B.; Van Miegroet, H.; Johnson, D. W.; Elwood, J. W.; Bricker, O. P.;
25          Lindberg, S. E.; Hornberger, G. M. (1991) Watershed and lake processes affecting
26          surface water acid-base chemistry. In: Irving, P. M., ed. Acidic deposition: state of
27          science and technology, volume II, aquatic processes and effects. Washington, DC: The
28          U.S. National  Acid Precipitation Assessment Program. (Acidic deposition: state of
29          science and technology report 10).
30    Turner, R. E.; Qureshi, N.; Rabalais, N. N.; Dortch, Q.; Justic, D.;  Shaw, R. F.; Cope, J. (1998)
31          Fluctuating silicate:nitrate  ratios and coastal plankton food webs. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci.
32          95(22): 13048-13051.
33    Turnipseed, A. A.; Huey, L. G.; Nemitz, E.; Stickel, R.; Higgs, J.;  Tanner, D.  J.; Slusher, D. L.;
34          Sparks, J. P.; Flocke, F.; Guenther, A. (2006) Eddy covariance fluxes of peroxyacetyl
35          nitrates (PANs) and NOy to a coniferous forest. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 111(D09304):
36          10.1029/2005 JD006631.
37    Twilley, R. R.; Kemp, W. M.; Staver, K. W.; Stevenson, J. C.; Boynton, W. R. (1985) Nutrient
38          enrichment of estuarine submersed vascular plant communities. 1. Algal growth and
39          effects on production of plants and associated communities. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 23:
40          179-191.
      December 2007                           6-68        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Tyler, S. J.; Ormerod, S. J. (1992) A review of the likely causal pathways relating the reduced
 2          density of breeding dippers Cinclus cinclus to the acidification of upland streams.
 3          Environ. Pollut. 78: 49-55.
 4    U.S. Code. (2003a) Clean Air Act, "section"108, air quality criteria and control techniques. U. S.
 5          C. 42: §7408.
 6    U.S. Code. (2003b) Clean Air Act, "section" 109, national ambient air quality standards. U. S. C.
 7          42: §7409.
 8    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1971) Air quality criteria for nitrogen oxides.
 9          Washington, DC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Air Pollution Control Office;
10          EPA report no. AP-84. Available from: NTIS,  Springfield, VA; PB-197333/BE.
11    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1973) Effects of sulfur oxides in the atmosphere on
12          vegetation; revised chapter 5 for "air quality criteria for sulfur oxides." Research Triangle
13          Park, NC: National Environmental Research Center, Office of Research and
14          Development; report no. EPA/R3-73-030. Available from: NTIS, Springfield, VA; PB-
15          226314.
16    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1974) A preliminary report on asbestos in the Duluth,
17          Minnesota area. Washington, DC: Office of Technical Analysis.
18    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1982a) Air quality criteria for oxides of nitrogen.
19          Research Triangle Park, NC: Office  of Health and Environmental Assessment,
20          Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office; EPA report no. EPA-600/8-82-026.
21          Available from: NTIS, Springfield, VA; PB83-131011.
22    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1982b) Review of the national ambient air quality
23          standards for  sulfur oxides: assessment of scientific and technical information, OAQPS
24          staff paper. Research Triangle Park,  NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards;
25          report no. EPA-450/5-82-007. Available from: NTIS, Springfield, VA; PB84-102920.
26    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1982c) Air quality criteria for particulate matter and
27          sulfur oxides. Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Health and Environmental
28          Assessment, Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office; EPA report no. EPA-600/8-
29          82-029aF-cF. 3v. Available from: NTIS, Springfield, VA; PB84-156777.
30    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1984a) The acidic deposition phenomenon and its
31          effects: critical assessment review papers.  Volume I: atmospheric sciences. Washington,
32          DC: Office of Research and Development; report no. EPA-600/8-83-016-AF.
33    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1984b) The acidic deposition phenomenon and its
34          effects: critical assessment review papers.  Volume II: effects  sciences. Washington, DC:
35          Office of Research and Development; report no. EPA-600/8-83-016-BF.
36    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1985) The acidic deposition phenomenon and its
37          effects: critical assessment document. Washington, DC: Office of Acid Deposition,
38          Environmental Monitoring, and Quality Assurance, report no. EPA/600/8-85/001.
39          Available from: NTIS, Springfield, VA; PB85-233393.
40    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1991) Guideline for regulatory application of the urban
41          airshed model. Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and
     December 2007                            6-69        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          Standards; report no. EPA-450/4-91-013. Available from: NTIS, Springfield, VA; PB92-
 2          108760.
 3   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1993a) Air quality criteria for oxides of nitrogen.
 4          Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Health and Environmental Assessment,
 5          Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office; report nos. EPA/600/8-91/049aF-cF. 3v.
 6          Available from: NTIS, Springfield, VA; PB95-124533, PB95-124525, and PB95-124517.
 7   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1993b) Ambient air quality surveillance.  Final rule. F.
 8          R. (February 12): 8452-8475.
 9   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1995a) Review of the national ambient air quality
10          standards for nitrogen dioxide: assessment of scientific and technical information.
11          Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards; report no.
12          EPA/452/R-95-005.
13   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1995b) Acid deposition standard feasibility study.
14          Report to Congress. Washington, DC: Office of Air and Radiation; report no. EPA 430-
15          R-95-OOla.
16   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1996) Air quality criteria for ozone and related
17          photochemical oxidants. Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Research and
18          Development; report nos. EPA/600/AP-93/004aF-cF. 3v. Available from: NTIS,
19          Springfield, VA; PB96-185582, PB96-185590, and PB96-185608. Available:
20          http://cfpub2.epa.gov/ncea/.
21   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1997) National air pollutant emission trends 1990-1996.
22          Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards; report no.
23          EPA/454/R-97/011.
24   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1999a) Getting started: emissions inventory methods
25          for PM-2.5. Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards,
26          Emission Factor and Inventory Group; EIIP  document series - volume IX. Available:
27          http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/eiip/techreport/volume09/index.html [7 May 2003].
28   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (1999b) Deposition of air pollutants to the great waters
29          — third report to Congress. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.
30          Available: http://www.epa.gov/air/oaqps/gr8water/3rdrpt/index.html  [23 November,
31          2007].
32   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2000a) Air quality criteria for carbon monoxide.
33          Research Triangle Park, NC: National Center for Environmental Assessment; report no.
34          EPA/600/P-99/001F. Available: http://www.epa.gov/ncea/pdfs/coaqcd.pdf [19 April
35          2007].
36   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2000b) Deposition of air pollutants to the great waters.
37          Third report to Congress. [Executive  Summary]. Research Triangle Park, NC: U.S.
38          Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards; report
39          no. EPA-453/R-00-005.
40   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2002) A framework for the economic assessment of
41          ecological benefits. Washington, DC: Science Policy Council, Social Sciences Discussion
42          Group, Ecological Benefit Assessment Workgroup.


     December 2007                           6-70        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2004) Air quality criteria for particulate matter.
 2          Research Triangle Park, NC: National Center for Environmental Assessment; report no.
 3          EPA/600/P-99/002aF-bF. 2v. Available: http://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/ [9 November, 2004].
 4   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2005) Technical assistance document (TAD) for
 5          precursor gas measurements in the NCore multi-pollutant monitoring network. Version 4.
 6          Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards; report no.
 7          EPA-454/R-05-003.
 8   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2005) Review of the national ambient air quality
 9          standards for paniculate matter: policy assessment of scientific and technical information.
10          OAQPS staff paper. Research Triangle Park, NC: Office of Air Quality Planning and
11          Standards; report no. EPA/452/R-05-005a. Available:
12          http://www.epa.gov/ttn/naaqs/standards/pm/data/pmstaffpaper_20051221 .pdf [13
13          February, 2007].
14   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2006a) Air quality criteria for ozone and related
15          photochemical oxidants. Research Triangle Park, NC: National Center for  Environmental
16          Assessment; report no. EPA/600/R-05/004aF-cF. 3v. Available:
17          http://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/ [24 March, 2006].
18   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2006b) Acid rain program (ARP) 2005 progress report.
19          Washington, DC: Office of Air and Radiation, Clean Air Markets Division; EPA-430-R-
20          06-015. Available:  http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/progress/docs/2005report.pdffl2
21          March, 2007].
22   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2006c) Wadeable streams assessment: a  collaborative
23          survey of the nation's streams. Washington, DC: Office of Research and Development,
24          Office of Water; report no. EPA 841-B-06-002. Available:
25          http://www.epa.gOv/owow/streamsurvey/pdf/W SA_Assessment_May2007.pdf [30
26          November, 2007].
27   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2007a) Draft plan for review of the Secondary National
28          Ambient Air Quality Standards for nitrogen dioxide and sulfur dioxide [draft]. Research
29          Triangle Park, NC: National Center for Environmental Assessment. Available:
30          http://www.epa.gov/ttn/naaqs/standards/no2so2sec/data/20070927_draft_revi ew_plan.pdf
31          [17 December, 2007].
32   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2007b) Inventory of U.S. greenhouse gas emissions and
33          sinks: 1990—2005. Washington, DC: Office of Atmospheric Programs; report no.  EPA
34          430-R-07-002. Available:
35          http://www.epa.gov/climatechange/emissions/usinventoryreport.html [14 December,
36          2007].
37   United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE). (2004) Manual on methodologies
38          and criteria for modeling and mapping critical loads and levels and air pollution effects,
39          risks, and trends. Geneva, Switzerland: Convention on Long-Range Transboundary Air
40          Pollution. Available: http://www.icpmapping.org [16 August, 2006].
41   United States General Accounting Office. (2000) Acid rain emissions trends and effects in the
42          Eastern United States. Washington, DC: U.S. General Accounting Office.  GAO/RCED-
43          00-47.


     December 2007                            6-71       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE  OR CITE

-------
 1    Valiela, I; Costa, J. E. (1988) Eutrophi cation of Buttermilk Bay, a Cape Cod coastal
 2          embayment: concentrations of nutrients and watershed nutrient budgets. Environ.
 3          Manage. 12: 539-553.
 4    Valiela, I; Costa, J. E.; Foreman, K. (1990) Transport of groundwater-borne nutrients from
 5          watersheds and their effects on coastal waters. Biogeochemistry 10: 177-197.
 6    Valigura, R. A.; Alexander, R. B.; Brock, D. A.; Castro, M. S.; Meyers, T. P.; Paerl, H. W.;
 7          Stacey, P. E.; Stanley, D., eds. (2000) An assessment of nitrogen inputs to coastal areas
 8          with an atmospheric perspective. In: Nitrogen loading in coastal water bodies: an
 9          atmospheric perspective. Washington, DC: American Geophysical Union. [AGU Coastal
10          Estuaries Series, no. 57].
11    Van Aardenne, J. A.; Dentener, F. J.; Olivier, J. G. J.; Klein Goldewijk, C. G. M.; Lelieveld, J.
12          (2001) A 1° x 1° resolution data set of historical anthropogenic trace gas emissions for
13          the period 1980-1990. Global Biogeochem. Cycles 15: 909-928.
14    Van Egmond, K.; Bresser, T.; Bouwman, L. (2002) The European nitrogen case. Ambio 31: 72-
15          78.
16    Van Haluwyn, C.; Van Herk, C. M. (2002) Bioindication: the community approach. In: Nimis, P.
17          L.; Scheidegger, C.; Wolseley, P. A., eds. Monitoring with lichens: monitoring lichens.
18          Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publishers; pp. 39-64.
19    Van Herk, C. M. (1999) Mapping of ammonia pollution with epiphytic lichens in the
20          Netherlands. Lichenologist 31: 9-20.
21    Van Houtven, G.; Powers, J.; Pattanayak, S. (2007) Valuing water quality improvements using
22          meta-analysis: Is the glass half-full or half-empty for national policy analysis? Resour.
23          Energy Econ. 29(3): 206-228.
24    Van Miegroet, H.; Cole, D. W.; Foster, N. W. (1992) Nitrogen distribution and cycling. In:
25          Johnson, D.  W.; Lindberg, S. E., eds. Atmospheric deposition and forest nutrient cycling:
26          a synthesis of the integrated forest study. New York, NY: Springer-Verlag; pp. 178-196.
27          (Billings, W. D.; Golley, F.; Lange, O. L.; Olson, J. S.; Remmert, H., eds.  Ecological
28          studies: analysis and synthesis: v. 91).
29    Van Noije, T. P. C.; Eskes, H. J.; Dentener, F. J.; Stevenson, D. S.; Ellingsen, K.; Schultz,  M.  G.;
30          Wild, O.; Amann, M.; Atherton, C. S.; Bergmann, D. J.; Bey, L; Boersma, K. F.; Butler,
31          T.; Cofala, J.; Drevet, J.; Fiore, A. M.;  Gauss, M.; Hauglustaine, D. A.; Horowitz, L. W.;
32          Isaksen, I. S. A.; Krol, M. C.; Lamarque, J.-F.; Lawrence, M. G.; Martin, R. V.;
33          Montanaro, V.; Muller, J.-F.; Pitari, G.; Prather, M. J.; Pyle, J. A.; Richter, A.;
34          Rodriguez, J. M.; Savage, N. H.;  Strahan, S. E.; Sudo, K.; Szopa, S.; Van Roozendael, M.
35          (2006) Multi-model ensemble simulations of tropospheric NO2 compared with GOME
36          retrievals for the year 2000. Atmos. Chem. Phys. Discuss. 6:  2965-3047.
37    Van Sickle, J.; Baker, J. P.; Simonin, H. A.; Baldigo, B. P.; Kretser, W. A.; Sharpe, W. E. (1996)
38          Episodic acidification of small streams in the northeastern United States: fish mortality in
39          field bioassays. Ecol. Appl. 6: 408-421.
40    Vautard, R.; Martin, D.; Beekman, M.; Drobinski, P.; Friedrich, R.; Jaubertie, A.; Kley, D.;
41          Lattuati, M.; Moral, P.; Neininger, B.; Theloke, J. (2002) Paris  emission inventory
      December 2007                           6-72        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1          diagnostics from the ESQUIF airborne measurements and a chemistry transport model. J.
 2          Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 108(D17): 10.1029/2002JD002797.
 3    Vaux, H. J., Jr.; Gardner, P. D.; Mills, T. J. (1984) Methods for assessing the impact of fire on
 4          forest recreation. Berkeley, CA: U.S. Department of Agriculture Forest Service. Pacific
 5          Southwest Forest and Range Experiment Station, General Technical Report PSW-79.
 6    Venterea, R. T.; Groffman, P. M.; Verchot, L. V.; Magill, A. H.; Aber, J. D.; Steudler, P. A.
 7          (2003) Nitrogen oxide gas emissions from temperate forest soils receiving long-term
 8          nitrogen inputs. Glob. Change Biol. 9: 346-357.
 9    Venterea, R. T.; Groffman, P. M.; Verchot, L. V.; Magill, A. H.; Aber, J. D.  (2004) Gross
10          nitrogen process rates in temperate forest soils exhibiting symptoms of nitrogen
11          saturation. For. Ecol. Manage. 196: 129-142.
12    Vertucci, F. A.; Eilers, J. M. (1993) Issues in monitoring wilderness lake chemistry: a case study
13          in the Sawtooth Mountains, Idaho. Environ. Monit. Assess. 28: 277-294.
14    Vitousek, P. M.; Howarth, R. W. (1991) Nitrogen limitation on land and in the sea: how can it
15          occur? Biogeochemistry 13: 87-115.
16    Vitousek, P. M.; Aber, J. D.; Howarth, R. W.; Likens, G. E.; Matson, P. A.; Schindler, D. W.;
17          Schlesinger, W. H.; Tilman, D. G. (1997) Human alteration of the global nitrogen cycle:
18          sources and consequences. Ecol. Appl. 7: 737-750.
19    Vogt, R.; Crutzen,  P. J.;  Sander, R. (1996) A mechanism for halogen release from sea-salt
20          aerosol in the remote marine boundary layer. Nature (London, U.K.)  383: 327-330.
21    Vogt, R.; Sander, R.; Von Glasow, R.; Crutzen, P. J. (1999) Iodine chemistry and its role in
22          halogen activation and ozone loss in the marine boundary layer: a model study. J. Atmos.
23          Chem. 32: 375-395.
24    Von Glasow, R.; Von Kuhlmann, R.; Lawrence, M. G.; Platt, U.; Crutzen, P. J. (2004) Impact of
25          reactive bromine chemistry in the troposphere. Atmos. Chem. Phys. 4: 2481-2497.
26    Wagner, T.; Leue,  C.; Wenig, M.; Pfeilsticker, K.; Platt, U. (2001) Spatial and temporal
27          distribution of enhanced boundary layer BrO concentrations measured by the GOME
28          instrument  aboard ERS-2. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 106: 24,225-24,235.
29    Waiwood, B. A.; Haya, K. (1983) Levels of chorionase activity during embryonic development
30          of Salmo salar under acid conditions. Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 30: 511-515.
31    Wall, D. H.; Moore, J. C. (1999) Interactions underground: soil biodiversity, mutualism, and
32          ecosystem processes. BioScience 49: 109-117.
33    Walsh, R. G.; Bjonback, R.  D.; Aiken, R. A.; Rosenthal, D. H. (1990) Estimating the public
34          benefits of protecting forest quality. J. Environ. Manage. 30: 175-189.
35    Wang, Y.; DeSilva, A. W.; Goldenbaum, G.  C.; Dickerson, R. R. (1998) Nitric oxide production
36          by simulated lightning: dependence on current, energy, and pressure. J. Geophys. Res.
37          [Atmos.] 103:  19,149-19,159.
38    Warby, R. A. F.; Johnson, C. E.; Driscoll, C. T. (2005) Chemical recovery of surface waters
39          across the northeastern U.S. from reduced inputs of acidic deposition: 1984-2001.
40          Environ. Sci. Tech. 39: 6548-6554.
     December 2007                            6-73       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Ward, B. B. (2003) Significance of anaerobic ammonium oxidation in the ocean. Trends
 2          Microbiol. 11(9): 408-410.
 3    Warneck, P. (1999) The relative importance of various pathways for the oxidation of sulfur
 4          dioxide and nitrogen dioxide in sunlit continental fair weather clouds. Phys. Chem.
 5          Chem. Phys. 1: 5471-5483.
 6    Watras, C. J.; Morrison, K. A.; Regnell, O.; Kratz, T. K. (2006) The methylmercury cycle in
 7          Little Rock Lake during experimental acidification and recovery. Limnol. Oceanogr.
 8          51(1): 257-270.
 9    Wayland, M.; McNicol, D. K. (1990) Status report on the effects of acid precipitation on
10          common loon reproduction in Ontario:  the Ontario Lakes loon survey. Ottawa, ON,
11          Canada: Canadian Wildlife Service.
12    Webb, J. R.; Cosby, B. J.; Deviney, F. A., Jr.; Eshleman, K. N.; Galloway, J. N. (1995) Change
13          in the acid-base status of an Appalachian Mountain catchment following forest
14          defoliation by the gypsy moth. Water Air Soil Pollut. 85: 535-540.
15    Webb, J. R.; Cosby, B. J.; Deviney, F. A.; Galloway, J. N.; Maben, S. W.; Bulger, A. J.  (2004)
16          Are brook trout streams in western Virginia and Shenandoah National Park recovering
17          from acidification? Environ.  Sci. Technol. 38:  4091-4096.
18    Weber, J. H. (1993) Review of possible paths for abiotic methylation of mercury(II) in the
19          aquatic environment. Chemosphere 26: 2063-2077.
20    Weber, P.; Nufibaum,  S.; Fuhrer, J.;  Gfeller, H.; Schlunegger, U. P.; Brunold, C.; Rennenberg,
21          H. (1995) Uptake of atmospheric 15NO2 and its incorporation into free amino-acids in
22          wheat (Triticum-aestivum). Physiol. Plant. 94:  11-11.
23    Weber, P.; Thoene, B.; Rennenberg, H. (1998) Absorption of atmospheric NO2 by spruce (Picea
24          abies) trees. III. Interaction with nitrate reductase activity in the needles and phloem
25          transport. Bot.  Acta 111: 377-382.
26    Webster, K. L.; Creed, I. F.; Nicholas, N.  S.; Miegroet, H. V. (2004) Exploring interactions
27          between pollutant emissions  and climatic variability in growth of red spruce in the Great
28          Smoky  Mountains National Park. Water Air Soil Pollut.  159: 225-248.
29    Wedemeyer, G. A.; Barton, B. A.; MeLeay, D. J. (1990) Stress and acclimation. In: Schreck, C.
30          B.; Moyle, P. B., eds. Methods for fish biology. Bethesda, MD: American Fisheries
31          Society; pp. 178-196.
32    Wedin, D. A.; Tilman, D. (1996) Influence of nitrogen loading and species composition on the
33          carbon balance of grasslands. Science (Washington, DC) 274: 1720-1723.
34    Weiss, S. B. (1999) Cars, cows, and checkerspot butterflies: nitrogen deposition and
35          management of nutrient-poor grasslands for a threatened species. Conserv. Biol. 13:
36          1476-1486.
37    Wellburn A. R. (1990) Why are atmospheric oxides of nitrogen usually phytotoxic and not
38          alternative fertilizers? New Phytol. 115: 395-429.
39    Wesely,  M. L. (1989)  Parameterization of surface resistances to  gaseous dry deposition in
40          regional-scale numerical models.  Atmos. Environ. 23: 1293-1304.
      December 2007                           6-74        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Wesely, M. L.; Hicks, B. B. (1977) Some factors that affect the deposition rates of sulfur dioxide
 2           and similar gases on vegetation. J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 27: 1110-1116.
 3    Wesely, M. L.; Hicks, B. B. (2000) A review of the current status of knowledge on dry
 4           deposition. Atmos. Environ. 34: 2261-2282.
 5    Westerling, A. L.; Hildalgo, H. G.; Cayan, D. R.; Swetnam, T. W. (2006) Warming and earlier
 6           spring increase western U.S. forest wildfire activity. Science (Washington, DC, U.S.)
 7           313:940-943.
 8    Westman, W. E.; Preston, K. P.; Weeks, L. B. (1985) SO2 effects on the growth of native plants.
 9           In:  Winter, W. E.; Mooney, H. A.; Goldstein, R. A., eds. Sulfur dioxide and vegetation:
10           physiology, ecology, and policy issues. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press; pp. 264-
11           279.
12    Whitall, D. R.; Paerl, H. W. (2001) Importance of atmospheric nitrogen deposition to the Neuse
13           River estuary, North Carolina. J. Environ. Qual. 30: 1508-1515.
14    Whitehead, J. C.; Groothuis, P. A. (1992) Economic benefits of improved water quality: a case
15           of North Carolina's  Tar-Pamlico River. Rivers 3(3): 170-178.
16    Whittier, T. R.; Paulsen,  S.  B.; Larsen, D. P.; Peterson, S. A.; Herlihy, A. T.; Kaufmann, P. R.
17           (2002) Indicators of ecological stress and their extent in the population of northeastern
18           lakes:  a regional assessment. Bioscience 52: 235-247.
19    Wiener, J.  G.; Krabbenhoft, D. P.; Heinz, G. H.; Scheuhammer, A. M. (2003) Ecotoxicology of
20           mercury. In: Hoffman, D. J.; Rattner, B. A.; Burton, G. A.; Cairns, J., eds. Handbook of
21           Ecotoxicology. 2nd ed. Boca Raton, Florida: CRC Press; pp. 409-643.
22    Wigington, P. J., Jr.; Baker, J. P.; DeWalle, D. R.; Kretser, W. A.; Murdoch, P. S.; Simonin, H.
23           A.; Van Sickle, J.; McDowell, M. K.; Peck, D. V.; Barchet, W. R. (1996) Episodic
24           acidification of small streams in the northeastern United States: episodic response project.
25           Ecol. Appl. 6(2):  374-388.
26    Wilcox, G.; Decosta, J. (1982) The effect of phosphorus and nitrogen addition on the algal
27           biomass and species composition of an acidic lake. Arch. Hydrobiol. 94: 393-424.
28    Williams, M.; Tonnessen, K. (2000) Critical loads for inorganic nitrogen deposition in the
29           Colorado Front Range, USA. Ecol. Appl. 10: 1648-1665.
30    Williams, E. J.; Parrish, D.  D.; Fehsenfeld, F. C. (1987) Determination of nitrogen oxide
31           emissions from soils: results from a grassland site in Colorado, United States. J. Geophys.
32           Res. [Atmos.] 92: 2173-2179.
33    Williams, E. J.; Guenther, A.; Fehsenfeld, F. C. (1992) An inventory of nitric oxide emissions
34           from soils in the United States. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 97: 7511-7519.
35    Williams, M. W.; Baron, J.  S.; Caine, N.;  Sommerfeld, R.; Sanford, R. (1996a) Nitrogen
36           saturation in the Rocky Mountains. Environ. Sci. Technol.  30: 640-646.
37    Williams, M. W.; Platts-Mills, T.; Caine, N. (1996b) Landscape controls on surface water nitrate
38           concentrations at  catchment and regional scales in the Colorado Rocky Mountains. Sun
39           River, OR: Chapman conference: nitrogen cycling in forested catchments.
40    Willig, R. D. (1976)  Consumer's surplus without apology. Am. Econ. Rev. 66: 589-597.
      December 2007                           6-75        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Winberry, W. T., Jr.; Ellestad, T.; Stevens, B. (1999) Compendium method IO-4.2:
 2          determination of reactive acidic and basic gases and strong acidity of atmospheric fine
 3          particles (< 2.5 um). Compendium of methods for the determination of inorganic
 4          compounds in ambient air. Cincinnati, OH: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
 5          Center for Environmental Research Information; report no. EPA/625/R-96/010a.
 6          Available: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/files/ambient/inorganic/mthd-4-2.pdff2 May,
 7          2007].
 8    Winfrey, M. R.; Rudd, J. W. M. (1990) Environmental factors affecting the formation of
 9          methylmercury in low pH lakes. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 9: 853-869.
10    Wislicenus, H. (1914) Sammlung von Abhandlungen uber Abgase und Rauschaden. Berlin,
11          Germany: P Parey.
12    Wittig, A. E.; Solomon, P. A. (2006) Preface: special issue of atmospheric environment for
13          particulate matter supersites program and related studies. Atmos. Environ. 40(suppl. 2):
14          179-181.
15    Wold, A. P.; Hershey, A. E. (1999) Spatial and temporal variability of nutrient limitation in 6
16          North Shore tributaries to Lake Superior. J. North Am. Benthol. Soc. 18: 2-14.
17    Wolfe, A. P.; Baron,  J. S.; Cornett, R. J. (2001) Anthropogenic nitrogen deposition induces rapid
18          ecological changes in alpine lakes of the Colorado Front Range (USA). J. Paleolimnol.
19          25: 1-7.
20    Wolfe, A. P.; Van Gorpe, A. C.; Baron, J. S. (2003) Recent ecological and biogeochemical
21          changes in alpine lakes of Rocky Mountain National Park (Colorado, USA): a response to
22          anthropogenic nitrogen deposition. Geobiology 1(2): 153-168.
23    Wolfe, A. P.; Cooke, C. A.; Hobbs, W. O. (2006) Are current rates of atmospheric nitrogen
24          deposition influencing lakes in the eastern Canadian Arctic? Arct.  Anarct.  Alp. Res.
25          38(3): 465-476.
26    Wolff, G. T. (1993) On a NOx-focused control strategy to reduce 03.  J. Air Waste Manage.
27          Assoc. 43: 1593-1596.
28    Wood, C. M.; McDonald, D. G. (1982) Physiological mechanisms of acid toxicity to fish. In:
29          Johnson, R. E., ed. Acid rain/fisheries. Bethesda, MD: American Fisheries Society; pp.
30          197-226.
31    Wood, C. M.; McDonald, D. G. (1987) The physiology of acid/aluminum stress in trout. Ann.
32          Soc. R. Zool.  Belg. 177(suppl 1): 399-410.
33    Woodward, D. F. (1991) Sensitivity of greenback cutthroat trout to acidic pH and elevated
34          aluminum. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 120: 34-42.
35    Woodward, R. T.; Wui, Y.-S. (2001) The economic value of wetland services: a meta-analysis.
36          Ecol.  Econ. 37: 257-270.
37    Woodward, D. F.; Farag, A. M.; Mueller, M. E.; Little, E. E.; Vertucci, F. A. (1989) Sensitivity
38          of endemic Snake River cutthroat trout to acidity and elevated aluminum. Trans. Am.
39          Fish. Soc. 118: 630-641.
      December 2007                           6-76        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
 1    Xun, L.; Campbell, N. E. R.; Rudd, J. W. M. (1987) Measurements of specific rates of net
 2          methyl mercury production in the water column and surface sediments. Can. J. Fish.
 3          Aquat. Sci. 44: 750-757.
 4    Yan, N. D.; Keller, W.; Somers, K. M.; Pawson, T. W.; Girard, R. E. (1996a) Recovery of
 5          crustacean zooplankton communities from acid and metal contamination: comparing
 6          manipulated and reference lakes. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 53:  1301-1327.
 7    Yan, N. D.; Welsh, P. G.; Lin, H.; Taylor, D. J.; Filion, J.-M. (1996b) Demographic and genetic
 8          evidence of the long-term recovery of Daphnia galeata mendotae (Crustacea:
 9          Daphniidae) in Sudbury lakes following additions of base: the role of metal toxicity. Can.
10          J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 53: 1328-1344.
11    Yoshida, L. C.; Allen, E. B. (2001) Response to ammonium and nitrate by a mycorrhizal annual
12          invasive grass and native shrub in southern California. Am. J. Bot. 88: 1430-1436.
13    Young, V. L.; Kieser, B. N.; Chen, S. P.; Niki, H. (1997) Seasonal trends and local influences on
14          nonmethane hydrocarbon  concentrations in the Canadian boreal forest. J. Geophys. Res.
15          [Atmos.] 102: 5913-5918.
16    Zanis, P.; Trickl, T.;  Stohl, A.; Wernli, H.; Cooper, O.; Zerefos, C.; Gaeggeler, H.; Schnabel, C.;
17          Tobler, L.; Kubik, P. W.; Priller, A.; Scheel, H. E.; Kanter, H. J.; Cristofanelli, P.;
18          Forster, C.; James, P.; Gerasopoulos, E.; Delcloo, A.; Papayannis, A.; Claude, H. (2003)
19          Forecast, observation and modelling of a deep stratospheric intrusion event over Europe.
20          Atmos. Chem. Phys. 3: 763-777.
21    Zavaleta, E. S.; Shaw, M. R.; Chiariello, N. R.; Thomas, B. D.; Cleland, E. E.; Field, C. B.;
22          Mooney, H. A. (2003) Grassland responses to three years of elevated temperature, CC>2,
23          precipitation, and N deposition. Ecol. Monogr. 73(4): 585-604.
24    Zhai, J.; Driscoll, C.  T.;  Sullivan, T. J.; Cosby, B. J. (2007) Regional application of the PnET-
25          BGC model to assess historical acidification of Adirondack Lakes. Water Resour. Res.:
26          submitted.
27    Zhang, J.-Z.; Millero, F. J. (1991) The rate of sulfite  oxidation in seawater. Geochim.
28          Cosmochim. Acta 55: 677-685.
29    Zhang, L.; Song, C.;  Zheng, X.; Wang, D.; Wang, Y. (2007) Effects of nitrogen on the
30          ecosystem respiration, CH4 and N2O emissions to the atmosphere from the freshwater
31          marshes in northeast China. Environ. Geol. 52: 529-539.
32    Zhou, X.; Civerolo, K.; Dai, H. (2002a) Summertime nitrous acid chemistry in the atmospheric
33          boundary layer at a rural site in New York state. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 107(D21):
34          10.1029/2001JD001539.
35    Zhou, X. L.; He, Y.; Huang, G; Thornberry, T. D.; Carroll, M. A.; Bertman, S. B. (2002b)
36          Photochemical production of nitrous acid on glass sample manifold surface. Geophys.
37          Res. Lett. 29(1681): 10.1029/2002GLO 15080.
38    Zhou, X.; Gao, H.; He, Y.; Huang, G. (2003) Nitric acid photolysis on surfaces in low-NOx
39          environments: significant atmospheric implications. Geophys. Res. Lett. 30:
40          10.1029/2003GL018620.
     December 2007                            6-77       DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
1   Zingler, J.; Platt, U. (2005) Iodine oxide in the Dead Sea Valley: evidence for inorganic sources
2          of boundary layer IO. J. Geophys. Res. [Atmos.] 110(D07307): 10.1029/2004JD004993.
    December 2007                          6-78        DRAFT-DO NOT QUOTE OR CITE

-------
4>EPA
                           Please make all necessary changes in the below label,        PRESORTED STANDARD
                           detach copy or copy, and return to the address in the upper     POSTAGE & FEES PAID
                           left-hand corner.                                            EPA
United States                                                                  DCDMIT M^ r* Q^
Environmental Protection                                               _        PERMIT Na Q-35
Agency                     If you do not wish to receive these reports CHECK HERE LJ;
                           detach copy or copy, and return to the address in the upper
                           left-hand corner.


 National Center for
  Environmental Assessment
 Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

 Official Business
 Penalty for Private Use
 $300

 EPA/600/R-07/145A
 December 2007

-------